OBJECTSOFT CORP
SB-2, 1996-08-20
Previous: NORWESTER BREWING CO INC, 10-Q, 1996-08-20
Next: STRATTON FUNDS INC, N-30D, 1996-08-20




     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 20, 1996
                                                Registration No. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                              ---------------------
                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      Under
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                              ---------------------

                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)


    Delaware                           7373                      22-3091075
(State of other                  (Primary Standard            (I.R.S. Employer
 jurisdiction of                    Industrial               Identification No.)
 incorporation                    Classification
or organization)                   Code Number)
                              ---------------------

                  Continental Plaza III, 433 Hackensack Avenue,
                   Hackensack, New Jersey 07601 (201)343-9100
                   (Address and telephone number of principal
                               executive offices)
                              ---------------------
                  Continental Plaza III, 433 Hackensack Avenue,
               Hackensack, New Jersey 07601 (Address of principal
                place of business or intended principal place of
                                    business)
                              ---------------------
                           David E.Y. Sarna, Chairman
                             ObjectSoft Corporation
                  Continental Plaza III, 433 Hackensack Avenue,
                          Hackensack, New Jersey 07601
                        (201)343-9100 (Name, address and
                     telephone number of agent for service)

                              ---------------------

                                   Copies to:

        Melvin Weinberg, Esq.                   C. Walter Stursberg, Jr.,  Esq.
Parker Chapin Flattau & Klimpl, LLP                    Stursberg & Veith
     1211 Avenue of the Americas               405 Lexington Avenue - Suite 4949
      New York, New York 10036                   New York, New York 10174-4902
           (212) 704-6000                               (212) 922-1177

           APPROXIMATE  DATE  OF  PROPOSED  SALE  TO  THE  PUBLIC:  As  soon  as
practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

           If any of the  securities  being  registered  on this  form are to be
offered  on a  delayed  or  continuous  basis  pursuant  to Rule 415  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   [X]

           If this  Form is  filed  to  register  additional  securities  for an
offering  pursuant to Rule 462(b)  under the  Securities  Act,  please check the
following box and list the Securities Act  registration  statement number of the
earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [_] __________

           If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering. [_] __________

           If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box. [_]

                              ---------------------
<PAGE>

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

TITLE OF EACH  CLASS            AMOUNT         PROPPOSED MAXIMUM          PROPOSED MAXIMUM  
OF  SECURITIES TO BE            TO  BE          OFFERING PRICE               AGGREGATE                 AMOUNT OF     
REGISTERED                    REGISTERED        PER SECURITY(1)          OFFERING PRICE(1)(2)        REGISTRATION FEE 
<S>                            <C>                   <C>                    <C>                   <C>          
=====================================================================================================================
Units, each Unit (the          1,437,500           $7.00                    $10,062,500           $    3,469.55
"Units") consisting of                                                                          
one share of Common                                                                             
Stock, par value $.0001                                                                         
per share ("Common                                                                              
Stock"), and one Class A                                                                        
Warrant to  purchase                                                                            
one  share of Common                                                                            
Stock ("Class A                                                                                 
Warrant")                                                                                       
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock included in       1,437,500              --                        --                       --
the Units                                                                                       
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class A Warrants included      1,437,500              --                        --                       --
in the Units                                                                                    
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock issuable upon     1,437,500           $9.10                    $13,081,250           $    4,510.42
exercise of the Class A                                                                         
Warrants included in the
Units                                                                  
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Representative's Unit            125,000          $.0001                    $       100           $         .03
Purchase Option                                                                                 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Units issuable upon exercise     125,000           $8.40                    $ 1,050,000           $      362.04
of the Unit Purchase Option                                                                     
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock included in the     125,000              --                            --                   --
Units issuable upon exercise                                                                    
of the Unit Purchase Option                                                                     
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class A Warrants included in     125,000              --                            --                   --
the Units issuable upon                                                                         
exercise of the Unit Purchase                                                                   
Option                                                                                          
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock issuable upon       120,000           $9.10                    $ 1,137,500           $      392.21
exercise of the Class A                                                                        
Warrants included in the                                                                       
Units issuable upon exercise                                                                   
of the Unit Purchase Option                                                                    
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Units issuable upon exercise      37,500           $7.00                    $   262,500           $       90.51
of the Placement Agent's                                                                       
Warrant                                                                                        
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock included in the      37,500                                            --                   --
Units issuable upon exercise                          --                                       
of the Placement Agent's Warrant                                                               
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class A Warrants included in      37,500              --                            --                   --
the Units issuable upon exercise
of the Placement Agent Warrant                                                                    
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock issuable upon        37,500           $9.10                    $   341,250           $      117.66
exercise of the Class A                                                                         
Warrants included in the Units                                                                  
issuable upon exercise of the                                                                   
Placement Agent Warrant                                                                         
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Units issuable upon exercise     375,000           $7.00                    $ 2,625,000           $      905.51
of the Bridge Warrants                                                                          
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock included in the     375,000              --                            --                   --
Units issuable upon exercise                                                                    
of the Bridge Warrants                                                                          
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class A Warrants included in     375,000              --                            --                   --
the Units issuable upon                                                                         
exercise of the Bridge Warrants                                                                 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock issuable upon       375,000           $9.10                    $ 3,412,500           $    1,176.63
exercise of the Class A                                                                         
Warrants included in the                                                                        
Units issuable upon exercise                                                                    
of the Bridge Warrants                                                                          
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock issued in           273,001           $7.00                    $ 1,911,000           $      658.92
the July 1996 Offering                                                                          
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock issuable            182,004           $7.00                    $ 1,274,028           $      439.29
upon exercise of July 1996                                                                      
Warrants issued in the                                                                          
July 1996 Offering                                                                              
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock issuable             27,300           $7.00                    $   191,100           $       65.90
upon exercise of July                                                                           
Placement Warrant                                                                               
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                
                                                                                            

<PAGE>

TITLE OF EACH  CLASS            AMOUNT         PROPPOSED MAXIMUM          PROPOSED MAXIMUM  
OF  SECURITIES TO BE            TO  BE          OFFERING PRICE               AGGREGATE                 AMOUNT OF     
REGISTERED                    REGISTERED        PER SECURITY(1)          OFFERING PRICE(1)(2)        REGISTRATION FEE 
=====================================================================================================================
Common Stock issuable on          18,200            7.00                    $   127,400           $       43.93
exercise of July 1996                                                                           
Warrants issuable upon                                                                          
exercise of the July                                                                            
Placement Warrant                                                                               
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock issuable            106,250            7.00                    $   743,750           $      256.45
upon exercise of Investor                                                                       
Warrants                                                                                        
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock issuable upon        43,333            7.00                    $   303,331           $      104.59
exercise of Officer Warrants                                                                       
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock for resale           69,000            7.00                    $   486,500           $      167.75 
by certain Selling
Securityholders                                                                                 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         TOTAL                                                              $37,009,609           $   12,761.36       
=====================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
                                                                        
(1)        Estimated  solely for purposes of calculating  the  registration  fee
           pursuant to Rule 457(o).

(2)        Pursuant to Rule 416, there are also being registered such additional
           number of Units,  shares of Common Stock, and Class A Warrants as may
           be  issuable,  as the  case  may be,  pursuant  to the  anti-dilution
           provisions  of the Unit  Purchase  Option,  Class A Warrants,  Bridge
           Warrants,   Placement  Agent's  Warrant,  July  1996  Warrants,  July
           Placement Warrant, Investor Warrants and Officer Warrants.

           
================================================================================
           THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE
OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS  EFFECTIVE  DATE UNTIL THE  REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,  ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================


                                EXPLANATORY NOTE

         This  Registration  Statement  covers the registration of (i) 1,437,500
units  ("Units"),  including Units to cover  over-allotments,  if any; each Unit
consisting of one share of Common Stock,  $.0001 par value ("Common Stock"),  of
ObjectSoft  Corporation,   a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),  and  one
redeemable  Class A Warrant ("Class A Warrants"),  for sale by the Company in an
underwritten  public  offering and (ii) an additional  412,500 Units and 719,588
shares of Common Stock (collectively,  the "Selling Securityholder Securities"),
all for resale by the holders  thereof or of certain  outstanding  warrants (the
"Selling  Securityholders")  from  time  to  time,  subject  to the  contractual
restriction  that certain  Selling  Securityholders  may not sell their  Selling
Securityholder  Securities for periods of nine or 12 months after the completion
of  the  underwritten   offering  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the
representative of the underwriters.

         The complete Prospectus  relating to the underwritten  offering follows
immediately  after this  Explanatory  Note.  Following  the  Prospectus  for the
underwritten offering are pages of the Prospectus relating solely to the Selling
Securityholder Securities,  including alternative front and back cover pages and
sections entitled  "Concurrent  Public  Offering," "Plan of  Distribution,"  and
"Selling   Securityholders"  to  be  used  in  lieu  of  the  sections  entitled
"Concurrent  Registration of Common Stock" and  "Underwriting" in the Prospectus
relating to the  underwritten  offering.  Certain sections of the Prospectus for
the underwritten offering, such as "Use of Proceeds" and "Dilution," will not be
used in the Prospectus relating to the Selling Securityholder Securities.



<PAGE>


================================================================================
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT  TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.   A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATING  TO THESE  SECURITIES  HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION.  THESE  SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION  OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
================================================================================

                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 20, 1996
PROSPECTUS
                                 1,250,000 Units

                          OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION [LOGO]
                        Each Unit consisting of one Share
               of Common Stock and one Redeemable Class A Warrant
                               -------------------

           ObjectSoft Corporation (the "Company") hereby offers 1,250,000 Units,
each Unit  consisting  of one share of the  Company's  common  stock,  par value
$.0001 per share (the "Common  Stock"),  and one Redeemable Class A Warrant (the
"Class A Warrants") of the Company (the "Offering").  The shares of Common Stock
and the Class A Warrants  comprising  the Units are  immediately  detachable and
separately transferable upon issuance. See "Underwriting."

           Each Class A Warrant  entitles  the holder  thereof to  purchase  one
share of Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $____  per  share  (130% of the
initial  public  offering price per Unit),  subject to  adjustment,  at any time
commencing _________ __, 1997 (one year after the date of this Prospectus) until
_________ __, 2001 (five years after the date of this  Prospectus).  The Class A
Warrants  are  redeemable  by the Company at a price of $.10 per Class A Warrant
commencing one year after the date of this Prospectus (or earlier with the prior
consent of Renaissance Financial Securities  Corporation,  the representative of
the Underwriters (the "Representative")), on not less than 30 days prior written
notice to the holders thereof, provided the average closing bid quotation of the
Common Stock as reported on the NASDAQ  SmallCap  Market  ("NASDAQ"),  if traded
thereon,  or if not traded  thereon,  the average  closing bid  quotation of the
Common Stock if listed on a national  securities  exchange  (or other  reporting
system  that  provides  last sale  prices),  has been at least  130% of the then
current  exercise price of the Class A Warrants  (initially,  $_____ per share),
for a period of 20 consecutive trading days ending within 15 days of the date on
which the  Company  gives  notice of  redemption.  The Class A Warrants  will be
exercisable  until the close of business on the day  immediately  preceding  the
date fixed for redemption.  See  "Underwriting" and "Description of Securities -
Class A Warrants."

           It is  anticipated  that the  Units  will be sold at a price  between
$5.00 and $7.00 per Unit. Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market
for the Units,  the Common  Stock or the Class A  Warrants,  and there can be no
assurance that any such market will develop after the closing of the Offering or
that, if developed,  it will be sustained.  The offering  price of the Units and
the  initial  exercise  price  and  other  terms of the  Class A  Warrants  were
established by negotiation between the Company and the Representative and do not
necessarily bear any direct relationship to the Company's assets, earnings, book
value  per  share  or  other   generally   accepted   criteria  of  value.   See
"Underwriting."  The Company has applied for  inclusion  of the Common Stock and
the Class A Warrants on NASDAQ under the symbols OSFT and OSFTW, respectively.

                            ------------------------

        THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY ARE SPECULATIVE AND INVOLVE A HIGH
             DEGREE OF RISK. ONLY INVESTORS WHO CAN BEAR THE RISK OF
              LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT SHOULD INVEST. FOR A
                DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN RISKS REGARDING AN INVEST-
                  MENT IN THE COMPANY AND IMMEDIATE SUBSTANTIAL
                   DILUTION, SEE "RISK FACTORS"AND "DILUTION."

                            ------------------------

          THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
            COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
               OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
                  ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
                         REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
                             IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


================================================================================
                         Price to      Underwriting Discounts      Proceeds to
                          Public         and Commissions(1)        Company(2)
Per Unit............$                $                           $
Total (3)...........$                $                           $
================================================================================
                                                   (footnotes on following page)

<PAGE>


(1)        Does  not  include   additional   compensation  to  the  Underwriters
           consisting of (i) a non-accountable  expense allowance payable to the
           Representative equal to 3% of the gross proceeds of the Offering,  of
           which $50,000 has been paid by the Company to date, (ii) an option to
           be granted to the Representative to purchase 125,000 Units at a price
           of $____ per Unit exercisable for four years commencing one year from
           the date of this  Prospectus  (the  "Representative's  Unit  Purchase
           Option")  and  (iii)  a  financial   consulting  agreement  with  the
           Representative for three years from the closing of the Offering at an
           aggregate  fee of  $150,000,  the first  year of which  ($50,000)  is
           payable  at  such  closing.  The  Company  has  agreed  to pay to the
           Representative,  under certain circumstances,  a warrant solicitation
           fee of 5% of the exercise  price for each Class A Warrant  exercised.
           The Company has also agreed to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against
           certain liabilities,  including  liabilities under the Securities Act
           of 1933 (the "Securities Act"). See "Underwriting."

(2)        After   deducting   discounts   and   commissions   payable   to  the
           Underwriters,    but   before   payment   of   the   Representative's
           non-accountable  expense  allowance  ($_______,  or  $_______  if the
           Over-allotment  Option,  defined  below,  is exercised in full),  the
           other expenses of the Offering  payable by the Company  (estimated at
           $_________)  and the  consulting  fee for the  first  year  after the
           closing of the Offering. See "Underwriting."

(3)        The Company has granted  the  Representative  an option,  exercisable
           within 45 days from the date of this  Prospectus,  to  purchase up to
           187,500 additional Units on the same terms set forth above, solely to
           cover over-allotments,  if any (the "Over-allotment Option"). If this
           option is exercised in full, the total Price to Public,  Underwriting
           Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to Company will be $_________,
           $_______   and   $_________,    respectively.   See   "Underwriting."

                           --------------------------

           Concurrently with the Offering,  the Company has registered under the
Securities  Act,  the  offering  of  719,588  shares  of Common  Stock  that are
outstanding   or  issuable   upon  the  exercise  of  warrants   (the   "Selling
Securityholder Shares") and 412,500 Units issuable upon the exercise of warrants
(collectively,  the "Selling Securityholder Securities") on behalf of certain of
its    stockholders    and   holders   of   certain   warrants   (the   "Selling
Securityholders"),  pursuant  to a Selling  Securityholder  Prospectus  included
within the  Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus  forms a part. The
Selling  Securityholders include the Representative with respect to 37,500 Units
issuable  upon the  exercise  of a warrant to  purchase  Units  (the  "Placement
Agent's Warrant") granted to the Representative in its capacity as the placement
agent for a private offering, in March - June 1996, of bridge loans (the "Bridge
Loans") and warrants (the "Bridge Loan  Offering").  The Selling  Securityholder
Securities  are not part of this  underwritten  Offering,  however,  and 375,000
Units  and the  Selling  Securityholder  Shares  may not be  sold  prior  to the
expiration  of 12 months  (nine  months in the case of 106,250  of such  shares)
after the date of this  Prospectus  without  the prior  written  consent  of the
Representative.  The Company will not receive any of the proceeds  from the sale
of the Selling Securityholder  Securities,  but will receive the proceeds of the
exercise,  if any, of the various  warrants  pursuant to which the 412,500 Units
and 377,087 of the Selling  Securityholder  Shares are  issuable.  See  "Certain
Transactions" and "Concurrent Offering."

           The Units are  offered by the  Underwriters  subject  to prior  sale,
when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters and subject to the
approval of certain legal matters by counsel and certain other  conditions.  The
Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify the Offering and to
reject  any  order  in  whole  or in  part.  It is  expected  that  delivery  of
certificates representing the Units will be made against payment therefor at the
offices of the Representative, 200 Old Country Road, Mineola, New York 11501, on
or about _________, 1996.

                  RENAISSANCE FINANCIAL SECURITIES CORPORATION
                The date of this Prospectus is ___________, 1996



                                       -2-

<PAGE>






                          [PICTURES OF KIOSKS TO COME]






           IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR
EFFECT  TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE UNITS,
THE COMMON  STOCK OR THE CLASS A  WARRANTS  AT A LEVEL  ABOVE  THAT WHICH  MIGHT
OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET.  SUCH STABILIZING,  IF COMMENCED,  MAY BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

           As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company will become subject to
the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange
Act"), and, in accordance  therewith,  will file reports,  proxy and information
statements and other  information  with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission
(the  "Commission").  Such reports,  proxy and information  statements and other
information can be inspected and copied at the Public  Reference  Section of the
Commission at Room 1024,  Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,
D.C.  20549 and at the following  regional  offices:  New York Regional  Office,
Suite 1300, 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048, and Chicago Regional
Office, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,  Illinois 60661-2511,  and
copies of such  material may also be obtained by mail from the Public  Reference
Section  of  the  Commission  at  prescribed  rates.   Electronic   registration
statements  made though the  Electronic  Data  Gathering  Analysis and Retrieval
("EDGAR")  System  are  publicly  available  through  the  Commission's  Website
(http://www.sec.gov). See "Additional Information."

           The Company intends to furnish its  stockholders  with annual reports
containing  audited  financial  statements and such other reports as the Company
deems appropriate or as may be required by law.

           ObjectSoft(TM),  SmartStreet(TM),  OLEBroker(TM), and CafeOLE(TM) are
trademarks of the Company.  This Prospectus  also includes other  trademarks and
trade  names of the  Company and  trademarks,  service  marks and trade names of
other companies,  including  ActiveX(TM),  a trademark of Microsoft  Corporation
("Microsoft").



                                       -2-

<PAGE>


                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

           The  following  summary  is  qualified  in its  entirety  by the more
detailed information and the financial statements,  including the notes thereto,
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Unless otherwise indicated,  all of the
information contained herein (i) gives effect to the mandatory redemption of the
212,500  outstanding  shares of the  Company's  Series A  Preferred  Stock  upon
closing of the Offering and (ii) assumes that the Over-allotment  Option and the
Representative's  Unit  Purchase  Option  are not  exercised  and  that no other
outstanding  options or warrants to purchase Common Stock are exercised.  To aid
the reader,  a Glossary of technical  terms has been included on page 40 of this
Prospectus.


                                   THE COMPANY

           The  Company  is  in  the  business  of  providing   information  and
transaction-based   services  using  proprietary   software  and  off-the-shelf,
reusable  software  components based on Microsoft's  ActiveX(TM)  (formerly OLE)
component technology. The Company's strategy is initially to provide information
and services  through  public  access  kiosks,  known as  SmartStreet(TM),  over
private networks known as Intranets.  The kiosks will be located in high density
pedestrian  traffic areas.  The first five kiosks were deployed in New York City
in July 1996 under an agreement  with the City of New York (the  "City").  Kiosk
users are able to obtain information and documents and transact certain business
without the necessity of  interacting  directly with City employees or appearing
personally at certain City offices.

           In early 1996,  the City of New York entered  into an agreement  with
the  Company to develop  public  kiosks to be located in City  offices and other
public locations in an effort to expedite  transactions with the City. Using the
first five kiosks  currently  operating and  additional  kiosks that the Company
anticipates  locating  throughout the New York City area,  members of the public
can obtain certain  information and documents from the Buildings  Department and
the  Department of Health,  as well as  information  about City  government  and
elected officials and general  information about  transportation and attractions
in New York.

           The kiosks are  configured to permit the Company to offer  additional
services provided either by the Company or third parties and to sell advertising
on such kiosks.  Under the agreement with the City, a portion of the revenue, if
any,  derived from such services and  advertising  will be shared with the City.
The   Company   will  seek  to  provide   SmartStreet(TM)   services   to  other
municipalities,  states and  government  agencies  and to  organizations  in the
private sector that provide a large volume of information, records and documents
to the public.  The Company may also seek to enter into agreements with the City
and other customers to provide  information  and services over the Internet,  in
order  to  significantly  expand  the  accessibility  of  such  information  and
services.

           The Company also operates an Internet-based  site,  OLEBroker(TM),  a
subscription service that allows customers to search its database of information
about software components, find the


                                       -3-

<PAGE>



information  needed and at the customer's  option,  purchase  needed  components
on-line.  This service is of benefit to customers  developing  computer programs
for  Microsoft  Windows,  and  subscribers  to  OLEBroker(TM)  come from over 16
countries.

           In addition to developing  products and services for its own account,
the Company has in the past provided, and continues to provide,  educational and
consulting  services related to the Internet,  reusable software  components and
rapid  application  development.  Clients  for these  services  have come from a
variety of  industries,  including  the  insurance,  manufacturing  and  fashion
industries, as well as from the public sector. The Company has written technical
papers published by Microsoft.

           ObjectSoft  Corporation was  incorporated in Delaware in January 1996
and is the  surviving  corporation  of the  merger  on  January  31,  1996  (the
"Merger") between it and its predecessor,  ObjectSoft Corporation,  a New Jersey
corporation ("ObjectSoft-NJ"), which was incorporated in December 1990. The sole
purpose  of the  Merger  was to effect a change  of the  corporate  domicile  of
ObjectSoft-NJ  to  Delaware.   The  Company  was  organized  as  a  wholly-owned
subsidiary  of  ObjectSoft-NJ;  prior to the Merger,  the Company  conducted  no
business  unrelated to its  organization or to effecting the Merger.  Throughout
this  Prospectus,  the "Company" will,  unless the context  otherwise  requires,
include ObjectSoft-NJ.

           The Company's executive offices are located at Continental Plaza III,
433 Hackensack  Avenue,  Hackensack,  New Jersey 07601;  its telephone number is
(201) 343-9100;  its facsimile number is (201) 343-0056; and its Internet e-mail
address is [email protected].




                                       -4-

<PAGE>




                                  THE OFFERING


Securities being offered hereby.....1,250,000 Units, each Unit consisting of one
                                    share  of  Common  Stock  and  one  Class  A
                                    Warrant.  Each Class A Warrant  entitles the
                                    holder  thereof  to  purchase  one  share of
                                    Common  Stock at a price of $ ____ per share
                                    (130% of the initial  public  offering price
                                    per  Unit),  subject to  adjustment,  at any
                                    time  commencing  one year after the date of
                                    this  Prospectus  until five years after the
                                    date  of  this   Prospectus.   The  Class  A
                                    Warrants  may be  redeemed  by  the  Company
                                    commencing  one  year  from the date of this
                                    Prospectus  (or earlier  with the consent of
                                    the  Representative),  upon 30 days  notice,
                                    provided the closing bid  quotation  for the
                                    Common  Stock  has  exceeded   130%  of  the
                                    exercise  price  of  the  Class  A  Warrants
                                    (initially,  $_____  per share) for at least
                                    20 consecutive trading days ending within 15
                                    days   of  the   date  of  the   notice   of
                                    redemption. See "Description of Securities."
    
                                    The  shares of Common  Stock and the Class A
                                    Warrants    comprising    the    Units   are
                                    immediately    detachable   and   separately
                                    transferable     upon     issuance.      See
                                    "Underwriting."

Offering Price .....................$_____ per Unit

Common Stock Outstanding prior to
 Offering (1).......................2,566,001 shares

Common Stock to be Outstanding
 after  the Offering (1)............3,816,001 shares

Class A Warrants to be
 Outstanding after the
 Offering (2).......................1,250,000  Class A Warrants



                                       -5-

<PAGE>




Risk Factors........................The securities offered hereby involve a high
                                    degree of risk and  substantial  dilution to
                                    public  investors.  See "Risk  Factors"  and
                                    "Dilution."

Use of Proceeds.....................Repayment  of  the  Bridge Loans,  mandatory
                                    redemption  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock,
                                    working   capital   (including   payment  of
                                    deferred compensation to executive officers)
                                    and general corporate purposes.  See "Use of
                                    Proceeds."

Proposed NASDAQ symbols:
   Common Stock.....................OSFT
   Class A Warrants.................OSFTW

- ------------------------------
(1)        Does not include:  (i) 1,250,000 shares issuable upon exercise of the
           Class A Warrants  included in the Units  offered  hereby,  (ii) up to
           375,000  shares  included in the Units  issuable upon exercise of the
           Over-allotment  Option  and  issuable  upon  exercise  of the Class A
           Warrants included in such Units, (iii) 250,000 shares included in the
           Units (and upon  exercise  of the Class A Warrants  included  in such
           Units) issuable upon exercise of the  Representative's  Unit Purchase
           Option,  (iv)143,333 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants issued
           to certain  present  and former  members  of senior  management  (the
           "Officer  Warrants"),  (v ) 60,000  shares  issuable upon exercise of
           options  held by  consultants,  (vi)  106,250  shares  issuable  upon
           exercise of warrants  granted to investors in connection with certain
           prior  financings  by the Company (the  "Investor  Warrants"),  (vii)
           750,000 shares  included in the Units (and upon exercise of the Class
           A Warrants included in such Units) issuable upon exercise of warrants
           issued  to  investors  in  the  Bridge  Loan  Offering  (the  "Bridge
           Warrants"),  (viii)  75,000  shares  included  in the Units (and upon
           exercise of the Class A Warrants  included  in such  Units)  issuable
           upon the  exercise of the  Placement  Agent's  Warrant  issued to the
           Representative  in  connection  with the Bridge Loan  Offering,  (ix)
           182,004  shares  issuable  upon  exercise of warrants (the "July 1996
           Warrants")  issued to investors in the Company's July and August 1996
           private equity  offering (the "July 1996  Offering") of 273,001 units
           each  consisting  of one  share of  Common  Stock  and one July  1996
           Warrant (the "July 1996  Units"),  (x) 45,500  shares  issuable  upon
           exercise of the warrant  (and the July 1996  Warrants  issuable  upon
           exercise of such warrant)  issued to the placement  agent of the July
           1996  Offering  (the "July  Placement  Warrant"),  (xi) 20,000 shares
           issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  warrants  issued  to  a  principal
           stockholder  of the Company in connection  with the redemption of the
           Company's Series B Preferred Stock, and (xii) 250,000 shares reserved
           for issuance under the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan,  options for
           145,000  of which  have  been  granted.  See  "Management,"  "Certain
           Transactions," "Description of Securities" and "Underwriting."

(2)        Does not include  725,000 Class A Warrants,  of which (i) 187,500 are
           included   in  the  Units   issuable   upon  the   exercise   of  the
           Over-allotment Option, (ii) 125,000 are included in the Units

                                       -6-

<PAGE>



           issuable  upon the  exercise of the  Representative's  Unit  Purchase
           Option,  (iii)  375,000 are included in the Units  issuable  upon the
           exercise of the Bridge Warrants,  and (iv) 37,500 are included in the
           Units  issuable upon the exercise of the Placement  Agent's  Warrant.
           See  "Certain   Transactions,"   "Description   of  Securities"   and
           "Underwriting."




                                       -7-

<PAGE>


                          SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                    (In thousands, except per share amounts)

           The summary financial information set forth below is derived from the
financial  statements  appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Such information
should be read in  conjunction  with such  financial  statements,  including the
notes thereto.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Six Months Ended June 30,           Year Ended December 31,
                                             -------------------------           -----------------------
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:                   1995           1996                1994           1995
                                                ----           ----                ----           ----
<S>                                           <C>            <C>                 <C>            <C>      
Revenues:                                                                                   
          Consulting                        $   282,562    $   258,000         $   509,920    $   447,976
          Development and Training               97,900         37,954             245,836        118,618
Net loss                                        (13,798)      (300,722)            (45,504)      (122,400)
Net  loss applicable to common stock            (23,361)      (316,535)            (64,629)      (141,525)
Net loss per share of common stock                (0.01)         (0.11)              (0.02)         (0.05)
Weighted average number of common stock       2,894,418      2,897,418           2,894,418      2,894,418
outstanding                                                                                
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         December 31,  1995                   June 30, 1996
                                         ------------------    ----------------------------------------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:                                            Historical      Pro Forma(1)    As Adjusted(2)
                                                               ----------      ------------    --------------
<S>                                           <C>              <C>              <C>           <C>         
Working capital (deficiency)                  ($390,290)       $  246,384       $ 937,669     $  5,444,200
Total assets                                    343,534         1,107,160       1,698,445        6,201,768
Redeemable preferred stock                      383,906           393,469         268,469               --
Accumulated deficit                            (877,404)       (1,193,939)     (1,193,939)      (1,385,201)
Total stockholders' equity                     (598,844)         (787,854)         28,431        5,962,169
(capital deficiency)
</TABLE>


(1)        Gives  effect to the sale of 273,001  shares of Common Stock and July
           1996 Warrants to purchase  182,004 shares of Common Stock in July and
           August 1996 and the  redemption of the  Company's  Series B Preferred
           Stock in July 1996.

(2)        Assumes an  offering  price per Unit of $6.00,  the  midpoint  of the
           range  set  forth on the  cover  page of this  Prospectus,  and gives
           effect to (i) the sale of  1,250,000  Units  offered  hereby  and the
           application  of the estimated net proceeds  therefrom,  including the
           repayment  of  $1,250,000   principal  amount  of  the  Bridge  Loans
           outstanding,  plus accrued  interest  thereon and  redemption  of the
           Series A Preferred  Stock at its  liquidation  value of $212,500 plus
           accrued  dividends,  (ii)  the sale of the July  1996  Units  and the
           issuance of the July  Placement  Warrant and (iii) the  redemption of
           the Series B Preferred Stock at its liquidation value of $125,000 and
           the  issuance of the  warrants to  purchase  20,000  shares of Common
           Stock  at  $7.00  per  share  in  connection  therewith.  See "Use of
           Proceeds" and "Certain Transactions."



                                       -8-

<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS


          In addition to the other information in this Prospectus, the following
factors  should  be  carefully  considered  in  evaluating  the  Company  before
purchasing the Units offered by this Prospectus:


LIMITED  OPERATING  HISTORY;  RECENT  ESTABLISHMENT  OF NEW BUSINESS  DIVISIONS;
POTENTIAL FUTURE OPERATING LOSSES

          The Company was founded in 1990, has only a limited  operating history
and  recently  changed  its focus  from  consulting  and  training  services  to
transactional fee-based products and services. Consequently, any analysis of the
Company's  prior  operations has only minimal  relevance to an evaluation of the
Company,  its current  products and services,  and its prospects.  The Company's
Intranet-based  SmartStreet(TM)  kiosk service business, as well as its Internet
service business (consisting primarily of the operation of OLEBroker(TM)),  have
been recently created,  are limited in scope and have not generated  significant
revenues to date.

          The  operations to which the Company is now devoting its resources are
in the early stages of  development.  There can be no assurance that the Company
will be successful in attracting  new customers or retaining  current  customers
for its new business divisions or in generating  significant revenues or profits
from such  business  divisions.  The Company's  prospects  must be considered in
light  of  the  risks,  expenses  and  difficulties  frequently  encountered  by
companies in their early stage of development, particularly companies in new and
rapidly evolving markets.  To address these risks, the Company must, among other
things,  respond to  competitive  developments,  attract,  retain  and  motivate
qualified product development and marketing  personnel,  and continue to upgrade
its existing  technologies,  develop new technologies and commercialize products
and services incorporating such technologies. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be  successful in  addressing  such risks.  The Company may also be
required to enter into  strategic  alliances to effect  cooperative  development
efforts in order to have the  financial  and  technical  resources to respond to
changing  market  demands  on a timely  basis.  There can be no  assurance  that
entities with the necessary  technical or financial resources will be willing to
enter into such alliances with the Company on acceptable terms or at all.

          The  Company has  incurred,  and will  continue to incur,  significant
costs in  connection  with the  development  of its Intranet  kiosk and Internet
operations, which may result in operating losses. There can be no assurance that
such operations will ultimately generate significant revenues for the Company or
that the Company will achieve profitable operations.

          During  the period of April  through  June  1996,  in the Bridge  Loan
Offering,  the  Company  issued  promissory  notes in the  aggregate  amount  of
$1,250,000 and the Bridge Warrants. The Company will be required to amortize the
"original issue discount" incurred in connection with such


                                       -9-

<PAGE>



bridge loans (the "Bridge  Loans") and the issuance of the Bridge  Warrants over
the period of time such loans are  outstanding.  Assuming  such bridge loans are
repaid not later than  September 30, 1996,  the Company's  financial  statements
reflected,  and will  reflect,  amortization  of the  discount of  approximately
$77,000 and $191,000 in the three month  periods  ending June 30, and  September
30,  1996,  respectively.  The Company  incurred a loss for the six months ended
June 30, 1996 and even if it shows earnings from operations for the three months
ending  September 30, 1996,  will, in all likelihood,  incur a loss for the nine
months ending  September 30, 1996. In addition,  the issuance,  in the July 1996
Offering,  of shares of Common  Stock and  warrants to purchase  Common Stock at
prices below the price per Unit of the Units offered hereby reduces the loss per
share for the year ended  December  31,  1995 and the six months  ended June 30,
1996.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and
Results of Operations" and Note D of the Notes to Financial Statements.


DEPENDENCE ON NEW, UNTESTED PRODUCT

          The Company has recently  refocused its efforts to  concentrate on the
development of kiosks based on Internet technology from which it hopes to derive
transaction-based and advertising revenues. In January 1996, the Company entered
into an agreement with the City of New York pursuant to which the Company agreed
to  install  and  operate a minimum  of five  kiosks at City  offices  and other
locations  to  provide  expedited  public  access  to  various  City  government
services.  However,  the City has also  entered into  agreements  with two other
entities to install and operate  kiosks.  The Company  installed  its first five
kiosks in July 1996, and such kiosks have been operating since that time.

          The Company anticipates that revenues from the kiosks will be provided
by leasing fees paid by the service  providers,  such as the City,  and by usage
fees paid by consumers  who obtain City  services  through the kiosks.  Although
kiosks are in operation in other municipalities,  there can be no assurance that
the Company's  kiosks will be able to operate  consistently  and  efficiently to
provide the anticipated  services,  that members of the general public will find
the kiosks  user-friendly,  that they will be comfortable  with or be willing to
pay the  additional  cost for, the  convenience  of using the kiosks to transact
business with the City by electronic means, that the City will be satisfied with
the  results of the  operations  of the  Company's  kiosks,  or that even if the
kiosks perform  adequately,  that the City and other  potential users of similar
kiosks will not opt for the products of the Company's  competitors.  The Company
does not have any agreements to provide kiosks or other Intranet services to any
other  customers,  and its  ability to market such  services to other  potential
customers will be highly dependent on the success and acceptance of the New York
City  kiosks.  Furthermore,  the  municipalities,  states  and other  government
agencies that  constitute a primary  target market for the Company's  kiosks are
subject to  potentially  severe  budgetary  constraints  and cuts that may limit
their ability to fund the acquisition of new technology such as the kiosks.

          In addition, the Company anticipates that a significant portion of the
revenues  related to the  kiosks  will  consist  of leasing  fees and usage fees
derived by providing unrelated transactions, such


                                      -10-

<PAGE>



as restaurant  information and shopping services, to the users of the kiosks and
from commercial advertising by local and national companies and businesses.  The
Company has engaged only in negotiating  for agreements to provide such services
or advertising and has not as yet entered into any significant agreements. There
can be no assurance that commercial  entities will be interested in marketing or
advertising their products and services by means of kiosks providing  government
services,  that such  services  or  advertising  can be sold at rates  that will
provide  significant   revenues  to  the  Company,  or  that  such  services  or
advertising,  if,  commenced,  will prove to be effective and will be continued.
See "Business - Products and Services - SmartStreet(TM) Kiosk Services."


RISKS RELATED TO OLEBROKER(TM) AND CONSULTING AND TRAINING SERVICES

          Although the  development of the  OLEBroker(TM)  service  included the
development of much of the software used in the development and configuration of
the Company's kiosk technology,  the service itself currently  generates limited
revenues.  The Company  believes  that while there will continue to be a growing
market  for the  OLEBroker(TM)  service,  particularly  as the use of  Microsoft
Windows  programs  increases,  such  market  may  consist  primarily  of persons
involved in computer programming, rather than computer users in general.

          The Company has historically provided consulting and training services
primarily  on a project  basis,  and  long-term  continuing  projects  have been
limited.  There  can  be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  obtain  future
consulting projects. Furthermore, the Company will seek to accept consulting and
training assignments  primarily in connection with the sale of kiosk services or
that will otherwise expand its skill base. See "Business - Products and Services
- - OLEBroker(TM) -- Consulting, Training and Authoring Services."


TECHNOLOGICAL  FACTORS -  UNCERTAINTY  OF PRODUCT  DEVELOPMENT,  RAPID  CHANGES,
MARKET  ACCEPTANCE OF EVOLVING  STANDARDS AND ERRORS  INVOLVING THE  PROPRIETARY
SOFTWARE OF THIRD PARTY COULD REQUIRE THE REDESIGN OF THE COMPANY'S  PROPRIETARY
PROGRAMS

           It is common for hardware  and software as complex and  sophisticated
as that employed by the Company in its kiosks to experience  errors,  or "bugs,"
both during development and subsequent to commercial introduction. As kiosks are
installed in New York City,  the Company may identify such  problems,  either in
the software platforms developed by others or in its proprietary software. There
can be no assurance that all the potential problems will be identified, that any
bugs that are  located can be  corrected  at all or on a timely  basis,  or that
additional  errors will not be located in existing or future products at a later
time  or  when  usage   increases.   Any  such  errors  could  delay  commercial
introduction  or use of existing or new  products and require  modifications  in
systems that have already been installed.  Remedying such errors could be costly
and time consuming, and bugs involving the proprietary software of third parties
could  require the redesign of the  Company's  proprietary  software.  Delays in
debugging or modifying the Company's products could materially  adversely affect
the Company's competitive position with respect to existing and new technologies


                                      -11-

<PAGE>



and products  offered by its  competitors.  In  particular,  delays in remedying
existing or newly  identified  errors in the Company's  kiosks could  materially
adversely affect the Company's ability to achieve significant market penetration
with the kiosks.

          The  markets the  Company  serves are  subject to rapid  technological
change,  changing customer requirements,  frequent new product introductions and
evolving  industry  standards  that may render  existing  products  and services
obsolete.  As a result,  the Company's position in its existing markets or other
markets  that it may enter could be eroded  rapidly by product  advancements  by
competitors.  The  life  cycles  of the  Company's  products  and  services  are
difficult to estimate.  The Company's future success will depend,  in part, upon
its  ability  to enhance  existing  products  and  services  and to develop  new
products and services on a timely basis. In addition,  its products and services
must keep pace with  technological  developments,  conform to evolving  industry
standards,  particularly  client/server and Internet  communication and security
protocols,  and  publishing  formats,  and  address  increasingly  sophisticated
customer needs. In particular,  the success of the Company's  kiosks will depend
in large measure on their being  user-friendly to the general public.  There can
be no assurance  that the Company will not  experience  difficulties  that could
delay or prevent the successful  development,  introduction and marketing of new
products and services,  or that new products and services and enhancements  will
meet the requirements of the marketplace and achieve market  acceptance.  If the
Company is unable to develop and  introduce  products  and  services in a timely
manner in response to changing market conditions or customer  requirements,  the
Company's  financial condition and results of operations would be materially and
adversely affected.


COMPETITION

           The  Company's   Intranet  kiosk  business   competes  with  numerous
companies,  including  IBM,  North  Communications,  DSSI and NCR  (currently  a
division of AT&T). All of these companies have resources much greater than those
of the Company.  The  Company's  contract with the City of New York is presently
the  most  significant  part  of  this  business.  The  City  has  also  awarded
demonstration  contracts,  comparable to the contract awarded to the Company, to
North  Communications  and DSSI.  Both North  Communications  and DSSI's primary
supplier have supplied kiosks to other municipalities.  After fulfillment of the
initial  contracts,  if the City chooses to install additional kiosks throughout
the City of New York, it may award to others, and not the Company,  the contract
to install such additional kiosks. Further, there can be no assurance that other
municipalities  or other  entities will seek to acquire kiosks from the Company.
In addition,  if the use of kiosks  provided by the Company and others proves to
be  successful  in  New  York  City  and  other  municipalities  and  locations,
additional companies in the software,  hardware and communications  areas, among
others, may seek to enter the market.

           OLEBroker's(TM) competition includes Fawcette Technical Publications,
which  offers a website  concerning  OLE  components  and which is  supported by
advertising revenues. At this time, the site does not offer vendor's help files,
although this could change in the future.  Cybersource  offers a website  called
SoftwareNet for the sale of software, including software components on-line, and
a


                                      -12-

<PAGE>



Canadian  subsidiary of Sterling  Software also  provides  electronic  commerce.
Objects are generally listed on OLEBroker(TM)  on a non-exclusive  basis.  While
OLEBroker(TM)  competes on the basis of the organization,  comprehensiveness and
accessibility  of its offerings,  the barriers to entry in the field are limited
and additional  competitors are expected to enter the field.  Many of these will
have resources far greater than the Company. See "Business -- Competition."


CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

          The  Company's   kiosks  are  initially  being  marketed  to  entities
including municipalities, states and other government agencies, among others. As
governmental  authorities,  these  prospective  purchasers are subject to public
contract  requirements  which vary from one  jurisdiction to another and include
regulations  relating  to  insurance  coverage,   non-discrimination  in  hiring
practices, access to the disabled, and record-keeping,  among other things. Some
public contract  requirements  may be onerous or even impossible for the Company
to satisfy, such as large bonding requirements, and the Company may be precluded
from  making  sales  in  these  jurisdictions.  In  addition,  public  contracts
frequently  are awarded only after a formal  competitive  bidding  process.  The
process  to date has been and may  continue  to be  protracted.  Even  following
contract award,  significant delays in contract implementation are possible. See
"Business - Governmental Regulation."


RELIANCE ON MICROSOFT IN MARKETING

          The Company has  established a strategic  relationship  with Microsoft
that it believes is important to its sales, marketing and support activities, as
well as to its product development efforts relating to its kiosks. Microsoft has
provided  technical and marketing  support to the Company in connection with the
development  and marketing of its kiosk  services,  has  indicated  that it will
exhibit the  Company's  kiosks in Microsoft  displays at various trade shows and
has issued public statements that included favorable references to the Company's
products.  The Company  serves as regional  director of  Microsoft's  "Developer
Days" program, an on-going series of conferences, from which the Company derives
publicity and exposure to senior Microsoft personnel.  In addition,  the Company
also   benefits   from   Microsoft's   continued   willingness   to  enter  into
non-disclosure agreements with the Company with respect to unannounced Microsoft
products,  under which the Company has the opportunity to have advance knowledge
of software technology being developed be Microsoft.  There is no assurance that
Microsoft  will  continue  to  support  the  Company's  products,  continue  the
Company's  participation  in the  Developer  Days  program  or enter  into  such
agreements  with the Company in the future.  The Company also  obtains  benefits
from a Cooperation Agreement, under which Microsoft offers customers for certain
of its software products a discounted  subscription  rate on OLEBroker(TM).  The
Cooperation  Agreement  has an initial one year term that  concludes in November
1996. While an extension of the term is currently being negotiated,  there is no
assurance  that  Microsoft  in the  future  will  not  elect  to  terminate  the
Cooperation  Agreement  or enter  into  similar  agreements  with the  Company's
competitors. If Microsoft were to sever its relationships with


                                      -13-

<PAGE>



the Company,  the Company's sales and financial  condition could be severely and
adversely affected. See "Business - Products and Services."


DEPENDENCE UPON MICROSOFT'S WINDOWS OPERATING SYSTEM

          The Company has  invested in software  built on  Microsoft's  Internet
Explorer,  Windows  NT and  Windows  95  platforms  and has  written  in certain
programming  languages designed for these operating systems.  To the extent that
such  platforms  do not remain  competitive,  the  Company  might have to expend
significant  time and  resources  to port its software to other  platforms.  Any
factor  adversely  affecting  the demand  for,  or use of,  Microsoft's  Windows
operating  system could have an impact on demand for the  Company's  products or
services causing a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition.  Additionally, any changes to the underlying
components of the Windows  operating  system that would  require  changes to the
Company's products would materially  adversely affect the Company if it were not
able successfully to develop or implement such changes in a timely fashion.


DEPENDENCE UPON COMMON CARRIERS AND INTERNET ACCESS PROVIDERS

          The Company is also dependent on various regulated common carriers and
unregulated Internet access providers,  such as AT&T, Bell Atlantic,  NYNEX, and
NYSERNET.  In the event such carriers or providers  cannot timely respond to the
Company's requirements for service, fail to provide reliable service or increase
their rates  substantially,  the  Company's  service or  profitability  could be
adversely effected.


DEPENDENCE ON THE INTERNET

          Sales  of  the  Company's   Internet-related  products  and  services,
including its OLEBroker(TM)  and new or expanded products and services,  if any,
will  depend  in  large  part  upon a robust  industry  and  infrastructure  for
providing  commercial  Internet  access and carrying  Internet  traffic and upon
increased  commercial use of the Internet.  If the necessary  infrastructure  or
complementary  products  are  not  developed  or  available  to the  Company  on
reasonable terms, or if development of the Internet as a significant  commercial
marketplace is interrupted or delayed, the Company's business, operating results
and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.


LIMITED CUSTOMER BASE

          The long term success of the  Company's  business will depend not only
on the Company's  ability to enter into  arrangements  with  municipalities  and
private entities to make services  available through kiosks and with advertisers
to use the kiosks as an advertising medium, but ultimately upon


                                      -14-

<PAGE>



the  willingness  of consumers to pay fees to transact  business by means of the
kiosks. To date, the Company is operating only five kiosks, which were installed
pursuant  to the  agreement  with  the  City of New York  and  which  have  been
available for public use for a short period of time. The decision by the City to
acquire  kiosks from  providers  other than the Company  would have a direct and
materially  adverse  effect on the  prospects  of the  Company  and  could  also
decrease the Company's  ability to market the kiosks to other potential  service
providers  and  advertisers.  In addition,  there can be no  assurance  that the
volume of use by  consumers  of the kiosks to obtain City  services  and conduct
other transactions will be sufficient to generate  significant  revenues for the
Company.

          The  Company  historically  has derived a  significant  portion of its
revenues from a relatively  limited  number of customers.  During the six months
ended June 30, 1996, two customers  accounted for 76% of the Company's revenues.
During 1995,  two  customers  accounted for  approximately  56% of the Company's
revenues,  and during 1994, four customers  accounted for  approximately  67% of
revenues.  The  Company  provided  consulting  and  related  services,  and more
recently,  services related to the development of OLEBroker(TM) and Intranet and
kiosk  technology,  to such  customers.  There  can be no  assurance  that  such
customers  or others will retain the Company to install  kiosks or provide  such
services in the future. Furthermore, no customers of OLEBroker(TM) account for a
material portion of the Company's  revenues,  and there can be no assurance that
the  Company  will be able to  develop  a  significant  customer  base  for this
service.


RISK OF MANUFACTURING ACTIVITIES

          The  Company's  kiosks  involve  the  design by the  Company,  and the
engineering  and  manufacture by  subcontractors,  of the hardware and graphical
components of the kiosks.  Only a limited number of kiosks have been  fabricated
to  date,  so it is  difficult  for  the  Company  to  predict  if  its  current
subcontractors  will be able to engineer  and produce  kiosks on a  satisfactory
basis.  While  the  Company  believes  that it  could  arrange  to  have  kiosks
fabricated  by  other  subcontractors  on  comparable  terms,  there  can  be no
assurance  that the need to establish  relationships  with other  subcontractors
would not result in costs and delays to the Company.  The future  success of the
Company  will  depend  in part on its  ability  to  retain,  and  maintain  good
relationships with, subcontractors in order to assure the timeliness and quality
of the manufacture of its kiosks.


POTENTIAL FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

          The Company's  quarterly operating results have in the past and may in
the future  vary  significantly  depending  upon  factors  such as the timing of
significant  orders,  which in the past have  been,  and will in the  future be,
delayed from time to time by delays in the  contracting  process.  The potential
customers  for the  Company's  kiosks are  expected  to include  municipalities,
government  agencies and large  organizations;  that is, entities that typically
engage in extended competitive bidding, approval and negotiation procedures with
respect to contracts,  with no assurance  that the contract  will  ultimately be
awarded to the Company. Additional factors contributing to variability


                                      -15-

<PAGE>



of operating  results  include the pricing and mix of services and products sold
by the  Company,  terminations  of  service,  new product  introductions  by the
Company and its competitors,  market  acceptance of new and enhanced versions of
the Company's products and services, changes in pricing or marketing policies by
its competitors and the Company's  responses  thereto,  the Company's ability to
obtain  sufficient  vendors,  to  obtain  supplies  of  sole or  limited  source
components,  changes in the Company's network  infrastructure costs, as a result
of demand  variation or otherwise,  the lengthening of the Company's sales cycle
and  the  timing  of the  expansion  of the  Company's  network  infrastructure.
Variations  in the  timing  and  amounts  of  revenues  and costs  could  have a
materially adverse effect on the Company's quarterly operating results.


DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

          The  Company's   performance   is   substantially   dependent  on  the
performance of its executive  officers and key employees,  and on its ability to
attract  key  personnel.  In  particular,  the future  success of the Company is
dependent upon the personal efforts of the Company's founders, David E. Y. Sarna
and George J. Febish, each of whom is a director and an executive officer of the
Company.  Messrs. Sarna and Febish have long-term employment agreements with the
Company.  The Company has in place key person life insurance policies,  of which
it is the beneficiary, on the lives of Messrs. Sarna and Febish in the amount of
$1,000,000 each. However,  the loss of the services of its executive officers or
other key  employees  could have a materially  adverse  effect on the  business,
operating results and financial condition of the Company. See "Management."


ATTRACTION AND RETENTION OF EMPLOYEES AND CONTRACT PROVIDERS

          The  Company's  success  will depend in large part upon its ability to
attract,  develop,  motivate  and retain  highly  skilled  technical  employees,
particularly  software developers,  project managers and other senior personnel,
as well as independent  providers of creative  content for the Company's  kiosks
and websites.  Qualified project managers and skilled  developers with Intranet,
Internet and ActiveX(TM)  skills are in particularly great demand and are likely
to remain a limited  resource for the foreseeable  future.  Although the Company
expects to  continue  to be able to attract  and  retain  sufficient  numbers of
highly skilled technical employees, developers, project managers and independent
content providers for the foreseeable future, there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to do so. The loss of some or all of the Company's  project
managers and other senior  personnel  could have a materially  adverse impact on
the Company,  particularly  on its ability to secure and  complete  engagements.
Other than Messrs. Sarna and Febish, no other senior personnel have entered into
employment  agreements obligating them to remain in the Company's employ for any
specific  term;  however,  substantially  all key  employees  of the Company are
parties to nonsolicitation,  confidentiality and noncompetition  agreements with
the Company.


                                      -16-

<PAGE>



DEPENDENCE ON PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY

          The Company's success and ability to compete is dependent in part upon
its proprietary technology.  While the Company relies on trade secret, contract,
trademark and copyright law to protect its technology, the Company believes that
factors such as the  technological  and creative  skills of its  personnel,  new
product  developments,  frequent  product  enhancements,  name  recognition  and
reliable product  maintenance are more essential to establishing and maintaining
a technology leadership position. The Company presently has no patents or patent
applications  pending.  There can be no  assurance  that others will not develop
technologies  that are  similar or  superior to the  Company's  technology.  The
source  code for the  Company's  proprietary  software is  protected  as a trade
secret. In addition, because the Company does not sell or license its technology
to  third  parties,  but  rather  delivers  services  thorough  its  kiosks  and
OLEBroker(TM),  its  proprietary  software is not  disclosed  to third  parties.
Despite the Company's  efforts to protect its proprietary  rights,  unauthorized
parties  may  attempt  to copy or  otherwise  obtain  aspects  of the  Company's
products  or  to  obtain  and  use  information  that  the  Company  regards  as
proprietary   or  to  develop   similar   technology   independently.   Policing
unauthorized use of the Company's products is difficult. In addition,  effective
trade secret and copyright  protection  may be unavailable or limited in certain
foreign countries. There can be no assurance that the steps taken by the Company
will prevent misappropriation of its technology. In addition,  litigation may be
necessary in the future to enforce the Company's  intellectual  property rights,
to protect the Company's  trade secrets,  to determine the validity and scope of
the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against claims of infringement or
invalidity.  Such litigation could result in substantial  costs and diversion of
resources and could have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  business,
operating results or financial condition.

          Certain  technology  used in the  Company's  products  or  services is
licensed or leased from third parties,  generally on a nonexclusive basis. While
the licenses  involved are primarily  "shrink wrap  licenses;" that is, licenses
available to anyone who purchases  publicly  available  software  programs,  the
termination  of any of these  licenses  or leases or the  discontinuance  of the
underlying  programs  may  have a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's
operations.  Replacement  of  certain  technologies  licensed  or  leased by the
Company  could be  costly  and  could  result  in  product  delays  which  would
materially  adversely affect the Company's  operating  results.  While it may be
necessary or desirable in the future to obtain other licenses or leases relating
to one or more of the  Company's  products or services or relating to current or
future technologies,  there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
do so on commercially reasonable terms or at all.


RISK OF SYSTEM FAILURE; SECURITY RISKS; LIABILITY RISKS

          The  Company's  operations  are  dependent  upon its ability,  and the
ability of its  suppliers,  such as AT&T,  Bell Atlantic,  NYSERNET,  Sprint and
NYNEX,  to  protect  its  network   infrastructure  against  damage  from  fire,
earthquakes, power loss, telecommunications failures and similar events. Despite
precautions taken by the Company and its suppliers,  the occurrence of a natural
disaster or other  unanticipated  problems at the Company's  network  operations
center or kiosks in the future


                                      -17-

<PAGE>



could cause  interruptions in the services provided by the Company. In addition,
failure  of the  Company's  telecommunications  providers  to  provide  the data
communications  capacity  required  by the  Company  as a  result  of a  natural
disaster,   operational   disruption   or  for  any  other  reason  could  cause
interruptions  in the services  provided by the  Company.  Any damage or failure
that causes  interruptions  in the  Company's  operations  could have a material
adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations.

          Despite  the  implementation  of  security  measures,  the core of the
Company's   network   infrastructure  is  vulnerable  to  computer  viruses  and
disruptive problems.  The Company and Internet access providers have in the past
experienced,  and may in the future  experience,  interruptions  in service as a
result of the accidental or intentional  actions of Internet users,  current and
former employees or others.  Unauthorized use could also potentially  jeopardize
the security of confidential  information  stored in the computer systems of the
Company and its  customers,  which may result in liability of the Company to its
customers and also may deter potential subscribers. Although the Company intends
to continue to implement industry-standard security measures, such measures have
been  circumvented  in the past,  and there can be no  assurance  that  measures
implemented by the Company will not be circumvented  in the future.  Eliminating
computer   viruses  and   alleviating   other  security   problems  may  require
interruptions,  delays or cessation of service to the Company's  customers which
could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

          The Company's  success will depend upon the capacity,  reliability and
security of its network infrastructure,  including processing capability and the
facilities  and capacity  leased from access  providers  and  telecommunications
vendors.   The   Company   must   continue  to  expand  and  adapt  its  network
infrastructure as the number of users and the amount of information they wish to
transfer increases,  and to meet changing customer  requirements.  The expansion
and adaptation of the Company's network  infrastructure will require substantial
financial,  operational and management resources. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to expand or adapt its network  infrastructure  to meet
additional demand or its customers' changing  requirements on a timely basis, at
a commercially  reasonable cost, or at all. Any failure of the Company to expand
its  network  infrastructure  on a timely  basis or adapt it either to  changing
customer  requirements or to evolving  industry  standards could have a material
adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations.

          The kiosks that were  installed in various  locations in New York City
in July 1996 have only been  operating for a short time, so the Company has only
limited experience with actual consumer  interaction with the kiosks.  While the
Company has designed the kiosks to be  resistant to  vandalism,  there can be no
assurance that vandals will not succeed in damaging or disabling the kiosks.  In
addition,  although the Company believes it is unlikely, users of the kiosks may
seek to hold the Company  liable for injuries  allegedly  incurred in connection
with the use of the kiosks.

          While the Company has obtained  insurance  covering  losses  resulting
from  business  interruptions  caused by system  failures,  damages to kiosks or
claims by users of the kiosks, there can


                                      -18-

<PAGE>



be no assurance that such insurance will provide sufficient  coverage or that if
there are multiple  claims,  such  insurance  will be not  terminated or will be
available for terms affordable to the Company.


GOVERNMENT REGULATION; POTENTIAL LIABILITY FOR INFORMATION AND CONTENT
DISSEMINATED THROUGH NETWORK

          The  Company  is not  currently  subject to direct  regulation  by the
Federal  Communications  Commission or any other agency,  other than regulations
applicable  to  businesses   generally  and   businesses   doing  business  with
governmental agencies. In connection with its contract with the City of New York
and  future  contracts,  if any,  with  the  City and  other  municipalities  or
government  entities,  the  Company  will have to  comply  to such  regulations,
including bidding procedures and record-keeping,  audit, insurance,  bonding and
anti-discrimination provisions, among others.

          Changes in the regulatory  environment relating to the Internet access
industry  could have an adverse  effect on the  Company's  business.  Due to the
increase in Internet use and publicity, it is possible that laws and regulations
may be adopted with respect to the Internet,  including with respect to privacy,
pricing and characteristics of products or services.  The Company cannot predict
the impact,  if any,  that future laws and  regulations  or legal or  regulatory
changes may have on its business.

          The law relating to the  liability of on-line  services  companies and
Internet  access  providers for information  carried on or disseminated  through
their systems is currently unsettled. Several private lawsuits seeking to impose
such liability upon on-line services companies and Internet access providers are
currently pending. In addition, legislation has been proposed which would impose
liability for or prohibit the  transmission  on the Internet of certain types of
information and content.  In the event the Company were to make services such as
the one offered through its kiosks  available over the Internet,  the imposition
upon Internet access providers of potential liability for information carried on
or  disseminated  through  their  systems could require the Company to implement
measures  to reduce  its  exposure  to such  liability,  which may  require  the
expenditure  of substantial  resources,  or to  discontinue  certain  product or
service  offerings.  The increased  attention focused upon liability issues as a
result of these lawsuits and  legislative  proposals  could impact the growth of
Internet use.  While the Company  carries  insurance,  it may not be adequate to
compensate the Company in the event the Company  becomes liable for  information
carried  on or  disseminated  through  its  systems.  Any costs not  covered  by
insurance  incurred as a result of such  liability or asserted  liability  could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition
and results of operations.


TAX LOSS CARRYFORWARDS

          At December 31, 1995,  the Company had available  unused net operating
loss carryforwards ("NOLs") aggregating  approximately $350,000 to offset future
income.  Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"), utilization of prior NOLs is limited after


                                      -19-

<PAGE>



an ownership  change,  as defined in such Section 382, to an amount equal to the
value of the loss corporation's outstanding stock immediately before the date of
the ownership  change,  multiplied by the federal  long-term  tax-exempt rate in
effect  during  the  month  that  the  ownership  change   occurred.   Upon  the
consummation  of the Offering,  the Company may be subject to limitations on the
use of its NOLs as provided  under  Section  382.  Accordingly,  there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to fully utilize existing NOLs to offset
taxable income, if any.


CONTINUING CONTROL BY CURRENT MANAGEMENT AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

          Upon  completion  of the  Offering,  David E. Y. Sarna,  the Company's
Chairman and Co- Chief Executive  Officer,  and George J. Febish,  the Company's
President  and  Co-Chief  Executive  Officer,  each of whom is a director of the
Company, and Cyndel & Co., Inc. ("Cyndel"),  a principal stockholder of Company,
will  beneficially  own, in the aggregate,  approximately  79% of the issued and
outstanding  shares of Common Stock. As a result,  these  stockholders will have
effective  control over the Company and on the outcome of any matters  submitted
to the  Company's  stockholders  for  approval,  which  influence  might  not be
consistent with the interests of other stockholders.  In addition,  if they were
to act in  concert,  they  would be able to elect a  majority  of the  Company's
directors,  deter or cause a change in  control  of the  Company  and  otherwise
generally control the Company's affairs. See "Principal Stockholders."


DILUTION

          The  Company's  present  stockholders  acquired  their  shares  of the
Company's Common Stock at a cost substantially  below the imputed price at which
such shares are being offered in the  Offering.  Purchasers of the Units offered
hereby will,  therefore,  suffer an immediate and substantial  dilution,  in the
amount of $4.41 per share of their  investment  (assuming  an offering  price of
$6.00 per Unit and without allocating any value to the Class A Warrants) insofar
as it relates to the resulting tangible book value of the Company's Common Stock
after completion of the Offering. To the extent outstanding warrants and options
to purchase the Company's  Units and Common Stock are  exercised,  there will be
further dilution. See "Dilution."


BROAD DISCRETION IN APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS; BENEFITS TO AFFILIATES

          A  significant  portion of the net  proceeds of the  Offering  will be
available for expansion and working capital purposes. Accordingly, the Company's
management will have broad discretion as to the application of such proceeds. In
addition,  approximately $1,283,000 (20.95%) of the net proceeds of the Offering
will be used to repay the Bridge Loans made to the Company  during the period of
April  through  June  1996 and  related  interest  and to  redeem  the  Series A
Preferred  Stock,  and,  accordingly,  such funds will not be  available to fund
future growth.



                                      -20-

<PAGE>



          A portion of the net proceeds of Bridge Loans, as well as a portion of
the  proceeds of the July 1996  Offering,  were used to pay a portion of accrued
but unpaid salaries to the executive officers of the Company, and the balance of
such accrued salaries will be paid from the proceeds of the Offering.  A portion
of the  proceeds  of the  July  1996  Offering  was  also  used  to  redeem  the
convertible Series B Preferred Stock owned by Cyndel, a principal stockholder of
the Company. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Certain Transactions."


FUTURE CAPITAL NEEDS; UNCERTAINTY OF ADDITIONAL FINANCING

          The Company's  current policy is to own and operate its kiosks,  which
may require  substantial  capital  investment.  It is the Company's intention to
enter into lease financing  arrangements  for the kiosks.  While the Company has
entered into such an  arrangement  to cover  substantially  all the costs of the
first five kiosks,  it has not entered into an agreement for such  financing for
future kiosks,  if any, and there can be no assurance that it will be able to do
so on  acceptable  terms or at all. The Company  believes  that the net proceeds
from the Offering,  together with  anticipated  revenues  from  operations,  and
assuming the establishment of an acceptable lease financing arrangement, will be
sufficient  to meet  its  presently  anticipated  working  capital  and  capital
expenditure  requirements  for at least 24  months.  However,  if the  Company's
expectations are not fulfilled,  there can be no assurance that the net proceeds
of the Offering  will be  sufficient  to implement  successfully  the  Company's
business plan or meet its working capital or financing requirements. The Company
may need to raise  additional  funds  through  public or private  debt or equity
financings in order to take advantage of unanticipated opportunities,  including
acquisitions  of  complementary  businesses or  technologies,  or to develop new
products  or  otherwise  respond  to  unanticipated  competitive  pressures.  In
addition,  if the Company  experiences rapid growth,  it may require  additional
funds to expand its operations or enlarge its  organization.  In any such event,
continued  operation  of the  Company  may be  dependent  on the  ability of the
Company to procure  additional  financing  through sales of additional equity or
debt. If the Company were to issue any equity or  convertible  debt  securities,
such issuance  could  substantially  dilute the interests of the Company's  then
existing  security  holders.  Such  equity  securities  may  also  have  rights,
preferences or privileges senior to those of the holders of the Company's Common
Stock. There can be no assurance that additional  financing will be available on
terms  favorable to the Company,  or at all. If adequate funds are not available
or are not  available on acceptable  terms,  the Company may not be able to take
advantage  of  unanticipated  opportunities,  develop new  products or otherwise
respond to  unanticipated  competitive  pressures.  Such inability  could have a
materially  adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition and
results of operations.  See "Use of Proceeds" and  "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and  Results of  Operations  - Liquidity  and
Capital Resources."


DIVIDENDS

          Other than  distributions  made prior to 1993,  when the Company was a
closely-held  "S  corporation,"  the Company has not paid any  dividends  on its
Common Stock in the past, and does


                                      -21-

<PAGE>



not  anticipate  that it will declare or pay any  dividends  in the  foreseeable
future.  However,  the  Company's  Series A Preferred  Stock  currently  accrues
dividends  at the annual rate of 9%. The Company is obligated to pay all accrued
but unpaid  dividends  on the Series A Preferred  Stock in  connection  with the
redemption  of the Series A Preferred  Stock upon closing of the  Offering.  See
"Dividend Policy."


ARBITRARY DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

           The initial public offering price of the Units and the exercise price
and other terms of the Class A Warrants were determined by negotiations  between
the Company and the  Representative.  See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the
factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the Units
and the exercise price and other terms of the Class A Warrants.


NO PRIOR MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S SECURITIES; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY
OF MARKET PRICE OF THE COMPANY'S SECURITIES

           Prior to the  Offering,  there  has  been no  public  market  for the
Company' securities. There can be no assurance that an active public market will
develop or be  sustained  after the  Offering  or that the  market  price of the
Company's  securities will not decline below the public  offering price.  Future
announcements concerning the Company or its competitors, quarterly variations in
operating results,  announcements of technological innovations, the introduction
of new products or services or changes in product or service pricing policies by
the Company or its  competitors,  litigation  concerning  proprietary  rights or
other matters,  changes in earnings estimates by analysts or other factors could
cause the market price of the Company's  securities to fluctuate  substantially.
In addition,  stock prices for many technology  companies  fluctuate  widely for
reasons which may be unrelated to operating results. These fluctuations, as well
as general  economic,  market and  political  conditions  such as  recessions or
military conflicts,  may materially and adversely affect the market price of the
Company's securities.


POSSIBLE DELISTING AND RISK OF LOW PRICED SECURITIES

           The Company has applied for inclusion of the Common Stock and Class A
Warrants comprising the Units on the NASDAQ SmallCap Market. No assurance can be
given that the Common  Stock and the Class A Warrants  will  qualify for initial
quotation  or listing or that the  Company  will  continue to be able to satisfy
certain  specified  financial  tests and market  related  criteria  required for
continued  quotation on NASDAQ following the Offering.  If the Company is unable
to satisfy such maintenance criteria in the future, the Common Stock and Class A
Warrants  may be delisted  from trading on NASDAQ and  consequently  an investor
could find it more difficult to dispose of, or to obtain accurate  quotations as
to the price of, the  Company's  securities,  and the Class A Warrants  would no
longer be redeemable.


                                      -22-

<PAGE>



          The Securities Enforcement and Penny Stock Reform Act of 1990 requires
additional disclosure relating to the market for penny stocks in connection with
trades in any stock defined as a penny stock.  Commission  regulations generally
define a penny stock to be an equity  security  that has a market  price of less
than $5.00 per share,  subject to certain  exceptions.  Unless an  exception  is
available,  the  regulations  require  the  delivery,  prior to any  transaction
involving a penny stock,  of a disclosure  schedule  explaining  the penny stock
market and the risks associated therewith.

          In addition,  if the Company's securities are not quoted on NASDAQ, or
if the Company does not meet the other exceptions to the penny stock regulations
cited above,  trading in the Company's securities would be covered by Rule 15g-9
promulgated  under the Exchange Act for non-NASDAQ and  non-national  securities
exchange listed securities.  Under such rule,  broker/dealers who recommend such
securities to persons other than established  customers and accredited investors
must make a special  written  suitability  determination  for each purchaser and
receive  the  purchaser's  written  agreement  to a  transaction  prior to sale.
Securities  also are exempt from this rule if the market price is at least $5.00
per share.

          If  the  Company's   securities  become  subject  to  the  regulations
applicable to penny stocks,  the market  liquidity for the Company's  securities
could be adversely  affected.  In such event,  such regulations  could limit the
ability of broker/dealers to sell the Company's  securities and thus the ability
of  purchasers  of the  Company's  securities  to sell their  securities  in the
secondary market.


RELATIONSHIP OF REPRESENTATIVE TO TRADING

          The Representative may participate in the solicitation of the exercise
of the Class A Warrants.  In  connection  with the  solicitation  of the Class A
Warrant  exercises,  unless the  Representative  is granted an  exemption by the
Commission  from Rule 10b-6 under the Exchange Act, the  Representative  and any
other  soliciting   broker-dealer  will  be  prohibited  from  engaging  in  any
market-making activities with respect to the Company's securities for the period
commencing  either two or nine business  days  (depending on the market price of
the Common Stock) prior to any solicitation  activity until the later of (i) the
termination of such  solicitation  activity,  (ii) the termination (by waiver or
otherwise)  of  any  right  that  the  Representative  or any  other  soliciting
broker-dealer  may have to  receive a fee for the  exercise  of Class A Warrants
following such solicitation. As a result, the Representative or other soliciting
broker-dealer  may be unable to provide a market for the  Company's  securities,
should it desire to do so, during certain periods while the Class A Warrants are
exercisable.  In addition,  under  applicable  rules and  regulations  under the
Exchange  Act,  any  person   engaged  in  the   distribution   of  the  Selling
Securityholder   Securities  may  not  simultaneously  engage  in  market-making
activities  with  respect to any  securities  of the Company for the  applicable
"cooling off" period (at least two and possibly nine business days) prior to the
commencement of such distribution.  Accordingly, in the event the Representative
is engaged in a distribution of any Selling Securityholder  Securities,  it will
not be able to make a market in the Company's  securities  during the applicable
restrictive  period.  Such  restrictions  may  adversely  affect  the  price and
liquidity of the Common Stock


                                      -23-

<PAGE>



and the Class A Warrants.  See "Description of Securities,"  "Underwriting"  and
"Concurrent Offering."


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE; REGISTRATION RIGHTS

           All of the shares of Common Stock  currently  issued and  outstanding
are "restricted  securities," as that term is defined under Rule 144 promulgated
under the Securities Act in that such shares were issued and sold by the Company
in private transactions not involving a public offering. In general,  under Rule
144 as currently in effect,  beginning 91 days after the date hereof, subject to
the satisfaction of certain other conditions,  a person,  including an affiliate
of the  company,  after at least two  years  have  elapsed  from the sale by the
Company or any  affiliate  of the  restricted  securities,  can (along  with any
person with whom such individuals is required to aggregate  sales) sell,  within
any three-month  period,  a number of shares of restricted  securities that does
not exceed the greater of 1% of the total  number of  outstanding  shares of the
same class, or, if the Common Stock is quoted on NASDAQ or a stock exchange, the
average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding the sale.
A person who has not been an affiliate of the Company for at least three months,
after at least  three  years  have  elapsed  from the sale by the  Company or an
affiliate  of the  restricted  securities,  is entitled to sell such  restricted
shares under Rule 144 without regard to any of the limitations  described above.
The Company's executive  officers,  David E. Y. Sarna and George J. Febish, have
agreed not to sell or otherwise transfer any of their shares of Common Stock for
a period  of 18  months  after  the date of this  Prospectus  without  the prior
written  consent of the  Representative,  and the other  securityholders  of the
Company  (including  the  holders of the  Investors  Warrants  but not the other
Selling  Securityholders)  have agreed not to sell any of their shares of Common
Stock for a period of nine months after the date of this Prospectus  without the
prior written consent of the Representative.  In addition, concurrently with the
Offering,  the Company is  registering  for sale by the Selling  Securityholders
412,500 Units and 719,588 Selling  Securityholder Shares that are outstanding or
issuable  upon the  exercise of currently  exercisable  warrants;  however,  the
Selling  Securityholders  other than the  Representative  and the holders of the
Investor  Warrants  (which holders are subject to the nine month  agreement with
the  Representative  described  above)  have  agreed  not to  sell  any of  such
securities for a period of 12 months after the date of this  Prospectus  without
the prior written consent of the Representative. Furthermore, certain holders of
the Company's  outstanding Common Stock, warrants and options (including current
and former executive  officers) have "piggyback"  registration  rights and/or as
well as demand  registration  rights that they may exercise  commencing one year
from the date of this Prospectus.

           No prediction can be made as to the effect,  if any, the future sales
of Common Stock or the availability of Common Stock for future sale will have on
the market  price of the Common  Stock  prevailing  from time to time.  Sales of
substantial  amounts of Common Stock  (including  shares issued upon exercise of
stock options or warrants) in the public market  following the Offering,  or the
perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market
prices of the Common  Stock.  See  "Description  of  Securities  -  Registration
Rights," "Shares Eligible For Future Sale" and "Underwriting."



                                      -24-

<PAGE>



EFFECT OF OUTSTANDING WARRANTS, OPTIONS AND CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES

           The Company has  outstanding  warrants  to purchase an  aggregate  of
412,500  Units,  all of which are  exercisable at a price per Unit below the per
Unit  offering  price of the Units  offered  by this  Prospectus.  In  addition,
412,500 shares of Common Stock will be issuable upon the exercise of the Class A
Warrants  issuable upon the exercise of such outstanding  warrants.  The Company
also has  outstanding  other  options and  warrants to purchase an  aggregate of
656,587  shares  of  Common  Stock  (as well as the July  Placement  Warrant  to
purchase  (1)  23,700  shares of Common  Stock  and (2) July  1996  Warrants  to
purchase 18,200 shares),  of which all except warrants to purchase 20,000 shares
of Common  Stock are  exercisable  at price below the per share  offering  price
(assuming no value is ascribed to the Class A Warrants included in the Units) of
the Units  offered by this  Prospectus.  The Company has also agreed to grant to
the  Representative  the  Unit  Purchase  Option,  consisting  of the  right  to
purchase,  commencing one year from the date of this Prospectus,  125,000 Units.
The sale of 719,588  Selling  Securityholder  Shares,  as well as 412,500 Units,
have been  registered in the  Concurrent  Offering,  and the Company has granted
certain  demand  and  piggyback  registration  rights to the  holders of certain
shares   of  Common   Stock,   outstanding   options   and   warrants   and  the
Representative's  Unit Purchase Option. While holders of certain of these rights
(including  the  Selling  Securityholders  other than the  Representative)  have
agreed not to sell the  securities  issuable  upon the  exercise of  outstanding
options and warrants  for nine or 12 months  after the date of this  Prospectus,
these rights could result in substantial expense to the Company and restrict the
Company's  ability to obtain  future  financing.  The  exercise  and sale of the
Common Stock subject to these  registration  rights would have a dilutive effect
on the  Company's  stockholders.  See "Certain  Transactions,"  "Description  of
Securities - Registration Rights," "Underwriting" and "Concurrent Offering."


ADVERSE EFFECT OF REDEMPTION OF CLASS A WARRANTS

           The Company has the right to redeem the Class A Warrants,  commencing
one year from the date of the  Prospectus  (or earlier,  with the consent of the
Representative), provided that the average closing bid price of the Common Stock
has  exceeded  130% of the then current  exercise  price of the Class A Warrants
(initially $_____ per share), for a period of 20 consecutive trading days ending
within  15  days  prior  to the  date on  which  the  Company  gives  notice  of
redemption. If the Company gives such notice of redemption, holders of the Class
A Warrants will lose their rights to exercise the Warrants  after the date fixed
therein for their redemption.  Upon the receipt of a notice of redemption of the
Class A Warrants,  the holders  thereof  would be required to (i)  exercise  the
Class  A  Warrants  and  pay  the   exercise   price  at  a  time  when  it  may
disadvantageous  for them to do so,  (ii) sell the Class A Warrants  at the then
market  price,  if any,  when  they  might  otherwise  wish to hold the  Class A
Warrants  or  (iii)  accept  the  redemption  price,   which  is  likely  to  be
substantially  less than the market value of the Class A Warrants at the time of
redemption. See "Description of Securities--Class A Warrants."


                                      -25-

<PAGE>



NECESSITY OF FUTURE REGISTRATION OF CLASS A WARRANTS AND STATE BLUE
SKY REGISTRATION; EXERCISE OF CLASS A WARRANTS

           The shares of Common  Stock and the Class A Warrants  comprising  the
Units are  immediately  detachable  and separately  transferable  upon issuance.
Although  Units will not  knowingly be sold to purchasers  in  jurisdictions  in
which the Class A Warrants are not registered or otherwise qualified for sale or
exempt,  purchasers may buy Class A Warrants in the  after-market or may move to
jurisdictions  in which the Class A Warrants and the Common Stock underlying the
Class A Warrants are not so  registered  or qualified or exempt.  In this event,
the Company  would be unable  lawfully to issue  Common  Stock to those  persons
desiring to exercise  their Class A Warrants  (and the Class A Warrants will not
be exercisable  by those persons)  unless and until the Class A Warrants and the
underlying Common Stock are registered or qualified for sale in jurisdictions in
which  such  purchasers  reside  or  an  exemption  from  such  registration  or
qualification  requirements  exists  in  such  jurisdictions.  There  can  be no
assurance that the Company will be able to effect any required  registration  or
qualification.

           The Class A Warrants  offered hereby will not be  exercisable  unless
the  Company  maintains  a  current  registration  statement  on file  with  the
Commission  either  by  filing  post-effective  amendments  to the  Registration
Statement  of which this  Prospectus  is a part or by filing a new  registration
statement with respect to the exercise of such Class A Warrants. The Company has
agreed  to use its best  efforts  to file and  maintain,  so long as the Class A
Warrants offered hereby are exercisable,  a current registration  statement with
the Commission  relating to such Class A Warrants and the shares of Common Stock
underlying  such Class A Warrants.  However,  there can be no assurance  that it
will do so or that such Class A Warrants or such underlying Common Stock will be
or continue to be so registered.

           The value of the Class A Warrants  could be  adversely  affected if a
then current prospectus  covering the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the
Class  A  Warrants  is  not  available  pursuant  to an  effective  registration
statement or if such Common Stock is not  registered  or qualified for resale or
exempt from  registration or  qualification  in the  jurisdictions  in which the
holders of Class A Warrants  reside.  See  "Description of  Securities--Class  A
Warrants."


ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

           Certain  provisions of Delaware law and the Company's  Certificate of
Incorporation,  as amended,  and its Amended and  Restated  Bylaws could make it
more difficult for a third party to acquire,  and could discourage a third party
from attempting to acquire,  control of the Company. Certain of these provisions
allow the Company to issue  Preferred  Stock with rights  senior to those of the
Common Stock without any further vote or action by the  stockholders,  eliminate
the  right  of  stockholders  to act  by  written  consent  and  impose  various
procedural  and  other  requirements  which  could  make it more  difficult  for
stockholders to effect certain corporate actions. The classification


                                      -26-

<PAGE>



of the Company's  Board of Directors  could have the effect of delaying a change
in control of the Company.  In addition,  the Company will have 5,000,000 shares
of  authorized  Preferred  Stock,  which the  Company  could issue in the future
without further  stockholder  approval and upon such terms and  conditions,  and
have such rights,  privileges  and  preferences,  as the Board of Directors  may
determine.  The rights of the holder of Common Stock will be subject to, and may
be adversely  affected by, the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock that may
be  issued  in the  future.  The  Company  has no  current  plans to  issue  any
additional  Preferred  Stock.  See "Certain  Transactions"  and  "Description of
Securities - Preferred Stock."


LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

          The  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  as amended,  and the Amended and
Restated  Bylaws of the Company  contain  provisions  limiting the  liability of
directors of the Company for monetary damages to the fullest extent  permissible
under  Delaware law.  This is intended to eliminate the personal  liability of a
director  for  monetary  damages on an action  brought by or in the right of the
Company for breach of a  director's  duties to the  Company or its  stockholders
except in  certain  limited  circumstances.  In  addition,  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation,   as  amended,  and  the  Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  contain
provisions requiring the Company to indemnify directors, officers, employees and
agents of the Company  serving at the request of the Company  against  expenses,
judgments (including derivative actions),  fines and amounts paid in settlement.
This indemnification is limited to actions taken in good faith in the reasonable
belief that the  conduct was lawful and in or not opposed to the best  interests
of the Company.  The Certificate of Incorporation,  as amended,  and the Amended
and Restated Bylaws provide for the indemnification of directors and officers in
connection with civil,  criminal,  administrative  or investigative  proceedings
when  acting  in their  capacities  as agents  for the  Company.  The  foregoing
provisions may reduce the likelihood of derivative  litigation against directors
and executive  officers and may discourage or deter  stockholders  or management
from suing  directors or executive  officers for breaches of their duties to the
Company, even though such an action, if successful,  might otherwise benefit the
Company and its stockholders.





                                      -27-

<PAGE>



                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

          The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of Units offered hereby,
assuming an offering price per Unit of $6.00,  are estimated to be approximately
$6,125,000 ($7,103,250 if the Over-allotment Option is exercised in full), after
deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, payment of the first
year's  consulting fee to the  Representative  and estimated  offering  expenses
payable by the Company. The Company expects to use the net proceeds (assuming no
exercise of the Over-allotment Option) during the next 24 months as follows:


                                                                    APPROXIMATE
                                                     APPROPRIATE   PERCENTAGE OF
                  APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS            DOLLAR AMOUNT  NET PROCEEDS
                  -----------------------            -------------  ------------
Repayment of Bridge Loans (1)........................ $1,283,000       20.95%
Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock (2)...........    273,000        4.45
Working capital and general corporate purposes (3)...  4,569,000       74.60
                                                       ---------       -----
        TOTAL........................................ $6,125,000      100.00%
                                                       =========      ======
- -------------------------------

(1)       Represents the repayment of outstanding  Bridge Loans in the aggregate
          principal amount of $1,250,000 plus estimated accrued interest thereon
          at the annual rate of 7% to the date of the  closing of the  Offering.
          The  Company  used the net  proceeds  of the  Bridge  Loans to pay for
          product  development,  operating expenses,  working capital (including
          the payment of accrued but unpaid salaries to the Company's  executive
          officers) and various expenses  related to the Offering.  See "Certain
          Transactions" and Note D of Notes to Financial Statements.

(2)       Represents the redemption,  at $1.00 per share plus estimated  accrued
          but  unpaid  dividends  at  the  annual  rate  of 9%,  of the  212,500
          outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

(3)       Includes  anticipated payment of the salaries of the Company's current
          personnel  plus an additional six or more staff members and payment of
          approximately  $92,000 of accrued but unpaid salaries to the Company's
          executive officers. See "Certain  Transactions." The remainder will be
          used for  working  capital  and  general  corporate  purposes  such as
          occupancy  expenses,  professional  expenses,  insurance  payments and
          purchases  of  supplies.  The Company  intends to finance the costs of
          deploying up to 25 additional kiosks under leasing arrangements. If it
          does not enter into such  financing  arrangements,  it may apply up to
          $1,700,000 to such costs. The net proceeds may also be used to acquire
          technology,  licenses or companies that complement the business of the
          Company,  although  no such  acquisitions  are  planned  or are  being
          negotiated as of the date of this Prospectus.



                                      -28-

<PAGE>



          If the Representative exercises its Over-allotment Option in full, the
Company will realize  additional net proceeds of approximately  $978,750,  which
amount will be added to the Company's working capital.

          The amount and timing of expenditures  for each purpose will depend on
technological,  competitive  and  business  developments;  determinations  as to
commercial potential;  the terms of any collaborative  arrangements entered into
by the Company for development and licensing;  and other factors,  many of which
are beyond the Company's  control.  The Company's  current  policy is to own and
operate its kiosks, which may require substantial capital investment.  It is the
Company's  intention to enter into lease financing  arrangements for the kiosks.
While the Company has entered into such an  arrangement  to cover  substantially
all the costs of the first five kiosks, it has not entered into an agreement for
such financing for future kiosks,  and there can be no assurance that it will be
able to do so on acceptable  terms or at all. The Company  believes that the net
proceeds from the Offering,  together with anticipated  revenues from operations
and assuming the  establishment  of an acceptable  lease financing  arrangement,
will be sufficient to meet its presently anticipated working capital and capital
expenditure  requirements  for at least 24  months.  In the event the  Company's
plans change or its assumptions change or prove to be inaccurate or the proceeds
of  the  Offering  prove  to  be   insufficient   to  fund  operations  (due  to
unanticipated expenses,  delays, problems or otherwise), the Company may find it
necessary or advisable to use portions  thereof for other  purposes and could be
required  to  seek  additional  financing  sooner  than  currently  anticipated.
Depending  on the  Company's  progress in the  development  of its  products and
technology,  their acceptance by the  marketplace,  and the state of the capital
markets, the Company may also determine that it is advisable to raise additional
equity  capital.  The Company has no current  arrangements  with  respect to, or
sources of,  additional  financing and there can be no assurance that additional
financing  will  be  available  to  the  Company  when  needed  on  commercially
reasonable  terms or at all. Any inability to obtain  additional  financing when
needed would have  material  adverse  effect on the Company.  See  "Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations -
Liquidity and Capital Resources."


          Pending such uses,  the net proceeds  will be invested in  short-term,
investment  grade  instruments,  certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed
obligations of the United States.

          The net  proceeds to the  Company do not  include  any  proceeds to be
realized  by the Company  upon the  exercise of the Class A Warrants or the Unit
Purchase  Option  and the  resulting  issuance  of shares of Common  Stock.  The
Company  anticipates  that if the Class A Warrants or Unit  Purchase  Option are
exercised, the proceeds will be used for working capital purposes.


                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

          Other than  distributions  made prior to 1993,  when the Company was a
closely-held  "S  corporation,"  the  Company  has never  declared  or paid cash
dividends on its Common Stock. The


                                      -29-

<PAGE>



Company currently anticipates that it will retain all available funds for use in
the operation of its business, and therefore does not anticipate paying any cash
dividends on the Common Stock in the foreseeable  future. The Company's Series A
Preferred  Stock  currently  accrues  dividends  at the  annual  rate of 9%. The
Company is  obligated  to pay all accrued but unpaid  dividends  on the Series A
Preferred  Stock in  connection  with the  redemption  of the Series A Preferred
Stock upon closing of the Offering.  See "Use of Proceeds" and  "Description  of
Securities-Preferred Stock."


                                      -30-

<PAGE>


                                 CAPITALIZATION

          The  following  table  sets  forth,  as of  June  30,  1996,  (i)  the
capitalization of the Company, (ii) the pro forma capitalization of the Company,
as adjusted to give effect to the sale in July and August 1996 of 273,001 shares
of Common  Stock and July 1996  Warrants  to purchase  182,004  shares of Common
Stock and the redemption of the Company's Series B Preferred Stock in July 1996,
and (iii) the  capitalization  of the Company as further adjusted to give effect
to (A) the sale of the Units in the  Offering  (assuming  an  offering  price of
$6.00 per Unit) and the receipt by the  Company of the  estimated  net  proceeds
therefrom,  after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
other  expenses of the  Offering,  (B)  repayment  of the  $1,250,000  principal
balance of the outstanding  Bridge Loans and the accrued interest  thereon,  and
(C) the concurrent  mandatory redemption of all the outstanding shares of Series
A Preferred Stock.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        June 30, 1996
                                                         ---------------------------------------------
                                                                        (In thousands)
                                                          Historical       Pro Forma     As Adjusted
                                                          ----------       ---------     -----------
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>             <C>       
Note payable .........................................   $  1,058,738    $  1,058,738    $       --
                                                         ============    ============    ============

Preferred stock,  $.0001 par value;
         5,000,000 shares authorized;  212,500 shares
         of Series A Preferred
         Stock issued and outstanding actual and pro
         forma; no shares to be issued and outstanding
         as adjusted .................................        268,469         268,469

         1,250 shares of Series B Preferred Stock
         issued and outstanding; no shares to be
         issued and outstanding pro forma and as
         adjusted ....................................        125,000
                                                         ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                              393,469         268,469
                                                         ============    ============    ============
Common stock, $.0001 par value;
          20,000,000    shares  authorized; 2,293,000
          issued and  outstanding; ...................      2,566,001
          issued and outstanding pro forma;
          and 3,816,001 to be issued
          and outstanding as adjusted ................            229             257             382
Capital in excess of par value .......................        405,856       1,222,113       7,346,988
Accumulated deficit (2) ..............................     (1,193,939)     (1,193,939)     (1,385,201)
                                                         ------------    ------------    ------------

          Total stockholders' equity (capital ........   $   (787,854)   $     28,431    $  5,962,169
             deficiency) .............................    ===========    ============      ==========
</TABLE>


(1)       Does not include:  (i) 1,250,000  shares of Common Stock issuable upon
          exercise of the Class A Warrants included in the Units offered hereby,
          (ii) up to 375,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise of
          the Over-allotment Option and the Class A Warrants underlying the


                                      -31-

<PAGE>



          Over-allotment  Option,  (iii) 250,000 shares of Common Stock issuable
          upon the exercise of the Representative's Unit Purchase Option and the
          Class A Warrants  issuable upon the exercise  thereof , (iv) 1,114,587
          shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of  outstanding  options
          and  warrants and the Class A Warrants  issuable  upon the exercise of
          certain of such warrants.  See "Management,"  "Certain  Transactions,"
          "Description of Securities" and "Underwriting."

(2)       Reflects,  among other  things,  the  write-off  of  unamortized  note
          payable  discounts and deferred  financing costs amounting to $191,262
          upon  repayment  of an  aggregate  of  $1,283,000,  consisting  of the
          principal  and accrued  interest of the Bridge  Loans  received by the
          Company in the Bridge Loan Offering  during the period of April though
          June 1996 and repayable from the proceeds of the Offering. See "Use of
          Proceeds."


                                    DILUTION

           The  unaudited pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as at
June 30, 1996 was a negative $50,855, or $(0.02) per share of Common Stock. "Pro
forma net  tangible  book value per share of Common  Stock"  represents  the pro
forma  book  value of the  Company's  total  tangible  assets,  less  its  total
liabilities and preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding (2,566,001 pro forma shares at June 30, 1996 giving pro forma effect
to the sale of July 1996 Units and redemption of Class B Preferred Stock). After
giving  effect to the sale of the Units  offered  hereby  (assuming  an offering
price of $6.00 per Unit and without allocating any value to the Class A Warrants
contained in the Units and the  application of the net proceeds  therefrom,  the
Company's  adjusted net tangible  book value of Common Stock as of June 30, 1996
would have been $6,074,145,  or $1.59 per share of Common Stock. This represents
an immediate  increase in net  tangible  book value per share of Common Stock of
$1.61 to existing holders of Common Stock and immediate dilution in net tangible
book value of $4.41 per share to new investors purchasing Units in the Offering.
The following table illustrates the per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share........................$6.00
   Pro forma net tangible book value per share of
      Common Stock before the Offering.................................($.02)
   Increase per share attributable to new investors....................$1.61
Adjusted tangible book value per share of Common Stock
   after the Offering  ................................................$1.59
                                                                       -----
Dilution per share to new investors(1).................................$4.41
                                                                       =====
- -------------------------
(1)       If the Over-allotment  Option is exercised in full, dilution per share
          to new investors would be $4.24. The foregoing table does not give any
          effect to the possible exercise of any warrants or options.




                                      -32-

<PAGE>



           The following table  summarizes,  as at June 30, 1996, on a pro forma
basis, the number of shares purchased from the Company,  the total consideration
paid and the average  price per share paid by the existing  stockholders  and by
new investors  before  deduction of  underwriting  discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Shares Purchased         Total Consideration   
                           ----------------         -------------------   Average Price
                         Number    Percentage      Amount    Percentage    Per Share
                         ------    ----------      ------    ----------    ---------
<S>                     <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>  
Existing stockholders   2,566,001    67.24%      $1,196,013     13.75%      $0.47
New Investors           1,250,000    32.76%      $7,500,000     86.25%      $6.00
                        ---------   -------      ----------    ------
   Total                3,816,001   100.00%      $8,696,013    100.00%
                        =========   =======      ==========    ======
</TABLE>

           The foregoing table assumes no exercise of the Over-allotment Option.
The foregoing table also does not include (i) the 250,000 shares of Common Stock
included  in the Units  issuable  upon  exercise  of the  Representative's  Unit
Purchase  Option and the Class A Warrants  issuable  upon the  exercise  of such
option,  (ii) the  1,114,587  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise of
outstanding  warrants and options,  or (iii) the 250,000  shares of Common Stock
reserved  for issuance  upon the  exercise of options  granted to date or in the
future  under the  Company's  1996 Stock  Option Plan of which only 145,000 have
been granted to date (which are included in (ii) above).  See "Management-  1996
Stock Option Plan," "Description of Securities" and "Underwriting."



                                      -33-

<PAGE>



                             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

           The selected  financial  data set forth below as at December 31, 1995
and 1994 and for each of the years then ended have been derived from the audited
financial  statements of the Company. The financial statements of the Company as
at December 31, 1995, and for each of the two fiscal years then ended, including
the notes thereto,  and the related report of Richard A. Eisner & Company,  LLP,
independent  auditors,  are included elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The selected
financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  and
the  financial  statements  of the Company and related  notes  thereto  included
elsewhere in this Prospectus. Data for the six month periods ended June 30, 1996
and 1995 are unaudited, but in the opinion of management include all adjustments
necessary for a fair presentation of the data.  Results for the six month period
ended  June 30,  1996 may not be  indicative  of results  expected  for the year
ending December 31, 1996.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Six Months Ended June 30,           Year Ended December 31,
                                             -------------------------           -----------------------
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:                   1995           1996                1994           1995
                                                ----           ----                ----           ----
<S>                                           <C>            <C>               <C>              <C>      
Revenues:

  Consulting                                    282,562       $258,000          $509,920         $447,976
  Development and training                       97,900         37,954           245,836          118,618
Net loss                                        (13,798)      (300,722)          (45,504)        (122,400)
Net loss applicable to common stock             (23,361)      (316,535)          (64,629)        (141,525)
Net  loss per share of common stock               (0.01)         (0.11)            (0.02)           (0.05)
Weighted average number  of common stock      2,894,418      2,897,418         2,894,418        2,894,418
outstanding

</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         December 31, 1995                   June 30, 1996
                                         ------------------    ----------------------------------------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:                                            Historical      Pro Forma(1)    As Adjusted(2)
                                                               ----------      ------------    --------------
<S>                                           <C>              <C>              <C>           <C>         
Working capital (deficiency)                  $(390,290)         $246,384          937,669    $5,444,200
Total assets                                    343,534         1,107,160        1,698,445     6,201,768
Redeemable preferred stock                      383,906           393,469          268,469           ---
Accumulated deficit                            (877,404)       (1,193,939)      (1,193,939)   (1,385,201)
Total stockholders' equity
 (capital deficiency)                          (598,844)         (787,854)          28,431     5,962,169
</TABLE>

(1)       Gives  effect to the sale of 273,001  shares of Common  Stock and July
          1996 Warrants to purchase  182,004  shares of Common Stock in July and
          August 1996 and the  redemption  of the  Company's  Series B Preferred
          Stock in July 1996.

(2)       Assumes an offering price per Unit of $6.00, the midpoint of the range
          set forth on the cover page of this  Prospectus,  and gives  effect to
          (i) the sale of 1,250,000  Units offered hereby and the application of
          the  estimated  net proceeds  therefrom,  including  the  repayment of
          $1,250,000  principal  amount of the Bridge  Loans  outstanding,  plus
          accrued interest thereon


                                      -34-

<PAGE>



          and  redemption  of the Series A  Preferred  Stock at its  liquidation
          value of $212,500  plus accrued  dividends,  (ii) the sale of the July
          1996 Units and the  issuance of the July  Placement  Warrant and (iii)
          the  redemption  of the Series B  Preferred  Stock at its  liquidation
          value of $125,000 and the issuance of the warrants to purchase  20,000
          shares of Common Stock at $7.00 per share in connection therewith. See
          "Use of Proceeds" and "Certain Transactions."




                                      -35-

<PAGE>



                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

           The following  discussion  of the financial  condition and results of
operations  of the  Company  should be read in  conjunction  with the  Financial
Statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

           A  number   of   statements   contained   in  this   Prospectus   are
forward-looking   statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities
Litigation  Reform Act of 1995 that involve risks and  uncertainties  that could
cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the
applicable statements. These risks and uncertainties include but are not limited
to: limited operating history;  recent  establishment of new business divisions;
potential future operating  losses;  dependence on new untested  product;  risks
related  to  technological  factors;   potential   manufacturing   difficulties;
dependence on certain third parties and on the Internet;  limited customer base;
risk of  manufacturing  activities;  dependence on key personnel and proprietary
technology;  risk  of  system  failure,  security  risks  and  liability  risks;
uncertainty  of  additional  financing;  the  Company's  vulnerability  to rapid
industry  change  and  technological  obsolescence;  the  limited  nature of its
product life and the uncertainty of market acceptance of the Company's products;
the unproven  status of the  Company's  products in widespread  commercial  use,
including the risks that the Company's  current and future  products may contain
errors that would be difficult  and costly to detect and correct;  uncertainties
with respect to the Company's business strategy; general economic conditions and
other risks described in this Prospectus. See "Risk Factors."

OVERVIEW

           The Company provides information and transaction-based services using
proprietary  software and off-the-shelf,  reusable software  components based on
Microsoft's  ActiveX(TM)  (formerly  OLE)  component  technology.  The Company's
strategy is initially to provide  information and services through public access
kiosks, known as SmartStreet(TM), over Intranets. The kiosks are located in high
density  pedestrian traffic  locations.  In addition to developing  products and
services  for its  own  account,  the  Company  has in the  past  provided,  and
continues  to  provide,  educational  and  consulting  services  related  to the
Internet,  reusable  software  components  and  rapid  application  development.
Beginning  in  mid-1994,  the  Company  changed  its focus from  consulting  and
training services to transactional, fee-based and advertising-supported products
and  services.  The  Company  has  sustained  net losses in each of the last two
fiscal  years with a net loss of  $122,400  in 1995 and a net loss of $45,504 in
1994.  For the six months  ended June 30,  1996,  the  Company had a net loss of
$300,722. In September 1995, the Company introduced OLEBroker(TM), its fee-based
website on the Internet. The Company's SmartStreet(TM) kiosks were introduced in
July 1996. The Company has not recognized  any  significant  income to date from
the  SmartStreet(TM)  kiosk  rentals  or  from  OLEBrokerTM.  Consequently,  any
analysis of the  Company's  prior  operations  has only minimal  relevance to an
evaluation of the Company,  its current products and services and its prospects.
Although the


                                      -36-

<PAGE>



Company  anticipates  that it will begin to recognize  greater revenues from the
SmartStreet(TM)  kiosks and from OLEBrokerTM  during the second half of 1996, it
cannot predict the actual timing or amount of such revenues.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

           The Company commenced  operations in December 1990. Through 1994, the
Company derived the majority of its revenues from consulting, custom development
and  training.  In this  connection,  beginning in mid-1994,  the Company  began
developing a core of reusable software  objects.  These objects were used in the
development  of  OLEBrokerTM  and in the Company's  SmartStreet(TM)  kiosks.  In
accordance  with the  provisions  of generally  accepted  accounting  principles
(GAAP), much of the costs associated with this development have been expensed.

           Therefore,  the Company may be dependent  upon  obtaining  additional
debt financing, raising additional capital and/or achieving sustained profitable
operations  or a combination  thereof.  The Company  anticipates  that its kiosk
operations  are  unlikely  to produce a positive  cash flow until at least early
1997.  It is  management's  opinion  that these  conditions  are a result of the
start-up of operations and are not permanent.

Year ended December 31, 1995 compared to year ended December 31, 1994

           During the year ended  December  31, 1995 the net loss of the Company
increased  to $122,400  ($.05 per share) from  $45,504  ($.02 per share) for the
year ended December 31, 1994,  reflecting the expensed development and marketing
expenses for OLEBrokerTM.

           During  the year  ended  December  31,  1995,  revenues  declined  to
$566,594 from $755,756 for the year ended December 31, 1994.  Consulting revenue
declined  from  $509,920 to  $447,976  and  development  and  training  revenues
declined from $245,836 to $118,618.  This decline is due to the Company's  shift
away from fee-based consulting, training, and custom development and redirection
of its focus to transactional,  fee-based and advertising-supported products and
services.

           Expenses for the year ended  December  31, 1995  declined to $688,994
from $801,260 in 1994. The decline in expenses reflects a decline in revenue and
management's emphasis on achieving  profitability for the consulting,  training,
and custom development  business of the Company.  During the year ended December
31, 1995,  research and development  conducted by the Company aggregated $62,863
as a result of expenditures for object development.



                                      -37-

<PAGE>



           During  the  year  ended   December   31,   1995,   the  general  and
administrative  expenses  declined to $278,942  from $412,019 for the year ended
December 31, 1994, reflecting a temporary decrease in market-building activities
while the Company's new products were in development.

           At December  31,  1995,  the Company had federal net  operating  loss
carryforwards of approximately $350,000. Utilization of the carryforwards may be
subject to annual limitation due to changes in the Company's ownership resulting
from this and other offerings.  A valuation  allowance has been recorded for the
entire deferred tax asset as a result of uncertainties regarding the realization
of the asset due to the lack of earnings  history of the Company.  See Note I of
Notes to Financial Statements.

Six months ended June 30, 1996 compared to six months ended June 30, 1995

           During  the six  months  ended  June  30,  1996,  the net loss of the
Company increased to $300,722 ($.11 per share) from $13,798 ($.01 per share) for
the six months ended June 30, 1995,  reflecting  increased expenses primarily in
connection with the Bridge Offering,  professional  fees and marketing  expenses
for OLEBroker(TM) and SmartStreet(TM).

           During  the six months  ended June 30,  1996,  revenues  declined  to
$295,954  from  $380,462  for the six  months  ended June 30,  1995.  Consulting
revenue declined from $282,562 to $258,000 and development and training revenues
declined  from $97,900 to $37,954.  This decline is due to the  Company's  shift
away from fee-based consulting, training, and custom development and redirection
of those resources to SmartStreet(TM).

           Expenses for the six months ended June 30, 1996 increased to $596,676
from  $394,260 for the six months  ended June 30, 1995.  The increase in general
and   administrative   costs  reflects  an  increase  in  expenses   related  to
SmartStreet(TM).  The Company's  selling expenses declined from $232,418 for the
six months  ending June 30, 1995 to $153,781,  reflecting a reduction in efforts
to build the Company's consulting, training, and custom development business.

           For the six  months  ended  June  30,  1996 and  1995,  respectively,
development expenses were either charged to client expense (if related to income
from one or more clients) or were capitalized in accordance with GAAP.

           In the six months  ended June 30,  1996,  general and  administrative
costs  increased  to $442,895  from  $161,842  for the six months ended June 30,
1995,  primarily  reflecting  costs  associated with the  SmartStreet(TM)  kiosk
program and the agreement with the City of New York.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

           The Company's  principal  source of financing for its  operations and
working capital requirements has been from sales of its consulting, training and
development  services and from certain private placements by the Company of debt
and equity securities. In April through June 1996 the


                                      -38-

<PAGE>



Company sold 12.5 Bridge Units for a net consideration of $1,105,000 and in July
and  August  1996,  the  Company  sold an  aggregate  of  273,001  Units for net
consideration of $816,285. See "Certain Transactions - Recent Financings."

           The Company  has  generated a net loss in each of the last two fiscal
years,  with a net loss of  $122,400  in 1995 and a net loss of $45,504 in 1994.
For the six months ended June 30, 1996,  the Company had a net loss of $300,722.
At June 30,  1996,  the  Company had  $424,059  in cash and  working  capital of
$246,384.

           As of June  30,  1996  the  Company  was  committed  to  spending  an
additional  $100,000 on the initial five kiosks. In addition it expects to spend
approximately  $1,700,000  for  hardware  and  software in  connection  with the
additional  25 kiosks  which it  intends to install in the New York City area in
the  next  six to nine  months.  The  Company  intends  to lease as much of this
equipment as possible.  However, there is no assurance that such equipment lease
financing  will be available  on  favorable  terms to the Company or at all. The
Company also plans to increase the number of its employees.

           The Company anticipates that it will require an additional $2,600,000
to fund its operations,  primarily to further expand its  SmartStreet(TM)  kiosk
operations in the next 24 months and that such funding will be obtained  through
the net proceeds of the Offering and from  operations.  In the event  additional
capital is required to fund the Company's  operations  during such period,  such
additional  capital may be obtained  through  anticipated  revenue  which may be
derived  from  the  Company's  operations,  principally  monthly  base  charges,
transaction fees and advertising revenues. No assurance can be given that any of
the amounts referred to in this paragraph will be obtained.  If such amounts are
not available, the Company could be required to seek additional financing sooner
than currently anticipated. See "Use of Proceeds."




                                      -39-

<PAGE>



                                    GLOSSARY


ALGORITHM  - A detailed  sequence  of actions to perform or to  accomplish  some
task.  The  term is named  after an  Iranian  mathematician,  Al-Khawarizmi.  An
algorithm reaches a result after a finite number of steps. The term is also used
loosely for any sequence of actions (which may or may not terminate).

ActiveX(TM) TECHNOLOGY - Microsoft's  implementation of OLE designed to run over
slow Internet links.

APPLETS - A program,  written in the Java language,  which can be distributed as
an attachment in a World-Wide  Web document and executed  either by a browser or
server that supports Java.

CLIENT/SERVER   COMPUTING  -  A  computer  system   architecture  in  which  two
independent  processors  communicate via an established protocol.  The client is
typically a single  user  personal  computer  with a  graphical  user  interface
operated by the end-user that makes requests to the server. The server typically
runs  database  software,  maintains  information  and  responds  to one or more
clients.

FIREWALL - A system that  controls the flow of data between an internal  network
and the Internet or between internal network segments.

FRAME RELAY - A wide area  communications  interface.  Frame Relay could connect
dedicated  lines  and  X.25  to  ATM,  SMDS,   BISDN  and  other  "fast  packet"
technologies.  Frame Relay uses the same basic framing and Frame Check  Sequence
at layer 2 so current X.25 hardware  still works.  It adds  addressing (a 10 bit
Datalink  Connection  Identifier  (DLCI))  and a few  control  bits but does not
include retransmissions,  link establishment,  windows or error recovery. It has
none  of  X.25's  layer  3  (session  layer)  but  adds  some  simple  interface
management. Any layer three protocol can be used inside the layer two Frames.

GRAPHIC  USER  INTERFACE  (GUI) -  Interfacing  with a computer by  manipulating
graphical  icons and windows  (usually by pointing and clicking a mouse)  rather
than using text commands.

HYPERTEXT  MARKUP LANGUAGE (HTML) - A page  description  language used to convey
both content and formatting information about content to a Web browser.

INTEROPERABILITY  - The ability of software  and  hardware on multiple  machines
from multiple vendors to communicate.

INTERNET - An open global network of interconnected commercial,  educational and
governmental computer networks that utilize a common communications protocol.



                                      -40-

<PAGE>



INTERNET  SERVICE  PROVIDER - (ISP) A company which provides other  companies or
individuals  with access to, or presence  on, the  Internet.  Most ISPs are also
Internet Access Providers; extra services include help with design, creation and
administration  of  World-Wide   Websites,   training,   and  administration  of
Intranets.

INTERNET  PROTOCOL (IP) - The network layer for the TCP/IP protocol suite widely
used on Ethernet  networks,  defined in STD 5, RFC 791. IP is a  connectionless,
best-effort packet switching protocol. It provides packet routing, fragmentation
and re-assembly through the Datalink layer.

INTRANET - An  organization's  private  network of its local area  networks that
utilizes Internet data formats and communications protocols and that may use the
Internet's facilities as the backbone for network communications.

LOCAL AREA NETWORK (LAN) - A group of one or more computers  connected  together
within a localized  environment  for the purpose of sharing  data and  networked
resources such as printers, modems or servers.

MICROSOFT  WINDOWS  -  Computer  operating  systems  providing   graphical  user
interfaces  and,  in the case of  Windows  NT,  that is  optimized  for use as a
network server.

OLE - Microsoft's component  architecture which competes with OpenDoc and COBRA.
See "Business - Industry Background - Reusable Software Components."

PRIME NUMBERS - numbers divisible only by themselves and one (1).

RAPID  APPLICATION  DEVELOPMENT  (RAD) - a  technique  for  developing  software
quickly that makes use of prototyping and reusable software components.

SHRINK WRAP LICENSE - A printed  agreement  included in product  packaging  that
typically  provides that opening the package  indicates the user's acceptance of
its terms and conditions.

UNIVERSAL  RESOURCE  LOCATOR  (URL) - a complete  address to reach a site on the
WorldWide Web specifying the protocol and fully qualified address.

WEB BROWSER - Client programs that allow users to browse the Web.

WEB SERVER - A server process  running at a website which sends out web pages in
response to requests from remote browsers. If one site runs more than one server
they must use different port numbers.

WEBSITE - Any computer on the Internet  running a World-Wide Web server process.
A particular website is identified by the hostname part of a URL.



                                      -41-

<PAGE>



WIDE  AREA  NETWORK  (WAN)  -A  communications   network  that  uses  commercial
transmission resources to connect geographically dispersed users or LANs.

WORLD-WIDE WEB (Web or WWW) - A network of computer  servers that uses a special
communications  protocol to link  different  servers  throughout  the  Internet,
allowing a user to move from document to related document, no matter where it is
stored on the Internet, and permits communication of graphics, video and sound.



                                      -42-

<PAGE>



                                    BUSINESS


           The  Company  is  in  the  business  of  providing   information  and
transaction-based   services  using  proprietary   software  and  off-the-shelf,
reusable  software  components based on Microsoft's  ActiveX(TM)  (formerly OLE)
component technology. The Company's strategy is initially to provide information
and services  through  public  access  kiosks,  known as  SmartStreet(TM),  over
Intranets.  The kiosks will be located in high density pedestrian traffic areas.
The first five  kiosks  were  deployed  in New York City in July 1996,  under an
agreement with the City of New York. Kiosk users are able to obtain  information
and documents and transact certain business without the necessity of interacting
directly with City employees or appearing personally at certain City offices.

           In early 1996,  the City of New York entered  into an agreement  with
the  Company to develop  public  kiosks to be located in City  offices and other
public locations in an effort to expedite  transactions with the City. Using the
first five kiosks  currently  operating and  additional  kiosks that the Company
anticipates  locating  throughout the New York City area,  members of the public
can obtain certain  information and documents from the Buildings  Department and
the  Department of Health,  as well as  information  about City  government  and
elected officials and general  information about  transportation and attractions
in New York.

           The kiosks are  configured to permit the Company to offer  additional
services provided either by the Company or third parties and to sell advertising
on such kiosks.  Under the agreement with the City, a portion of the revenue, if
any,  derived from such services and  advertising  will be shared with the City.
The   Company   will  seek  to  provide   SmartStreet(TM)   services   to  other
municipalities,  states and  government  agencies  and to  organizations  in the
private sector that provide a large volume of information, records and documents
to the public.  The Company may also seek to enter into agreements with the City
and other customers to provide  information  and services over the Internet,  in
order  to  expand  significantly  the  accessibility  of  such  information  and
services.

           The Company also operates an Internet-based  site,  OLEBroker(TM),  a
subscription service that allows customers to search its database of information
about software  components,  find the  information  needed and at the customer's
option,  purchase  needed  components  on-line.  This  service  is of benefit to
customers  developing  computer programs for Microsoft  Windows.  Subscribers to
OLEBroker(TM) come from over 16 countries.

           In addition to developing  products and services for its own account,
the Company has in the past provided, and continues to provide,  educational and
consulting services related to the Internet,  reusable software components,  and
rapid  application  development.  Clients  for these  services  have come from a
variety of  industries,  including  the  insurance,  manufacturing  and  fashion
industries, as well as from the public sector. The Company has written technical
papers published by Microsoft.




                                      -43-

<PAGE>



INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

 INTERNET DEVELOPMENT

           In recent years,  computers have become  increasingly  interconnected
through local area networks,  wide area  networks,  and a technology for linking
computers  together  known as the  Internet  Protocol  (IP),  as well as through
various  proprietary  services.  Increasingly,  desktop personal computers (PCS)
communicate  with  larger,   shared  servers  using  an  arrangement   known  as
client/server technology, as well as with other PCS on a peer to peer basis. The
Internet,  in particular,  has experienced explosive growth in recent years as a
means for computers to communicate with each other.  While in its initial years,
the Internet was used primarily for the  transmission of electronic mail and for
the dissemination of information,  a technology called the World Wide Web ("WWW"
or "Web"), a graphical approach to seeking and providing information, has proven
to be very  popular,  and more than  40,000  websites  operate  to  support  Web
browsers.

           Recently, CommerceNet,  through Nielsen Media Research, conducted the
Internet   Demographics   Survey,   which  the   companies   say  is  the  first
population-projectable  survey  regarding  Internet  usage.  Among the  survey's
findings were these: there is a sizable base of Internet  users--some 24 million
people--in  the  United  States  and  Canada;  users of the  World  Wide Web are
potentially  ideal  targets  for  business  applications  since  they were found
typically to be more  educated  and to have higher  incomes than the rest of the
population;  and some 2.5 million people have already made  purchases  using the
Web. The study found that users access the Internet fairly frequently,  with 31%
accessing it at least once a day. In addition,  Internet  users spend an average
of five hours and 28 minutes  online per week.  The  CommerceNet  study has been
criticized  by some as  unrepresentative,  in  that  it  over-represents  highly
educated  individuals  and  under-represents  individuals  with less than a high
school education.  However,  the critics generally  acknowledge that even if the
sample is skewed, the overall conclusions, if not their magnitude, are valid.

           Leading  developers of Web browser  software include  Netscape,  NCSA
Mosaic and  Microsoft.  Leading  developers of software for web servers  include
Netscape,  O'Reilly and Purveyor. In 1996, Microsoft included an Internet server
called  Internet  Information  Server as part of  Release  4.0 its NT  operating
system package.

           Internet  technology  has been  enhanced  in  various  ways to permit
conventional  applications  to interact  with users having access to an Internet
connection and a web browser,  to effect purchases and other  transactions  over
the Internet.  Such commercial use typically  requires custom  programming,  and
special  techniques to provide for an acceptable  level of security,  given that
the  Internet  is  inherently  an insecure  network.  Visa and  Mastercard  have
announced  standards to support the secure approval of credit card  transactions
over the Internet.  These  standards were  developed  jointly with Microsoft and
Netscape.  Separately,  Netscape and VeriFone  Inc.  announced  plans to develop
software to support this  standard with  Netscape's  commerce  server  software.
DigiCash,  N.A.,  CyberCash,  Inc., and First Virtual  Holdings have implemented
their own Internet payment  systems.  The ability to accept payments easily over
the Internet opens up many possibilities; for


                                      -44-

<PAGE>



example,  users  can pay on a "per  transaction"  basis  for use of  specialized
software or for obtaining information such as documents,  price quotations,  and
the like.

           Many vendors, including Microsoft, offer techniques for improving the
level  of  security  on  the  Internet,  including  secure  servers,  firewalls,
encryption techniques and other devices;  however, even in the aggregate,  these
techniques are not wholly foolproof and the lack of full security may impede the
growth of commerce on the  Internet.  New studies using very large Prime Numbers
propose to have keys that all computing power in the world today would take over
a million  years to  break.  Although  this may be  drastically  reduced  by new
techniques in factoring  Prime Numbers,  finding a pattern to Prime Numbers,  or
future  computer  power growing much more than  expected,  these new  techniques
would offer far greater security than any codes in use today.

           In the past  year,  reusable  software  components  have  begun to be
adapted for the Internet.  Two strategies have emerged.  The first is a language
called  Java  created  by Sun  Microsystems  for  development  of  "applets"  of
downloadable and reusable software components over the Internet.  More recently,
Microsoft has developed software to support its ActiveX(TM)  technology over the
Internet,  and has released a beta  version of Visual Basic called  Visual Basic
Script for the  development  and  support  of  ActiveX(TM)  components  over the
Internet.  Microsoft  has also signed an agreement  with Sun for support of Java
applets in its Internet Explorer, an Internet Browser used by the Company.


INTRANET TECHNOLOGY

           Internet  software is being used in private networks also. Such usage
is  referred  to as an Intranet  and it is  increasingly  becoming a part of the
information  services  delivery  strategy  of many  large  organizations.  Using
Internet  software  to  organize a private  network can provide the same ease of
use,  hypertext  capabilities,  and  downloading  as does  the  Internet  today.
Intranets can be used to support a broad range of business  solutions;  that is,
software  programs that support  business  functions.  Drawing from the usage of
Internet  e-mail and the  Internet's  World-Wide  Web,  Intranets can be used to
publish and exchange information within a company.

           Additionally,  Intranets  can be used to  make  interactive  business
applications  broadly accessible to a company's users wherever they are located.
This is not just the  traditional  automating  of  business  processes  within a
company.  These  applications can also tie together  business  processes between
companies.  An example of this would be linking  suppliers with a  manufacturing
company's inventory system.  This inter-company  communication can take place by
combining Intranets and the Internet.  A new capability,  called  point-to-point
tunneling  protocol (PPTP),  makes it feasible for secure business  processes to
operate over the Internet. In this connection,  according to Microsoft, over 1.2
million people use the Microsoft Office family of web authoring tools.




                                      -45-

<PAGE>



KIOSK TECHNOLOGY

           Kiosks are public  access  stations  that can supply  information  or
perform transactions. Many kiosks today are self-contained. Others may be linked
to a central site.  Kiosks have  traditionally  used conventional or proprietary
technology.  In contrast, the Company's kiosk technology combines the advantages
of Internet and Intranet technology.

           Kiosks are becoming  more and more common  across the United  States.
Inteco, a Norwalk,  Connecticut-based market research firm that tracks the kiosk
market,  estimates the installed  kiosk base is  approximately  86,500 units and
includes such  applications as custom greeting card machines,  automotive  parts
look-up centers, music CD-preview stations, museum information kiosks, and movie
ticketing  dispensers.  By 1997,  Inteco expects the installed base of kiosks to
grow over five-fold to approximately 519,000 units.


REUSABLE SOFTWARE COMPONENTS

           Historically,  the Company engaged in rapid  application  development
for others.  It was  attracted  to this field  because,  as noted by  Microsoft,
software  development in many companies today accounts for half or more of total
expenditure for information processing. Often, software development takes longer
than expected to complete, and fails to live up to expectations.  In "Software's
Chronic  Crisis,"  W. Wayt  Gibbs  reports  that over half of  complex  software
projects fail (Scientific American,  September 1994). Although U.S. corporations
and  institutions  spend an annual  $250  billion on software  development,  the
Standish  Group  International  reports  that  only 16% of  projects  come in on
budget, on time, with all the planned features.  Fifty-three  percent are either
over budget,  delayed,  have fewer  functions than planned,  or any  combination
thereof (Investor's  Business Daily,  January 25, 1995). Several techniques have
been developed to remedy this situation, including a trend towards client/server
computing,  the  use of  graphical  user  interfaces,  such  as  Windows,  rapid
application  development  languages  and  environments  such  as  Visual  Basic,
PowerBuilder  and Delphi and  SQLWindows,  and the development of techniques for
reuse of software components such as OLE and OpenDoc.

           Reusable  software  has been a goal of software  developers  for many
years, as a means of reducing the cost and time frames for software development.
Programming  languages  that  are  "object-oriented"   provide  facilities  that
encourage  development  of reusable  blocks of software  called  "objects."  The
leading languages which support object  development are C++ and Smalltalk.  Such
objects can be reused  only in their own  environments,  and modest  success has
been reported using such tools. More recently,  the software community has begun
to   develop    mechanisms    for   larger   reuse    through    language-   and
platform-independent reusable software components. The goal of reusable software
components is to provide a mechanism  for reusing  tested  objects,  without the
necessity for the programmer reusing the code to need to understand the internal
algorithms or structures of the code being reused. This reuse is accomplished by
establishing a "contract" or agreed-upon mechanism for objects to interoperate.


                                      -46-

<PAGE>



           Currently,  the leading technology for reusable  components is called
Object Linking and Embedding (OLE), now known as ActiveX(TM),  and was developed
by Microsoft.  It is supported by over 300 independent  software  vendors (ISVs)
who have  developed  several  thousand  reusable  objects  that are  offered for
commercial  sale. Many  organizations  also develop their own reusable  software
components  that they do not market to others.  OLE is a  proprietary  Microsoft
standard,  but it is an open  standard  in the sense  that it is  published  and
anyone can build components  conforming to this standard without payment of fees
to Microsoft and without obtaining a license.

           A  competing  standard,  developed  by IBM and  Apple  and  known  as
OpenDoc,  was  contributed to Component  Integration  Laboratories  (CILabs),  a
non-profit industry-wide organization and is offered as an "open" cross-platform
standard  (that is,  it can be used  with  computers  with  different  operating
systems).  Initial  supporters of CILabs include  Apple,  IBM,  Novell,  Oracle,
SunSoft and Xerox.  Microsoft  has not  endorsed  this  standard.  To date,  few
components  have  been  developed  to  support  OpenDoc.  Once  OpenDoc  becomes
available  for the  Windows  platform,  an  effort  which IBM has  announced  is
underway, additional vendors may be motivated to develop for this specification.

           OLE is available for the Windows  platforms  and the Apple  Macintosh
line of computers with support provided by Microsoft.  IBM, Microsoft,  Computer
Associates,  Wang as well as  specialized  vendors such as Sheridan and Progress
among  others,  have  developed  and  offer  for sale OLE  components  for these
environments.  In  addition,  Microsoft  has  licensed  several  third  parties,
including Digital Equipment  Corporation,  Software AG, and Insignia and Bristol
Technologies  to develop  support for OLE on Digital's VMS  platform,  IBM's MVS
mainframes and AS/400 computers, and UNIX platforms, respectively. Microsoft has
estimated that 98% of computers will support OLE by 1998.

           A third  standard,  known as CORBA, a  specification  endorsed by the
Object  Management  Group, is designed to allow objects written on different and
otherwise  incompatible  platforms to interact  using  software  known as object
request brokers (ORBs). ORBs are offered by vendors including Digital and Orbit.


OBJECTSOFT STRATEGY

           Since its founding in 1990,  the Company has been active in the field
of rapid application  development  (RAD). It was an early user of OLE as well as
RAD languages such as Visual Basic. Initially,  the Company directed its efforts
to, and derived its revenues principally from, consulting, writing, training and
custom development for clients that included large corporations in the computer,
consulting,  banking,  manufacturing,  cosmetics and apparel  industries,  among
others, as well as government agencies.

           In performance of its consulting and related activities,  the Company
developed a base of courseware  and software  objects to which it retains title.
In 1995, the Company made a strategic


                                      -47-

<PAGE>



decision  to  leverage  its  skills  in rapid  application  development  and its
expanding body of reusable  software  objects toward the development of services
through which it can derive revenue on a "per transaction"  basis. In connection
with  its  development  of the  OLEBroker(TM)  program,  the  Company  developed
significant additional software objects which it then used in the development of
technology for the kiosk and Internet service delivery programs.

           The Company's  strategy is to focus on  development  and marketing of
the kiosk and Internet service delivery  products.  In this regard, it will seek
to enter into strategic  alliances  with, and provide  Intranet  and/or Internet
software to,  entities  that have a need to provide  information  and  documents
contained in proprietary databases to, or conduct a large volume transactions of
transactions  with, the general public or specific,  but large,  audiences in an
expeditious,   widely  and  easily  accessible  manner.  Such  entities  include
municipalities,  other  government  entities  and  agencies and large public and
private entities such as publishers, trade and business associations and others.
The  Company  will  seek  to  develop   alliances  with  software  and  hardware
manufacturers  whose  products  may be used in or  integrated  with the software
being  developed and marketed by the Company.  The Company  intends to retain an
ownership  interest  in the  objects it  develops  in support of such  projects.
Wherever possible, the Company also intends to contract, as it has with the City
of New York, to own and operate the services itself.

           In addition, the Company will seek to structure its arrangements with
customers to permit it to offer related and unrelated  information and services,
particularly to kiosk users who might not otherwise have access to the Internet.
This could include commercial and public service advertising and potentially the
ability to make purchases and conduct other transactions through the Internet.

           There  can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will be able to fully
implement  its  strategic  objectives  or that  it will be able to  successfully
market its kiosk and Internet based transaction services.


PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

SMARTSTREET(TM) KIOSK SERVICES

           The Company makes transactional  services available via public access
kiosks that combine the advantages of Internet and Intranet technology.  Like an
Intranet,  the  communication  between the kiosk and its servers is accomplished
over private,  secure lines.  Like an Internet,  it enables an  organization  to
interact with the general public, not just its own employees and customers.  The
Company  anticipates  that  revenues from the kiosks will be provided by leasing
fees paid by the service providers,  such as the City, and by usage fees paid by
consumers who obtain services through the kiosks.

           On January 11, 1996 The Company  entered into an  agreement  with The
City of New York (the "City  Agreement")  to provide a minimum of five kiosks to
transact municipal services. Services


                                      -48-

<PAGE>



to be provided  from these kiosks  include  access (for a fee) to the records of
the Department of Buildings,  certain  Department of Health services,  including
obtaining  copies  of birth  certificates,  death  certificates,  dog  licenses,
obtaining public health information, and registering for certain courses offered
by the  Department  of  Health.  Information  on  City  government,  directional
information  and  information  about New York City's  events,  museums,  tourist
attractions,  shopping and similar  matters is provided  without fee. Kiosks are
located at 125 Worth  Street in  Manhattan,  in the Borough  Halls of the Bronx,
Brooklyn,  and Queens,  and in the Staten  Island  terminus of the Staten Island
Ferry.  All kiosks  providing City services or information,  whether operated by
the Company or other suppliers, carry the City's "CityAccess(TM)" logo.

           Pursuant   to  the  City   Agreement,   the  Company  is  to  receive
customization  fees and minimum monthly  payments and per transaction  fees. The
City  Agreement  runs for one year after all five  kiosks are  installed,  which
occurred in July 1996, and is renewable for up to two years at the option of the
City.  The  Company  has  certain  other  rights,  including  the  right to sell
advertising and additional services developed by the Company or third parties. A
portion of the revenue from such collateral sales is to be shared with the City.
The Company plans to exercise  these rights and to actively  solicit  additional
service providers and advertisers.  Pursuant to the City Agreement,  the Company
also has the right to install  additional kiosks in the City, subject to certain
conditions. The City will not be required to pay additional monthly payments for
such kiosks, but it is anticipated, although there can be no assurance, that use
by the  public  will  generate  transaction  fees.  The  Company  had  commenced
evaluating  potential sites and will seek to install up to 25 additional  kiosks
over the next six to nine months.

           At the time the City  Agreement  with the Company was  executed,  the
City also signed  similar  agreements  with two other  companies for  additional
kiosks.  The City  expects to evaluate  its success with this program and, if it
deems it successful, to issue a Request for Proposals for competitive bidding to
supply additional kiosks throughout the City.

           The  Company  intends  to  market  kiosks  to  other  municipalities,
government  agencies and organizations in the private sector. In the future, the
Company may seek to make its transactional  services available over the Internet
and to make the Internet available from the Company's public kiosks.

           There can be no  assurance  that the  Company's  initial  kiosks will
perform on a commercial  basis as anticipated,  that the Company will be able to
install and operate additional kiosks pursuant to the City Agreement,  that City
will seek to acquire additional kiosks,  that the Company will secure a contract
to supply  additional  kiosks to the City, that it will succeed in marketing its
kiosks to other potential  users, or that it will be able to attract  additional
service  providers or advertisers to kiosks that may be located in New York City
or elsewhere.




                                      -49-

<PAGE>



Operation of Smartstreet(TM) Kiosks
- -----------------------------------

           The  Company's  goal in designing the  SmartStreet(TM)  kiosks was to
maximize potential use by developing software that would be inviting and easy to
use. The kiosks are designed so that a potential  user is attracted to the kiosk
by digital  videos played from the upper  monitor.  Initially  these videos will
include an "attract loop,"  narrated by the noted actor Tony Randall  (currently
Director of the National  Repertory Theater) and a message from Mayor Rudolph W.
Giuliani, as well as "spot"  advertisements.  The attract loop explains what can
be done with the kiosks and how to use them, and shows people from many walks of
life using them successfully.

           Once a user  approaches the kiosk, he or she is greeted by a message,
and invited to press on the touchscreen to continue.  In the future, the Company
expects to make the kiosks accessible in multiple languages.  The user is guided
with verbal and  on-screen  prompts to the various  services and  categories  of
information  available  from the kiosk.  As  currently  configured,  the Opening
Screen is divided into five parts or frames (see Figure 1 below):

1.         MULTIMEDIA FRAME - The upper left corner presents graphics,  pictures
           of people or places,  and "talking  heads" to help the user  navigate
           SmartStreet(TM).
2.         TOOLBAR FRAME - SmartStreet(TM)  navigation  buttons are located just
           below the  Multimedia  Frame.  These  buttons are always  visible and
           allow the user, at any time, to:
           a)         Return to Home Menu
           b)         Take a survey
           c)         Get on-screen help in using the kiosk
3.         CONTENT  FRAME - Located to the right of the  Multimedia  and Toolbar
           Frames,  this contains the content and menus of the  information  and
           services available on SmartStreet(TM).
4.         FOOTER  FRAME -  Located  below  the  Toolbar  Frame  and most of the
           Content Frame,  this contains a place for local  advertising  and the
           keyboard for data input when needed.
5.         VOLUME  FRAME - Located to the right of the Footer  Frame and beneath
           the Content Frame, this controls the kiosk volume.  When a user walks
           away and the kiosk  resets  itself  (after  about two minutes of idle
           time),  it  automatically  resets the volume to 5 (mid  position).  A
           small feedback area confirms the current setting for the user.




                                      -50-

<PAGE>



                 [GRAPHIC OMITTED - For description, please see
                     Items 1 through 5 on the previous page.]

                       SmartStreet Kiosk - Opening Screen







                                      -51-

<PAGE>



           The user has  several  choices  on the  Opening  Screen  to begin the
SmartStreet(TM) experience. The user can:

1.         Touch the Touch Here to Begin  link in the  Content  Frame,  the Home
           button in the Toolbar  Frame,  or the graphic in the Content Frame to
           jump to the Home Menu (see Figure 2 below).
2.         Touch I'm Finished to take a short survey on his or her experience on
           the kiosk or leave a message.
3.         Touch I Need Help to get online verbal or video help on
           a)         What is available on the kiosk
           b)         How to use the kiosk


                 [GRAPHIC OMITTED - For description, please see
                            Items 1 through 7 below.]

                         SmartStreet Kiosk - Home Menu


           The Home Menu contains the starting point for each service  available
through SmartStreet(TM). The current services are:

1.         KEYS  TO  CITY  HALL - This  service  allows  a user  to look up city
           agencies, elected officials and city transportation (see below)


                                      -52-

<PAGE>



2.         AROUND NEW YORK CITY - This service provides  information on New York
           City attractions,  tours,  hospitals,  churches,  museums,  theaters,
           sports arenas, etc. Most of the items in this section include maps of
           the attraction.
3.         DEPARTMENT  OF HEALTH  ("DOH") - DOH  services and  publications  are
           listed  as  well as the  ability  to  print  applications  for  Birth
           Certificates, Death Certificates, and Dog Licenses.
4.         CITYACCESS(TM)  KIOSKS - Lists the location and services available at
           all CityAccess(TM) kiosks.
5.         DEPARTMENT  OF  BUILDINGS  ("DOB") - DOB services  include  review of
           outstanding  violations  against a  building,  tracing  of  ownership
           records and review of heat complaint information.
6.         MARKETING  ON  SMARTSTREET(TM)  -  Information  on how to contact the
           Company.
7.         TRANSPORTATION - Maps and routes for subways, buses and railroads as,
           well as street maps.


           If a user wants to carry out a transaction  for which there is a cost
(such as  obtaining a license or an official  copy of a  document),  the user is
advised of the charge and  prompted  to insert a credit  card.  The credit  card
reader in use is designed so that the user never lets go of the card,  for added
security.  The  transaction  request is sent to the  central  server site over a
secure frame-relay  network. In turn, the server sends the credit information to
a credit  authorizer for approval.  If the transaction is declined,  the user is
advised and invited to submit another card. If the transaction is accepted,  the
a  reservation  is made  against  the user's  credit  line,  and the server then
proceeds to initiate a  transaction  with the City's  computers,  to which it is
connected via private leased lines. Once the required service has been performed
by the City's  computers,  and a confirming  transaction  number sent back,  the
credit  authorizer  is again  contacted  and the  transaction  is  settled.  The
authorizer  causes the user's account the be debited,  and the merchant accounts
of the City and the Company to be credited for the  transaction  fee and service
fee,  respectively.  The Company  expects to install a credit  card  transaction
capability in the fourth quarter of 1996.


Smartstreet(TM) Kiosk Technology
- --------------------------------

           SmartStreet(TM)   kiosks  were  designed  using   advanced   Internet
technology.  This  technology  allows the kiosks to operate  either on a private
Intranet or as an  Internet  site.  The  "browser"  in the kiosk is  Microsoft's
Internet  Explorer  3.0  (IE3)  and  Internet   Information   Server  1.1  (IIS)
technologies.  By using IE 3 as an OLE object  running full  screen,  hiding the
Windows  environment  from the user,  the  Company  was able to present a custom
interface without having to develop custom operating system software or add-ons.
The browser  operates in a fashion suitable for use by the general public from a
touch  screen.  Scroll  bars,  menus and status  areas are turned off,  and only
functions which are specifically programmed or permitted are allowed.


                                      -53-

<PAGE>



           IE3 allows the use of new  "light-weight"  ActiveX(TM)  controls  and
supports client-side VB Script and Java. IE3 also supports SSL 2.0, SSL 3.0, and
PCT 1.0  security  standards  as well as advanced  HTML  Features  such as Style
Sheets,  Frames & Tables, which convey content to the user at the kiosk. Many of
these  pages  contain VB Script  code to perform  functions  beyond the scope of
normal HTML. This code uses objects,  many of which were initially  developed by
the Company in connection with consulting contracts or OLEBroker(TM), to perform
complex tasks on behalf of the kiosk. Some of these tasks are:

1.         Printing formatted documents
2.         Reading a credit card
3.         Printing a receipt
4.         Transmitting    Credit    Card    information    to   a   bank    for
           approval/disapproval
5.         Logging and error handling
6.         Storing the survey results into a database
7.         Adjustment of volume
8.         Production of custom maps


           In  addition,  many third party  ActiveX(TM)  controls are or will be
used:

1.         ESRI's Map Objects (Custom Maps)
2.         Wall Data's Rumba (mainframe connections)
3.         Microsoft's custom controls and timers (Look and feel of the kiosk)
4.         Microsoft Visual Basic's buttons (keyboards)

           The  Server  is  built on  Windows  NT and  runs  Microsoft  Internet
Information Server,  which supports  "server-side" Visual Basic, and ActiveX(TM)
controls.  Microsoft  BackOffice  is also used for the  databases and for system
management.  The connection between the remote kiosks (each of which is operated
as  a  separate  LAN)  and  the  Server  is  accomplished  through  Frame  Relay
connections, and uses equipment manufactured by RAD and by Cisco.
The connection is transmitted via regulated common carriers.

           The  kiosks  were   designed   to  comply   with  the   accessibility
requirements  of  the  Americans  with   Disabilities   Act.  The  Company  used
subcontractors for the design hardware and graphics  associated with its kiosks,
and the  kiosks  are  constructed  by a  subcontractor  in  accordance  with the
specifications developed by the Company. They are constructed of hardened steel,
with  baked-on,  vandal-resistant  paint.  The  touchscreen  in use is  made  of
tempered glass for secure and vandal-resistant operation.


Marketing
- ---------

           To market kiosks  successfully,  the Company  believes it must obtain
the  rights  to place  its  kiosks  in  compelling  high-density  locations.  In
addition, the Company will seek to attract


                                      -54-

<PAGE>



advertisers  based on the number of "impressions"  that the Company can offer to
advertisers  and their  demographics.  To this end the Company has  commissioned
site surveys that will count the actual  population at each  existing  location.
The Company has retained a consultant  to assist the Company in leasing space in
favorable  locations and on  satisfactory  terms.  In addition,  the Company has
retained a media  consultant to prepare a media kit and to target it to suitable
advertisers.  The Company has retained  well-known  public relations  counsel to
disseminate  news  related  to its kiosks and to  stimulate  demand.  Additional
marketing  efforts focus on identifying  content-providers  whose  offerings can
create  additional  transaction  revenue for the  Company's  kiosks.  In seeking
content  providers,  the Company will exhibit at major trade shows where it will
partner with several of its major vendors.  For example,  the Company expects to
partner with Dell, Microsoft and Lexmark at the Government Technology trade show
in September  1996,  and to  participate  in similar joint efforts on an ongoing
basis.  A   telemarketing   program  has  been  initiated  to  target   tourist,
recreational  and similar  facilities to list their  facilities on the Company's
kiosks.  This effort has been contracted to a telemarketing firm on a commission
basis.

           The Company's  marketing  activities  are currently  performed by its
executive officers and consultants under such officers' supervision. The Company
intends  to  devote a portion  of the  proceeds  of the  Offering  to  marketing
activities,  which may include the employment of one or more dedicated marketing
personnel, as well as the continued engagement of specialized consultants.


OLEBROKER(TM)

           The  Company's  first   commercial   product  for  the  Internet  was
OLEBroker(TM), introduced in November 1995. OLEBroker is an on-line subscription
service for OLE  reusable  components.  This service is operated on the Internet
with the  Universal  Resource  Locator  (URL) of  http://www.olebroker.com.  The
service  contains  the  searchable  full  text  of the  help  files  of OLE  and
ActiveX(TM) components that have been provided for listing by component vendors.
In addition,  it contains  white  papers,  specifications,  standards,  training
materials,  and news articles.  OLEBroker(TM) is designed to be a one stop place
to get  information  on OLE, as well as to find  component  needs for particular
purposes.

           Component  vendors  participating  in OLEBroker(TM)  include:  ASP of
Japan,  Blue Sky Software,  Crescent Division of Progress  software,  Crystal (a
Seagate  Company),  Kelro Software,  Looking Glass Software,  Media  Architects,
Microsoft,   Pronexus,   Protoview,   Sheridan  Software,   Soups,  SQA,  Stylus
Innovation, Sylvan Ascent, and Texas Instruments.

           Microsoft  and the Company  entered into a  Cooperation  Agreement on
November  7, 1995 with  respect  to  OLEBroker(TM).  The  Cooperation  Agreement
provides that Microsoft will undertake various  promotional  activities relating
to  OLEBroker(TM),  including the distribution of an OLEBroker(TM)  subscription
offer in copies of Microsoft's Visual Basic 4.0


                                      -55-

<PAGE>



and Access  Development  Toolkit  and in a Magazine  supplied to  purchasers  of
Microsoft Visual C++. The Company,  in turn, provides Microsoft with a number of
complementary subscriptions and a discounted price for additional subscriptions.
The term of the Cooperation Agreement is initially one year, and the parties are
currently  negotiating  an extension of the initial  term.  The agreement may be
renewed for successive  one-year terms upon written  agreement of the parties at
least two months prior to the expiration of the then-current term.

           The Company derives revenue related to OLEBroker(TM) from the sale of
subscriptions, and from advertising. Subscribers come from the United States and
approximately 15 other nations. As of June 1996, OLEBroker(TM) subscriptions had
a list  price  of $199  per  year,  and an  initial  price  of $129  per year is
currently in effect.  In accordance  with the Cooperation  Agreement,  Microsoft
customers are entitled to a discounted subscription rate of $99 per year. In the
year ended  December  31,  1995 and the six month  period  ended June 30,  1996,
revenues from  OLEBroker(TM)  were not  significant.  The Company  believes that
while there will continue to be a growing market for the OLEBroker(TM)  service,
particularly as the use of Microsoft Windows programs increases, such market may
consist  primarily  of persons  involved  in computer  programming,  rather than
computer users in general.


CONSULTING, TRAINING AND AUTHORING SERVICES

           The  Company's  historical  business  has been to assist  clients  in
making the transition from mainframes and  minicomputers  to  client/server  and
rapid  application  development.  These services have included include training,
authoring  and  consulting  for  numerous  clients in a variety  of  industries,
including the insurance,  manufacturing and fashion  industries,  as well as the
public sector.  The Company intends to continue to engage in these activities as
resources permit. In selecting  opportunities,  the Company will focus primarily
on consulting  and training  assignments  in  connection  with the sale of kiosk
services or that can otherwise enhance its skill base.


Training Services

           The Company has provided training courses in subjects including:

                *     Client/Server Rapid Application Development

                *     Graphical User Interface Design

                *     Internet Development

                *     Automated Testing of Software


                                      -56-

<PAGE>



                *     Introductory and Advanced Visual Basic

                *     Component Development with OLE 2.0

                *     Help Authoring and Software Documentation

           Training fees are typically  charged on the basis of per-diem fees of
$2,000 - $3,000 per day and a materials cost, if applicable,  plus reimbursement
for out-of-pocket expenses.
Most seminars are held at client sites.


Authoring Services

           David E. Y. Sarna and George J. Febish,  Co-Chief  Executive Officers
of the Company,  author a semi-monthly column, called Paradigm Shift,  focussing
on  development,  Internet  and  Intranet  issues,  for  Datamation,  a magazine
published by Cahners  Publishing  Company,  a division of Reed  Elsevier Inc. In
addition,  the Company has authored  three white papers for  Microsoft  covering
OLE,  Three-tier  Client/Server  Architecture  and Visual  Basic for  Enterprise
Development,  and completed  various  assignments  for other clients.  Fees from
these services are negotiated on a project basis.


Custom Development and Consulting Services

           Custom Development and Consulting  Services include the design of OLE
objects,  as well as complete  multimedia  systems.  Fees for such  services are
negotiated either on the basis of hourly billing rates for the staff assigned or
for fixed fees for specified services.

           The Company entered into a contract in 1995 with ACORD Corporation, a
non-profit  organization,  whose members include property and casualty  insurers
and about 40,000  independent  agents  ("ACORD").  ACORD  develops and maintains
communications  standards  for the property and casualty  industry.  The Company
assisted  ACORD in defining  AL4, an  OLE-based  standard and set of objects for
implementing  ACORD  forms,  which  comply  with 184  standards  set by  various
regulatory organizations. Developers from ACORD and the Company are creating and
distributing  the reusable  ACORD  knowledge  objects for  particular  insurance
forms. The standard also describes how ACORD's  Independent  Software Developers
(ISDs) can incorporate these OLE-based  objects into their systems.  The Company
intends to work with ISDs to assist them in implementing  support for AL4 on the
basis of consulting agreements.




                                      -57-

<PAGE>



RELATIONSHIP WITH MICROSOFT

           The Company has established a strategic  relationship  with Microsoft
that it believes is important to its sales, marketing and support activities, as
well as to its product  development  efforts  relating to its kiosks.  Microsoft
supports the Company in marketing its kiosk services,  has informally  agreed to
exhibit the  Company's  kiosks in Microsoft  displays at various trade shows and
has  issued  statements  that  included  favorable  references  relating  to the
Company's  products.  Microsoft  has also entered  into  various  non-disclosure
agreements  with the Company with  respect to  unannounced  Microsoft  products,
under  which the  Company  has the  opportunity  to have  advance  knowledge  of
software technology being developed be Microsoft.

           Since 1994,  the Company has served as the regional  host and sponsor
of Developer  Days,  an ongoing  series of technical  conferences  organized and
operated by Microsoft.  The Company's  President and Chairman have served as the
Regional  Directors  for these  events.  Although  the  Company is not  directly
compensated  by  Microsoft  for  its  participation,  the  Company  has  derived
substantial benefit from this relationship, including access to senior Microsoft
executives,  early  disclosure of  technology  and  publicity.  The Company will
continue  to act in this  capacity  for the fourth  Developer  Days  conference,
currently scheduled for February 1997.

           In  November  1995,  Microsoft  and  the  Company  entered  into  the
Cooperation  Agreement with respect to OLEBroker(TM).  The Cooperation Agreement
provides that Microsoft will undertake various  promotional  activities relating
to the Service  including the distribution of a subscription  offer in copies of
Microsoft's  Visual Basic 4.0,  Access  Development  Toolkit,  and in a magazine
supplied to  purchasers  of Microsoft  Visual C++. The  Company,  in turn,  will
provide Microsoft with a number of complementary  subscriptions and a discounted
price for  additional  subscriptions.  An  extension  of the initial term of the
Cooperation  Agreement,  currently  one  year,  is  being  negotiated,  and  the
agreement may be renewed for successive one year terms upon written agreement of
the  parties at least two months  prior to the  expiration  of the then  current
term.


COMPETITION

           The Company is subject to competition from different  sources for its
different services. The Company's Intranet kiosk business competes with numerous
companies,  including  IBM,  North  Communications,  DSSI and NCR  (currently  a
division of AT&T). All of these companies have resources much greater than those
of the Company.  The  Company's  contract with the City of New York is presently
the most significant part of this business. The City has also awarded contracts,
comparable to the contract awarded to the Company,  to North  Communications and
DSSI,  both of which have sold  similar  kiosks to other  municipalities.  After
fulfillment of the initial contracts, if the City chooses to install additional


                                      -58-

<PAGE>



kiosks  throughout  the City of New York,  it may award to  others,  and not the
Company, the contract to install such additional kiosks.  Further,  there can be
no assurance  that other  municipalities  or other entities will seek to acquire
kiosks  from the  Company.  In  addition,  if the use of kiosks  provided by the
Company  and  others  proves  to be  successful  in  New  York  City  and  other
municipalities and locations, additional companies in the software, hardware and
communications  areas, among others, may seek to enter the market. A total of 19
companies  competed for the contracts  with the City of New York,  many of which
can be expected to compete aggressively in other competitive situations.

           OLEBroker's(TM)  competition includes Fawcette Technical Publications
("Fawcette"), which offers a web-site about OLE components which is supported by
advertising  revenues.  At this time,  the Fawcette site does not offer vendor's
help  files,  and does not sell  components,  although  this may  change  in the
future.  Cybersource  offers  a  website  called  software  net for the  sale of
software  on-line,  including  components.  A Canadian  subsidiary  of  Sterling
Software also provides  electronic  commerce,  and  additional  competitors  are
expected to enter the field as barriers to entry are reduced or eliminated. Many
of these will have resources far greater than the Company.

           The Company is subject to competition from different  sources for its
different services.  In its historical  business,  the Company competes with the
consulting  division  of  Microsoft,  the  consulting  arms  of  the  "Big  Six"
independent  public  accountants,  IBM,  EDS,  and a host  of  small  and  large
consultants,   integrator  and  trainers.   Many  of  these  organizations  have
significant and long-standing  relationships with their clients,  and because of
their economies of scale may be able to offer more favorable terms or prices.


CUSTOMERS

           The long term success of the Company's  business will depend not only
on the Company's  ability to enter into  arrangements  with  municipalities  and
private entities to make services  available through kiosks and with advertisers
to use the kiosks as an advertising  medium, but ultimately upon the willingness
of consumers pay fees to transact  business by means of the kiosks. To date, the
Company is operating  only five  kiosks,  which were  installed  pursuant to the
agreement with the City of New York and which have been available for public use
for a short  period of time.  The  decision  by the City to acquire  kiosks from
providers  other than the  Company  would have a direct and  materially  adverse
effect on the  prospects of the Company and could also  decrease  the  Company's
ability  to  market  the  kiosks  to  other  potential   service  providers  and
advertisers.  In addition,  there can be no assurance  that the volume of use by
consumers of the kiosks to obtain City services and conduct  other  transactions
will be sufficient to generate significant revenues for the Company.

           The Company  historically  has derived a  significant  portion of its
revenues from a relatively  limited  number of customers.  During the six months
ended June 30, 1996, two


                                      -59-

<PAGE>



customers  accounted  for  76% of  the  Company's  revenues.  During  1995,  two
customers accounted for approximately 56% of the Company's revenues,  and during
1994, four customers  accounted for approximately  67% of revenues.  The Company
provided consulting and related services, and more recently, services related to
the  development  of  OLEBroker(TM)  and Intranet and kiosk  technology  to such
customers.  There can be no assurance  that such customers or others will retain
the  Company  to  install  kiosks  or  provide  such  services  in  the  future.
Furthermore, no customers of OLEBroker(TM) account for a material portion of the
Company's revenues,  and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to develop a significant customer base for this service.


PROPRIETARY RIGHTS AND LICENSES

           The  Company's   success  is  highly  dependent  on  its  proprietary
technology.  The  Company  views its  software as  proprietary,  and relies on a
combination  of trade  secret,  copyright  and  trademark  laws,  non-disclosure
agreements and  contractual  provisions to establish and protect its proprietary
rights.  The  Company  has no  patents or  patents  pending  and has not to date
registered  any of its  trademarks  or  copyrights.  The  Company  plans to seek
registrations   in   the   United   States   for   the   following   trademarks:
SmartStreet(TM),  ObjectSoft(TM),  OLEBroker(TM),  CafeOLE(TM). In addition, the
Company  plans to register  certain of these  trademarks  in  principal  foreign
jurisdictions.

           The source code for the Company's  proprietary  software is protected
as a trade secret. In addition, because the Company does not sell or license its
technology to third parties,  but rather delivers  services  thorough its kiosks
and OLEBroker(TM),  its proprietary  software is not disclosed to third parties.
Furthermore, the Company enters into agreements, as appropriate, with employees,
consultants and subcontractors containing provisions relating to confidentiality
and the assignment of inventions and other developments to the Company. However,
despite the Company's  efforts to protect its proprietary  rights,  unauthorized
parties may attempt to copy aspects of the  Company's  products or to obtain and
use information that the Company regards as proprietary.  Policing  unauthorized
use of the Company's  products is difficult,  and while the Company is unable to
determine  the extent to which  piracy of its  software  products  exists,  such
piracy can be expected to be a persistent problem, particularly in international
markets and as a result of the growing use of the  Internet.  In  addition,  the
laws of some foreign  countries either do not protect the Company's  proprietary
rights or offer


                                      -60-

<PAGE>



only limited  protection  for those rights.  There can be no assurance  that the
steps taken by the Company to protect its proprietary rights will be adequate or
that the Company's  competitors will not independently develop technologies that
are  substantially  equivalent  or superior  to the  Company's  technologies  or
products.

           There  has  been  substantial  litigation  in the  software  industry
involving  intellectual  property rights.  Although the Company does not believe
that it is infringing the intellectual  property rights of others,  there can be
no assurance that such claims,  if asserted,  would not have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
In  addition,  as the Company  may acquire or license a portion of the  software
included in its  products  from third  parties,  its  exposure  to  infringement
actions may increase  because the Company must rely upon such third  parties for
information  as to the  origin  and  ownership  of  such  acquired  or  licensed
software.  Although the Company would intend to obtain representations as to the
origins  and  ownership  of  such  acquired  or  licensed  software  and  obtain
indemnification to cover any breach of any such representations, there can be no
assurance   that   such   representations   will  be   accurate   or  that  such
indemnification  will  provide  adequate  compensation  for any  breach  of such
representations.  In the  future,  litigation  may be  necessary  to enforce and
protect trade secrets,  copyrights and other intellectual property rights of the
Company. The Company may also be subject to litigation to defend against claimed
infringement  of the rights of others or to determine  the scope and validity of
the intellectual  property rights of others. Any such litigation could be costly
and divert management's attention, either of which could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
Adverse  determinations  in such  litigation  could  result  in the  loss of the
Company's  proprietary rights,  subject the Company to significant  liabilities,
require the Company to seek  licenses from third parties and prevent the Company
from selling its products, any one of which could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.


FACILITIES

           The  Company's  corporate  headquarters  were  recently  relocated to
Hackensack,  New Jersey, in a leased facility  consisting of approximately 4,300
square feet,  which it occupied  effective  April 1, 1996 under a lease expiring
March  31,  2002.  The  rent  paid  by the  Company  for  this  office  will  be
approximately  $36,000  for the  period  commencing  April 1,  1996  and  ending
December 31, 1996. The Company's rent payment obligations are subject to certain
increases in subsequent periods. See Note K[2] of Notes to Financial Statements.
The  Company  believes  that  its  new  space  will  be  adequate  to  meet  its
requirements through 1997. The Company has made no decision on how to expand, if
necessary, beyond this period.




                                      -61-

<PAGE>



EMPLOYEES

           As of June  30,  1996,  the  Company  had  six  full-time  and  three
temporary employees, all of whom are based in its Hackensack,  NJ offices. These
include three in product  development,  two in sales and  marketing,  and one in
finance and  administration.  The Company's employees are not represented by any
collective bargaining organization, and the Company has never experienced a work
stoppage and considers its relations with its employees to be good.

           Although the Company expects to increase its full-time staff to 12 or
more, the Company intends to continue with its policy to outsource non-strategic
functions such as subscription fulfillment,  repetitive testing, and bookkeeping
rather than using its own staff for these functions.

           Other  than  Messrs.   Sarna  and  Febish,  the  Company's  executive
officers,  no other senior  personnel  have entered into  employment  agreements
obligating  them to  remain  in the  Company's  employ  for any  specific  term;
however,  substantially  all  key  employees  of  the  Company  are  parties  to
nonsolicitation, confidentiality and noncompetition agreements with the Company.
In addition,  independent contractors enter into confidentiality agreements with
the Company.


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

           The  Company  has not been,  and is not  currently,  involved  in any
material legal proceedings.



                                      -62-

<PAGE>



                                   MANAGEMENT


EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

           The executive officers and directors of the Company are as follows:

NAME                          AGE            POSITION                         
- ----                          ---            --------                         
                                                                              
David E. Y. Sarna1            46             Chairman, Secretary and Director 
                                                                              
George J. Febish1             47             President, Treasurer and Director
                                                                              
Daniel E. Ryan1(1)(2)(3)(4)   48             Director                         
                                                                              
Julius Goldfinger(2)(4)       67             Director                         
                                             
                              

- --------------------------------
(1) Member of Executive Committee.
(2) Member of Audit Committee.
(3) Member of Compensation Committee.
(4) Member of Stock Option Plan Committee.

           David E. Y. Sarna  together  with Mr.  Febish  founded the Company in
1990. Mr. Sarna has been the Chairman, Co-Chief Executive Officer and a director
of the Company since  December  1990.  Prior to founding the Company,  Mr. Sarna
founded Image Business  Systems  Corporation,  a computer  software  development
company,  in 1988.  Prior to founding Image Business  Systems  Corporation,  Mr.
Sarna was formerly  Executive Vice- President and a co-founder of  International
Systems Services Corp.  ("ISS"),  a computer software company that developed ISS
Three(TM).  From 1976 to 1981, Mr. Sarna was employed by Price Waterhouse & Co.,
as a management  consultant,  beginning as a senior consultant and rising to the
position  of senior  manager.  From 1970 to 1976 Mr.  Sarna was  employed by IBM
Corporation in technical and sales  positions.  Mr. Sarna began his professional
career  at  Honeywell  in  1968.  Mr.  Sarna  holds a BA  degree  from  Brandeis
University  and  did  graduate  work  at the  Technion  -  Israel  Institute  of
Technology.  Mr.  Sarna is a  Certified  Systems  Professional  and a  Certified
Computer Programmer.

           George J. Febish together with Mr. Sarna founded the Company in 1990.
Mr. Febish has been the President,  Co-Chief Executive Officer,  Treasurer and a
director of the Company since December 1990.  Prior to joining the Company,  Mr.
Febish  was  Executive  Vice  President  and Chief  Operating  Officer  of Image
Business Systems Corporation, a computer software development company, from 1988
to 1990. Prior to joining Image Business Systems Corporation, Mr. Febish was the
Director of Marketing at ISS, a computer  software  company that  developed  ISS
Three(TM).  Prior to joining  ISS,  Mr.  Febish was the Eastern  Regional  Sales
Manager for Bolle & Babbage. In 1970, Mr. Febish began his professional


                                       -63-

<PAGE>



career with New York Life Insurance  Company.  Mr. Febish holds a BS degree from
Seton Hall University.

           Daniel E. Ryan has been a  director  since  1991.  Mr.  Ryan has been
employed by New York Life Insurance Company since July, 1965 where,  since 1981,
he has held the title of Corporate Vice  President.  Mr. Ryan is the head of the
Service  Center  Development of New York Life  Insurance  Company's  Information
Systems  organization.  Mr.  Ryan holds an MBA in Computer  Science  from Baruch
College and a BS/BA in Industrial Management from Manhattan College. Mr. Ryan is
a Certified Systems Professional.

           Julius  Goldfinger  became a director in 1996. Mr.  Goldfinger is the
founder and  Managing  Partner of  Plowshares  Capital  Group,  a New York based
international  business  development company with interests in the former Soviet
Union.  Prior to  founding  Plowshares  Capital  Group,  from  February  1993 to
September  1995 Mr.  Goldfinger  was  Manager of  Corporate  Finance at Redstone
Securities,  Inc. From  December 1991 to February  1993,  Mr.  Goldfinger  was a
consultant to Herbert Young Securities, and from July 1989 to November 1991, Mr.
Goldfinger was a consultant to Rosenkrantz, Lyon and Ross (now Josephthal Lyon &
Ross). All of the foregoing companies are members of the National Association of
Securities  Dealers,  Inc. Mr. Goldfinger was the manager of the venture capital
group at The Bankers Trust Company and President of Walnut Capital Corp, a Small
Business  Investment  Company that he founded.  Mr.  Goldfinger holds a BBA from
Baruch College, and he is a Chartered Financial Analyst.

           Executive  officers  of the  Company  are  elected  by the  Board  of
Directors  on an  annual  basis  and  serve at the  discretion  of the  Board of
Directors.

           Upon the closing of the  Offering,  the Company will have a staggered
Board of Directors. It is expected that initially two directors will serve until
the 1997 Annual Meeting of  Stockholders  and two directors will serve until the
1998 Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  and,  thereafter,  that directors will be
elected to serve two year terms as their initial terms  expire.  Directors  hold
office until the expiration of their respective terms and until their successors
are elected or until death,  resignation  or removal.  Vacancies on the Board of
Directors  may be filled  only with the  approval  of a majority of the Board of
Directors then in office. Furthermore, any director elected by the stockholders,
or by the Board of  Directors  to fill a vacancy,  may be removed only for cause
and by a vote of 75% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. See "Description
of Securities - Delaware Takeover Statute and Certain Charter Provisions."


DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

           Members of the Board of Directors  have not in the past  received any
compensation  for serving on the Board of Directors.  Non-employee  directors of
the Company shall each


                                      -64-

<PAGE>



be granted,  under the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan, (i) an outside director
option for  10,000  shares of Common  Stock  when first  elected to the Board of
Directors,  and (ii) following each Annual Meeting of  Stockholders  (commencing
with the 1997 Annual Meeting), outside director options to purchase 5,000 shares
of Common  Stock,  in each case at an  exercise  price  equal to the fair market
value of the Common Stock on the date of grant,  and  exercisable  for a term of
five years commencing on the date of grant.


COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

           The Company  has  established  a  compensation  committee  whose sole
member is Daniel E. Ryan. The Company's audit committee consists of Messrs. Ryan
and Goldfinger.


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

           The following table sets forth a summary of all compensation  paid by
the Company  during the last three fiscal years ended December 31 to each of its
Co-Chief Executive Officers.  Other than the Co-Chief Executive Officers,  there
are no employees of the Company whose compensation exceeded $100,000 in 1995.



                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

Name and Principal
Position or Number
In Group                                   Annual Compensation
- ------------------                         -------------------
                           Year         Salary(1)          Bonus
                           ----         ---------          -----
David E. Y. Sarna          1995         $200,000             0 
Chairman, Co-Chief         1994         $200,000             0 
Executive Officer and      1993         $200,000             0 
Secretary                  
                           
                           

George J. Febish           1995         $200,000             0
President, Treasurer       1994         $200,000             0
and Co-Chief               1993         $200,000             0
Executive Officer          
                           
                           





                                      -65-

<PAGE>



(1)        Includes $61,250, and $107,220 that were accrued but not paid to each
           of Messrs. Sarna and Febish in 1993 and 1995, respectively. The total
           amount of compensation  accrued but not paid to each of Messrs. Sarna
           and Febish,  inclusive of prior years, was $195,844. Of such amounts,
           $100,000  and $50,000  were paid to each of them from the proceeds of
           the Bridge Loan  Offering and the July 1996  Offering,  respectively,
           and the balance owed will be paid from the proceeds of the  Offering.
           See "Use of Proceeds" and "Certain Transactions."

           No stock options or warrants were granted to, or exercised by, either
of the  individuals  named in the Summary  Compensation  Table during the fiscal
year ended December 31, 1995.


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

           The Company has entered  into an  employment  agreement  with each of
David E. Y.  Sarna and George J.  Febish,  effective  as of July 1, 1996,  which
expires on December 31, 2001.  The employment  agreements  provide for a current
annual base salary of $208,000.  Each  employment  agreement also provides for a
bonus of 5% per annum of the Company's Earnings Before  Depreciation,  Interest,
Taxes and Amortization.  In addition, on an annual basis, the Board of Directors
will  consider  paying an additional  bonus to each of Messrs.  Sarna and Febish
that is based upon the increase in the  Company's  gross  revenues,  taking into
account any increase in the Company's  expenses.  Although the prior  employment
agreements  of Messrs.  Sarna and Febish also had a bonus  arrangement  and they
were  entitled to bonuses  thereunder,  they waived the payment of such bonuses.
The annual base salary  under the current  agreements  may be  increased  at the
discretion of the Board of Directors. The agreements provide for (i) a severance
payment of the base  compensation  and bonus of the prior full  fiscal  year and
payment of all medical,  health,  disability and insurance benefits then payable
by the Company for the longer of (a) the remainder of the term of the employment
agreement  or (b) 12  months,  as well as (ii) the base  compensation  and bonus
accrued to the date of  termination,  upon the occurrence of (x)  termination by
the Company  without cause,  (y)  termination by the employee for good reason or
(z) a change in  control  of the  Company,  if the  employee  resigns  after the
occurrence  of the such change in  control.  Each of the  employment  agreements
limit the  severance  payments  to an amount  that is less than the amount  that
would  cause an excise  tax or loss of  deduction  under the rules  relating  to
golden parachutes under the Internal Revenue Code.


EXECUTIVE WARRANTS

           Each of David E. Y. Sarna and George J.  Febish have  entered  into a
Warrant  and  Warrant  Agreement  with the  Company.  The  Warrant  and  Warrant
Agreement, dated April 15, 1993 (the "Executive Warrant") provides for the right
of each of them to purchase  50,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise  price
per share of $.50. The Executive


                                      -66-

<PAGE>



Warrant  permits the  executive's  estate to cause the  Company to purchase  the
underlying  shares at the Company's book value per share. The Executive  Warrant
provides  that the  number of shares  and the  exercise  price  are  subject  to
anti-dilution  adjustments  and  grants  "piggyback"  registration  rights  with
respect to the underlying shares.


1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN

           The Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") was approved by the
Company's Board of Directors in 1996. The Company has reserved 250,000 shares of
Common Stock under the Plan.  Options  granted  under the Plan may include those
qualified as incentive  stock options under Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended,  as well as  non-qualified  options.  Key employees as
well as other individuals,  such as outside directors,  consultants and advisors
who provide necessary services to the Company are eligible to participate in the
Plan.  Non-employees  and  part-time  employees  may receive only  non-qualified
options.  Options to purchase an aggregate of 145,000  options have been granted
to date under the Plan.

           The Plan will be  administered  by the Stock Option  Committee of the
Board of Directors,  which will be comprised  solely of  non-employee  directors
(who are  "outside  directors"  within  the  meaning  of  Section  162(m) of the
Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended  (the  "Code")  and  "disinterested
persons"  within  the  meaning  of  Rule  16b-3  under  the  Exchange  Act  (the
"Committee")).  The Committee can make such rules and  regulations and establish
such procedures for the administration of the Plan as it deems  appropriate.  No
member of the  Committee  shall be eligible to receive  discretionary  grants of
options  during,  and for a period of one year  following,  their service on the
Committee.  The Committee presently consists of Mr. Ryan. The description of the
Plan set forth  herein is  qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of
the Plan, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement
of which this Prospectus forms a part.

           The  exercise  price  for  the  shares  purchased  upon  exercise  of
non-qualified options granted under the Plan is determined by the Committee. The
exercise price of an incentive  stock option must be at the fair market value of
the  Company's  Common Stock on the date of grant (110% of the fair market value
for  stockholders  who, at the time the option is granted,  own more than 10% of
the total  combined  classes  of stock of the  Company  or any  subsidiary).  No
employees may exercise more than $100,000 in options held by them in any year.

           In  addition,  non-employee  directors  of the Company  shall each be
granted (i) an outside  director  option for 10,000  shares of Common Stock upon
adoption of the plan or when first  elected to the Board of Directors  after the
adoption  of the Plan and (ii)  following  each Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders
(commencing with the 1997 Annual Meeting),  outside director options to purchase
5,000  shares of Common  Stock,  in each case at an exercise  price equal to the
fair


                                      -67-

<PAGE>



market value of the Common  Stock on the date of grant,  and  exercisable  for a
term of five years commencing on the date of grant.

           No option may have a term of more than ten years  (five years for 10%
or  greater  stockholders  and  outside  directors).  Options  generally  may be
exercised only if the option holder  remains  continuously  associated  with the
Company or a subsidiary from the date of grant to the date of exercise. However,
options  may be  exercised  upon  termination  of  employment  or upon  death or
disability of any employee within certain specified periods.

           The  following  is a  general  summary  of  the  federal  income  tax
consequences  under current tax law of nonqualified  stock options ("NQSOs") and
incentive  stock  options  ("ISOs").  It does not  purport  to cover  all of the
special  rules,  including  special  rules  relating  to persons  subject to the
reporting  requirements of Section 16 under the Exchange Act who do not hold the
shares acquired upon the exercise of an option for at least six months after the
date of grant of the option and special  rules  relating  to the  exercise of an
option with  previously-acquired  shares,  or the state or local income or other
tax consequences inherent in the ownership and exercise of stock options and the
ownership and disposition of the underlying shares.

           An optionee will not recognize  taxable income for federal income tax
purposes upon the grant of a NQSO or an ISO.

           Upon the exercise of a NQSO,  the optionee  will  recognize  ordinary
income in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the
shares acquired on the date of exercise over the exercise price thereof, and the
Company will  generally be entitled to a deduction for such amount at that time.
If the optionee later sells shares acquired  pursuant to the exercise of a NQSO,
he or she will recognize long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending
on the  period  for  which the  shares  were  held.  Long-term  capital  gain is
generally  subject to more  favorable  tax  treatment  than  ordinary  income or
short-term capital gain. Proposed legislation would treat long-term capital gain
even more  favorably.  There can be no  assurance,  however,  that such proposed
legislation will be enacted.

           Upon the exercise of an ISO, the optionee will not recognize  taxable
income. If the optionee disposes of the shares acquired pursuant to the exercise
of an ISO more  than two  years  after  the date of grant and more than one year
after the  transfer of the shares to him or her,  the  optionee  will  recognize
long-term  capital  gain or loss  and the  Company  will  not be  entitled  to a
deduction.  However, if the optionee disposes of such shares within the required
holding period,  all or a portion of the gain will be treated as ordinary income
and the Company will generally be entitled to deduct such amount.

           In addition to the federal income tax  consequences  described above,
an optionee may be subject to the  alternative  minimum tax, which is payable to
the extent it exceeds the  optionee's  regular tax. For this  purpose,  upon the
exercise of an ISO, the excess of the fair


                                      -68-

<PAGE>



market value of the shares over the  exercise  price  therefor is an  adjustment
which increases alternative minimum taxable income. In addition,  the optionee's
basis in such shares is increased  by such excess for purposes of computing  the
gain or loss on the  disposition  of the  shares  for  alternative  minimum  tax
purposes.  If an optionee is required to pay an  alternative  minimum  tax,  the
amount of such tax which is attributable to deferral preferences  (including the
ISO  adjustment)  is allowed as a credit  against  the  optionee's  regular  tax
liability  in  subsequent  years.  To the extent  the credit is not used,  it is
carried forward.


SEP

           The Company established in 1990 a simplified employee pension ("SEP")
covering all qualified  employees.  Pursuant to the SEP,  employees may elect to
contribute  up to  15% of  their  compensation  on a  pre-tax  basis  (up to the
statutory  prescribed annual limit ($9,500 in 1996)) to the SEP. The SEP Plan is
intended to qualify under Section 408(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.


KEY-MAN LIFE INSURANCE

           The Company currently maintains key man insurance, of which it is the
beneficiary,  on the lives of each of David E. Y. Sarna and George J.  Febish in
the amount of $1,000,000 each.


LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS

           The  Company's   Certificate  of   Incorporation,   as  amended  (the
"Certificate  of  Incorporation"),  and its Amended and  Restated  By-laws  (the
"By-laws") provide that, except to the extent prohibited by the Delaware General
Corporation Law, its directors shall not be personally  liable to the Company or
its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages  for any breach of  fiduciary  duty as
directors of the Company.  Under  Delaware law, the  directors  have a fiduciary
duty to the Company which is not eliminated by the provisions of the Certificate
of Incorporation and, in appropriate  circumstances,  equitable remedies such as
injunctive  or other forms of  non-monetary  relief will  remain  available.  In
addition,  each director will continue to be subject to liability under Delaware
law for breach of the  director's  duty of loyalty  to the  Company  for acts or
omissions which are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be not in good
faith or involving  intentional  misconduct,  for knowing violations of law, for
actions leading to improper personal benefit to the director, and for payment of
dividends or approval of stock repurchases or redemptions that are prohibited by
Delaware   law.   This   provision   also  does  not   affect   the   directors'
responsibilities  under any other laws,  such as the Federal  securities laws or
state or Federal environmental laws.



                                      -69-

<PAGE>



           The Certificate of  Incorporation  and By-laws also provides that the
Company shall  indemnify,  to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the
Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, all of its present and former  officers and
directors, and any party agreeing to serve as an officer, director or trustee of
any entity at the Company's  request,  in connection  with any civil or criminal
proceeding  threatened or instituted  against such party by reason of actions or
omissions  while  serving  in  such  capacity.  Indemnification  by the  Company
includes  payment of expenses in defense of the indemnified  party in advance of
any proceeding or final disposition  thereof if the indemnified party undertakes
to repay the Company upon an ultimate  determination  that the indemnified party
was not entitled to indemnification by the Company. This provision also requires
Board of  Director  approval as a  precondition  to any  indemnification  by the
Company for  proceedings  instituted  by the  indemnified  party.  The rights to
indemnification  provided in this  provision do not preclude the exercise of any
other indemnification rights by any party pursuant to any law, agreement or vote
of the stockholders or the disinterested directors of the Company.

           Section 145 of the Delaware General  Corporation Law generally allows
the Company to indemnify the parties  described in the  preceding  paragraph for
all  expenses,  judgments,  fines and amounts in  settlement  actually  paid and
reasonably  incurred in connection  with any  proceedings  so long as such party
acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed
to the Company's best  interests and, with respect to any criminal  proceedings,
if such  party had no  reasonable  cause to  believe  his or her  conduct  to be
unlawful.  Indemnification  may only be made by the  Company  if the  applicable
standard  of conduct,  set forth in Section 145 has been met by the  indemnified
party upon a determination made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote
of a quorum of directors who are not parties to such proceedings, or (2) if such
a  quorum  is  not  obtainable  or if  directed  by a  quorum  of  disinterested
directors,  by  independent  legal counsel in a written  opinion,  or (3) by the
stockholders.

           The Company will seek to purchase and maintain directors and officers
insurance as soon as the Board of Directors determines  practicable,  in amounts
that is considers  appropriate,  insuring the directors and officers against any
liability arising out of their status as such, regardless of whether the Company
has the power to indemnify such persons against such liability under  applicable
law.

           Insofar  as  indemnification   for  liabilities   arising  under  the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons
of the Company  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions or otherwise,  the Company
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange  Commission,
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable.


                                      -70-

<PAGE>



                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

           The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  regarding the
beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of August 14, 1996, by (i)
each person who is known by the Company to own beneficially  more than 5% of the
outstanding  shares of Common Stock,  (ii) each  director,  (iii) each executive
officer and (iv) all officers and directors as a group.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Percentage of
                                                                           Outstanding Shares (1)
                                                                           ----------------------
                                                  Number of Shares of
Name and                                          Common
Address of                                        Stock Beneficially       Before
Beneficial Owners                                 Owned(2)                 Offering   After Offering
- -----------------                                 --------                 --------   --------------
<S>                                               <C>                      <C>              <C>   
David E. Y. Sarna (3)                             867,500                  33.81%           22.73%
c/o ObjectSoft Corporation
Continental Plaza III
433 Hackensack Avenue
Hackensack, New Jersey 07601

George J. Febish (3)                              907,500                  35.37            23.78
c/o ObjectSoft Corporation
Continental Plaza III
433 Hackensack Avenue
Hackensack, New Jersey 07601

Cyndel & Co., Inc. (4)                            245,000                   9.55            6.42
26 Ludlam Avenue
Bayville, New York 11709

Daniel E. Ryan (5)                                 10,000                      *               *
c/o ObjectSoft Corporation 
Continental Plaza III
433 Hackensack Avenue
Hackensack, New Jersey 07601

Julius Goldfinger (5)                              10,000                      *               *
c/o ObjectSoft Corporation
Continental Plaza III
433 Hackensack Avenue
Hackensack, New Jersey 07601

All officers and directors as a group
 (4 persons)(3)(5)                              1,795,000                69.95            47.04
</TABLE>

- -------------------------
*          Less than 1%.
(1)        Each person's  percentage  interest is  determined  assuming that all
           options,  warrants and  convertible  securities that are held by such
           person (but not by anyone else) and


                                      -71-

<PAGE>



           which  are  exercisable  or  convertible  within  60 days  have  been
           exercised for or converted into Common Stock.

(2)        Unless  otherwise  noted, the Company believes that all persons named
           have sole voting and  investment  power with respect to all shares of
           Common Stock listed as owned by them.

(3)        Includes,   for  each  of  Messrs.  Sarna  and  Febish,   immediately
           exercisable  warrants to purchase  50,000  shares of Common Stock and
           50,000  options  granted under the Company's  1996 Stock Option Plan.
           See "Management - 1996 Stock Option Plan "Description of Securities -
           Outstanding  Options  and  Warrants -  Executive  Officer/Stockholder
           Common Stock Warrants."

(4)        Includes  immediately  exercisable warrants to purchase 20,000 shares
           of Common  Stock.  Does not include the 27,300 shares of Common Stock
           issuable upon the exercise of the July  Placement  Warrant  issued to
           Win  Capital  Corporation,  the  placement  agent  of the  July  1996
           Offering, or the 18,200 shares issuable upon the exercise of the July
           1996 Warrants  included in such option. A principal of Cyndel is also
           a principal of Win Capital  Corporation;  however,  Cyndel  disclaims
           beneficial ownership of the July Placement Warrant and the underlying
           securities.  See "Description of Securities - Outstanding Options and
           Warrants  -Executive  Officer/Stockholder  Common  Stock  Warrants  -
           Placement Agent's Warrants; July Placement Warrant."

(5)        Includes,  for  each of  Messrs.  Ryan  and  Goldfinger,  immediately
           exercisable options to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock granted
           under the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan.



                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS


ISSUANCE AND REDEMPTION OF SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK

           In December 1995,  Cyndel,  a principal  stockholder,  acquired 1,250
shares of Series B Preferred Stock in  consideration  of the payment of $125,000
($25,000 of which was paid in January  1996).  The Series B Preferred  Stock was
convertible  into a number of shares of Common  Stock  equal to a  fraction  the
numerator of which was $100 per share and the  denominator  of which was 125% of
the offering price per share for the shares of Common Stock in an initial public
offering.  In July 1996,  the Company used  $125,000 of the proceeds of the July
1996 Offering to redeem the Series B Preferred  Stock.  In  connection  with the
redemption,  Cyndel received warrants,  exercisable for a period of three years,
to purchase  20,000  shares of Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $7.00 per
share.




                                      -72-

<PAGE>



OFFICERS COMPENSATION DEFERRAL

           Each of Mr. Sarna and Mr. Febish,  Co-Chief Executive Officers of the
Company,  agreed to defer a portion of his salary for  various  periods  through
1995  until the  Company  had  sufficient  working  capital  to pay them.  As of
December  31, 1995,  the Company  owed Messrs.  Sarna and Febish an aggregate of
$391,687,  of which  $200,000  was paid from the  proceeds  of the  Bridge  Loan
Offering, $100,000 was paid from the proceeds of the July 1996 Offering, and the
balance  will be  paid  from  the  proceeds  of the  Offering.  See  "Management
Executive Compensation" and "Use of Proceeds."


MERGER

           The Company is the  successor-in-interest to the assets,  liabilities
and  business of  ObjectSoft  New  Jersey,  which was merged into the Company in
January 1996. The purpose of the Merger was to effect the change of the state of
incorporation of ObjectSoft New Jersey. The directors  determined that it was in
the best  interests  of the Company that the Company be  re-incorporated  in the
State of Delaware.  The  re-incorporation  was effected by a migratory merger of
ObjectSoft  New Jersey into the Company.  The  stockholders  of  ObjectSoft  New
Jersey were duly  noticed and voted in favor of the Merger at a Special  Meeting
of the  Stockholders  held on January 30, 1996.  Each share of capital  stock of
ObjectSoft  New Jersey was  exchanged  for a like share of capital  stock of the
Company upon the effectiveness of the Merger.


EXTENSION OF EXPIRATION DATES OF INVESTOR AND OFFICER WARRANTS

           The Company has extended to November 29, 1996 the expiration  date of
the  106,250  Investor  Warrants,  which were issued to  investors  in a private
placement  effected between September 1992 and November 1993. The result is that
certain of these  warrants  will expire at a date which  effectively  makes them
four year warrants instead of three year warrants. In addition, in consideration
of their  waiver of the  registration  rights with  respect to the  Offering and
their  agreement  to  enter  into  an  18  month  lock-up   agreement  with  the
Representative,  the  expiration  date of the Officer  Warrants  held by Messrs.
Sarna and Febish was extended to April 30, 2000. See  "Description of Securities
- - Investor Warrants - "Officer/Stockholder Warrants."


RECENT FINANCINGS

           The Company recently  completed two financings in the form of private
placements to "accredited investors".  In April through June 1996, in the Bridge
Loan Offering,  the Company sold 12.5 Bridge Units,  each Bridge Unit consisting
of a $100,000 7% Note (the


                                      -73-

<PAGE>



"Bridge  Notes") and warrants to purchase  30,000 shares of Common Stock or such
other  securities as might be offered in the Company's  initial public offering.
Assuming the Offering is completed,  the Bridge  Warrants will be exercisable to
purchase Units identical to the Units offered hereby.

           Interest  on the  Bridge  Notes is payable  semi-annually  commencing
December  31,  1996,  and the Bridge  Notes  will  mature and be payable in full
within  fourteen  (14) days of the date of closing of the  Offering or September
30, 1997,  whichever is earlier.  The Bridge Notes may be prepaid in whole or in
part at the option of the Company at any time prior to maturity.

           The Bridge Notes are senior unsecured  obligations of the Company and
will rank senior in right of payment to all future subordinated  indebtedness of
the Company.  Although the Bridge Notes are senior  obligations  of the Company,
the Company does not have any  commitments  to issue  indebtedness  to which the
Bridge  Notes  would be senior in right of  payment.  The  Bridge  Notes will be
effectively subordinated to all secured indebtedness of the Company.

           The Bridge  Warrants are  exercisable  at a price equal to 70% of the
offering price for securities offered in an initial public offering.  The Bridge
Warrant  component of each Bridge Unit  provides for the purchase  either (i) if
the Company  completes an initial public offering ("IPO") on or before September
30, 1997,  30,000 shares of Common Stock (the  "Shares") or other  securities at
70% of the per share or other security price in the IPO exercisable for a period
of three  (3) years  (the "IPO  Securities"),  or (ii) if the  Company  does not
complete an IPO on or before September 30, 1997,  30,000 shares of Common Stock,
exercisable  until September 30, 1999 at $3.50 per share. The term of the Bridge
Warrants if exercisable  into IPO securities shall be extended for an additional
period,  up to one (1) year,  equal to the period that lapses between  September
30, 1996 and the  consummation  of the Company's  initial public  offering on or
before  September 30, 1997. If the Offering is completed  prior to September 30,
1997,  each such Bridge Warrant will be exercisable to purchase  30,000 Units at
$____ per Unit.  The Bridge  Warrants have  piggyback  registration  rights pari
passu with other warrant  holders.  In addition,  if the Bridge Warrants are not
included in any  registration  statement,  then the  holders of Bridge  Warrants
shall have the right to one demand registration, at the cost of the Company, one
year after the Company is public.

           The  Representative  acted as the placement agent for the Bridge Loan
Offering  and, in  connection  with its  services as placement  agent,  received
commissions  equal to 8% of the gross  proceeds of the Bridge Loan  Offering,  a
non-accountable  expense  allowance  equal to 2% of the gross  proceeds  and the
Placement Agent's Warrant to purchase a number of securities equal to 10% of the
number of  securities  issuable  upon the exercise of the Bridge  Warrants at an
exercise price equal to 91% of the offering  price for securities  offered in an
initial  public  offering.  Assuming the Offering is  completed,  the  Placement
Agent's Warrant will entitle the  Representative  to purchase 37,500 Units at an
exercise price of $____ per Unit


                                      -74-

<PAGE>



for a period of five years commencing on the date of this Prospectus.  The Units
issuable  upon the  exercise of the Bridge  Warrants  have been  registered  for
resale. See "Concurrent Offering."

           In the July 1996  Offering,  the Company sold an aggregate of 273,001
units (the "July 1996 Units") for an  aggregate  of $955,504,  or $3.50 per July
1996 Unit.  Each July 1996 Unit  consists  of one share of Common  Stock and one
July 1996 Warrant to purchase  two-thirds (2/3) of a share of Common Stock at an
exercise  price of $3.00  per 2/3 share  (or  $4.50  per  share).  The July 1996
Warrants are  exercisable  until the later of July 30, 1999 or three years after
the date of this Prospectus (but in no event later than September 30, 2000). The
shares of Common Stock  included in the July 1996 Units and the shares of Common
Stock  issuable  upon the exercise of the July 1996 Warrants  contained  therein
have been registered for resale.
See "Concurrent Offering."

           Win  Capital  Corporation,   an  affiliate  of  Cyndel,  a  principal
stockholder  of the  Company,  acted as the  placement  agent  for the July 1996
Offering  and, in  connection  with its  services as placement  agent,  received
commissions  equal to 10% of the gross  proceeds  of the July 1996  Offering,  a
non-accountable  expense  allowance  equal  to 3% of the  gross  proceeds  and a
warrant to purchase  27,300  July 1996 Units at an  exercise  price of $4.50 per
July 1996 Unit for a period of three years  commencing  upon issuance (the "July
Placement Warrant").


REDEMPTION OF SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK

           Pursuant  to the  terms of the  Series A  Preferred  Stock,  upon the
effectiveness  of the  Offering,  all  shares  of Series A  Preferred  Stock are
required  to be redeemed  at $1.00 per share plus all  accumulated,  but unpaid,
dividends. The Company anticipates that the redemption will require an aggregate
redemption payment of approximately $273,000. See "Use of Proceeds."



                           DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

           The Company is authorized to issue up to 20,000,000  shares of Common
Stock, par value $.0001 per share and up to 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock,
par value $.0001 per share.




                                      -75-

<PAGE>



COMMON STOCK

           Holders of shares of Common  Stock are entitled to one vote per share
on all matters that are  submitted to the  stockholders  for their  approval and
have no  cumulative  voting  rights.  Subject to the prior  rights of  Preferred
Stock, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as
may be declared by the Board of Directors from funds legally available therefor,
from time to time. Upon liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the remainder
of the assets of the Company will be  distributed  ratably  among the holders of
Common  Stock,  after the  payment  of all  liabilities  and the  holders of any
Preferred Stock. The Common Stock has no preemptive or other subscription rights
and there are no  conversion  or sinking  fund  provisions  with respect to such
shares.  All of the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock  are,  and the  shares
issuable upon exercise of Class A Warrants will be, upon payment of the exercise
price, fully paid and nonassessable. As of August 14, 1996, there were 2,566,001
shares of Common Stock outstanding.


PREFERRED STOCK

           The  Preferred  Stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of
Directors without the approval of the stockholders of the Company.  The Board of
Directors is  authorized  to issue these shares in different  classes and series
and, with respect to each class or series, to determine the dividend rights, the
redemption provisions, conversion provisions,  liquidation preferences and other
rights and preferences not in conflict with the Certificate of  Incorporation of
the  Company  or  Delaware  law.  The Board of  Directors,  without  stockholder
approval,  could issue Preferred  Stock which would adversely  affect the voting
and other rights of the holders of Common Stock.

           The Company has issued a series of Preferred Stock designated  Series
A. There are currently  212,500 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The Series A
Preferred Stock accrues cumulative annual dividends,  payable quarterly,  at the
rate of 9% per annum,  based upon the liquidation  value. Upon the closing of an
initial  public  offering,  as  required  by the terms of the Series A Preferred
Stock all of the Series A  Preferred  Stock will be  redeemed  by the Company at
$1.00 per share plus all accumulated  dividends accrued but unpaid.  The Company
anticipates that this redemption will require an aggregate redemption payment of
approximately  $273,000,  which  will be paid  out of the  net  proceeds  of the
Offering.  Following  the  redemption,  no  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  will be
outstanding. See "Use of Proceeds."

           The Company also issued a series of Preferred Stock designated Series
B, with a redemption  and  liquidation  value of $100 per share and issued 1,250
shares of Series B Preferred  Stock. The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock
had the right,  for the period  commencing  upon the close of an initial  public
offering  through  December 31,  1997,  to convert all of the Series B Preferred
Stock into shares of Common Stock at a conversion


                                      -76-

<PAGE>



price equal to 125% of the per share offering price of shares of Common Stock in
an initial  public  offering.  The Series B Preferred  Stock accrued  cumulative
annual dividends,  payable  quarterly,  at the rate of 10% per annum, based upon
the liquidation  value. The Company was required,  commencing in March 31, 1998,
and in each subsequent calendar quarter, to the extent that the shares of Series
B  Preferred  Stock  had not  been  redeemed  or  converted,  to  redeem  at the
liquidation  value of $100 per share of Series B Preferred  Stock,  12.5% of the
outstanding  Series B  Preferred  Stock,  until  all of the  shares  of Series B
Preferred  Stock had been redeemed.  In July 1996, the Company used a portion of
the proceeds of the July 1996  Offering to redeem the Series B Preferred  Stock.
See "Certain Transactions."


OUTSTANDING WARRANTS AND OPTIONS

Investor Warrants

           There are currently  outstanding  warrants to purchase 106,250 shares
of Common Stock (the "Investor Warrants").  The Investor Warrants were issued in
connection  with the Company's  private  placement of its securities in 1992 and
1993. The Investor  Warrants are exercisable at $2.00 per share of Common Stock.
The expiration  date of the Investor  Warrants has been extended to November 29,
1996.  The Investor  Warrants  contain  anti-dilution  provisions  providing for
adjustments  of the  exercise  price and the  number of  shares  underlying  the
Investor  Warrants  upon  the  occurrence  of  certain  events,   including  any
recapitalization,   reclassification,  consolidation,  merger,  sale,  lease  or
conveyance  of all or  substantially  all of the  assets of the  Company,  stock
dividend,  stock split, stock combination or similar transaction.  The resale of
the  shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of the  Investor  Warrants  has been
registered in the Selling Securityholder Prospectus. See "Concurrent Offering."


Officer/Stockholder Warrants; 1996 Stock Option Plan

           In April 1993 the Company issued common stock warrants to purchase an
aggregate of 143,333  shares of Common Stock,  exercisable  at $.50 per share of
Common Stock (the "Officer  Warrants").  The Officer Warrants were issued to two
executive officers and a former officer of the Company in consideration of their
foregoing   salaries  in  1992.  The  Officer  Warrants  contain   anti-dilution
provisions  providing for  adjustments  of the exercise  price and the number of
shares  underlying the Officer  Warrants upon the occurrence of certain  events,
including any recapitalization,  reclassification,  consolidation, merger, sale,
lease or  conveyance of all or  substantially  all of the assets of the Company,
stock  dividend,  stock split,  stock  combination or similar  transaction.  The
holder of the Officer  Warrants  have the right to cause the Company to register
the Officer  Warrants  and the shares of Common  Stock  including  the  Officers
Warrants,  if the Company  registers  any of its  securities  on a  registration
statement  filed  with  the SEC for sale to the  general  public.  The  original
expiration date of the Officer  Warrants was April 30, 1998. In consideration of
their waiver of the  registration  rights with respect to the Offering and their
agreement to enter into an 18


                                      -77-

<PAGE>



month lock-up  agreement with the  Representative,  the  expiration  date of the
100,000 Officer Warrants held by Messrs.  Sarna and Febish was extended to April
30, 2000.  The resale of shares  issuable  upon the exercise of the other 43,333
Officer Warrants has been registered in the Selling  Securityholder  Prospectus.
See "Concurrent Offering."

           In July 1996,  in  connection  with the  redemption  of the Company's
Series B Preferred Stock, the Company issued to Cyndel, a principal  stockholder
of the Company, warrants to purchase 20,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock
at an exercise price of $7.00 per share.  These warrants expire on July 29, 1999
and contain  anti-dilution  provisions providing for adjustments of the exercise
price and the number of shares  underlying  such warrants upon the occurrence of
certain events, including any recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation,
merger,  sale, lease or conveyance of all or substantially  all of the assets of
the  Company,  stock  dividend,   stock  split,  stock  combination  or  similar
transaction.

           As of July 31,  1996,  options to  purchase an  aggregate  of 145,000
shares had been granted under the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan.


Consultant Stock Options

           In August 1995, the Company issued to a consultant of the Company the
right to acquire up to 100,000 shares of Common Stock,  exercisable at $1.00 per
share in consideration of the consultant  foregoing the payment of up to $10,000
for services rendered. On September 15, 1995, the consultant accepted the offer.
This option was  exercisable  at any time from the date of grant until the fifth
anniversary of the date of grant. In May 1996, the agreement with the consultant
was amended,  and warrants for 50,000 shares were canceled in consideration of a
cash payment of $10,000.

           The Company has also entered into agreements  with other  consultants
pursuant to which the Company issued to such consultants  options to purchase an
aggregate  of 10,000  shares of Common  Stock  exercisable  for a period of five
years at an exercise price of $1.00.


Private Placement Warrants

           The Company has  outstanding  375,000  Bridge  Warrants and July 1996
Warrants to purchase  182,004  shares of Common Stock,  as described in "Certain
Transactions -- Recent Financings," above.


Placement Agent's Warrant; July Placement Warrant

           In  connection  with Bridge Loan  Offering,  the Company  sold to the
Representative,  in its  capacity  as  Placement  Agent  of  such  offering  the
Placement  Agent's  Warrant to  purchase a number of Units equal to 10% of Units
issuable upon the exercise of the Bridge


                                      -78-

<PAGE>



Warrants  contained in the Bridge  Units.  The exercise  price of the  Placement
Agent's  Warrant  is either  (i) in the event an IPO is  completed  on or before
September  30, 1997,  91% of the per IPO  Security  offering  price  exercisable
commencing on or after the  consummation  of a public offering and ending on the
fifth  anniversary  thereof or (ii) in the event an IPO is not  completed  on or
before September 30, 1997,  $4.55,  exercisable for five (5) years from the date
of issuance. Assuming the Offering is completed prior to September 30, 1997, the
Placement  Agent's Warrant will be exercisable at a price of $____ per Unit. The
Placement  Agent's  Warrant  contains  anti-dilution  provisions  providing  for
adjustments  of the  exercise  price and the  number of  shares  underlying  the
Placement  Agent's Warrant upon the occurrence of certain events,  including any
recapitalization,   reclassification,   stock  dividend,   stock  split,   stock
combination  or  similar  transaction.  None of the  securities  underlying  the
Placement  Agent's  Warrant will be redeemable.  The Placement  Agent's  Warrant
grants the holders  thereof  certain  registration  rights  which are  described
below.

           In  connection  with the sale of the July 1996 Units,  the  placement
agent for such sale,  Win Capital  Corporation , was granted the July  Placement
Warrant to purchase  27,300  July 1996 Units at an  exercise  price of $4.50 per
July 1996 Unit. The July Placement  Warrant  contains  anti-dilution  provisions
providing  for  adjustments  of the  exercise  price  and the  number  of shares
underlying  the July Placement  Warrant upon the  occurrence of certain  events,
including any recapitalization,  reclassification,  stock dividend, stock split,
stock combination or similar transaction.  None of the securities underlying the
July Placement Warrant will be redeemable, and the holders of the July Placement
Warrant have certain registration rights, described below.

           The resale of the shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon the exercise
of the  Placement  Agent's  Warrant and the Class A Warrants  issuable  upon the
exercise  thereof as well as the resale of the shares of Common  Stock  issuable
upon the  exercise  of the July  Placement  Warrant  and the July 1996  Warrants
issuable  upon  the  exercise  thereof,  has  been  registered  in  the  Selling
Securityholder Prospectus. See "Description of Securities - Registration Rights"
and "Concurrent Offering."


Class A Warrants

           Each Class A Warrant  entitles  the holder  thereof to  purchase  one
share of Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $____  per  share  (130% of the
initial  public  offering price per Unit),  subject to  adjustment,  at any time
commencing _________ __, 1997 (one year after the date of this Prospectus) until
_________ __, 2001 (five years after the date of this  Prospectus).  The Class A
Warrants  are  redeemable  by the Company at a price of $.10 per Class A Warrant
commencing one year after the date of this Prospectus (or earlier with the prior
consent of the Representative,  on not less than 30 days prior written notice to
the holders  thereof,  provided the average  closing bid quotation of the Common
Stock as reported on NASDAQ,  if traded thereon,  or if not traded thereon,  the
average  closing  bid  quotation  of the  Common  Stock if listed on a  national
securities  exchange (or other reporting system that provides last sale prices),
has  been at least  130% of the  then  current  exercise  price  of the  Class A
Warrants  (initially,  $_____ per share), for a period of 20 consecutive trading
days  ending  within 15 days of the date on which the  Company  gives  notice of
redemption. The


                                      -79-

<PAGE>



Class A Warrants  will be  exercisable  until the close of  business  on the day
immediately preceding the date fixed for redemption.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

           Currently, the holders of the Bridge Warrants, the July 1996 Warrants
and the Officer  Warrants,  as well as the holders of the shares of Common Stock
issued in the July 1996  Offering,  have  certain  rights  with  respect  to the
registration  of such shares and the Units and shares of Common  Stock  issuable
upon the exercise of such warrants under the Securities  Act. Under the terms of
the  agreements  between  the  Company  and  the  holders  of  such  registrable
securities,  if the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the
Securities  Act, either for its own account or for the account of other security
holders exercising  registration  rights, such holders are entitled to notice of
such  registration  and are  entitled  to include  shares of such  Common  Stock
therein.  The  stockholders  benefiting  from these  rights may also require the
Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act at its expense
with respect to their shares of Common Stock, and the Company is required to use
its best efforts to effect such registration. All of these rights are subject to
certain conditions and limitations,  among them the right of the underwriters of
an offering to limit the number of shares included in such registration.

           The  holders  of the  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of the
Placement  Agent's  Warrant  have  rights  similar  to  those  described  in the
preceding  paragraph.  In  addition,  the right to notice and  inclusion  in any
registration  statement  filed by the Company is effective  for five years after
the  effective  date of an  initial  public  offering.  The right to demand  the
registration of the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Placement Agent's
Warrant  extends  from one year after the  closing of the  Offering to the fifth
(5th)  anniversary  of the  date of this  Prospectus.  The  holders  of the July
Placement Warrants have similar  registration  rights,  except that the right to
demand the  registration  of Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of the July
Placement  Warrants  extends from two years after the closing of the Offering to
the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date of this Prospectus.

           The Units and  certain  of the  shares of  Common  Stock  subject  to
registration   rights  have  been  registered  in  the  Selling   Securityholder
Prospectus.  Certain of the Selling Securityholders have agreed not to sell such
shares  for  periods  of  nine  or  twelve  months  following  the  date of this
Prospectus without the prior consent of the Representative. See "Shares Eligible
for Future Sale" and "Concurrent Offering."


TRANSFER AGENT AND WARRANT AGENT

           Continental  Stock Transfer & Trust Company,  New York, New York will
act as transfer  agent for the Units and the Common Stock and Warrant  Agent for
the Class A Warrants.


                                      -80-

<PAGE>




DELAWARE TAKEOVER STATUTE AND CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS

           The  Company  is  subject  to  Section  203 of the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law ("Section 203") which, subject to certain exceptions,  prohibits
a Delaware  corporation  from  engaging  in any  business  combination  with any
interested  stockholder for a period of three years following the date that such
stockholder  became an interested  stockholder,  unless: (i) prior to such date,
the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  corporation  approved  either  the  business
combination or the  transaction  which resulted in the  stockholder  becoming an
interested stockholder; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted
in  the  stockholder   becoming  an  interested   stockholder,   the  interested
stockholder  owned  at  least  85%  of  the  voting  stock  of  the  corporation
outstanding  at the time the  transaction  commenced,  excluding for purposes of
determining the number of shares  outstanding  those shares owned (x) by persons
who are  directors  and also  officers and (y) by employee  stock plans in which
employee participants do not have the right to determine  confidentially whether
shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange  offer;
or (iii) on or subsequent to such date, the business  combination is approved by
the  Board of  Directors  and  authorized  at an annual or  special  meeting  of
stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66
2/3% of the  outstanding  voting  stock  which is not  owned  by the  interested
stockholder.

           In  anticipation  of a  public  offering,  the  Company  expects  the
stockholders of the Company to amend the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation
to provide that the directors of the Company be  classified  into two classes as
nearly equal in size as possible,  with staggered  two-year terms.  Assuming the
initial public  offering occurs in 1996, the initial term of office of the first
class of directors to expire at the 1997 Annual Meeting of Stockholders  and the
initial  term of office of the second  class of  directors to expire at the 1998
Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  The Company's Certificate of Incorporation will
further  provide that  vacancies on the Board of Directors  could be filled only
with the  approval  of a  majority  of the Board of  Directors  then in  office.
Furthermore,  any  director  elected  by the  stockholders,  or by the  Board of
Directors  to fill a vacancy,  could be removed  only for cause and by a vote of
75% of the combined  voting power of the shares of Common Stock entitled to vote
for the election of directors, voting as a single class.

           The Company's  Certificate of Incorporation  and Amended and Restated
Bylaws,  after the closing of an initial public offering,  will provide that any
action required or permitted to be taken by the  stockholders of the Company may
be taken only at a duly called  annual or special  meeting of the  stockholders.
These provisions,  if adopted,  could have the effect of delaying until the next
stockholders  meeting  stockholder actions which are favored by the holders of a
majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of the Company,  since special
meetings  of  stockholders  may be  called  only by (x) the  Board of  Directors
pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors,
either upon motion of a director  or upon  written  request by the holders of at
least 50% of the voting power of all the


                                      -81-

<PAGE>



shares of capital stock of the  Corporation  then entitled to vote  generally in
the  election  of  directors,  voting  together  as a single  class,  or (y) the
president of the Corporation.

           The foregoing  provisions,  which could be amended only by a 75% vote
of the  stockholders,  could have the effect of making it more  difficult  for a
third  party to effect a change in the  control  of the Board of  Directors.  In
addition, these provisions could have the effect of making it more difficult for
a third party to acquire,  or of  discouraging a third party from  attempting to
acquire,  an interest in the Company which  constitutes  less than a majority of
the  outstanding  voting  stock of the  Company and may make more  difficult  or
discourage a takeover of the Company.


                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

           Upon  completion  of the  Offering,  the Company will have  3,816,001
outstanding shares of Common Stock (assuming no exercise of outstanding  options
or warrants). Of these shares, the 1,250,000 shares contained in the Units being
sold to the public in the Offering will be freely tradeable without restrictions
or further  registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares held by
"affiliates" of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, which will
be subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144. The remaining 2,566,001 shares
held by existing stockholders were issued by the Company in private transactions
in  reliance  upon  one  or  more  exemptions  under  the  Securities  Act,  are
"restricted  securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144  promulgated  under
the  Securities  Act and may be sold in compliance  with such Rule,  pursuant to
registration  under the  Securities  Act or pursuant to an exemption  therefrom.
Generally,  under Rule 144,  each person  holding  restricted  securities  for a
period of two years may, every three months after such two-year  holding period,
sell in ordinary brokerage  transactions or to market makers an amount of shares
equal to the greater of one percent of the  Company's  then  outstanding  Common
Stock or the average  weekly  trading  volume during the four weeks prior to the
proposed  sale.  In  addition,  sales  under  Rule 144 may be made only  through
unsolicited  "broker's  transactions"  or to a "market maker" and are subject to
various other  conditions.  The  limitation on the number of shares which may be
sold under the Rule and the "broker's  transaction"  requirement do not apply to
restricted  securities  sold for the  account of a person who is not and has not
been an  "affiliate"  of the Company (as that term is defined in the Act) during
the three months prior to the proposed sale and who has  beneficially  owned the
securities for at least three years.

           Under Rule 701 of the Securities  Act,  employees who purchase shares
upon  exercise  of  options  granted  prior to the date of this  Prospectus  are
entitled  to sell  such  shares  after the 90th day  following  the date of this
Prospectus  in reliance on Rule 144,  without  having to comply with the holding
period  requirements  of Rule 144 and,  in the case of  non-affiliates,  without
having  to comply  with the  public  information,  volume  limitation  or notice
provisions  of Rule 144.  Affiliates  are  subject to all Rule 144  restrictions
after this 90-day period, but


                                      -82-

<PAGE>



without the Rule 144 holding period requirement. If all the requirements of Rule
701 are met, an aggregate of 288,333 shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise
of  outstanding  vested stock  options will be tradeable  pursuant to such rule,
subject to the lockup period  described  below.  Such options are exercisable at
prices below the initial public offering price.

           Prior to the Offering, there has been no market for the Common Stock,
and no  predictions  can be made as to the effect,  if any, that sales of shares
under Rule 144 or Rule 701 or the  availability  of shares for sale will have on
the market prices prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial  amounts of
Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144 could subsequently adversely affect the market
prices of the Common Stock offered  hereby.  The Company's  executive  officers,
David E. Y. Sarna and George J.  Febish,  have  agreed not to sell or  otherwise
transfer any of their shares of Common Stock for a period of 18 months after the
date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Representative,
and the other  current  securityholders  (including  the holders of the Investor
Warrants but not the other Selling  Securityholders) have agreed not to sell any
of their  shares of Common  Stock for a period of nine months  after the date of
this Prospectus  without the prior written consent of the  Representative.  Upon
the expiration of the nine month period,  612,000 of the  outstanding  shares of
Common  Stock will be eligible  for sale under Rule 144,  and the balance of the
outstanding  shares  will become  eligible  for sale under Rule 144 from time to
time thereafter.  In addition,  concurrently  with the Offering,  the Company is
registering for sale by the Selling  Securityholders  412,500 Units, and 719,588
shares of Common  Stock that are  outstanding  or issuable  upon the exercise of
currently exercisable warrants;  however, the Selling Securityholders other than
the  Representative  and the holders of the Investor Warrants have agreed not to
sell their  registered  securities  for a period of 12 months  after the date of
this Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Representative, and the
holders of the Investor  Warrants have agreed not to sell the underlying  shares
for a period of nine months from the date of the Prospectus  without the consent
of the Representative. Furthermore, certain holders of the Company's outstanding
Common  Stock,  warrants  and options  (including  current and former  executive
officers)  have  "piggyback"  registration  rights  and/or  as  well  as  demand
registration  rights that they may exercise commencing one year from the date of
this  Prospectus (but commencing two years from the date of this Prospectus with
respect to the July Placement Warrants).  See "Risk Factors-Shares  Eligible for
Future Sale; Effect on Ability to Raise Capital;  No Prior Public Market for the
Common  Stock;  Possible  Volatility  of Common  Stock  Price"  and  "Concurrent
Offering."



                                      -83-

<PAGE>



                                  UNDERWRITING


           The  Underwriters  listed  below,  for  whom  Renaissance   Financial
Securities  Corporation is acting as the representative (the  "Representative"),
have severally  agreed,  subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting
Agreement,  to  purchase  from the  Company  the  number  of  Units,  each  Unit
consisting  of one share of Common  Stock  and one  Class A  Warrant,  set forth
opposite their respective names:



            Name Of Underwriter                               Number Of Units
            -------------------                               ---------------

Renaissance Financial Securities Corporation



                      TOTAL                                   --------------
                                                                   1,250,000
                                                              ==============


           The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that the  obligations  of the
Underwriters are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by counsel and
various other  conditions  precedent,  and that the  Underwriters  are severally
obligated to purchase all the Units offered hereby (other than the Units covered
by the Over-allotment Option described below), if any are purchased.

           The Underwriters  have advised the Company that they propose to offer
the Units to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page
of this Prospectus and that they may allow to certain dealers concessions not in
excess of $.___ per Unit,  of which amount a sum not in excess of $.___ per Unit
may, in turn, be reallowed by such dealers to other  dealers.  After the initial
public  offering,  the offering price,  discount and reallowance may be changed.
The  shares of Common  Stock  and the Class A Warrant  comprising  the Units are
immediately detachable and separately transferable upon issuance.

           The Company also has agreed to pay to the  Representative  an expense
allowance  on a  nonaccountable  basis equal to 3% of the gross  proceeds of the
Offering  ($____________  if the  Over-allotment  Option  is not  exercised  and
$____________if  the Over-allotment  Option is exercised),  $50,000 of which has
been paid to date. The Company also has agreed to pay all expenses in connection
with  qualifying the Units offered hereby for sale under the laws of such states
as the Representative may designate and filing the Offering with the


                                      -84-

<PAGE>



National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., including fees and expenses of
counsel retained for such purposes by the Underwriters.

           The Company has granted the Representative the Over-allotment Option,
which may be  exercised  within 45 days  after the date of this  Prospectus,  to
purchase up to an additional 187,500 Units solely to cover  over-allotments,  if
any, at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount.

           The Underwriting  Agreement  provides for reciprocal  indemnification
between the Company and the Underwriters  against liabilities in connection with
the Offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

           In connection  with the  Offering,  the Company has agreed to sell to
the  Representative,   for  nominal  consideration,  the  Representative's  Unit
Purchase  Option  to  purchase  up  to  an  aggregate  of  125,000  Units.   The
Representative's   Unit  Purchase  Option  contains   anti-dilution   provisions
providing  for  adjustments  of the  exercise  price  and the  number  of  Units
underlying  the  Representative's  Unit Purchase  Option upon the  occurrence of
certain  events,   including  any  recapitalization,   reclassification,   stock
dividend,  stock split,  stock combination or similar  transaction.  None of the
securities   underlying  the  Representative's  Unit  Purchase  Option  will  be
redeemable.  The Representative's Unit Purchase Option is exercisable at a price
per Unit equal to 120% of the initial  public  offering price of the Units for a
period of four years commencing one year from the date of this  Prospectus.  The
Representative's  Unit  Purchase  Option grants to the holders  thereof  certain
demand  registration  rights on two occasions  with respect to the  registration
under the Securities Act of the shares  underlying the Unit Purchase Option.  In
addition,  the holders of the Unit  Purchase  Option have the right to notice of
and inclusion in any registration statement filed by the Company for seven years
after the date of this  Prospectus.  These  registration  rights are  subject to
certain limitations.

           For the  life  of the  Representative's  Unit  Purchase  Option,  the
holders  thereof are given,  at nominal cost,  the  opportunity to profit form a
rise in the market price of the Company's securities,  with a resulting dilution
in the interest of other stockholders.  Further, such holders may be expected to
exercise such options at a time when the Company would in all likelihood be able
to obtain  equity  capital on terms more  favorable  than those  provide in such
option.

           The Company  has  agreed,  for a period of 24 month after the date of
this  Prospectus,  not to issue any share of Common Stock or preferred stock, or
any warrants, options or other rights to purchase Common Stock without the prior
consent of the Representative, except for issuances (a) upon the exercise of any
options  described  herein,  or  existing  options,   warrants  and  convertible
securities,  or up to 250,000  options to purchase  Common Stock  (including the
issuance of such  underlying  shares)  under the  Company's  existing 1996 Stock
Option  Plan,  ((b)  pursuant  to and in order to  consummate  a merger  with or
acquisition from an


                                      -85-

<PAGE>



unaffiliated party in a transaction  negotiated at arms length and approved by a
majority of the Board of  Directors,  (c) in a public  offering,  at a price not
less than 90% of the average of the  closing  bid prices of the Common  Stock as
reported on NASDAQ for the 21 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the
date of the sale (the "Exempt Price"),  and (d) in a private sale at a price not
less than 80% of the Exempt Price. The Company's executive officers, David E. Y.
Sarna and George J. Febish, have agreed not to sell or otherwise transfer any of
their  shares of Common  Stock for a period of 18 months  after the date of this
Prospectus  without the prior  written  consent of the  Representative,  and the
other  securityholders  (including the holders of the Investor  Warrants but not
the other Selling  Securityholders)  have agreed not to sell any of their shares
of Common  Stock for a period of nine months  after the date of this  Prospectus
without  the  prior  written   consent  of  the   Representative.   The  Selling
Securityholders  other than the  Representative  and the holders of the Investor
Warrants  (which  holders  are  subject  to the nine  month  agreement  with the
Representative  described above) have agreed not to sell any of their securities
for a period of 12 months  after the date of this  Prospectus  without the prior
written consent of the Representative. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

           The  Company has agreed that for a period of five years from the date
of this Prospectus,  if requested by the  Representative  during such period, to
nominate  and use its best  efforts to cause the  election  of a designee of the
Representative  as a director of the  Company.  The  Representative  has not yet
designated any such person.

           Further,  the  Company has agreed to retain the  Representative  as a
financial  consultant  at an aggregate  fee of $150,000 for a three year period,
commencing on the closing of the Offering. The fee is payable annually, with the
payment for the first year payable at the closing.

           Commencing  one year  after  the date of this  Prospectus,  until the
expiration of the exercise period of the Class A Warrants,  the Company will pay
the  Representative  a fee of 5% of the  exercise  price of each Class A Warrant
exercised,  provided,  (i) the market price of the Common Stock on the date such
warrant was exercised was greater than the warrant  exercise price on that date,
(ii) the exercise of such warrant was  solicited by a member of the NASD,  (iii)
such warrant was not held in a  discretionary  account,  (iv) the  disclosure of
compensation  arrangements  was made both at the time of the Offering and at the
time of exercise of such warrant,  (v) the  solicitation of the exercise of such
warrant was not a violation  of Rule 10b-6 under the  Exchange  Act and (vi) the
Representative  is designated in writing as the soliciting  NASD member.  Unless
granted an exemption from Rule 10b-6 by the Commission,  the  Representative and
any other  soliciting  broker/dealers  will be  prohibited  from engaging in any
market making  activities or solicited  brokerage  activities with regard to the
Company's  securities  during the periods  prescribe by  exemption  (xi) to Rule
10b-6 before the  solicitation  of the exercise of any Class A Warrant until the
later of the terminating of such solicitation activity or the termination of any
right the  Representative  and any other  soliciting  broker/dealer  may have to
receive a fee for the solicitation of the Class A Warrants.



                                      -86-

<PAGE>



           Prior to the Offering, there has been no market for the securities of
the Company. Accordingly, the initial public offering price of the Units and the
exercise  price of the  Class A  Warrants  has been  determined  by  negotiation
between the  Company and the  Representative.  Among the factors  considered  in
determining  the initial  public  offering  price and the exercise  price of the
Class A Warrants were the Company's results of operations, the Company's current
financial  conditions,  its future  prospects,  the state of the markets for its
services,  the  experience of its  management,  the economics of the industry in
general,  the general  condition of the equity  securities market and the demand
for similar securities of companies considered comparable to the Company.


                               CONCURRENT OFFERING

           Concurrently  with the  Offering,  the  Company  has  registered  the
offering of 412,500 Units, and 719,588 Selling  Securityholder  Shares under the
Securities  Act on behalf of the Selling  Securityholders  pursuant to a Selling
Securityholder  Prospectus  included within the Registration  Statement of which
this  Prospectus  forms  a  part.  The  Selling  Securityholder  Securities  are
outstanding or issuable upon the exercise of immediately  exercisable  warrants.
The Selling  Securityholders  include the Representative  with respect to 37,500
Units issuable upon the exercise of the Placement  Agent's Warrant.  The Selling
Securityholder  Securities are not part of the underwritten  Offering,  however,
and 375,000 Units and all the Selling  Securityholder Shares of Common Stock may
not be sold  prior to the  expiration  of 12 months (or nine  months,  as to the
shares  issuable upon the exercise of the Investor  Warrants)  after the date of
this  Prospectus  without the prior written consent of the  Representative.  The
Company  will not  receive  any of the  proceeds  from  the sale of the  Selling
Securityholder  Securities,  but will receive the proceeds of the  exercise,  if
any, of the various warrants  pursuant to which the 412,500 Units and 377,087 of
the Selling  Securityholder Shares are issuable. It is anticipated that when the
Selling  Securityholder  Securities  are eligible  for sale free of  contractual
restriction  described above, they will be offered and sold from time to time in
the over-the-counter  market, or otherwise,  at prices and terms then prevailing
or at  prices  related  to the  then  current  market  price,  or in  negotiated
transactions.


                                  LEGAL MATTERS

           The  validity of the Units being  offered  hereby will be passed upon
for the Company by Parker  Chapin  Flattau & Klimpl,  LLP,  New York,  New York.
Stursberg & Veith, New York, New York, has acted as counsel for the Underwriters
with respect to certain legal matters in connection with the Offering.




                                      -87-

<PAGE>



                                     EXPERTS

           The  financial  statements of the Company as at December 31, 1995 and
for each of the two years then ended  included in this  Prospectus  have been so
included  in  reliance  on the  report of  Richard  A.  Eisner &  Company,  LLP,
independent  auditors  given  on the  authority  of  said  firm  as  experts  in
accounting and auditing.


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

           The Company has filed with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission a
Registration  Statement  on Form SB-2  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  with
respect to the Units offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all of the
information  set  forth  in the  Registration  Statement  and the  exhibits  and
schedules thereto.  For further information with respect to the Company and such
Units,  reference  is made to the  Registration  Statement  and the exhibits and
schedules thereto. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of
any contract or other document referred to herein are not necessarily  complete,
and,  in each  instance,  if such  contract  or  document  is an  exhibit to the
Registration Statement,  reference is made to the copy of such contract or other
document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement,  each such statement
being  qualified  in all  respects  by  such  reference  to  such  exhibit.  The
Registration  Statement,  including  exhibits  and  schedules  thereto,  may  be
inspected  without charge and copied at the public  reference  facilities of the
Commission at Room 1024,  450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. and at its
Regional Offices at 7 World Trade Center,  Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048,
and Citicorp  Center,  500 West Madison Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,  Illinois
60661,  and copies of such  material may be obtained  from the Public  Reference
Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,
upon  payment  of  fees  at  rates  prescribed  by  the  Commission.  Electronic
registrations statements made through the Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and
Retrieval  ("EDGAR")  System are  publicly  available  through the  Commission's
Website (http://www.sec.gov).

           Prior  to the  Offering,  the  Company  has not been  subject  to the
reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

           The Company will provide  without  charge to each person who receives
this  Prospectus,  upon written or oral request of such person, a copy of any of
the information that is incorporated by reference in this  Prospectus.  Any such
request  should  be  directed  to  the  attention  of the  Corporate  Secretary,
ObjectSoft Corporation, Continental Plaza III, 433 Hackensack Avenue, Hackensack
New Jersey 07601, telephone number (201) 343-9100.





                                      -88-

<PAGE>



                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Report of Independent Auditors..............................................F-2

Balance Sheet as at June 30, 1996 (Unaudited) and December 31, 1995 ........F-3

Statements of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1996 and 1995
  (Unaudited) and the Years Ended December 31, 1995 and 1994................F-4

Statements of Changes in Capital Deficiency for the Six Months Ended
  June 30, 1996 (Unaudited) and the Years ended
  December 31, 1995 and 1994................................................F-5

Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1996 and 1995
  (Unaudited) and the Years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994................F-6

Notes to Financial Statements...............................................F-7




                                       F-1

<PAGE>


                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
ObjectSoft Corporation


           We  have  audited  the  accompanying   balance  sheet  of  ObjectSoft
Corporation  as at December 31, 1995 and the related  statements of  operations,
changes in capital deficiency and cash flows for the two years then ended. These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

           We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
auditing  standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable  assurance about whether the financial  statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial  statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by  management,  as well as  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement
presentation.  We believe  that our audits  provide a  reasonable  basis for our
opinion.

           In our opinion,  the financial  statements  enumerated  above present
fairly,  in  all  material  respects,   the  financial  position  of  ObjectSoft
Corporation  as at December 31, 1995 and the results of its  operations and cash
flows for the two years  then  ended,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.




/s/ RICHARD A. EISNER & COMPANY, LLP

Florham Park, New Jersey
March 2, 1996
With respect to Note M
August 15, 1996

                                       F-2

<PAGE>

                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                                  BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         June 30,
                                                                                           1996       June 30,      December 31,
                                                                                       -----------      1996            1995
                                                                                        Pro Forma    -----------    -----------
                                    A S S E T S                                        (Note M[1])   (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
Current assets:                                
   Cash ...........................................................................   $ 1,015,344    $   424,059    $    63,995
   Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts
    of $16,200 at December 31, 1995 (Note A[4])  ..................................       226,397        226,397         72,602
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets ......................................        12,420         12,420         26,579
                                                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
          Total current assets ....................................................     1,254,161        662,876        163,176
Equipment, at cost, net of accumulated depreciation
 (Notes A[2], B and E) ............................................................       158,854        158,854         23,433
Capitalized software and courseware (Notes A[5] and C) ............................       191,834        191,834        121,326
Other assets (Note F)  ............................................................        93,596         93,596         35,599
                                                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
          T O T A L ...............................................................   $ 1,698,445    $ 1,107,160    $   343,534
                                                                                      ===========    ===========    ===========

                              L I A B I L I T I E S
Current liabilities:
   Current portion of obligations under capital
    lease (Note E) ................................................................   $    10,839    $    10,839    $     9,210
   Accounts payable ...............................................................       150,994        150,994         58,314
   Accrued and other liabilities ..................................................        62,972         62,972         94,255
   Accrued officer compensation (Note A[1])  ......................................        91,687        191,687        391,687
                                                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
          Total current liabilities ...............................................       316,492        416,492        553,466
                                                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
Noncurrent liabilities:
   Note payable (Note D) ..........................................................     1,058,738      1,058,738        
   Obligations under capital lease (Note E)  ......................................        19,205         19,205          3,390
   Other liabilities ..............................................................         7,110          7,110          1,616
                                                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
          Total noncurrent liabilities ............................................     1,085,053      1,085,053          5,006
                                                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------

Preferred stock $.0001 par, authorized 5,000,000 shares:
     Series A, 9%  cumulative  voting;  issued and
       outstanding 212,500 shares ($212,500 aggregated
       liquidation preference plus cumulative dividends)
       (Note.G) ...................................................................       268,469        268,469        258,906
     Series B, 10% cumulative non-voting convertible
       $.0001 par 1,250 shares issued and outstanding
      ($125,000 aggregate liquidating preference)
      (Notes G and M) .............................................................                      125,000        125,000
                                                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                                          268,469        393,469        383,906
                                                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
Commitments (Notes K and L)
                               CAPITAL DEFICIENCY
                                    (Note H)
Common stock,  $.0001 par,  authorized  20,000,000 shares
   issued and outstanding 2,293,000 shares and (proforma)
   2,566,001 shares ...............................................................           257            229            229
Additional paid-in capital ........................................................     1,222,113        405,856        278,331
Accumulated deficit ...............................................................    (1,193,939)    (1,193,939)      (877,404)
                                                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
          Total capital deficiency ................................................        28,431       (787,854)      (598,844)
                                                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
          T O T A L ...............................................................   $ 1,698,445    $ 1,107,160    $   343,534
                                                                                      ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
                 The accompanying notes to financial statements
                          are an integral part hereof.

                                       F-3

<PAGE>

                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Six Months Ended                 Year Ended
                                         June 30,                    December 31,
                               --------------------------    --------------------------
                                  1996           1995           1995           1994
                               -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                      (Unaudited)
<S>                            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>        
Revenues (Note L):
   Consulting ..............   $   258,000    $   282,562    $   447,976    $   509,920

   Development and
     training ..............        37,954         97,900        118,618        245,836
                               -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

         Total revenues ....       295,954        380,462        566,594        755,756
                               -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------


Expenses:
   Selling .................       153,781        232,418        347,189        389,241

   Research and
     development ...........                                      62,863
   General and
     administrative ........       442,895        161,842        278,942        412,019
                               -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

          Total expenses ...       596,676        394,260        688,994        801,260
                               -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------


NET (LOSS) (Note I)  .......   $  (300,722)   $   (13,798)   $  (122,400)   $   (45,504)
                               ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========

Net loss per share .........   $     (0.11)   $     (0.01)   $     (0.05)   $     (0.02)
                               ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
Weighted average number
     of shares outstanding .     2,897,418      2,894,418      2,894,418      2,894,418
                               ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>






               The accompanying notes to financial statements
                          are an integral part hereof.

                                       F-4

<PAGE>

                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                   STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN CAPITAL DEFICIENCY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Common Stock           Additional
                                              --------------------------     Paid-in
                                                 Shares         Amount        Capital      (Deficit)        Total
                                              -----------    -----------    -----------   -----------    -----------
<S>                                             <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>         
Balance, January 1, 1994  .................     2,275,000    $       228    $   255,332   $  (671,250)   $  (415,690)
Accretion of dividends on the Series A
   preferred stock ........................                                                   (19,125)       (19,125)
Net loss ..................................                                                   (45,504)       (45,504)
                                              -----------    -----------    -----------   -----------    -----------

Balance, December 31, 1994  ...............     2,275,000            228        255,332      (735,879)      (480,319)
Accretion of dividends on the Series A
   preferred stock ........................                                                   (19,125)       (19,125)
Series B preferred stock issuance
   costs (Note G[2])  .....................                                      (2,500)                      (2,500)
Common stock issued, net of costs .........        18,000              1         15,499                       15,500
Compensatory option granted (Note H)  .....                                      10,000                       10,000

Net loss ..................................                                                  (122,400)      (122,400)
                                              -----------    -----------    -----------   -----------    -----------

Balance, December 31, 1995  ...............     2,293,000            229        278,331      (877,404)      (598,844)

Warrants issued in connection with bridge
  loan, net of costs (Note D)  ............                                     123,525                      123,525

Compensatory warrants granted (Note H) ....                                       4,000                        4,000

Accretion of dividends on the Series A
   preferred stock ........................                                                    (9,563)        (9,563)

Dividends declared on the Series B
   preferred stock ........................                                                    (6,250)        (6,250)

Net loss (unaudited)  .....................                                                  (300,722)      (300,722)
                                              -----------    -----------    -----------   -----------    -----------
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1996 (Unaudited)  .......     2,293,000    $       229    $   405,856   $(1,193,939)   $  (787,854)
                                              ===========    ===========    ===========   ===========    ===========

</TABLE>






                 The accompanying notes to financial statements
                          are an integral part hereof.

                                       F-5

<PAGE>

                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Six Months Ended
                                                                              June 30,               Year Ended December 31,
                                                                     --------------------------    --------------------------
                                                                         1996           1995           1995           1994
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                            (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>        
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net (loss)  ...................................................   $  (300,722)   $   (13,798)   $  (122,400)   $   (45,504)
   Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by
     (used in) operating activities:
       Depreciation and amortization .............................        52,719         24,092         58,056         35,244
       Amortization of discount on note payable ..................        77,263
       Provision for doubtful accounts ...........................         9,000                        16,200
       Stock options issued for services rendered ................         4,000                        10,000
       Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
         (Increase) decrease in:
           Accounts receivable ...................................      (137,795)        66,254         67,091       (102,953)
           Prepaid expenses and other current assets .............        14,159        (37,117)         6,311         (1,028)
           Other assets ..........................................        (8,961)        34,587         34,587           (175)
         Increase (decrease) in:
           Accounts payable ......................................        92,680        (30,188)       (48,332)        82,832
           Accrued and other liabilities .........................       (28,914)      (104,073)       (28,574)       104,100
           Accrued officer compensation ..........................      (200,000)        58,333        107,220
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
             Net cash provided by (used in) operating
               activities ........................................      (426,571)        (1,910)       100,159         72,516
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Cash flow from investing activities:
   Capital expenditures ..........................................      (126,258)                                        (399)
   Capitalized software and courseware ...........................      (109,684)                     (118,478)       (60,757)
                                                                     -----------                   -----------    -----------
             Net cash (used in) investing activities .............      (235,942)                     (118,478)       (61,156)
                                                                     -----------                   -----------    -----------

Cash flow from financing activities:
   Proceeds from note payable ....................................       981,475
   Proceeds from issuance of shares and options (Note G[2])  .....                                     113,000
   Proceeds from issuance of warrants (Note D) ...................       123,525
   Deferred offering costs .......................................       (74,036)                      (30,250)
   Dividends .....................................................        (3,125)
   Principal payments on obligations under capital leases ........        (5,262)        (3,816)        (7,928)        (4,663)
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
             Net cash provided by (used in) financing
               activities ........................................     1,022,577         (3,816)        74,822         (4,663)
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH ..................................       360,064         (5,726)        56,503          6,697

Cash, beginning of period ........................................        63,995          7,492          7,492            795
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

CASH, END OF PERIOD ..............................................   $   424,059    $     1,766    $    63,995    $     7,492
                                                                     ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow Cash paid during the period:
     Interest expense ............................................   $     1,512    $       366    $     3,502    $     2,683
</TABLE>

                 The accompanying notes to financial statements
                          are an integral part hereof.

                                       F-6

<PAGE>


                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          (Information with respect to June 30, 1996 and the six months
               ended June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1995 is unaudited)

(NOTE A) - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:
- ------------------------------------------------------

           [1]        THE COMPANY:

                      ObjectSoft Corporation(the "Company") is currently engaged
in business of  providing  transaction  based  services  over the  Internet  and
through kiosks, computer software training and consulting.

                      In  January  1996,  ObjectSoft  Corporation,  a New Jersey
corporation merged into a newly formed corporation,  ObjectSoft  Corporation,  a
Delaware  corporation.  In conjunction with the merger,  shares of the preferred
and common stock  outstanding  were  exchanged  for the same number of shares of
stock,  the shares  authorized  increased to 5,000,000  preferred and 20,000,000
common  and the par value was  reduced  to  $.0001.  This  transaction  is given
retroactive effect in the accompanying financial statements.

                      The accompanying  financial  statements have been prepared
in conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles,  which contemplate
continuation of the Company as a going concern.  However,  the Company sustained
substantial operating losses through June 30, 1996. The  officer/shareholders of
the Company  have  agreed not to demand  payment of their  accrued  compensation
until there is  sufficient  working  capital.  Upon the sale of the Bridge Units
(see Note D), $200,000 of the accrued officer compensation was paid.

                      Prior period financial  statements have been  reclassified
to conform to the present period presentation.

           [2]        EQUIPMENT:

                      Equipment   is   carried   at   cost,   less   accumulated
depreciation.  Depreciation  is  provided  using the  straight-line  method over
estimated useful lives of the assets (three to seven years).

           [3]        PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES:

                      Deferred  income  taxes arise from  temporary  differences
resulting  primarily  from income and expense items being reported on an accrual
basis for  financial  reporting  purposes and on a cash basis for tax  purposes,
capitalized  software  and net  operating  loss  carryforwards.  The Company has
available at December 31, 1995,  Federal net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of
approximately  $350,000  which may be  applied  against  future  taxable  income
through 2010. Upon  consummation of the proposed  initial public  offering,  the
Company  may be  subject to  limitations  on its use of the net  operating  loss
carryforwards.




(continued)

                                       F-7

<PAGE>


                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          (Information with respect to June 30, 1996 and the six months
               ended June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1995 is unaudited)

(NOTE A) - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: (continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------

           [4]        SOFTWARE REVENUE RECOGNITION POLICIES:

                      The  Company  is  engaged  as a  developer  in a number of
software  transactions.  Generally,  revenue from generic software is recognized
upon delivery of the software. After the sale, if significant obligations remain
or significant  uncertainties  exist about customer  acceptance of the software,
revenue is deferred until the obligations are satisfied or the uncertainties are
resolved.  Revenue  from  software  services is  recognized  as the services are
performed.  Revenue from software  leased  through the Internet  (generally  one
year) is  deferred  and  amortized  over the lease  term.  Revenue  from  custom
software  development  (included in consulting revenue) is recognized based upon
its percentage  completion.  At June 30, 1996, $120,000 of unbilled  receivables
was included in accounts receivable.

           [5]        SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS:

                      The Company  capitalizes  software  development costs when
project technological feasibility is established and concluding when the project
is ready for  release.  Research  and  development  costs  related  to  software
development are expensed as incurred.  Software  development costs are amortized
on a straight-line basis over its expected life.

           [6]        USE OF ESTIMATES:

                      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

                      The Company's policy is to amortize  capitalized  software
costs by the greater of (a) the ratio that current gross  revenues for a product
bears to the total of current and  anticipated  future  gross  revenues for that
product or (b) the straight-line  method over the remaining  estimated  economic
life of the product  including  the period being  reported on. It is  reasonably
possible  that  those  estimates  of  anticipated  future  gross  revenues,  the
remaining  economic  useful  life of the  product or both will be reduced in the
near term.

           [7]        STOCK OPTIONS:

                      The Company  accounts for employee stock options using the
intrinsic value method. Options granted to nonemployees in exchange for services
are accounted for based upon the value of the services received.


(continued)

                                       F-8

<PAGE>


                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          (Information with respect to June 30, 1996 and the six months
               ended June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1995 is unaudited)

(NOTE A) - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: (continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------

           [8]        NET LOSS PER SHARE:

                      Net loss per  share  was  computed  based on the  weighted
average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year and the net
loss  increased by the dividends  accruing on the  cumulative  preferred  stock.
Since,  in 1995 and  1996,  certain  shares of common  stock  and  common  stock
equivalents  were  issued at less  than the  anticipated  offering  price of the
proposed  initial  public  offering,  all  such  shares  of  common  stock  were
considered  outstanding  for all periods  presented in  accordance  with certain
rules of the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  Fully  diluted net loss per
share is not shown since it would be anti-dilutive.

                      In July 1996,  the  Company  issued  units  consisting  of
common stock and warrants (see Note M[1]) and utilized  $125,000 of the proceeds
to redeem the Series B preferred stock.  Additionally,  the Company  anticipates
redeeming  the Series A preferred  stock and  repaying  the short term debt with
proceeds from the proposed initial public  offering.  Had the Series A preferred
been retired on January 1, 1995, the Series B preferred stock not been issued on
December 31, 1995 nor the short term debt  initiated in 1996 and had the Company
issued common stock instead,  the net loss per share for the year ended December
31, 1995 and the six months  ended June  30,1996  would have been  $(0.04) and $
(0.07).  These loss per share computations assume an additional weighted average
number of shares  outstanding  for the year ended  December 31, 1995 and the six
months ended June 30, 1996 of 43,367 and 111,656, respectively.

           [9]        INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

                      The accompanying  interim financial statements at June 30,
1996 and for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995 are unaudited. However,
in the  opinion of  management,  all  adjustments  (consisting  solely of normal
recurring  adjustments)  necessary to be in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles have been made.

                      The  results  of  operations  and cash  flows  for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 are not  necessarily  indicative  of the results that
may be expected for the full year ending December 31, 1996.



(continued)

                                       F-9

<PAGE>


                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          (Information with respect to June 30, 1996 and the six months
               ended June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1995 is unaudited)


(NOTE B) - Equipment:
- ---------------------

           At June 30, 1996 and December 31, 1995, equipment consists of:

                                          June 30,    December 31,
                                            1996          1995
                                            ----          ----

      Kiosks under construction. . . .    $107,436
      Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . .     114,113       $72,585
                                          ---------      -------
                                           221,549        72,585
      Accumulated depreciation . . . .      62,695        49,152
                                          ---------      -------

                T o t a l. . . . . . .    $158,854       $23,433
                                          =========      =======

           Depreciation expense aggregated $13,543, $9,787, $19,573 and $15,818,
for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995 and the years ended December 31,
1995 and 1994,  respectively.  Included in depreciation  expense is depreciation
expense on equipment under capital lease which aggregated $5,657, $4,198, $8,396
and $4,198,  for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995 and the years ended
December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

           In 1996 and 1994, the Company acquired  equipment under capital lease
aggregating $22,706 and $25,188, respectively.

           Kiosks under construction  represents equipment acquired for the City
of New York agreement (see Note K[1]). This equipment is expected to be put into
service in August 1996.


(NOTE C) - Capitalized Software And Courseware:
- -----------------------------------------------

           The  Company   developed   software  which  is  leased  under  annual
subscriptions  through  the  Internet.  During  1995,  the  Company  capitalized
software  development  costs of $118,478.  Amortization of capitalized  software
costs aggregated $9,873 and $29,620 for the year ended December 31, 1995 and six
months  ended  June  30,  1996,  respectively.  During  1996,  the  Company  has
capitalized  additional  software  development  costs of $109,684.  Additionally
amortization of capitalized courseware costs aggregated $9,556, $14,305, $28,610
and $19,426 for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1995 and for the
years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.


(continued)

                                      F-10

<PAGE>


                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          (Information with respect to June 30, 1996 and the six months
               ended June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1995 is unaudited)


(NOTE D) - Financing:
- ---------------------

           In 1996,  the Company sold 12.5 bridge  units,  each  consisting of a
$100,000, 7% note and warrants to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock or such
other  securities as might be offered in the Company's  initial public  offering
("IPO Securities"). The notes are due on the earlier of fourteen days of closing
of the initial public offering ("IPO") or September 30, 1997. Additionally,  the
placement  agent received a warrant to purchase 37,500 shares of common stock or
IPO Securities.

           The Company valued the warrants at $138,750. Accordingly,  additional
paid-in  capital has been credited  $123,525  which  represents the value of the
warrants less the allocable  portion of the offering costs.  The short-term note
has been  discounted  by the value of the warrants and the offering  costs.  The
discount is being  amortized  as  additional  interest  expense from the date of
issuance to September 30, 1996,  the  anticipated  maturity  date. If the IPO is
completed by September 30, 1997, the bridge unit warrants are  exercisable  into
the IPO  Securities  at 70 percent of the  offering  price or, if the IPO is not
completed by then,  into common stock at $3.50 per share.  These warrants expire
September  30, 1999 if the IPO is not completed by September 30, 1997 or, if the
IPO is completed by then,  they expire three years after  completion of the IPO.
If the IPO is completed by September 30, 1997, the placement  agent warrants are
exercisable in the IPO Securities at 91 percent of the offering price or, if the
IPO is not  completed by then,  into the common stock at $4.55 per share.  These
warrants expire from April 2001 through June 2001 if the IPO is not completed by
September  30,  1997 or, if IPO is  completed,  they expire five years after its
completion.

           During the six months  ended June 30, 1996,  amortization  aggregated
$77,263.



(continued)

                                      F-11

<PAGE>


                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          (Information with respect to June 30, 1996 and the six months
               ended June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1995 is unaudited)


(NOTE E) - Obligations Under Capital Lease:

           Minimum future lease payments under capital leases  expiring  through
2001, as of June 30, 1996 are as follows:

           Twelve Months
              Ending
             June 30,                                     Amount
             --------                                     ------

              1997. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 16,527
              1998. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        8,210
              1999. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        7,950
              2000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        5,080
              2001. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        4,657
                                                        --------
                                                          42,424
              Less amount representing interest . .       12,380
                                                        --------
              Present value of net minimum
                lease payments. . . . . . . . . . .       30,044
              Less present value of net minimum
                lease payments due within one year.       10,839
                                                        --------
                                                        $ 19,205
                                                        ========

           Minimum future lease payments under capital leases as of December 31,
1995 are as follows:

           Year Ending
           December 31,
           ------------

              1996. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $10,488
              1997. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       3,496
                                                        -------
                                                         13,984
              Less amount representing interest . .       1,384
                                                        -------
              Present value of net minimum lease
                payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . .      12,600
              Less present value of net minimum
                lease payments due within one year.       9,210
                                                        -------
                                                        $ 3,390
                                                        =======

(NOTE F) - Deferred Offering Costs:
- -----------------------------------

           The Company has incurred  $79,286 of incremental  costs in connection
with a proposed initial public offering of its common stock.  Upon  consummation
of the offering,  the deferred  offering costs will be charged against the gross
proceeds  of the  offering  or,  if not  consummated,  they will be  charged  to
expense. The Company will incur substantial additional offering costs.



(continued)

                                      F-12

<PAGE>


                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          (Information with respect to June 30, 1996 and the six months
               ended June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1995 is unaudited)


(NOTE G) - Preferred Stock:
- ---------------------------

           [1]        SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK:

                      The  Series  A 9%  cumulative  voting  preferred  stock is
redeemable at any time at the Company's  option and must be redeemed at the time
of the  initial  public  offering.  The  redemption  price is $1 per share  plus
accrued and unpaid dividends.

                      The Company has not declared any dividends. The cumulative
unpaid  dividends at June 30, 1996 aggregated  $55,969 ($.315 per share of stock
issued in 1992 and $.245 per share of stock issued in 1993).

           [2]        SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK:

                      In December  1995,  the  Company  issued  1,250  shares of
nonvoting  convertible  preferred  stock  for  $100,000  in cash  and a note for
$25,000.  The note was paid in January  1996 and is  included  in other  current
assets as of December 31, 1995. The cumulative  dividend on the preferred  stock
is 10% per year. During the six months ended June 30, 1996, the Company declared
dividends  aggregating  $6,250 (at June 30, 1996, $3,125 was included in accrued
liabilities).  In July 1996, the Company  redeemed the  outstanding  shares (see
Note M).


(NOTE H) - Capital Deficiency:
- ------------------------------

           As of January 1, 1994, the Company had issued  warrants,  expiring in
April 1998, to purchase  143,333  shares of common stock at an exercise price of
$0.50 and warrants, expiring in March 1996, to purchase 106,250 shares of common
stock at an exercise price of $2.00.  None of these warrants has been exercised.
In 1995,  the Board of Directors  extended the  expiration of the $2.00 warrants
from March 1996 to November 1996.

           In 1995, the Company granted an option to purchase  100,000 shares of
common stock at $1.00 per share in exchange for $10,000 of consulting  services.
As a result $10,000 was charged to operations and credited to additional paid-in
capital.  The  options are  exercisable  through  September  2000.  In 1996,  in
exchange for an  additional  $5,000  payment to the option  holder,  the Company
cancelled the option on 50,000 shares.

(continued)

                                      F-13

<PAGE>


                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          (Information with respect to June 30, 1996 and the six months
               ended June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1995 is unaudited)

(NOTE H) - Capital Deficiency:  (continued)
- -------------------------------------------

           In 1996, the Company  granted a warrant to purchase  10,000 shares of
common stock at $1.00 per share in exchange for $20,000 of professional services
to be rendered during the vesting period.  This warrant vests ratably over a ten
month period  ending  March 1997 and are  exercisable  through May 2001.  During
1996, the Company recognized expense of $4,000.

           The Company has  reserved  1,134,587  shares of its common  stock for
issuance upon exercise of the outstanding warrants and options.

           See Note M[1] and [2] with regard to warrants  and options  issued in
July and August 1996.


(NOTE I) - Income Taxes:
- ------------------------

           The significant  components of the Company's  deferred tax assets and
liabilities at June 30, 1996 and December 31, 1995 are as follows:

                                              June 30,   December 31,
                                               1996         1995
                                               ----         ----

         Accrual to cash adjustment. . . . . $  67,000    $ 203,000
         Capitalized software and courseware   (70,000)     (37,000)
         Net operating losses carryforward .   424,000      145,000
         Valuation allowance . . . . . . . .  (421,000)    (311,000)
                                             ----------   ----------

         Net deferred tax asset. . . . . . . $  - 0 -     $  - 0 -
                                             ==========   ==========

           The significant components of the provision for income taxes for each
of the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995 and the years ended  December 31,
1995 and 1994, are as follows:

                                    June 30,          December 31,
                            --------------------  --------------------
                               1996      1995        1995      1994
                            ----------  --------  ---------  ---------
     Accrual to cash
       adjustment . . . . . $(136,000) $(15,000)  $ 62,000   $ 34,000
     Net operating
       loss carryforward. .   279,000    19,000     37,000    (19,000)
     Capitalized software
       and courseware . . .   (33,000)    2,000    (35,000)     2,000
     Increase in valuation
       allowance. . . . . .  (110,000)   (6,000)   (64,000)   (17,000)
                            ----------  --------  ---------  ---------

     Provision for income
       taxes. . . . . . . . $  - 0 -    $ - 0 -   $ - 0 -    $ - 0 -
                            =========== ========  =========  =========


(continued)

                                      F-14

<PAGE>


                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          (Information with respect to June 30, 1996 and the six months
               ended June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1995 is unaudited)

(NOTE I) - Income Taxes:  (continued)
- -------------------------------------


           The difference  between the statutory  federal income tax rate on the
Company's net loss and the Company's  effective  income tax rate for each of the
six months  ended June 30, 1996 and 1995 and the years ended  December  31, 1995
and 1994, respectively, is summarized as follows:

                                    June 30,         December 31,
                                  ---------------   ----------------
                                   1996    1995      1995     1994
                                  ------   ------   ------    ------
         Statutory federal
           income tax rate. . .    34.0%    34.0%    34.0%     34.0%
         Increase in valuation
           allowance. . . . . .   (36.6)   (43.5)   (39.2)    (30.8)
         Research and
           development credit .                       7.3
         Miscellaneous. . . . .     2.6      9.5     (2.1)     (3.2)
                                  ------   ------   ------    ------
         Effective income tax
           rate . . . . . . . .     0.0%     0.0%     0.0%      0.0%
                                  ======   ======   ======    ======


(NOTE J) - Employee Benefit Plan:
- ---------------------------------

           The Company  maintains a  noncontributory  Employee  Savings Plan, in
accordance  with the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal  Revenue Code.
Pursuant  to the terms of the plan,  participants  can defer a portion  of their
income through contributions to the Plan.


(NOTE K) - Commitments:
- -----------------------

           [1]        LEASE INCOME:

                      In 1995,  the Company  entered into an agreement  with the
City of New York ("New York") whereby the Company would develop custom  software
and upon  final  acceptance  of the  software  by New  York,  the  Company  will
initially  lease five  kiosks,  hardware  and software to New York for one year,
renewable  by New York for two  successive  one year  terms.  The annual  rental
aggregates  $361,080.  Additionally,  the  Company  can earn fees based upon the
number of  transactions  effectuated  in the  kiosks.  The  Company  anticipates
purchasing  additional  hardware  related to the kiosks project of approximately
$100,000.


(continued)

                                      F-15

<PAGE>


                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          (Information with respect to June 30, 1996 and the six months
               ended June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1995 is unaudited)

(NOTE K) - Commitments:  (continued)
- ------------------------------------

           [2]        LEASES:

                      The  Company  leases  office  space  and  equipment  under
operating  leases  with an  initial  or  remaining  term of more  than  one year
expiring through 2002.

             Twelve Months
                Ending
                June 30,                Amount
                --------                ------
                1997. . . . . . . . .  $ 49,908
                1998. . . . . . . . .    58,727
                1999. . . . . . . . .    78,444
                2000. . . . . . . . .    82,640
                2001. . . . . . . . .    86,933
                Thereafter. . . . . .   162,061
                                       --------

                          T o t a l .  $518,713
                                       ========

                      Rent expense  approximated  $24,600,  $9,100,  $18,300 and
$19,200  for the six months  ended June 30,  1996 and June 30,  1995 and for the
years ended December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1994, respectively.

           [3]        EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS:

                      Effective July 1996, the Company  entered into  employment
agreements with two key executives expiring in December 2001. Under the terms of
the  agreements,  the  aggregate  initial  annual  compensation  is $208,000 per
executive.   Additionally,   the  agreements   include  provisions  for  bonuses
(aggregating  the sum of 5 percent of earnings  before  depreciation,  interest,
taxes and amortization and other amounts,  if any, to be determined by the board
of directors),increases in compensation and severance payment based upon certain
events.


(NOTE L) - Concentration Of Risk:
- ---------------------------------

           [1]        REVENUES:

                      For the six months  ended June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1995,
76  percent  of  revenues  were  derived  from two  customers  and 48 percent of
revenues  were  derived  from one  customer,  respectively.  For the years ended
December 31, 1995 and December  31,  1994,  56 percent of revenues  were derived
from two customers and 67 percent of revenues were derived from four  customers,
respectively.


(continued)

                                      F-16

<PAGE>


                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          (Information with respect to June 30, 1996 and the six months
               ended June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1995 is unaudited)


(NOTE L) - Concentration of Risk: (continued)
- ---------------------------------------------

           [2]        MICROSOFT CORPORATION:

                      The Company's  software is generally  based upon Microsoft
Windows technology.  Additionally,  it has established a strategic  relationship
with Microsoft that management believes is important to its sales, marketing and
support  and product  development  activities.  Accordingly,  any change in this
relationship  or any factor  adversely  affecting the demand for, or the use of,
Microsoft's  Windows operating system could have a negative impact on demand for
the Company's  products and services.  Additionally,  changes to the  underlying
components  of  the  Windows  operating  system  would  require  changes  to the
Company's  products and could result in the loss of sales if the Company did not
implement changes in a timely manner.

           [3]        CASH:

                      The Company places its cash in banking institutions, which
cash may at times, be in excess of the FDIC insurance limit.


(NOTE M) - Subsequent Events:
- -----------------------------

           [1]        PRIVATE PLACEMENT EQUITY OFFERING:

                      In  August  1996,   the  Company   issued   273,001  units
consisting of one share of common stock and a warrant to purchase  two-thirds of
a share of common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per two-thirds  share. The
Company  received  proceeds of  $816,285,  net of  estimated  offering  costs of
$139,215.  Concurrently,  the Company redeemed all of the outstanding  shares of
the Series B preferred  stock in exchange  for $125,000 and warrants to purchase
20,000  shares of common  stock at an  exercise  price of $7.00 per share.  Both
issues of the warrants expire the earlier of September 2000 or three years after
the  effective  date of the Company's  initial  public  offering.  Additionally,
$100,000  of the  accrued  officer  compensation  is to be  paid  from  the  net
proceeds.

           [2]        STOCK OPTION PLAN:

                      In August  1996,  the Company  adopted a stock option plan
under which  250,000  shares of common  stock are  reserved  for  issuance  upon
exercise of either incentive or nonincentive  stock options which may be granted
from time to time by the Board of Directors to employees and others. The Company
granted options on 145,000 shares at exercise prices ranging from $2.50 to $3.50
per share, expiring July 2001.

                                      F-17

<PAGE>



====================================      ======================================

NO   PERSON   IS    AUTHORIZED    IN                  1,250,000 UNITS          
CONNECTION  WITH ANY  OFFERING  MADE                                           
HEREBY TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO                                           
MAKE    ANY    REPRESENTATION    NOT                     OBJECTSOFT            
CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS,  AND,                     CORPORATION           
IF GIVEN OR MADE,  SUCH  INFORMATION                                           
OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED                                           
UPON AS HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY                                           
THE  COMPANY OR BY THE  UNDERWRITER.                                           
THIS  PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE                                           
AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION              EACH UNIT CONSISTING OF      
OF AN  OFFER  TO  BUY  ANY  SECURITY             ONE SHARE OF COMMON STOCK     
OTHER THAN THE UNITS OFFERED BY THIS                 AND ONE REDEEMABLE        
PROSPECTUS,  NOR DOES IT  CONSTITUTE                  CLASS A WARRANT          
AN OFFER  TO SELL OR A  SOLICITATION                                           
OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE  UNITS                                           
OFFERED  BY THIS  PROSPECTUS  TO ANY                                           
PERSON TO WHOM,  OR BY ANY PERSON IN                                           
ANY  JURISDICTION  IN  WHICH  IT  IS                                           
UNLAWFUL   TO  MAKE  SUCH  OFFER  OR                                           
SOLICITATION.  NEITHER THE  DELIVERY                                           
OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS  NOR  ANY  SALE                                           
HEREUNDER     SHALL     UNDER    ANY                      [LOGO]               
CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE ANY IMPLICATION                                           
THAT INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS                                           
CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO                                           
THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS.                                                   
                                                                               
      ---------------------                                                    
        TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                      
                                PAGE                                           
                                                       
Prospectus Summary................ 3              ------------------------
Risk Factors...................... 9                                           
Use of Proceeds...................28                     PROSPECTUS            
Dividend Policy...................29                                           
Capitalization....................30              ------------------------     
Dilution..........................31                                           
Selected Financial Data...........33                                           
Management's Discussion and                                                    
 Analysis of Financial                                                         
 Condition and Results of                                                      
 Operations.......................34                                           
Glossary..........................38          Renaissance Financial Securities 
Business..........................41                     Corporation           
Management........................59                                           
Principal Stockholders............67                                           
Certain Transactions..............68                ______________, 1996       
Description of Securities.........71                                           
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...77      
Underwriting......................79
Concurrent Offering...............82
Legal Matters.....................82
Experts...........................82
Additional Information............82
Index to Financial Statements....F-1


UNTIL  _____________,  1996 (25 DAYS
AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),
ALL DEALERS  EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS
IN  THE   UNITS,   WHETHER   OR  NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION,
MAY  BE   REQUIRED   TO   DELIVER  A
PROSPECTUS.  THIS IS IN  ADDITION TO
THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER
A   PROSPECTUS    WHEN   ACTING   AS
UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO
THEIR    UNSOLD     ALLOTMENTS    OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.

====================================      ======================================



<PAGE>


                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 20, 1996

ALTERNATE PROSPECTUS

                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                                  412,500 UNITS
                        Each Unit consisting of one Share
               of Common Stock and one Redeemable Class A Warrant

                         342,501 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

                         377,087 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                            ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF
                                    WARRANTS


           This Prospectus relates to (i) 412,500 units (the "Units"), each Unit
consisting  of one share of the common  stock,  par value  $.0001 per share (the
"Common  Stock"),  of ObjectSoft  Corporation (the "Company") and one Redeemable
Class A Warrant (the "Class A Warrants") of the Company and (ii) 719,588  shares
of Common Stock (the "Selling Securityholder Shares"). The Units and the Selling
Securityholder  Shares  are  collectively  referred  to herein  as the  "Selling
Securityholder  Securities,"  and  the  holders  of the  Selling  Securityholder
Securities   and  the   warrants   exercisable   for   certain  of  the  Selling
Securityholder  Securities are  collectively  referred to herein as the "Selling
Securityholders."  The Units  are  issuable  upon the  exercise  of (1)  375,000
warrants (the "Bridge  Warrants")  issued to investors in a private placement by
the Company in April through  June,  1996 (the "Bridge Loan  Offering")  and (2)
37,500  warrants  issued  to  Renaissance   Financial   Securities   Corporation
("Renaissance")  in its capacity as placement  agent of the Bridge Loan Offering
(the "Placement Agent's  Warrant").  Of the Selling  Securityholder  Shares, (1)
273,001  shares are issued and  outstanding  and were issued to  investors  in a
private  placement  by the  Company  in July and  August  1996 (the  "July  1996
Offering"), (2) 182,004 shares are issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued
to the  investors  in the July 1996  Offering ( the "July 1996  Warrants"),  (3)
45,500  shares are  issuable  upon the  exercise of a warrant (and the July 1996
Warrants issuable upon the exercise  thereof) issued to Win Capital  Corporation
("Win  Capital") in its capacity as  placement  agent of the July 1996  Offering
(the  "July  Placement  Warrant"),  (4)  106,250  shares are  issuable  upon the
exercise of warrants  issued by the Company in connection  with certain  private
placements  in 1992 and 1993 (the  "Investor  Warrants"),  (5) 43,333 shares are
issuable upon the exercise of warrants  originally  issued to a former executive
officer of the Company (the "Officer  Warrants")  and (6) 69,500 shares are held
by certain stockholders of the Company. See "Selling  Securityholders" and "Plan
of  Distribution."  The Selling  Securityholders  (other than  Renaissance) have
agreed  not to sell any  Selling  Securityholder  Securities  for a period of 12
months (or nine  months,  in the case of the holders of the  Investor  Warrants)
from  the  date  of  this  Prospectus  without  the  prior  written  consent  of
Renaissance,  in  its  capacity  as  representative  of  the  Underwriters  (the
"Representative")  of the Company's  underwritten  initial public  offering (the
"Offering"). See "Plan of Distribution" and "Concurrent Public Offering."

           The shares of Common  Stock and Class A Warrants  that  comprise  the
Units are  immediately  detachable  and  separately  transferable.  Each Class A
Warrant  entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock at an
exercise price of $____ per share, subject to adjustment, at any time commencing
_________ __, 1997 (one year after the date of this Prospectus)  until _________
__, 2001 (five years  after the date of this  Prospectus).  The Class A Warrants
are redeemable by the Company at a price of $.10 per Class A Warrant  commencing
one year after the date of this Prospectus (or earlier with the prior consent of
the  Representative),  on not less  than 30 days  prior  written  notice  to the
holders thereof,  provided the average closing bid quotation of the Common Stock
as reported on the NASDAQ SmallCap Market ("NASDAQ"),  if traded thereon,  or if
not traded  thereon,  the average  closing bid  quotation of the Common Stock if
listed on a  national  securities  exchange  (or  other  reporting  system  that
provides last sale prices),  has been at least 130% of the then current exercise
price of the Class A Warrants  (initially,  $____ per share), for a period of 20
consecutive trading days ending within 15 days



<PAGE>



of the date on which  the  Company  gives  notice  of  redemption.  The  Class A
Warrants will be exercisable  until the close of business on the day immediately
preceding the date fixed for redemption.
See  "Description of Securities - Class A Warrants."

           The Selling  Securityholder  Securities may be sold from time to time
by the Selling Securityholders or by their transferees.  The distribution of the
Selling Securityholder Securities by the Selling Securityholders may be effected
in one or more transactions that may take place on the over-the-counter  market,
including ordinary brokers' transactions,  privately negotiated  transactions or
through  sales  to  one or  more  dealers  for  resale  of  such  securities  as
principals,  at market prices  prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related
to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Usual and customary or
specifically negotiated brokerage fees or commissions may be paid by the Selling
Securityholders.

           The Selling  Securityholders,  and  intermediaries  through whom such
securities  are sold,  may be deemed  underwriters  within  the  meaning  of the
Securities  Act of 1933 (the  "Securities  Act") with respect to the  securities
offered,  and  any  profits  realized  or  commissions  received  may be  deemed
underwriting  compensation.  The  Company  has agreed to  indemnify  the Selling
Securityholders  against certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities under the
Securities Act.

           The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the
Selling Securityholder  Securities by the Selling Securityholders.  In the event
the  Placement  Agent's  Warrant  and all of the Bridge  Warrants  and the other
warrants exercisable to acquire Selling  Securityholder  Shares are exercised in
full,  the Company  will receive  gross  proceeds of  $__________.  See "Selling
Securityholders" and "Plan of Distribution."

           On the date of this  Prospectus,  a registration  statement under the
Securities Act with respect to the "Offering") of 1,250,000  Units,  through the
Underwriters for which Renaissance is the Representative, was declared effective
by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the  "Commission").  The Company will
receive net proceeds of approximately $__________ from the Offering (assuming no
exercise  of  the  Representative's  Over-allotment  Option)  after  payment  of
underwriting  discounts and commissions and estimated  expenses of the Offering.
See "Concurrent Public Offering."

           AN INVESTMENT IN THESE SECURITIES INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. See
"Risk Factors" immediately following the "Prospectus Summary" section.

            THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY
         THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
            COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
           OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY
               OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
                     TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS ____________, 1996



<PAGE>


                           [ALTERNATE PROSPECTUS PAGE]


                             SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

           Up  to  an   aggregate   of  412,500   Units  and   719,588   Selling
Securityholder Shares may be offered for resale by the Selling  Securityholders.
The Units are  issuable  upon the  exercise  of the  Bridge  Warrants  issued to
investors in the Bridge Loan Offering and the Placement Agent's Warrant.  Of the
Selling  Securityholder  Shares,  273,001 shares are issued and  outstanding and
were issued to investors in the July 1996 Offering,  182,004 shares are issuable
upon the exercise of the July 1996 Warrants, 45,500 shares are issuable upon the
exercise of the July Placement Warrant (and the July 1996 Warrants issuable upon
the execise thereof),  106,250 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Investor
Warrants,  43,333 shares are issuable upon exercise of the Officer  Warrants and
69,500 shares are held by certain stockholders of the Company.

           The following  table sets forth certain  information  with respect to
each  Selling  Securityholder  for  whom  the  Company  is  registering  Selling
Securityholder Securities for resale to the public. The Company will not receive
any of the proceeds from the sale of such securities.  Renaissance  acted as the
Representative  of the Underwriters of the Offering.  A principal of Win Capital
is also a  principal  of Cyndel & Co.,  Inc.,  a  principal  stockholder  of the
Company. Other than as described with respect to Renaissance and Win Capital, to
the Company's knowledge,  there are no material relationships between any of the
Selling   Securityholders   and  the  Company,   nor  have  any  such   material
relationships existed within the past three years.

                                                                 Maximum
                                                                Number Of
                     Selling Securityholders               Shares To Be Sold
                     -----------------------               -----------------
        Units
        -----
        Renaissance Financial Securities Corporation               37,500(1)
        Nathan Eisen                                                  7,500
        Richard, Steven and Kenneth Etra                             15,000
        William J. Ludwig                                            15,000
        Joseph W. And Ann G. Schantz                                  7,500
        Gregg Gallant                                                 7,500
        Mary and Mark Albritton                                      15,000
        Sydney Katz                                                   7,500
        Louis Falletta                                                7,500
        Phillip Levien                                                7,500
        Pamda Retirement Trust                                       15,000
        Eric W. Larson                                               15,000
        HRIS Associates, Inc.                                        15,000
        Program Advisors Corporation                                  7,500
        Program Resource Organization, Inc.                           7,500
        Association of Independent Employers, Ltd.                    7,500
        Peter S. Morford                                              7,500
        Robert E. Coomes                                              7,500
        Gary G. Hammon                                                7,500
        Sheldon Sisken                                                7,500
        Abraham David                                                 7,500
        Bay N. Sayegh                                                 7,500
        American Waste Oil Services Corp.                            15,000
        Gastro Enterology Associates                                 30,000


<PAGE>


                           [ALTERNATE PROSPECTUS PAGE]


                                                                 Maximum
                                                                Number Of
                     Selling Securityholders               Shares To Be Sold
                     -----------------------               -----------------
        Units
        -----
        Servesting Investment Co.                                     7,500
        Martin Hodas                                                 15,000
        Richard Someck                                               15,000
        Roger Testa                                                  30,000
        Cyril J. Galagan                                             15,000
        Jack P. Conlon                                               15,000
        Joseph Schanne and Theresa Schanne                           15,000
        Anthony Quaranta                                             15,000
                                                                    ------- 

                Total Units                                         412,500
                                                                    =======


                                                                Maximum Number
                                                              Of Shares Issuable
                                                             On Exercise Of July
                                        Maximum Number Of      1996 Warrants To
                                        Shares To Be Sold           Be Sold
                                        -----------------           -------
July 1996 Offering
- ------------------
Win Capital Corporation (2)                   27,300                18,200
Lawrence Dell Aquila                           3,572                 2,381
David Barron                                  10,000                 6,667
Louis Chapman and Elaine Chapman               3,000                 2,000
Michael Damiani and Beverly Damiani            5,000                 3,333
Seymour Fertig                                 7,143                 4,762
Theodore Kaplan & Selma Kaplan                 8,000                 5,334
Edgar Lindbloh                                10,000                 6,667
Thomas J. Luisi                                9,000                 6,000
Donald Markowitz                              12,000                 8,000
Gary O'Leary                                  10,000                 6,667
PAMCO General Contracting Corp.                5,000                 3,334
Pension Solutions                             10,000                 6,667
Nicholas Ponzio                                7,143                 4,762
Jeffrey Reizner                                5,000                 3,334
Samuel Richman                                 3,000                 2,000
Charles Ruppman                               25,000                16,667
Rose Salvato                                  16,000                10,667
James R. Smith                                22,000                14,667
John H. Smith                                  5,000                 3,333
Stourbridge Investment Ltd.                   62,143                41,429
Suan Investments Inc.                         30,000                20,000
Faye Zelmanovicz                               5,000                 3,333
                                            --------              --------
                     TOTAL                   300,301               200,204
                                            ========              ========





<PAGE>


                           [ALTERNATE PROSPECTUS PAGE]





                                                    Maximum Number Of
Selling Securityholders                             Shares To Be Sold
- -----------------------                             -----------------

Investor Warrants
- -----------------
Harold Greenberg                                             3,125
Gennaro P. Vanacore                                          3,125
Aaron Ascher                                                12,500
Harmat Capital Corp.                                         3,125
Greenberg Associates                                         3,125
John Farbman                                                 6,250
Scott Berman                                                 6,250
George Mourges                                              12,500
Agamemnon R. Mourges                                        12,500
Marshall N. Cyrlin                                           6,250
Herbert Cyrlin                                               6,250
Josephine Chast                                              3,125
John P. Philis and Peter S. Philis, JTWROS                   6,250
Elogeanne Grossman                                           3,125
Anthony Larosa                                               3,125
Catherine A. Lavin                                           6,250
Debra and Wesley Oler                                        3,125
Daniel Shapiro                                               3,125
Jerome Braunstein                                            3,125
                                                           -------

                      Total Investor Warrants              106,250
                      -----------------------              =======



OFFICER WARRANTS
Alice F. Wein                                               21,666
Arthur Wein                                                 21,667

                     Total Officer Warrants (3)             43,333
                     --------------------------             ======



<PAGE>


                           [ALTERNATE PROSPECTUS PAGE]




                                                      Maximum Number Of
Selling Securityholders                               Shares To Be Sold
- -----------------------                               -----------------
Outstanding Shares
- ------------------
Gregory Lavin                                                2,500
Leslie Seiff                                                 2,500
Bruce Seiff                                                  2,500
Stanley Simon                                                2,000
Sylvia Bageac                                                2,000
William F. Yetman                                            1,000
Dr. Michael Smart                                            5,000
Barbara Bean Hemmer                                          4,000
Regent Capital Group                                        10,000
Aaron Lehman                                                18,000
Goldman, Zolotorofe & Corcoran P.C.                         20,000
                                                            ------
                            Total Shares                    69,500
                                                            ======


- -------------------------

(1)        Consists of Units issuable upon the exercise of the Placement Agent's
           Warrant.  Does not include 250,000 shares of Common Stock included in
           the Units (and  issuable  upon the  exercise  of the Class A Warrants
           contained  in  such  Units)   issuable   upon  the  exercise  of  the
           Representative's  Unit Purchase Option to be issued to Renaissance in
           connection with the Offering,  which option is not exercisable  until
           one year after the date of this  Prospectus.  See "Concurrent  Public
           Offering."

(2)        Consists of shares  issuable upon the exercise of the July  Placement
           Warrant and upon the exercise July 1996  Warrants  issuable upon such
           exercise of the July Placement Warrant.

(3)        Does not include shares issuable upon the exercise of 100,000 Officer
           Warrants  held by David E.Y.  Sarna and George J.  Febish,  executive
           officers of the Company,  which shares have not been  registered  for
           resale.  See  "Description  of Securities - Outstanding  Warrants and
           Options - Officer/Stockholder Warrants; 1996 Stock Option Plan."


                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

           The sale of the  Selling  Securityholder  Securities  by the  Selling
Securityholders  may be effected  from time to time in  transactions  (which may
include block transactions by or for the amount of the Selling  Securityholders)
in the  over-the-counter  market  or in  negotiated  transactions,  through  the
writing of options on the  securities,  a combination of such methods of sale or
otherwise.  Sales may be made at fixed  prices  which may be changed,  at market
prices prevailing at the time of sale or at negotiated prices.



<PAGE>


                           [ALTERNATE PROSPECTUS PAGE]


           The Selling  Securityholders  may effect such transactions by selling
their securities directly to purchasers, through broker-dealers acting as agents
for the Selling  Securityholders or to broker-dealers who may purchase shares as
principals  and  thereafter  sell  the  securities  from  time  to  time  in the
over-the-counter   market  in  negotiated   transactions   or  otherwise.   Such
broker-dealers,  if any,  may  receive  compensation  in the form of  discounts,
concessions or commissions  from the Selling  Securityholders  or the purchasers
for whom  such  broker-dealers  may act as  agents  or to whom  they may sell as
principals or otherwise (which compensation as to a particular broker-dealer may
exceed customary commissions).

           Each Selling Securityholder,  other than Renaissance,  has agreed not
to sell,  transfer or  otherwise  dispose  publicly  the Selling  Securityholder
Securities for a period of 12 months (or nine months, in the case of the holders
of the Investor  Warrants) after the date of this  Prospectus  without the prior
written consent of Renaissance in its capacity as representative.

           Under applicable rules and regulations under the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934  ("Exchange  Act"),  any person engaged in the  distribution  of the
Selling  Securityholder  Warrants may not simultaneously engage in market making
activities  with respect to any  securities of the Company during the applicable
"cooling-off"  period (at least two, and possibly nine,  business days) prior to
the commencement of such distribution. Accordingly, in the event the Renaissance
is engaged in a distribution of Selling Securityholder  Securities,  it will not
be able to make a market  in the  Company's  securities  during  the  applicable
restrictive period. In addition,  each Selling  Securityholder  desiring to sell
Selling  Securityholder  Securities will be subject to the applicable provisions
of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder,  including without
limitation,  Rules 10b-6 and 10b-7, which provisions may limit the timing of the
purchases  and sales of  shares  of the  Company's  securities  by such  Selling
Securityholders.

           The Selling  Securityholders  and  broker-dealers,  if any, acting in
connection with such sale might be deemed to be underwriters  within the meaning
of Section 2(11) of the Securities  Act and any commission  received by them and
any profit on the resale of the  securities  might be deemed to be  underwriting
discounts and commissions under the Securities Act.


                           CONCURRENT PUBLIC OFFERING

           On the date of this Prospectus, a Registration Statement was declared
effective under the Securities Act with respect to an  underwritten  offering by
the Company of 1,250,000 Units by the Company and up to 187,500 additional Units
to cover over-allotments, if any. The initial offering price of the Units in the
Offering was $____,  and such Units were identical to the Units being offered by
certain Selling Securityholders pursuant to this Prospectus.

           Renaissance, a Selling Securityholder, acted as Representative of the
Underwriters of the Offering and, in connection therewith, was granted an option
(the "Representative's Unit Purchase Option") to purchase up to 125,000 Units at
an  exercise  price equal to 120% of the initial  public  offering  price of the
Units sold in the Offering.




<PAGE>

====================================      ======================================

NO   PERSON   IS    AUTHORIZED    IN
CONNECTION  WITH ANY  OFFERING  MADE                                           
HEREBY TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO                                           
MAKE    ANY    REPRESENTATION    NOT                     OBJECTSOFT            
CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS,  AND,                     CORPORATION           
IF GIVEN OR MADE,  SUCH  INFORMATION                                           
OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED                                           
UPON AS HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY                                           
THE  COMPANY OR BY THE  UNDERWRITER.                                           
THIS  PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE                 412,500 UNITS
AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION              EACH UNIT CONSISTING OF      
OF AN  OFFER  TO  BUY  ANY  SECURITY             ONE SHARE OF COMMON STOCK     
OTHER THAN THE UNITS OFFERED BY THIS                 AND ONE REDEEMABLE        
PROSPECTUS,  NOR DOES IT  CONSTITUTE                  CLASS A WARRANT          
AN OFFER  TO SELL OR A  SOLICITATION                                           
OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE  UNITS                342,500 SHARES OF
OFFERED  BY THIS  PROSPECTUS  TO ANY                   COMMON STOCK
PERSON TO WHOM,  OR BY ANY PERSON IN                
ANY  JURISDICTION  IN  WHICH  IT  IS                377,087 SHARES OF
UNLAWFUL   TO  MAKE  SUCH  OFFER  OR              COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE
SOLICITATION.  NEITHER THE  DELIVERY            UPON EXERCISE OF WARRANTS
OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS  NOR  ANY  SALE                                           
HEREUNDER     SHALL     UNDER    ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE ANY IMPLICATION                                           
THAT INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS                      [LOGO]               
CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO                                           
THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS.                                                   
                                                                               
      ---------------------                                                    
        TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                      
                                PAGE                                           
                                                       
Prospectus Summary................                 ------------------------
Risk Factors......................                                              
Use of Proceeds...................                        PROSPECTUS            
Dividend Policy...................                                              
Capitalization....................                 ------------------------     
Dilution..........................                                              
Selected Financial Data...........                                              
Management's Discussion and                                                     
 Analysis of Financial                                                          
 Condition and Results of                                                       
 Operations.......................                                              
Glossary..........................              
Business..........................              
Management........................                                              
Principal Stockholders............                                              
Certain Transactions..............                   ______________, 1996       
Description of Securities.........                                              
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...         
Selling Securityholders........... 
Plan of Distribution..............
Concurrent Public Offering........
Legal Matters.....................
Experts...........................
Additional Information............
Index to Financial Statements.....

====================================      ======================================


<PAGE>



                                     PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


ITEM 24.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

           Section 145 of the General  Corporation  Law of the State of Delaware
(the "DGCL") provides, in general, that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any
person  who  was or is a  party  or is  threatened  to be  made a  party  to any
threatened,  pending or  completed  action,  suit or  proceeding  (other  than a
derivative  action by or in the right of the corporation ) by reason of the fact
that  such  person  is or was a  director,  officer,  employee  or  agent of the
corporation,  or is or was  serving  at the  request  of  the  corporation  as a
director,  officer,  employee or agent of another  enterprise,  against expenses
(including  attorneys'  fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably  incurred by such person in connection with such action,
suit or  proceeding  if such  person  acted in good  faith and in a manner  such
person reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation,  and,  with respect to any criminal  action or  proceeding,  had no
reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful. In the case of a
derivative action, a Delaware  corporation may indemnify any such person against
expenses  (including  attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably  incurred by such
person in  connection  with the defense or  settlement of such action or suit if
such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably  believed
to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no
indemnification  shall be made in respect  of any  claim,  issue or matter as to
which such person shall have been  adjudicated  to be liable to the  corporation
unless  and only to the  extent  that  the  Court of  Chancery  of the  State of
Delaware  or any other  court in which such  action is brought  determines  such
person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses. Article
Ninth of the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  Article ___ of the
Company's  Amended and Restated  Bylaws provide that the Company shall indemnify
all persons whom the Company shall have power to indemnify under such Section to
the fullest extent permitted by such Section. In addition, Article Eighth of the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides, in general, that no director of
the Company shall be personally  liable to the Company or its  stockholders  for
monetary  damages  for  breach  of  fiduciary  duty as a  director,  except  for
liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or
its stockholders,  (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of
the DGCL (which  provides that,  under certain  circumstances,  directors may be
jointly and  severally  liable for willful or negligent  violations  of the DGCL
provisions   regarding  the  payment  of  dividends  or  stock   repurchases  or
redemptions),  or (iv) for any  transaction  from which the director  derived an
improper personal benefit.

           Section 5 of the  Underwriting  Agreement  (Exhibit 1.1) provides for
indemnification by the underwriter of directors, officers and controlling person
of the Company for certain liabilities,  including certain liabilities under the
Securities Act of 1933, under certain circumstances.

ITEM 25.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

           The expenses of the offering,  other than underwriting  discounts and
commissions, are as follows:

           Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.....  $   12,761
           NASD filing fee.........................................       4,201
           NASDAQ entry fees.......................................       7,875
           Legal fees and expenses*................................     150,000
           Accounting fees and expenses*...........................      75,000


                                     II - 1

<PAGE>



           Transfer agent fees*....................................       3,000
           Blue sky fees and expenses (including counsel fees)*....      40,000
           Printing and engraving expenses*........................     100,000
           Miscellaneous*..........................................     232,164
                                                                       --------

                Total..............................................    $625,000
                                                                       ========
- --------------------

*  Estimated


ITEM 26.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

           The  following  sets forth  certain  information  regarding  sales of
securities  of the Company  issued  within the past three years,  which were not
registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act").

           Pursuant  to a  private  placement  of  securities  effected  between
September  1992 and November  1993 (the "1992 Private  Placement"),  the Company
sold 17 units  ("Units") to 19  investors,  each of whom  subscribed to purchase
such Units,  at a price of $25,000 per Unit,  each Unit consisting of (i) 12,500
shares of Common Stock, (ii) 12,500 shares of Preferred Stock and (ii) a warrant
to purchase 6,250 shares of Common Stock. The securities were issued in reliance
on the exemption  from  registration  provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act.

           On October 4, 1993, the Company issued 222,500 shares of Common Stock
to Cyndel & Co., Inc. for an aggregate of $10,000. The securities were issued in
reliance on the  exemption  from  registration  provided by Section  4(2) of the
Securities Act.

           On April 15, 1993, the Company issued to David E. Y. Sarna, Chairman,
Co-Executive Officer and Secretary of the Company, George J. Febish,  President,
Co-Executive  Officer and  Treasurer  and Arthur Wein,  a former  officer of the
Company,  warrants to purchase 50,000, 50,000 and 43,333 shares of Common Stock,
respectively,  in  consideration  of forgone salary in 1992. In consideration of
their waiver of the  registration  rights with respect to the Offering and their
agreement to enter into an 18 month lock-up  agreement with the  Representative,
the expiration date of the Officer Warrants held by Messrs. Sarna and Febish was
extended  to April 30,  2000.  The  securities  were  issued in  reliance on the
exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

           On  August  22,  1995  the  Company  granted  Benjamin  Borneman,   a
consultant  to the  Company,  the right to exchange  his right to cash  payments
under his retainer  agreement  for an option to acquire up to 100,000  shares of
Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share and up to 240,000 shares of
Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.00 per share.  On September 15, 1995 Mr.
Borneman  exercised his right to receive the option for 100,000 shares of Common
Stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share expiring on the fifth  anniversary
of the date of grant. This option is immediately  exercisable;  however,  in May
1996,  the option was canceled as to 50,000  shares in  consideration  of a cash
payment of $5,000.  Mr. Borneman's right to acquire an option for 240,000 shares
of Common  Stock  expired on December 31, 1995.  The  securities  were issued in
reliance on the  exemption  from  registration  provided by Section  4(2) of the
Securities Act.



                                     II - 2

<PAGE>



           On December 29, 1995,  the Company issued to Cyndel & Co., Inc. 1,250
shares  of  Preferred  Stock  to be  designated  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  in
consideration of $100,000 in cash and a promissory note in the amount of $25,000
due on January 30, 1996. The securities were issued in reliance on the exemption
from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

           On December  28,  1995,  the Company  issued to Aaron  Lehman  18,000
shares of Common Stock in consideration of $18,000 in cash. No sales commissions
were paid in  connection  with such  offerings.  The  securities  were issued in
reliance on the  exemption  from  registration  provided by Section  4(2) of the
Securities Act.

           During the period  April  through  June 1996,  the Company  sold 12.5
Bridge Units to accredited investors,  each Bridge Unit consisting of a $100,000
7% Note (the "Bridge  Notes") and warrants to purchase  30,000  shares of Common
Stock or such other  securities  as might be offering in the  Company's  initial
public offering. Assuming the Offering is completed, the Bridge Warrants will be
exercisable to purchase Units identical to the Units offered hereby. Interest on
the Bridge Notes is payable semi-annually  commencing December 31, 1996, and the
Bridge Notes will mature and be payable in full within fourteen (14) days of the
date of closing of the Offering or September 30, 1997, whichever is earlier. The
Bridge  Warrants are  exercisable  at a price equal to 70% of the offering price
for securities  offered in an initial public offering.  Each Unit Warrant is for
the  purchase  either (i) if the Company  completes an initial  public  offering
("IPO") on or before  September  30,  1997,  30,000  shares of Common Stock (the
"Shares") or other securities at 70% of the per share or other security price in
the IPO exercisable for a period of three (3) years (the "IPO  Securities"),  or
(ii) if the Company  does not complete an IPO on or before  September  30, 1997,
30,000 shares of Common Stock, exercisable until September 30, 1999 at $3.50 per
share.  The term of the Bridge Warrants if exercisable into IPO securities shall
be extended for an additional  period,  up to one (1) year,  equal to the period
that lapses  between  September 30, 1996 and the  consummation  of the Company's
initial  public  offering on or before  September  30, 1997.  If the Offering is
completed  prior to September 30, 1997, the Bridge  Warrants will be exercisable
to  purchase  30,000  Units at $____ per Unit.  In  connection  with Bridge Loan
Offering,  the Company sold to the Representative,  in its capacity as Placement
Agent of such offering,  a warrant (the "Placement Agent's Warrant") to purchase
a number of Units equal to 10% of Units issuable upon the exercise of the Bridge
Warrants  contained in the Bridge  Units.  The exercise  price of the  Placement
Agent's  Warrant  is either  (i) in the event an IPO is  completed  on or before
September  30, 1997,  91% of the per IPO  Security  offering  price  exercisable
commencing on or after the  consummation  of a public offering and ending on the
fifth  anniversary  thereof or (ii) in the event an IPO is not  completed  on or
before September 30, 1997,  $4.55,  exercisable for five (5) years from the date
of issuance. Assuming the Offering is completed prior to September 30, 1997, the
Placement  Agent's Warrant will be exercisable at a price of $____ per Unit. The
securities were issued in reliance on the exemptions from registration  provided
by Regulation D  promulgated  under the  Securities  Act and Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act.

           In July and August  1996,  the Company  sold an  aggregate of 273,001
units (the "July 1996 Units") for an  aggregate  of $955,504,  or $3.50 per July
1996 Unit.  Each July 1996 Unit  consisting  of one share of Common  Stock and a
warrant (the "July 1996  Warrants") to purchase  two-thirds  (2/3) of a share of
Common  Stock at an exercise  price of $3.00 per 2/3 share (or $4.50 per share).
The July 1996 Warrants are exercisable until the later of July 30, 1999 or three
years after the date of this  Prospectus  (but in no event later than  September
30, 2000.  In  connection  with the sale of the July 1996 Units,  the  placement
agent for such sale, Win Capital Corporation , was granted a warrant to purchase
27,300  July 1996  Units at an  exercise  price of $4.50 per July 1996 Unit (the
"July  Placement  Warrant").  The  securities  were  issued in  reliance  on the
exemptions  from  registration  provided by Regulation D  promulgated  under the
Securities Act and Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.


                                     II - 3

<PAGE>



           In July  1996,  the  Company  redeemed  the 1,250  shares of Series B
Preferred Stock held by Cyndel & Co., Inc. and in connection  therewith,  issued
to Cyndel  warrants  exercisable for a period of three years, to purchase 20,000
shares of Common Stock at an exercise  price of $7.00 per share.  The securities
were issued in reliance on the exemption from  registration  provided by Section
4(2) of the Securities Act.

           On May 7, 1996,  the  Company  issued a warrant to Morton  Getman,  a
consultant  to the  Company,  for 10,000  shares of Common  Stock.  The warrants
granted to Mr. Getman vest at the rate of 1,000 per month and are exercisable at
a price of $1.00 per share.

           Other than as  described  above,  during the three years  immediately
preceding  the date  hereof,  no sales by the  Company  of its  securities  were
consummated.


ITEM 27.  EXHIBITS.

           The  following  exhibits  are  filed  as part  of  this  registration
statement:


Exhibit Number                   Description
- --------------                   -----------

1.1               Form of Underwriting Agreement.

2.1               Certificate of Ownership and Merger of ObjectSoft  Corporation
                  (a New Jersey corporation) into the Company.

2.2               Plan  of  Merger  of  ObjectSoft  Corporation  (a  New  Jersey
                  corporation) into the Company.

3.1(a)            Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.

3.1(b)            Form of  Amendment  to  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the
                  Company to be filed preceding the closing of the Offering

3.2(a)            By-laws of the Company.

3.2(b)            Form of Amendment to Bylaws of the Company to become effective
                  upon closing of the Offering.*

4.1               Form of Representative's Unit Purchase Option agreement*

4.2               Specimen Certificate of the Company's Common Stock*

4.3               Form of Class A Warrant Agreement

5.1               Opinion  of Parker  Chapin  Flattau  &  Klimpl,  LLP as to the
                  legality of securities being registered*

10.1              Employment  Agreement  dated as of July 1,  1996  between  the
                  Company and David E.Y. Sarna.*

10.2              Employment  Agreement  dated as of July 1,  1996  between  the
                  Company and George J. Febish.*

10.3              1996 Stock Option Plan.

10.4              Form of Bridge Loan Promissory Note.

10.5              Form of Bridge Loan Warrant.

10.6              Form of Warrant Agreement with placement agent for Bridge Loan
                  Offering.

10.7              Form of Subscription  Agreement and Investment  Representation
                  of  Investor  with  each of the  investors  in the  July  1996
                  Offering.

10.8              Form of July 1996 Warrant Agreement.


                                     II - 4

<PAGE>



10.9              Form of Warrant  Agreement with placement  agent for July 1996
                  Offering.

10.10             Agreement,  dated January 11, 1996, as amended,  with the City
                  of  New  York   (Department  of  Information   Technology  and
                  Telecommunications).

10.11             Cooperation  Agreement  with  Microsoft   Corporation,   dated
                  November 7, 1995.*

10.12             Agreement with ACORD Corporation dated July 5,1995.*

10.13             Form of Investor Warrant.*

10.14             Form of Officer Warrant*

23.1              Consent of Richard A. Eisner & Company, LLP.

23.2              Consent of Parker  Chapin  Flattau & Klimpl,  LLP (included in
                  the their opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1).*

24.1              Power of Attorney (see page II-7).

- ------------------

*  To be filed by amendment.


ITEM 28.  UNDERTAKINGS.

           The Company  hereby  undertakes to provide to the  underwriter at the
closing   specified  in  the   Underwriting   Agreement   certificates  in  such
denominations  and  registered in such names as required by the  underwriter  to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

           The Company hereby undertakes that it will:

           (1) For  determining  any liability  under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Act"),  treat the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as
part of this registration  statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in
a form of prospectus  filed by the Company  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
497(h) under the Act as part of this  registration  statement as of the time the
Commission declared it effective;

           (2)  For   determining  any  liability  under  the  Act,  treat  each
post-effective   amendment   that  contains  a  form  of  prospectus  as  a  new
registration statement for the securities offered in the registration statement,
and the  offering  of such  securities  at that  time as the  initial  bona fide
offering of those securities.

           Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Act may
be  permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the Company
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Company has been advised
that  in  the  opinion  of  the   Securities   and  Exchange   Commission   such
indemnification  is  against  public  policy  as  expressed  in the  Act and is,
therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities  (other than the payment by the Company of expenses incurred or
paid by a  director,  officer  or  controlling  persons  of the  Company  in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director, officer or controlling persons in connection with the securities being
registered,  the Company  will,  unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

           The Company hereby undertakes:


                                     II - 5

<PAGE>



           (1) To file,  during  any  period in which  offers or sales are being
made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement;

           (i) To include any  prospectus  required  by Section  10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933;

           (ii) To reflect in the  prospectus  any facts or events arising after
the  date of the  registration  statement  (or the  most  recent  post-effective
amendment  thereof)  which,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  represent  a
fundamental  change in the information set forth in the registration  statement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  any increase or decrease in volume of securities
offered (if the total dollar value of  securities  offered would not exceed that
which  was  registered)  and any  deviation  from  the  low or  high  and of the
estimated  maximum  offering  range may be reflected  in the form of  prospectus
filed with the  Commission  pursuant  to Rule 424(b) if, in the  aggregate,  the
changes in volume  and price  represent  no more than 20  percent  change in the
maximum  aggregate  offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration
Fee" table in the effective registration statement.

           (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
distribution  not  previously  disclosed  in the  registration  statement or any
material change to such information in the registration statement;

           (2) That,  for the purpose of  determining  any  liability  under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be
a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

           (3)  To  remove  from  registration  by  means  of  a  post-effective
amendment  any of the  securities  being  registered  which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.



                                     II - 6

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES


           In accordance  with the  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1933,
the Company  certifies that it has  reasonable  grounds to believe that it meets
all of the requirements of filing on Form SB-2 and authorized this  registration
statement  to be signed on its  behalf  by the  undersigned,  in the City of New
York, State of New York, on August 19, 1996.

                                              OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION


                                              By: /s/ David E. Y. Sarna
                                                  -------------------------
                                                  David E. Y. Sarna, Chairman

           In accordance  with the  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1933,
this  registration  statement  was  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

           Know  all  men by  these  presents,  that  each  of  the  undersigned
constitutes  and appoints  David E. Y. Sarna and George J.  Febish,  and each of
them, as his true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  with full power of
substitution,  for  him,  and in his  name,  place  and  stead,  in any  and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments,
to this  registration  statement or any registration  statement  relating to the
offering to which this  registration  statement  relates that is effective  upon
filing  pursuant  to Rule  462(b)  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933  and any
post-effective  amendments  thereto,  and to file the  same,  with all  exhibits
thereto and other  documents in connection  therewith,  with the  Securities and
Exchange Commission,  granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each
of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and  necessary to be done in and about the  premises,  as fully to all
intents and  purposes as he might or could do in person,  hereby  ratifying  and
confirming  all that said  attorneys-in-fact  and  agents,  or either of them or
their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

<TABLE>
     Signature                             Title                                      Date
     ---------                             -----                                      ----


<S>                                                                             <C> 
/s/ David E. Y. Sarna         Chairman of the Board Of Directors and            August 19, 1996
- ---------------------------   Secretary (Co-Principal Executive Officer
David E. Y. Sarna             and Principal Financial Officer)
                                  


/s/ George J. Febish          President, Treasurer And Director (Co-            August 19, 1996
- ---------------------------   Principal Executive Officer And Principal
George J. Febish              Accounting Officer)
                                              


/s/ Daniel E. Ryan            Director                                          August 19, 1996
- ---------------------------
Daniel E. Ryan


/s/ Julius Goldfinger         Director                                          August 19, 1996
- ---------------------------
Julius Goldfinger

</TABLE>

                                     II - 7





                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                     ________________ Shares of Common Stock
                                       and

                  ________________ Redeemable Class A Warrants


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT


                                                              New York, New York
                                                              ____________, 1996


Renaissance Financial Corp.
200 Old Country Road - Suite 400
Mineola, NY  11501

Ladies and Gentlemen:

           The undersigned,  ObjectSoft Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"),  hereby confirms its agreement with Renaissance Financial Securities
Corporation (being referred to herein variously as "you" or the  "Underwriter"),
as follows:

1.         PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES.

           1.1       FIRM SECURITIES.

                      1.1.1  PURCHASE  OF FIRM  SECURITIES.  On the basis of the
representations  and warranties herein  contained,  but subject to the terms and
conditions  herein  set  forth,  the  Company  agrees  to issue  and sell to the
Underwriter _____________ shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.0001
per share  ("Common  Stock"),  at a purchase  price of $ _______ per share (or $
_______ per share net of commissions),  and _________________ Redeemable Class A
Warrants  ("Warrant(s)")  at a purchase  price of $ _____ per  Warrant (or $ per
Warrant net of commissions),  each Warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock
at an initial  exercise price of $7.80 per share  commencing on  _______________
(one year after the Effective Date (as defined  hereinafter))  and ending on the
five-year  anniversary  of the  Effective  Date (such shares of Common Stock and
Warrants being referred to herein as the "Firm Securities").

                      1.1.2 Payment and  Delivery.  Delivery and payment for the
Firm  Securities  shall  be made at 10:00  A.M.,  New York  time,  on the  third
business day following the day that trading commences for the Firm Securities or
at such earlier time as the Underwriter



<PAGE>



shall  determine,  or at  such  other  time  as  shall  be  agreed  upon  by the
Underwriter and the Company,  at the offices of the Underwriter or at such other
place as shall be agreed upon by the Underwriter  and the Company.  The hour and
date of delivery  and payment for the Firm  Securities  are called the  "Closing
Date." Payment for the Firm Securities  shall be made on the Closing Date at the
Underwriter's  election  by  certified  or bank  cashier's  check(s) in New York
Clearing  House funds,  payable to the order of the Company upon delivery to you
of  certificates  (in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to  the  Underwriter)
representing  the Firm Securities for the account of the  Underwriter.  The Firm
Securities  shall be  registered  in such name or names  and in such  authorized
denominations  as the  Underwriter  may  request  in  writing  at least two full
business days prior to the Closing Date. The Company will permit the Underwriter
to examine  and  package  the Firm  Securities  for  delivery  at least one full
business day prior to the Closing  Date.  The Company  shall not be obligated to
sell or  deliver  the Firm  Securities  except  upon  tender of  payment  by the
Underwriter for all the Firm Securities.

           1.2       OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION.

                      1.2.1 OPTION SECURITIES. For the purposes only of covering
any  over-allotments  in connection with the  distribution  and sale of the Firm
Securities,  the  Underwriter  is hereby  granted an option to purchase up to an
additional  _____________  shares  of  Common  Stock  and to  purchase  up to an
additional Warrants from the Company ("Over-allotment  Option"). Such additional
shares of Common Stock and Warrants are  hereinafter  referred to as the "Option
Securities."  The Firm Securities and the Option  Securities are,  together with
the shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of the Warrants,  hereinafter
referred to  collectively as the "Public  Securities."  The purchase price to be
paid for the Option Securities will be the same price per Option Security as the
price per Firm Security set forth in Section 1.1.1 hereof.

                      1.2.2  EXERCISE  OF  OPTION.  The  Over-allotment   Option
granted  pursuant to Section 1.2.1 hereof may be exercised by the Underwriter as
to all or any part of the  Option  Securities  at any  time,  from time to time,
within  forty-five days after the effective date of the  Registration  Statement
("Effective Date"). The Underwriter will not be under any obligation to purchase
any Option Securities prior to the exercise of the  Over-allotment  Option.  The
Over-allotment  Option  granted  hereby may be  exercised  by the giving of oral
notice to the Company from the Underwriter,  which must be confirmed by a letter
or  telecopy  setting  forth  the  number  and type of Option  Securities  to be
purchased,  the date  and  time  for  delivery  of and  payment  for the  Option
Securities and stating that





                                       -2-

<PAGE>



the Option Securities referred to therein are to be used only for the purpose of
covering  over-allotments  in connection with the  distribution  and sale of the
Firm  Securities.  If such notice is given at least two full business days prior
to the Closing  Date,  the date set forth  therein for such delivery and payment
will be the Closing Date. If such notice is given thereafter, the date set forth
therein  for such  delivery  and  payment  will not be  earlier  than  five full
business days after the date of the notice. If such delivery and payment for the
Option  Securities  does not occur on the Closing Date, the date and time of the
closing  for  such  Option  Securities  will  be as  set  forth  in  the  notice
(hereinafter  the "Option  Closing Date").  Upon exercise of the  Over-allotment
Option,  the Company will become  obligated to convey to the  Underwriter,  and,
subject to the terms and  conditions  set forth  herein,  the  Underwriter  will
become obligated to purchase,  the number of Option Securities specified in such
notice.

                      1.2.3  PAYMENT  AND  DELIVERY.   Payment  for  the  Option
Securities will be at the Underwriter's  election by certified or bank cashier's
check(s) in New York Clearing  House funds,  payable to the order of the Company
at the offices of the Underwriter or at such other place as shall be agreed upon
by the  Underwriter  and  the  Company  upon  delivery  to  you of  certificates
representing   such  securities  for  the  account  of  the   Underwriter.   The
certificates  representing the Option Securities to be delivered will be in such
denominations and registered in such names as the Underwriter  requests not less
than two full  business  days prior to the  Closing  Date or the Option  Closing
Date,  as the case may be, and will be made  available  to the  Underwriter  for
inspection,  checking and  packaging at the  aforesaid  office of the  Company's
transfer  agent or  correspondent  not less than one full  business day prior to
such Closing Date.

           1.3        UNDERWRITER'S PURCHASE OPTIONS.

                      1.3.1 PURCHASE OPTION.  The Company hereby agrees to issue
and sell to the  Underwriter  (and/or its  designees)  on the Closing  Date,  in
exchange for a check in the amount of $100, an option  ("Underwriter's  Purchase
Option")  at an  initial  exercise  price of $  _______  per  share and up to an
aggregate of Warrants ("Underwriter's Warrants") at an initial exercise price of
$ per Underwriter's  Warrant.  The Underwriter's  Purchase Option is exercisable
for a four-year period  commencing on the one-year  anniversary of the Effective
Date.  The  Underwriter's   Purchase  Option,  the  Underwriter's   Shares,  the
Underwriter's  Warrants and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
the  Underwriter's  Warrants are  hereinafter  referred to  collectively  as the
"Underwriter's Securities." The Public Securities and the





                                       -3-

<PAGE>



Underwriter's  Securities  are  hereinafter  referred  to  collectively  as  the
"Securities."

                      1.3.2 PAYMENT AND  DELIVERY.  Delivery and Payment for the
Underwriter's Purchase Options in the names and denominations  designated by the
Underwriter shall be made on the Closing Date.

2.  REPRESENTATIONS  AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.  The Company  represents and
warrants to the Underwriter as follows:

           2.1        FILING OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

                      2.1.1  PURSUANT TO THE ACT. The Company has filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission  ("Commission") a registration  statement and
an amendment or amendments thereto, on Form SB-2 (Reg. No.__________), including
any  related  preliminary  prospectus   ("Preliminary   Prospectus"),   for  the
registration  of the Public  Securities  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended ("Act"),  which registration  statement and amendment or amendments have
been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and
the rules  and  regulations  ("Regulations")  of the  Commission  under the Act.
Except as the context may otherwise  require,  such registration  statement,  as
amended,  on file with the  Commission  at the time the  registration  statement
becomes effective (including the prospectus,  financial  statements,  schedules,
exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein
and all  information  deemed to be a part  thereof as of such time  pursuant  to
paragraph  (b) of Rule  430A of the  Regulations),  is  hereinafter  called  the
"Registration  Statement,"  and  the  form of the  final  prospectus  dated  the
Effective Date (or, if applicable,  the form of final  prospectus filed with the
Commission  pursuant to Rule 424 of the Regulations),  is hereinafter called the
"Prospectus."  The  Registration  Statement  will be declared  effective  by the
Commission on the date hereof.

                      2.1.2  PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE ACT. The Company has filed
with   the   Commission   a   registration   statement   on   Form   8-A   (File
No.___-___________) providing for the registration under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934,  as  amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  of the  Public  Securities.  Such
registration  of  the  Public  Securities  will  be  declared  effective  by the
Commission on the date hereof.

           2.2 NO STOP ORDERS, ETC. Neither the Commission nor, to the Company's
knowledge,  any state  regulatory  authority has issued any order  preventing or
suspending  the use of any  Preliminary  Prospectus or has instituted or, to the
Company's  knowledge,  threatened to institute any  proceedings  with respect to
such an order.



                                       -4-

<PAGE>



           2.3   DISCLOSURES  IN  REGISTRATION   STATEMENT.   At  the  time  the
Registration  Statement became effective and at all times subsequent  thereto up
to the Closing Date:

                      2.3.1    SECURITIES   ACT    REPRESENTATION    AND   10B-5
REPRESENTATION: The Registration Statement and the Prospectus will contain, with
respect to the Company and the persons listed on Schedule 2.3.1 attached hereto,
all material  statements  which are required to be stated  therein in accordance
with the Act and the Regulations,  and will in all material  respects conform to
the  requirements  of the Act  and the  Regulations.  Neither  the  Registration
Statement,  nor any amendment or  supplement  thereto,  on the  Effective  Date,
contained  any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or  omitted to state any
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not  misleading  and that on the Closing Date,  the  Prospectus  and any
amendment  or  supplement  thereto  will not contain any untrue  statement  of a
material fact or omit to state any material fact  necessary in order to make the
statements  therein,  in light of the circumstances  under which they were made,
not  misleading.  When any  Preliminary  Prospectus  was  first  filed  with the
Commission  (whether  filed  as  part  of the  Registration  Statement  for  the
registration  of the  Securities  or any  amendment  thereto or pursuant to Rule
424(a) of the Regulations) and when any amendment thereof or supplement  thereto
was  first  filed  with the  Commission,  such  Preliminary  Prospectus  and any
amendments  thereof and supplements  thereto,  at the time such filing was made,
complied in all material respects with the applicable  provisions of the Act and
the Regulations. The representation and warranty made in this Section 2.3.1 does
not apply to  statements  made or  statements  omitted in  reliance  upon and in
conformity with written information  furnished to the Company by the Underwriter
expressly for use in the  Registration  Statement or Prospectus or any amendment
thereof or supplement thereto ("Underwriter's Information").

                      2.3.2  DISCLOSURE OF  CONTRACTS.  The  description  in the
Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus of contracts and other  documents is
accurate and presents fairly the information  required to be disclosed and there
are no contracts or other documents required to be described in the Registration
Statement or the  Prospectus  or to be filed with the  Commission as exhibits to
the  Registration  Statement  which have not been so  described  or filed.  Each
contract or other instrument  (however  characterized or described) to which the
Company is a party or by which its  property  or  business is or may be bound or
affected and (i) which is referred to in the Prospectus,  or (ii) is material to
the business of the Company has been duly and validly executed, is in full force
and effect in all material  respects and is enforceable  in accordance  with its
terms, and none of such contracts or





                                       -5-

<PAGE>



instruments has been assigned by the Company and the Company, to the best of its
knowledge,  is not in default  thereunder  and, to the Company's  knowledge,  no
event has  occurred  which,  with the lapse of time or the giving of notice,  or
both, would constitute a default  thereunder  (except as otherwise  disclosed in
the  Prospectus).   None  of  the  material  provisions  of  such  contracts  or
instruments  violates or will result in a violation of any  existing  applicable
law, rule, regulation,  judgment,  order or decree of any governmental agency or
court having  jurisdiction  over the Company,  or any of its respective  assets,
including,   without  limitation,  those  relating  to  environmental  laws  and
regulations.

                      2.3.3 PRIOR SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS.  No securities of the
Company  have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit
of, any person or persons  controlling,  controlled  by, or under common control
with the  Company  within the three years  prior to the date  hereof,  except as
disclosed in the Registration Statement.

           2.4        CHANGES AFTER DATES IN REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

                      2.4.1  NO  MATERIAL  ADVERSE  CHANGE.   At  the  time  the
Registration Statement becomes effective and at all times subsequent thereto, up
to the Closing Date, since the respective dates as of which information is given
in  the  Registration   Statement  and  the  Prospectus,   except  as  otherwise
specifically  stated therein,  (i) there has been no material  adverse change in
the condition,  financial or otherwise, or in the results of operation, business
or business prospects of the Company ("Material Adverse Change"), including, but
not limited to, a material  loss or  interference  with its business  from fire,
storm, explosion,  flood or other casualty, whether or not covered by insurance,
or from any labor  dispute  or court or  governmental  action,  order or decree,
whether or not arising in the ordinary  course of business,  and (ii) there have
been no  transactions  entered  into by the  Company,  other  than  those in the
ordinary  course of business,  which are material with respect to the condition,
financial or otherwise,  or the results of its operations,  business or business
prospects.

                      2.4.2 RECENT SECURITIES  TRANSACTIONS,  ETC. Subsequent to
the respective dates as of which information given in the Registration Statement
and the  Prospectus,  and except as may  otherwise be indicated or  contemplated
herein or therein, the Company has not (i) issued any securities or incurred any
liability or obligation,  direct or  contingent,  for borrowed  money;  or (iii)
declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to
its capital stock.



                                       -6-

<PAGE>



           2.5 INDEPENDENT  ACCOUNTANTS.  Richard A. Eisner [LLP], whose reports
are  filed  with  the  Commission  as part of the  Registration  Statement,  are
independent accountants as required by the Act and the Regulations.

           2.6 FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.  The financial  statements,  including the
notes thereto and supporting  schedules  included in the Registration  Statement
and  Prospectus,  fairly  present  the  financial  position  and the  results of
operations  of the Company at the dates and for the periods to which they apply;
and such financial  statements  have been prepared in conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles,  consistently  applied  throughout the periods
involved;  and the supporting  schedules included in the Registration  Statement
present fairly the information required to be stated therein.

           2.7 AUTHORIZED CAPITAL;  OPTIONS; ETC. The Company had at the date or
dates  indicated  in the  Prospectus  duly  authorized,  issued and  outstanding
capitalization  as set forth in the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus.
Based  on  the  assumptions  stated  in  the  Registration   Statement  and  the
Prospectus,  the  Company  will  have on the  Closing  Date the  adjusted  stock
capitalization  set  forth  therein.  Except  as set  forth in the  Registration
Statement  and the  Prospectus,  on the  Effective  Date there  are,  and on the
Closing Date there will be, no options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or
otherwise  acquire any  authorized  but  unissued  shares of Common Stock of the
Company or any security  convertible into shares of Common Stock of the Company,
or any contracts or  commitments  to issue or sell shares of Common Stock or any
such options, warrants, rights or convertible securities.

           2.8        VALID ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES; ETC.

                      2.8.1 OUTSTANDING  SECURITIES.  All issued and outstanding
securities of the Company have been duly  authorized  and validly issued and are
fully paid and non-assessable;  the holders thereof have no rights of rescission
with respect  thereto;  and none of such  securities were issued in violation of
the  preemptive  rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar
contractual rights granted by the Company.  The outstanding options and warrants
to purchase shares of Common Stock constitute the valid and binding  obligations
of the Company,  enforceable in accordance with their terms,  except (i) as such
enforceability  may be  limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization  or
similar laws affecting  creditors' rights  generally,  (ii) as enforceability of
any  indemnification  provision may be limited under federal and state laws, and
(iii) that the remedy of specific  performance and injunctive and other forms of
equitable relief may be subject to the equitable  defenses and to the discretion
of the court before





                                       -7-

<PAGE>



which any proceeding  therefor may be sought.  The  authorized  Common Stock and
outstanding  options and warrants to purchase  shares of Common Stock conform to
all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration  Statement and the
Prospectus.  The offers and sales of the outstanding  Common Stock,  options and
warrants to purchase  shares of Common Stock were at all  relevant  times either
registered  under the Act and registered or qualified under the applicable state
securities or Blue Sky Laws or exempt from such registration requirements.

                      2.8.2  SECURITIES  SOLD  PURSUANT TO THIS  AGREEMENT.  The
Securities  have been duly  authorized  and,  when issued and paid for,  will be
validly issued,  fully paid and non-assessable;  the Securities are not and will
not be subject to the  preemptive  rights of any holders of any  security of the
Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company;  and all corporate
actions  required to be taken for the  authorization,  issuance  and sale of the
Securities  have been duly and validly  taken.  When issued,  the  Underwriter's
Purchase  Option,  the  Underwriter's  Warrants and the Warrants will constitute
valid and binding  obligations  of the Company to issue and sell,  upon exercise
thereof and payment  therefor,  the number and type of securities of the Company
called for thereby and the  Underwriter's  Purchase  Options,  the Underwriter's
Warrants and the Warrants are enforceable against the Company in accordance with
their  respective  terms,  except (i) as such  enforceability  may be limited by
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization  or similar laws  affecting  creditors'
rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification provision may be
limited  under  federal  and state  laws,  and (iii) that the remedy of specific
performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to
the  equitable  defenses  and to the  discretion  of the court  before which any
proceeding therefor may be brought.

                      2.8.3 SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK. All outstanding  shares of
the Company's  Series A Preferred Stock will be redeemed at $1.00 per share plus
all accumulated  dividends accrued but unpaid on the consummation of the sale of
the Firm  Securities  and,  upon such  redemption,  such holders of the Series A
Preferred  Stock  shall  have no rights  with  respect to the  Company,  and the
Company shall have no obligations to such holders.

                      2.8.4 SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK. All outstanding  shares of
the Company's Series B Preferred Stock were redeemed by the Company in July 1996
and the prior  holders of the Series B  Preferred  Stock have no further  rights
with respect to the Company and the Company has no obligations to such holders.






                                       -8-

<PAGE>



           2.9 REGISTRATION RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES.  Except as set forth in the
Prospectus,  no holders of any  securities  of the  Company or of any options or
warrants of the Company  exercisable  for or  convertible or  exchangeable  into
securities  of the Company have the right to require the Company to register any
such  securities of the Company under the Act or to include any such  securities
in a registration statement to be filed by the Company.

           2.10 VALIDITY AND BINDING EFFECT OF AGREEMENTS.  This Agreement,  the
employment agreements with each of David E. Y. Sarna ("Sarna") and George Febish
("Febish") ("Employment Agreements"), the Underwriter's Purchase Options and the
Warrant Agreement (as hereinafter defined) have been duly and validly authorized
by the Company and constitute,  or when executed and delivered will  constitute,
the valid and binding  agreements of each of the Company,  Sarna and Febish,  as
the case may be,  enforceable  against  each of them in  accordance  with  their
respective  terms,   except  (i)  as  such  enforceability  may  be  limited  by
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization  or similar laws  affecting  creditors'
rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification provision may be
limited under the federal and state  securities  laws, and (iii) that the remedy
of specific  performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable  relief may
be subject to the equitable  defenses and to the  discretion of the court before
which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

           2.11 NO CONFLICTS,  ETC. The execution,  delivery, and performance by
the  Company  of  this  Agreement,  the  consummation  by  the  Company  of  the
transactions  herein  contemplated  and the  compliance  by the Company with the
terms  hereof do not and will not,  with or without  the giving of notice or the
lapse of time or both,  (i) result in a breach of, or  conflict  with any of the
terms  and  provisions  of, or  constitute  a  default  under,  or result in the
creation,  modification,  termination  or  imposition  of any  lien,  charge  or
encumbrance  upon any of its  property  or assets  pursuant  to the terms of any
indenture,  mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement or any other
agreement or  instrument  evidencing an obligation  for borrowed  money,  or any
other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it may be bound
or to which  any of its  property  or  assets  is  subject;  (ii)  result in any
violation of the  provisions of its  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or By-Laws;
(iii) violate any existing applicable law, rule, regulation,  judgment, order or
decree  of any  governmental  agency  or  court,  domestic  or  foreign,  having
jurisdiction over it or its operations or any of its properties or business;  or
(iv)  have a  material  adverse  effect  on any  permit,  license,  certificate,
registration,  approval,  consent,  license or  franchise  concerning  it or its
operations;  except in the case of (i) or (iii),  where  such  default,  breach,
violation or effect, either singly or in the





                                       -9-

<PAGE>



aggregate,  would not have a material adverse effect on its financial  condition
or results of operations.

           2.12 NO DEFAULTS;  VIOLATIONS. Except as described in the Prospectus,
no default exists in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or
condition of any material license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust,
note, loan or credit agreement,  or any other agreement or instrument evidencing
an obligation for borrowed money, or any other material  agreement or instrument
to which the Company, or any of its subsidiaries, if any, is a party or by which
the  Company  may be bound or to which  any of the  properties  or assets of the
Company is  subject,  except in each case where  such  default  would not have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  condition  or results of
operations.  Neither  the  Company  nor any of its  subsidiaries,  if any, is in
violation of any term or provision of its Certificate  Incorporation  or By-Laws
or in  violation  of any  franchise,  license,  permit,  applicable  law,  rule,
regulation,  judgment or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or
foreign, having jurisdiction over it or its operations,  properties or business,
except as described in the Prospectus and except where such violation would have
a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations.

           2.13       CORPORATE POWER; LICENSES; CONSENTS.

                      2.13.1 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.  The Company has all requisite
corporate power and authority, and has all necessary authorizations,  approvals,
orders,  licenses,  certificates  and  permits  of  and  from  all  governmental
regulatory  officials and bodies to own or lease its  properties and conduct its
business as described in the  Prospectus,  and is and has been doing business in
compliance with all such material authorizations,  approvals,  orders, licenses,
certificates  and  permits  and all  federal,  state and local  laws,  rules and
regulations.

                      2.13.2 TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREIN. The Company has
all corporate  power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out
the  provisions  and  conditions  hereof,  and  all  consents,   authorizations,
approvals and orders  required in connection  therewith have been  obtained.  No
consent,  authorization  or order of, and no filing with, any court,  government
agency or other body is required  for the valid  issuance,  sale and delivery of
the  Securities  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  the  Warrant  Agreement  and the
Underwriter's  Purchase Options,  and as contemplated by the Prospectus,  except
with respect to applicable federal and state securities laws.






                                      -10-

<PAGE>



           2.14  TITLE  TO  PROPERTY;   INSURANCE.  The  Company  has  good  and
marketable title to, or valid and enforceable leasehold estates in, all items of
real and personal property  (tangible and intangible) owned or lease by it, free
and clear of all liens,  encumbrances,  claims, security interests,  defects and
restrictions of any material nature whatsoever,  other than those referred to in
the  Prospectus,  liens  for  taxes  not yet due and  payable  and  liens  of an
immaterial  nature  arising by  operation  of law.  The  Company has insured its
properties against loss or damage by fire, other casualty and other insurance in
amounts and on terms as is usually  maintained by similarly  situated  companies
engaged in the same or similar business.

           2.15 LITIGATION; GOVERNMENTAL PROCEEDINGS. Except as set forth in the
Prospectus,  there  is  no  action,  suit,  proceeding,   inquiry,  arbitration,
investigation,   litigation  or  governmental  proceeding  pending  or,  to  the
Company's knowledge, threatened against, or involving the properties or business
of the  Company  which  might  materially  and  adversely  affect the  financial
position, prospects, value or the operation of the properties or the business of
the Company or which  question the validity of the capital  stock of the Company
or this Agreement or of any action taken or to be taken by the Company  pursuant
to, or in connection  with,  this  Agreement.  There are no outstanding  orders,
judgments or decrees of any court,  governmental agency or other tribunal naming
the Company and enjoining the Company from taking, or requiring the Company,  to
take,  any action,  or to which the Company,  or its  respective  properties  or
business, is bound or subject.

           2.16  GOOD  STANDING.  The  Company  has been duly  organized  and is
validly  existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of its
state of  incorporation.  The Company is duly qualified and licensed and in good
standing as a foreign  corporation in each  jurisdiction  in which  ownership or
leasing of any  properties  or the  character of its  operations  requires  such
qualification or licensing, except where the failure to qualify would not have a
material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations.

           2.17  TAXES.  The  Company  has filed  all  returns  (as  hereinafter
defined)  required to be filed with taxing  authorities prior to the date hereof
or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof.  The Company has
paid all taxes (as  hereinafter  defined) shown as due on such returns that were
filed and has paid all taxes imposed on or assessed  against it. The  provisions
for taxes payable,  if any, shown on the financial  statements  filed with or as
part of the  Registration  Statement are  sufficient  for all accrued and unpaid
taxes,  whether or not disputed,  and for all periods to and including the dates
of such consolidated financial statements.





                                      -11-

<PAGE>



Except as  disclosed  in writing  to the  Underwriter,  (i) no issues  have been
raised (and are currently  pending) by any taxing  authority in connection  with
any of the  returns  or taxes  asserted  as due from  the  Company,  and (ii) no
waivers of statutes of  limitation  with respect to the returns or collection of
taxes have been given by or requested  from the  Company.  The term "taxes" mean
all federal,  state, local,  foreign,  and other net income, gross income, gross
receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer,  franchise, profits, license, lease,
service,  service use,  withholding,  payroll,  employment,  excise,  severance,
stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profits, customs, duties or other
taxes,  fees,  assessments,  or charges of any kind whatever,  together with any
interest and any penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts with respect
thereto.   The  term  "returns"  means  all  returns,   declarations,   reports,
statements, and other documents required to e filed in respect of taxes.

           2.18  EMPLOYEE  OPTIONS.  No shares of Common  Stock are eligible for
sale  pursuant  to Rule 701  promulgated  under the Act in the 12- month  period
following the Effective Date.

           2.19 TRANSACTIONS  AFFECTING  DISCLOSURE TO NASD. Except as disclosed
in the letters  from  Stursberg & Veith to the NASD (as  defined  below),  dated
_____________________  and  _____________________  (copies  of which  have  been
provided to and reviewed by the Company):

                      2.19.1  FINDER'S  FEES.  There  are no  claims,  payments,
issuances,  arrangements  or  understandings  for  services  in the  nature of a
finder's or origination fee with respect to the sale of the Securities hereunder
or any other arrangements, agreements, understandings, payments or issuance with
respect  to the  Company  that may  affect the  Underwriter's  compensation,  as
determined by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").

                      2.19.2 PAYMENTS WITHIN TWELVE MONTHS.  Except as set forth
in the Registration  Statement,  the Company has not made any direct or indirect
payments (in cash,  securities or  otherwise)  to (i) any person,  as a finder's
fee, investing fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital
for the Company or  introducing to the Company  persons who provided  capital to
the Company,  (ii) to any NASD member, or (iii) to any person or entity that has
any direct or indirect  affiliation or association with any NASD member,  within
the twelve month period  prior to the date on which the  Registration  Statement
was filed with the Commission ("Filing Date") or thereafter, other than payments
to the Underwriter.



                                      -12-

<PAGE>



                      2.19.3 USE OF  PROCEEDS.  None of the net  proceeds of the
offering  will be paid by the  Company to any NASD  member or any  affiliate  or
associate of any NASD member, except as specifically authorized herein.

                      2.19.4 INSIDERS' NASD AFFILIATION.  No officer or director
of the Company or owner of any of the Company's unregistered  securities has any
direct or indirect  affiliation or association with any NASD member. The Company
will advise the Underwriter and the NASD if any 5% or greater stockholder of the
Company  is or becomes  an  affiliate  or  associated  person of an NASD  member
participating in the distribution.

           2.20 FOREIGN  CORRUPT  PRACTICES ACT.  Neither the Company nor any of
its subsidiaries,  officers,  directors,  employees,  agents or any other person
acting on behalf of the Company has, directly or indirectly,  given or agreed to
give any money,  gift or similar benefit (other than legal price  concessions to
customers  in the  ordinary  course  of  business)  to any  customer,  supplier,
employee  or agent of a customer  or  supplier,  or  official or employee of any
governmental  agency or instrumentality of any government  (domestic or foreign)
or any  political  party or  candidate  for office  (domestic or foreign) or any
political  party or candidate  for office  (domestic or foreign) or other person
who was,  is, or may be in a  position  to help or hinder  the  business  of the
Company (or assist it in  connection  with any actual or  proposed  transaction)
which (i) might  subject  th  Company  to any  damage or  penalty  in any civil,
criminal or  governmental  litigation  or  proceeding,  (ii) if not given in the
past,  might  have a  materially  adverse  effect  on the  assets,  business  or
operations  of the  Company  as  reflected  in any of the  financial  statements
contained  in the  Prospectus  or (iii) if not  continued  in the future,  might
adversely affect the assets,  business,  operations or prospects of the Company.
The Company's  internal  accounting  controls and  procedures  are sufficient to
cause the Company to comply with the Foreign  Corrupt  Practices Act of 1977, as
amended.

           2.21  NASDAQ  ELIGIBILITY.  As of  the  Effective  Date,  the  Public
Securities have been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market.

           2.22  INTANGIBLES.  The  Company  owns  or  possesses  the  requisite
licenses or rights to use all trademarks,  service marks,  service names,  trade
names,   patents  and  patent   applications,   copyrights   and  other   rights
(collectively,  "Intangibles")  described as being licensed to or owned by it in
the Registration  Statement.  The Intangibles  which have been registered by the
Company,  if any, in the United  States  Patent and  Trademark  Office have been
fully maintained and are in full force and effect. There is no claim or





                                      -13-

<PAGE>



action by any person pertaining to, or proceeding  pending or threatened and the
Company has not  received  any notice of conflict  with the  asserted  rights of
others which challenges its exclusive right with respect to any Intangibles used
in the conduct of its business  except as described  in the  Prospectus.  To the
Company's  knowledge,  the  Intangibles  and  the  Company's  current  products,
services  and  processes do not  infringe on any  intangibles  held by any third
party. To the Company's knowledge, no others have infringed upon the Intangibles
of the Company.

           2.23       RELATIONS WITH EMPLOYEES.

                      2.23.1 EMPLOYEE  MATTERS.  The Company is in compliance in
all material  respects  with all federal,  state and local laws and  regulations
respecting the employment of its employees and employment  practices,  terms and
conditions  of employment  and wages and hours  relating  thereto.  There are no
pending investigations  involving the Company by the U.S. Department of Labor or
any other  governmental  agency responsible for the enforcement of such federal,
state or local laws and regulations. There is no unfair labor practice charge or
complaint  against the Company pending before the National Labor Relations Board
or any strike,  picketing,  boycott,  dispute,  showdown or stoppage  pending or
threatened against or involving the Company or any predecessor  entity, and none
has ever occurred.  No question concerning  representation exists respecting the
employees of the Company and no collective  bargaining agreement or modification
thereof  is  currently  being  negotiated  by  the  Company.   No  grievance  or
arbitration  proceeding  is pending  under any  expired or  existing  collective
bargaining agreements, if any, of the Company.

                      2.23.2 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.  Other than as set forth in
the Registration Statement, the Company does not maintain, sponsor or contribute
to, or is it required to contribute  to, any program or  arrangement  that is an
"employee"  pension  benefit  plan," an "employee  welfare  benefit plan," or a,
"multi-employer  plan" as such terms are  defined  in  Sections  3(2),  3(1) and
3(37), respectively,  of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA") ("ERISA Plans"). The Company has not, at any time,  maintained
or contributed to a defined  benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA.
If the Company  does  maintain or  contribute  to a defined  benefit  plan,  any
termination  of the plan on the date  hereof  would not give  rise to  liability
under Title IV of ERISA.  No ERISA Plan (or any trust  created  thereunder)  has
engaged in a "prohibited transaction" within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA
or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Code"), which
could  subject the Company to any tax penalty for  prohibited  transactions  and
which has not adequately been corrected. Any ERISA Plan is in compliance with




                                      -14-

<PAGE>



all material reporting,  disclosure and other requirements of the Code and ERISA
as they relate to any such ERISA Plan.  Determination letters have been received
from the  Internal  Revenue  Service  with  respect  to each ERISA Plan which is
intended to comply with Code  Section  401(a),  stating that such ERISA Plan and
the attendant trust are qualified  thereunder.  The Company has never completely
or partially withdrawn from a "multi-employer plan."

           2.24  OFFICERS'  CERTIFICATE.  Any  certificate  signed  by any  duly
authorized  officer of the Company and delivered to you or to your counsel shall
be deemed a representation  and warranty by the Company to the Underwriter as to
the matters covered thereby.

           2.25  WARRANT  AGREEMENT.  The  Company  has  entered  into a warrant
agreement  with  respect  to  the  Warrants  and  the   Underwriter's   Warrants
substantially  in the form  filed as an exhibit  to the  Registration  Statement
("Warrant  Agreement")  with  Continental  Stock Transfer  Company,  in form and
substance satisfactory to the Underwriter, providing for, among other things, no
redemption  of the Warrants  without the giving of prior  written  notice to the
Underwriter  and in accordance  with the Warrant  Agreement for the payment of a
warrant solicitation fee, if applicable, as contemplated by Section 3.10 hereof.

           2.26 AGREEMENTS  WITH INSIDERS AND OTHERS.  The Company has caused to
be duly executed lock-up  agreements,  in substantially the form provided by the
Underwriter,  pursuant to which (i) all of the  officers  and  directors  of the
Company agree not to sell any shares of Common Stock for two years following the
consummation of the offering,  (ii) certain persons who beneficially own or hold
[one percent] or more of the  outstanding  Common Stock of the Company agree not
to sell any shares of Common  Stock  owned by them or their  family  members and
affiliates  (either  pursuant to Rule 144 of the Regulations or otherwise) for a
period of nine (9) months  following the Effective  Date except with the consent
of the Underwriter and, if applicable,  the Pennsylvania  Securities Commission,
and (iii)  certain  persons who  beneficially  own or hold  warrants to purchase
shares of Common Stock and/or shares of Common Stock  purchased from the Company
during  ___________  , 1996 agree not to sell any  warrants  or shares of Common
Stock owned by them or their family members and affiliates  (either  pursuant to
Rule 144 of the  Regulations  or  otherwise)  for a period of twelve (12) months
following the Effective Date except with the consent of the Underwriter  and, if
applicable, the Pennsylvania Securities Commission.

           2.27  EMPLOYMENT   AGREEMENTS.   The  Company  has  entered  into  an
Employment  Agreement with each of Messrs. Sarna and Febish in substantially the
same form as set forth in an exhibit to the





                                      -15-

<PAGE>



Registration  Statement,  for a term  commencing on  ________________,  1996 and
ending on ___________, 19__.

           2.28  UNDERWRITER'S  PURCHASE  OPTION.  The Company has  executed and
delivered the Underwriter's Purchase Option to the Underwriter  substantially in
the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

           3.1 AMENDMENTS TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT. The Company will deliver to
the  Underwriter,   prior  to  filing,   any  amendment  or  supplement  to  the
Registration  Statement or  Prospectus  proposed to be filed after the Effective
Date and not file any such  amendment  or  supplement  to which the  Underwriter
shall reasonably object.

           3.2        FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS.

                      3.2.1 COMPLIANCE. During the time when (i) a Prospectus is
required  to be  delivered  under  the Act so far as  necessary  to  permit  the
continuance of sales or of dealings in the Public Securities; and (ii) a Warrant
Exercise  Prospectus  is required to be  delivered  under the Act and until such
time as the Warrants are no longer  exercisable  ("Termination  Date") so far as
necessary to permit the  continuance of exercise of the Warrants,  Underwriter's
Warrants  and the  Underwriter's  Purchase  Option;  the  Company  will  use all
reasonable  efforts to comply with all requirements  imposed upon it by the Act,
the Regulations  and the Exchange Act and by the regulations  under the Exchange
Act, as from time to time in force, in accordance with the provisions hereof and
the  Prospectus  which requires the Company to keep the  Registration  Statement
effective  until the  Termination  Date.  If at any time when a Prospectus  or a
Warrant  Exercise   Prospectus   relating  to  the  Public   Securities  or  the
Underwriter's  Securities is required to be delivered  under the Act and, in any
event,  until the Termination Date, any event shall have occurred as a result of
which, in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriter,
such Prospectus,  as then amended or supplemented,  includes an untrue statement
of  material  fact or omits to state any  material  fact  required  to be stated
therein  or  necessary  to  make  the  statements   therein,  in  light  of  the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,  or if it is necessary
at any time to amend the  Prospectus  to comply with the Act,  the Company  will
notify  the  Underwriter  promptly  and  prepare  and file with the  Commission,
subject to Section  3.1  hereof,  an  appropriate  amendment  or  supplement  in
accordance with Section 10 of the Act.






                                      -16-

<PAGE>



                      3.2.2  FILING OF FINAL  PROSPECTUS.  The Company will file
the Warrant Exercise Prospectus with the Commission pursuant to the requirements
of Rule 424 of the Regulations.

                      3.2.3  EXCHANGE  ACT  REGISTRATION.  For a period  of five
years from the Effective Date, the Company will use its best efforts to maintain
the  registration  of the Common Stock and the Warrants  under the provisions of
the Exchange Act.

           3.3 BLUE SKY FILING.  The  Company  will  endeavor in good faith,  in
cooperation  with the  Underwriter,  at or  prior  to the time the  Registration
Statement   becomes   effective  to  qualify  the  Public   Securities  and  the
Underwriter's Securities for offering and sale under the securities laws of such
jurisdictions as the Underwriter may reasonably designate, provided that no such
qualification  shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof,
the Company  would be subject to service of general  process or to taxation as a
foreign  corporation doing business in such  jurisdiction.  In each jurisdiction
where  such  qualification  shall be  effected,  the  Company  will,  unless the
Underwriter  agrees that such action is not at the time  necessary or advisable,
use all  reasonable  efforts to file and make such  statements or report at such
times as are or may be required by the laws of such jurisdiction.

           3.4 DELIVERY TO UNDERWRITER OF PROSPECTUSES. The Company will deliver
such number of (i)  Prospectuses to the  Underwriter  and (ii) Warrant  Exercise
Prospectuses to the Warrantholders as needed,  without charge, from time to time
during the period when such  prospectuses are required to be delivered under the
Act and, in any event,  until the Termination  Date.  Additionally,  the Company
will  deliver,  as  soon  as the  Registration  Statement  or any  amendment  or
supplement  thereto  becomes  effective,   two  original  executed  Registration
Statements,  including exhibits,  and all post-effective  amendments thereto and
copies of all exhibits file therewith or  incorporated  therein by reference and
all original executed consents of certified experts.

           3.5 EVENTS REQUIRING  NOTICE TO UNDERWRITER.  The Company will notify
the Underwriter  immediately and confirm the notice in writing (i) filing of any
post-effective  amendment  to the  Registration  Statement,  (ii)  of the by the
Commission of any stop order or of the initiation,  or the  threatening,  of any
proceeding  for that  purpose,  (iii) of the  issuance  by any state  securities
commission of any  proceedings  for the suspension of the  qualification  of the
Public Securities for offering of sale in any jurisdiction or of the initiation,
or the threatening,  of any proceeding for that purpose, (iv) of the mailing and
delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment or supplement to the



                                      -17-

<PAGE>



Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus,  (v) of the receipt of any  comments or
request for any  additional  information  from the  Commission,  and (vi) of the
happening of any event during the period  described in Section 3.4 hereof which,
in the judgment of the Company,  makes any  statement of a material fact made in
the Registration Statement or the Prospectus untrue or which requires the making
of any changes in the  Prospectus in order to make the  statements  therein,  in
light of the  circumstances  under which they were made, not misleading or which
requires  the making of any changes in the  Registration  Statement  in order to
make the  statements  therein not  misleading.  If the  Commission  or any state
securities  commission shall enter a stop order or suspend such qualification at
any time, the Company will make every  reasonable  effort to obtain promptly the
lifting of such order.

           3.6 REVIEW OF FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.  For a period of five years from
the  Effective  Date,  the Company,  at its expense,  shall cause its  regularly
engaged  independent  certified public accountants to review (but not audit) the
Company's financial statements for each of the first three fiscal quarters prior
to the  announcement  of  quarterly  financial  information,  the  filing of the
Company's  Form 10-Q  quarterly  report and the mailing of  quarterly  financial
information to stockholders.

           3.7 UNAUDITED FINANCIALS. The Company will furnish to the Underwriter
as early as  practicable  subsequent  to the date  hereof  and at least two full
business  days  prior  to the  Closing  Date,  a copy  of the  latest  available
unaudited interim financial statements  ("Unaudited  Financials") of the Company
(which  in no event  shall be as of a date more than  thirty  days  prior to the
Effective Date) which have been read by the Company's  independent  accountants,
as stated in their letter to be furnished pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof.

           3.8 SECONDARY MARKET TRADING AND STANDARD & POOR'S.  The Company will
take all necessary and appropriate actions to achieve accelerated publication in
Standard and Poor's Corporation Records Corporate  Descriptions  (within 30 days
after  the  Effective  Date)  and to  maintain  such  publication  with  updated
quarterly  information  for a period  of five  years  from the  Effective  Date,
including the payment of any necessary fees and expenses. The Company shall take
such  action  as may be  reasonably  requested  by the  Underwriter  to obtain a
secondary  market  trading  exemption  in such States as may be requested by the
Underwriter, including the payment of any necessary fees and expenses.

           3.9  NASDAQ  MAINTENANCE.  For a period of five  years  from the date
hereof, the Company will use its best efforts to maintain the




                                      -18-

<PAGE>



quotation by the Nasdaq National Market of the Common Stock and, if outstanding,
the Warrants.

           3.10 WARRANT SOLICITATION AND REGISTRATION OF COMMON STOCK UNDERLYING
THE WARRANTS.

                      3.10.1  WARRANT  SOLICITATION  FEES.  The  Company  hereby
engages  the  Underwriter  on a  non-exclusive  basis,  as  its  agent  for  the
solicitation  of the exercise of the Warrants and the additional  warrants being
concurrently  registered under the Registration  Statement.  The Company, at its
cost,  will (i) assist the  Underwriter  with respect to such  solicitation,  if
requested by the Underwriter and will (ii) provide the  Underwriter,  and direct
the Company's transfer and warrant agent to provide to the Underwriter, lists of
the  record  and,  to the  extent  known,  beneficial  owners  of the  Warrants.
Commencing  one  year  from  the  Effective  Date,  the  Company  will  pay  the
Underwriter a commission of five percent of the Warrant  exercise price for each
Warrant exercised,  payable on the date of such exercise,  on the terms provided
for in the Warrant Agreement,  if allowed under the rules and regulations of the
NASD and only if the  Underwriter has provided bona fide services to the Company
in  connection  with the exercise of such  Warrant.  In addition to  soliciting,
either  orally or in writing,  the exercise of Warrants,  such services may also
include  disseminating  information,   either  orally  or  in  writing,  to  the
Warrantholders about the Company or the market for the Company's securities, and
assisting in the  processing of the exercise of Warrants.  The  Underwriter  may
engage  sub-agents in its  solicitation  efforts.  The Company will disclose the
arrangement  to pay such  solicitation  fees to the  Underwriter  in the Warrant
Exercise Prospectus.

           3.11       [Reserved]

           3.12       REPORTS TO THE UNDERWRITER.

                      3.12.1 PERIODIC  REPORTS,  ETC. For a period of five years
from the Effective Date, the Company will furnish to the  Underwriter  copies of
such financial  statements and other periodic and special reports as the Company
from time to time furnishes generally to holders of any class of its securities,
and promptly  furnish to the  Underwriter  (i) a copy of each periodic report to
the Company shall be required to file with the Commission,  (ii) a copy of every
press release released by the Company, (iii) copies of each Form SR, (iv) a copy
of each Form 8-K or Schedules  13D, 13G,  14D-1 or 13E-4 received or prepared by
the Company,  and (v) such additional  documents and information with respect to
the  Company and the  affairs of any future  subsidiaries  of the Company as the
Underwriter may from time to time reasonably request.






                                      -19-

<PAGE>



                     3.12.2 TRANSFER SHEETS AND WEEKLY POSITION LISTINGS.  For
a period of five years from the Closing  Date,  the Company  will furnish to the
Underwriter  at the  Company's  sole expense such  transfer  sheets and position
listings of the Company's  securities as the Underwriter may request,  including
the daily, weekly and monthly consolidated transfer sheets of the transfer agent
of the Company and the weekly security position listings of the Depository Trust
Co.

           3.13       [Reserved]

           3.14  APPLICATION  OF NET  PROCEEDS.  The Company  will apply the net
proceeds  from  the  offering  received  by it in a manner  consistent  with the
application described under the caption "USE OF PROCEEDS" in the Prospectus.

           3.15       PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.

                      3.15.1 GENERAL EXPENSES.  The Company hereby agrees to pay
on each of the Closing Date and the Option  Closing  Date, if any, to the extent
not paid at Closing  Date,  all  expenses  incident  to the  performance  of the
obligations  of the Company under this  Agreement,  including but not limited to
(i) the  preparation,  printing,  filing,  delivery and mailing  (including  the
payment of postage with respect to such mailing) of the Registration  Statement,
the Prospectus and the Preliminary  Prospectuses and the printing and mailing of
this Agreement and related  documents,  including the cost of all copies thereof
and any amendments thereof or supplements thereto supplied to the Underwriter in
quantities as may be required by the Underwriter,  (ii) the printing, engraving,
issuance  and  delivery  of the shares of Common  Stock,  the  Warrants  and the
Underwriter's  Purchase  Option,  including  any transfer or other taxes payable
thereon,  (iii) the qualification of the Public Securities and Bridge Securities
under state or foreign  securities  or Blue Sky laws,  including the filing fees
under such Blue Sky laws,  the costs of printing  and  mailing the  "Preliminary
Blue Sky  Memorandum,"  and all  amendments  and  supplements  thereto,  fees of
Underwriter's  Blue Sky  counsel,  which fees shall not exceed an aggregate of $
___________ and  disbursements  of such counsel,  and fees and  disbursements of
local  counsel,  if any,  retained for such purpose and approved by the Company,
and a one-time fee of $_________  payable to the  Underwriter's  counsel for the
preparation of the Secondary  Market Trading Survey,  (iv) costs associated with
applications  for assignments of a rating of the Public  Securities by qualified
rating  agencies,  (v)  filing  fees,  costs and  expenses  (including  fees and
disbursements  for  the  Underwriter's  counsel)  incurred  in  registering  the
offering with the NASD,  (vi) costs not to exceed,  in the aggregate,  [$35,000]
for placing "tombstone"  advertisements in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL, THE NEW YORK
TIMES and





                                      -20-

<PAGE>



a third  publication  which may be selected by the  Underwriter  and transaction
lucite cubes or similar commemorative items in a style and quantity as requested
by the  Underwriter,  (vii) fees and  disbursements  of the transfer and warrant
agent,  (viii) the Company's expenses  associated with "due diligence"  meetings
arranged by the Underwriter, (ix) the preparation,  binding and delivery of four
sets  of  transactions   "bibles,"  in  form  and  style   satisfactory  to  the
Underwriter,  (x) any  listing of the Public  Securities  on Nasdaq  SmallCap or
National  Market,  as the case may be, or any listing in Standard & Poor's,  and
(xi) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations
hereunder  which are not  otherwise  specifically  provided  for in this Section
3.15.1.  Since an  important  part of the  public  offering  process  is for the
Company to  appropriately  and  accurately  describe both the  background of the
principals  of  the  Company  and  the  Company's  competitive  position  in its
industry,  the Company has engaged and will pay for an investigative search firm
of the  Underwriter's  choice to conduct an  investigation  of principals of the
Company  mutually  selected by the Underwriter and the Company (this amount will
be credited against the Underwriter's  non-accountable  expense allowance if the
offering is consummated as provided herein). The Underwriter may deduct from the
net proceeds of the offering  payable to the Company on the Closing Date, or the
Option  Closing  Date,  if any,  the expenses set forth herein to be paid by the
Company to the Underwriter and/or to third parties.

                      3.15.2  NON-ACCOUNTABLE   EXPENSES.  The  Company  further
agrees that, in addition to the expenses payable pursuant to Section 3.15.1,  it
will pay to the Underwriter a  non-accountable  expense allowance equal to three
(3%) percent of the gross proceeds  received by the Company from the sale of the
Public  Securities,  of which  [$50,000] has been paid to date,  and the Company
will  pay the  balance  on the  Closing  Date  and any  additional  monies  owed
attributable to the Option Securities or otherwise on the Option Closing Date by
certified or bank  cashier's  check or, at the election of the  Underwriter,  by
deduction from the proceeds of the offering contemplated herein. If the offering
contemplated by this Agreement is not consummated for any reason whatsoever then
the Company's  liability for payment to the  Underwriter of the  non-accountable
expense  allowance  shall  be  equal  to the  sum of  the  Underwriter's  actual
out-of-pocket expenses (including,  but not limited to, counsel fees, "roadshow"
and due  diligence  expenses).  The  Underwriter  shall  retain such part of the
non-accountable  expense  allowance  previously  paid as shall  equal its actual
out-of-pocket  expenses.  If the amount previously paid is insufficient to cover
such actual  out-of-pocket  expenses,  the Company  shall remain  liable for and
promptly pay any other actual out-of-pocket  expenses.  If the amount previously
paid exceeds the amount of the





                                      -21-

<PAGE>



actual  out-of-pocket  expenses,  the  Underwriter  shall  promptly remit to the
Company any such excess.

           3.16       [Reserved]

           3.17       [Reserved]

           3.18 STABILIZATION.  Neither the Company, nor, to its knowledge,  any
of its employees,  directors or stockholders has taken or will take, directly or
indirectly,  any action  designed  to or which has  constituted  or which  might
reasonably  be  expected  to cause or  result  in,  under  the  Exchange  Act or
otherwise,  stabilization  or  manipulation  of the price of any security of the
Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Public Securities.

           3.19 INTERNAL  CONTROLS.  The Company  maintains and will continue to
maintain  a  system  of  internal  accounting  controls  sufficient  to  provide
reasonable  assurances  that: (i)  transactions  are executed in accordance with
management's general or specific  authorization,  (ii) transactions are recorded
as  necessary  in  order  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and  to  maintain
accountability  for  assets,  (iii)  access  to  assets  is  permitted  only  in
accordance with  management's  general or specific  authorization,  and (iv) the
recorded   accountability  for  assets  is  compared  with  existing  assets  at
reasonable  intervals  and  appropriate  action  is taken  with  respect  to any
differences.

           3.20       [Reserved]

           3.21  TRANSFER  AGENT.  The Company  shall retain  Continental  Stock
Transfer  Company as its transfer  agent for the Common Stock and the  Warrants.
For a period of five years  following the Effective  Date,  the Company will not
switch transfer  agents without the  Underwriter's  consent,  which shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

           3.22 SALE OF  SECURITIES.  To the extent  that the Company is legally
permitted  to do so, it shall not  permit or cause a private  or public  sale or
private or public  offering of any of its securities  (in any manner,  including
pursuant  to Rule 144 under the Act)  owned  nominally  or  beneficially  by the
officers,  directors and  shareholders  owning  beneficially  more than one (1%)
percent  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  of  the  Company  (the
"Insiders")  if such  offering or sale would be in  violation  of the  Insider's
"lock-up" agreement with the Underwriter.



                                      -22-

<PAGE>



4. CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITER'S  OBLIGATIONS.  The obligations of the Underwriter
to purchase and pay for the Securities,  as provided herein, shall be subject to
the continuing  accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company as
of the date  hereof and as of each of the  Closing  Date and the Option  Closing
Date, if any, to the accuracy of the  statements of officers of the Company made
pursuant to the provisions  hereof and to the  performance by the Company of its
obligations hereunder and to the following conditions:

           4.1        REGULATORY MATTERS.

                      4.1.1   EFFECTIVENESS  OF  REGISTRATION   STATEMENT.   The
Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 5:00 P.M., New
York time,  on the date of this  Agreement  and, at each of the Closing Date and
the Option  Closing  Date, no stop order  suspending  the  effectiveness  of the
Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for the purpose
shall have been instituted or shall be pending or contemplated by the Commission
and any request on the part of the Commission for additional  information  shall
have been complied  with to the  reasonable  satisfaction  of Stursberg & Veith,
counsel to the Underwriter.

                      4.1.2 NASD CLEARANCE. By the Closing Date, the Underwriter
shall have  received  clearance  from the NASD as to the amount of  compensation
allowable  or  payable  to the  Underwriter  as  described  in the  Registration
Statement.

                      4.1.3 NO BLUE SKY STOP  ORDERS.  No order  suspending  the
sale of the Securities in any jurisdiction designated by you pursuant to Section
3.3  hereof  shall have been  issued  either on the  Closing  Date or the Option
Closing Date, and no proceedings  for that purpose shall have been instituted or
shall be contemplated.

           4.2        COMPANY COUNSEL MATTERS.

                      4.2.1  OPINION  OF  COUNSEL.  On  the  Closing  Date,  the
Underwriter shall have received the favorable opinion of Parker, Chapin, Flattau
& Klimpl,  LLP  ("PCF&K"),  counsel  to the  Company,  dated the  Closing  Date,
addressed  to the  Underwriter,  and  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to
Stursberg & Veith, counsel to the Underwriter, to the effect that:

                                 (i) The Company has been duly  organized and is
validly  existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of its
state of  incorporation  and is duly qualified and licensed and in good standing
as a foreign  corporation  in each  jurisdiction  in which it owns or leases any
real property or the character of its operations requires such qualification or





                                      -23-

<PAGE>



licensing, except where the failure to qualify would not have a material adverse
effect on its financial condition or results of operations.

                                 (ii) The  Company has all  requisite  corporate
power  and  authority,  and,  to such  counsel's  knowledge,  has all  necessary
authorizations,  approvals,  orders,  licenses,  certificates and permits of and
from all  governmental  or  regulatory  officials and bodies to own or lease its
properties and conduct its business as described in the  Prospectus,  and is and
has been doing business in compliance with all such  authorizations,  approvals,
orders,  licenses,  certificates  and permits and all  federal,  state and local
laws,  rules  and   regulations,   except  where  the  failure  to  obtain  such
authorizations,  approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits would not
have a material  adverse  effect on it or its  operations.  The  Company has all
corporate  power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the
provisions and conditions  hereof, all consents,  authorizations,  approvals and
orders  required  in  connection  herewith  have  been  obtained.  No  consents,
approvals,  authorizations  or  orders  of,  and no  filing  with  any  court or
governmental  agency or body (other  than such as may be required  under the Act
and  applicable  Blue  Sky  laws),  is  required  for the  valid  authorization,
issuance,  sale and  delivery  of the  Securities  and the  consummation  of the
transactions  and  agreements  contemplated  by  this  Agreement,   the  Warrant
Agreement and the  Underwriter's  Purchase  Option,  and as  contemplated by the
Prospectus,  other than all such authorizations,  approvals,  consents,  orders,
registrations,  licenses  and permits  which have been duly  obtained and are in
full force and effect and have been disclosed to the  Underwriter and other than
the continuing  effectiveness of the Registration  Statement and the delivery of
the Warrant Exercise Prospectus as contemplated therein.

                                 (iii) All issued and outstanding  securities of
the Company have been duly  authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and
non-assessable;  the holders  thereof have no rights of rescission  with respect
thereto;  and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive
rights of any  holders of any  security  of the  Company or similar  contractual
rights granted by the Company.  The outstanding options and warrants to purchase
shares of Common  Stock  constitute  the valid and  binding  obligations  of the
Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms. The offers and sales of the
outstanding  Common Stock and options and warrants to purchase  shares of Common
Stock  were  at all  relevant  times  either  registered  under  the Act and the
applicable  state  securities or Blue Sky Laws or exempt from such  registration
requirements.  The authorized and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as
set forth under the caption "Capitalization" in the Prospectus.


                                      -24-

<PAGE>




                                 (iv) The Securities  have been duly  authorized
and,  when  issued  and  paid  for,  will be  validly  issued,  fully  paid  and
non-assessable. The Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive
rights of any  holders of any  security  of the  Company  or, to such  counsel's
knowledge,  similar  contractual  rights  granted by the Company.  All corporate
action  required  to be taken for the  authorization,  issuance  and sale of the
Securities  has been duly and validly  taken.  When  issued,  the  Underwriter's
Purchase  Option,  the  Underwriter's  Warrants and the Warrants will constitute
valid and binding  obligations  of the Company to issue and sell,  upon exercise
thereof and payment  therefor,  the number and type of securities of the Company
called for thereby and such Warrants, the Underwriter's Purchase Option, and the
Underwriter's  Warrants,  when issued, in each case, will be enforceable against
the  Company in  accordance  with  their  respective  terms,  except (a) as such
enforceability  may be  limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization  or
similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally, (b) as enforceability of any
indemnification  provision may be limited under federal and state laws,  and (c)
that the  remedy of  specific  performance  and  injunctive  and other  forms of
equitable relief may be subject to the equitable  defenses and to the discretion
of  the  court  before  which  any  proceeding  therefore  may be  brought.  The
certificates representing the Securities are in due and proper form.

                                 (v) To such counsel's knowledge,  except as set
forth in the  Prospectus,  no holders of any securities of the Company or of any
options, warrants or securities of the Company exercisable for or convertible or
exchangeable  into  securities  of the  Company  have the right to  require  the
Company to  register  any such  securities  of the  Company  under the Act or to
include  any such  securities  in a  registration  statement  to be filed by the
Company.
    
                                 (vi) To such counsel's  knowledge,  there is no
claim or action by any person  pertaining to, or proceeding,  pending or to such
counsel's  knowledge  threatened,  which  challenges the exclusive rights of the
Company  with  respect to any  Intangibles  used in the conduct of its  business
(including  without  limitation  any such  licenses or rights  described  in the
Prospectus  as being owned or possessed by the Company);  and to such  counsel's
knowledge,  the  Company's  current  products,  services  and  processes  do not
infringe on any intangibles held by third parties.

                                 (vii) This Agreement, the Warrant Agreement and
the  Underwriter's  Purchase  Option have each been duly and validly  authorized
and,  when  executed and  delivered by the Company,  will  constitute  valid and
binding  obligations  of  the  Company,   enforceable  against  the  Company  in
accordance with their respective terms, except (a) as such enforceability may be
limited by



                                      -25-

<PAGE>



bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization  or similar laws  affecting  creditors'
rights generally, (b) as enforceability of any indemnification provisions may be
limited under the federal and state  securities laws, and (c) that the remedy of
specific  performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable  relief may be
subject to the  equitable  defenses  and to the  discretion  of the court before
which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

                                 (viii) The execution,  delivery and performance
by the Company of this  Agreement,  the  Underwriter's  Purchase  Option and the
Warrant Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Securities,  the consummation of
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and  thereby and the  compliance  by the
Company with the terms and provisions  hereof and thereof,  do not and will not,
with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both,  (a) to such
counsel's  knowledge,  conflict with, or result in a breach of, any of the terms
or provisions  of, or constitute a default  under,  or result in the creation or
modification of any lien,  security interest,  charge or encumbrance upon any of
the  properties  or assets of any of the  Company  pursuant to the terms of, any
material mortgage, deed of trust, note, indenture, loan, contract, commitment or
other material agreement or instrument, to which it is a party or by which it or
any of its properties or assets may be bound, (b) result in any violation of the
provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws, (c) to such
counsel's  knowledge,  violate any statute or any  material  judgment,  order or
decree, rule or regulation  applicable to the Company of any court,  domestic or
foreign,  or of any  federal,  state  or  other  regulatory  authority  or other
governmental  body  having  jurisdiction  over  any  of  the  Company's  or  its
properties or assets, or (d) to such counsel's knowledge, have a material effect
on any material permit, certification,  registration, approval, consent, license
or franchise of the Company.

                                 (ix)  The   Registration   Statement   and  the
Prospectus and any post-effective  amendments or supplements thereto (other than
the financial  statements,  schedules and data included therein,  as to which no
opinion need be rendered)  comply as to form in all material  respects  with the
requirements of the Act and Regulations. The Securities and all other securities
issued or  issuable by the Company  conform in all  respects to the  description
thereof  contained  in  the  Registration  Statement  and  the  Prospectus.  The
descriptions  in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus  of statutes,
regulations, government classifications, contracts and other documents have been
reviewed by us,  and,  based upon such  review,  are  accurate  in all  material
respects and present fairly the  information  required to be disclosed.  To such
counsel's  knowledge,   no  statute  or  regulation  or  legal  or  governmental
proceeding required to be described in the Prospectus is not



                                      -26-

<PAGE>



described as required, nor are any contracts or documents known to counsel, of a
character  required  to be  described  in  the  Registration  Statement  or  the
Prospectus  or to be filed as  exhibits  to the  Registration  Statement  not so
described or filed as required.

                                 (x) Counsel  has  participated  in  conferences
with officers and other  representatives of the Company,  representatives of the
independent  public  accountants  for the  Company  and  representatives  of the
Underwriter at which the contents of the Registration Statement,  the Prospectus
and related matters were discussed and although such counsel is not passing upon
and does  not  assume  any  responsibility  for the  accuracy,  completeness  or
fairness  of  the  statements  contained  in  the  Registration   Statement  and
Prospectus  (except as otherwise set forth in this opinion),  no facts have come
to the  attention  of such  counsel  which lead them to believe  that either the
Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the date of
such opinion,  contained  any untrue  statement of a material fact or omitted to
state a material  fact  required to be stated  therein or  necessary to make the
statements  therein not misleading (it being  understood  that such counsel need
express no opinion with respect to the  financial  statements  and schedules and
other financial and statistical data included in the  Registration  Statement or
Prospectus),  and that on the Closing Date,  the Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement  thereto will contain any untrue statement or a material fact or omit
to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

                                 (xi) The  Registration  Statement  is effective
under the Act, and, to such counsel's  knowledge,  no stop order  suspending the
effectiveness of the  Registration  Statement has been issued and no proceedings
for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or threatened under the Act
or applicable state securities laws.

                                 (xii)  The  Company  has title to, or valid and
enforceable  leasehold estates in, all items of real property owned or leased by
it,  free and clear of all  liens,  encumbrances,  claims,  security  interests,
defects and  restrictions  of any material nature  whatsoever,  other than those
referred to in the Prospectus and for taxes not yet due and payable. The Company
has adequately  insured its  properties  against loss or damage by fire or other
casualty and maintains, in adequate amounts.

                                 (xiii)  Except as described in the  Prospectus,
to such  counsel's  knowledge,  no  default  exists in the due  performance  and
observance of any term, covenant or condition of any material license, contract,
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan





                                      -27-

<PAGE>



or credit  agreement known to such counsel,  or any other material  agreement or
instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money known to such counsel, or
any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by
which the  Company may be bound or to which any of the  properties  or assets of
the Company is subject. The Company is not in violation of any term or provision
of its  Certificate of  Incorporation  or By-Laws or of any material  franchise,
license,  permit,  applicable law, rule,  regulation,  judgment or decree of any
governmental agency or court,  domestic or foreign,  having jurisdiction over it
or any of its properties or business, except as described in the Prospectus.

                                 (xiv) To such  counsel's  knowledge,  except as
described  in the  Prospectus,  the  Company  does  not own an  interest  in any
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other business entity.

                                 (xv) To such counsel's knowledge, except as set
forth in the Prospectus, there is no action, suit or proceeding before or by any
court of  governmental  agency or body,  domestic or foreign,  now  pending,  or
threatened  against the Company,  which might result in any material and adverse
change in the condition  (financial or otherwise),  business or prospects of the
Company,  or might  materially  and  adversely  affect the  properties or assets
thereof.

                                 (xvi) To such  counsel's  knowledge,  except as
described  in the  Prospectuses,  there  are  no  claims,  payments,  issuances,
arrangements  or  understandings  for  services  in the nature of a finder's  or
origination  fee  with  respect  to the  sale  of the  Securities  hereunder  or
financial  consulting  arrangements  or  any  other  arrangements,   agreements,
understandings,   payments  or  issuances  that  may  affect  the  Underwriter's
compensation, as determined by the NASD.

                      Unless the context clearly indicates  otherwise,  the term
"Company" as used in this Section 4.2.1 shall include each  subsidiary,  if any,
of the  Company.  The opinion of counsel for the Company and any opinion  relied
upon by such  counsel for the Company  shall  include a statement  to the effect
that it may be relied upon by counsel for the Underwriter.

                      4.2.2      [Reserved]

                      4.2.3  OPTION  CLOSING  DATE  OPINION OF  COUNSEL.  On any
Option Closing Date, the Underwriter shall have received the favorable  opinions
of PCF&K, counsel to the Company, dated the Option Closing Date addressed to the
Underwriter and in the form



                                      -28-

<PAGE>



and substance satisfactory to Stursberg & Veith, counsel to the Underwriter.

                      4.2.4  RELIANCE.  In rendering such opinion,  such counsel
may rely (i) as to matters involving the application of laws other than the laws
of the United States and jurisdictions in which they are admitted, to the extent
such counsel  deems proper and to the extent  specified in such  opinion,  if at
all, upon an opinion or opinions (in form and substance reasonably  satisfactory
to   Underwriter's   counsel)  of  other   counsel   reasonably   acceptable  to
Underwriter's counsel, familiar with the applicable laws, and (ii) as to matters
of fact,  to the extent  they deem  proper,  on  certificates  or other  written
statements of officers of departments of various  jurisdiction having custody of
documents  respecting  the corporate  existence or good standing of the Company,
provided that copies of any such statements or  certificates  shall be delivered
to  Underwriter's  counsel if requested.  The opinion of counsel for the Company
shall  include a  statement  to the effect that it may be relied upon by counsel
for the Underwriter in its opinion delivered to the Underwriter.

                      4.2.5 SECONDARY  MARKET TRADING  SURVEY.  On the Effective
Date the Underwriter shall have received the Secondary Market Trading Survey.

           4.3 COLD COMFORT  LETTER.  At the time this Agreement is executed and
at each of the Closing Date and the Option  Closing Date, if any, you shall have
received  a  letter,  addressed  to the  Underwriter  and in form and  substance
satisfactory in all respects  (including the non-material  nature of the changes
or decreases, if any, referred to in clause (iii) below) to you and to Stursberg
& Veith,  counsel for the Underwriter,  from Richard A. Eisner [LLP] dated as of
the date of this  Agreement  and as of the Closing  Date and the Option  Closing
Date.

           4.4        OFFICERS' CERTIFICATES.

                      4.4.1 OFFICERS'  CERTIFICATE.  At each of the Closing Date
and the Option  Closing  Date,  if any, the  Underwriter  shall have  received a
certificate of the Company signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President,
Chief Financial Officer and the Secretary of the Company, dated the Closing Date
or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, respectively, to the effect that
the Company has performed or complied with by the Company prior to and as of the
Closing  Date,  or the  Option  Closing  Date,  as the case may be, and that the
conditions  set forth in Section 4.5 hereof have been  satisfied as of such date
and that,  as of closing Date and the Option  Closing  Date, as the case may be,
the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section



                                      -29-

<PAGE>



2 hereof are true and correct. In addition, the Underwriter will have received a
certificate  signed by the  Chairman of the Board of the  Company in  connection
with information supplied to state securities commissions.

                      4.4.2 SECRETARY'S CERTIFICATE. At each of the Closing Date
and the Option  Closing  Date,  if any, the  Underwriter  shall have  received a
certificate  of the Company  signed by the  Secretary of the Company,  dated the
Closing  Date or the  Option  Closing  Date,  as the case may be,  respectively,
certifying (i) that the By-Laws and Certificate of  Incorporation of the Company
are true and complete,  have not been modified and are in full force and effect,
(ii) that the resolutions  relating to the public offering  contemplated by this
Agreement  are in full force and effect  and have not been  modified,  (iii) all
correspondence  between the Company or its counsel and the Commission,  (iv) all
correspondence  between  the  Company  or its  counsel  and the NASD  concerning
inclusion on Nasdaq and (v) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company.
The  documents  referred  to in  such  certificate  shall  be  attached  to such
certificate.

           4.5 NO MATERIAL CHANGES. Prior to and on each of the Closing Date and
the Option  Closing Date, if any, (i) there shall have been no Material  Adverse
Change since the Effective  Date, (ii) the Company shall not be in default under
any provision of any instrument  relating to any outstanding  indebtedness which
default would have a material  adverse effect on the Company,  (iii) no material
amount of the assets of the Company shall have been pledged or mortgaged, except
as set forth in the Registration  Statement and Prospectus,  (iv) no action suit
or  proceeding,  at law or in  equity,  shall have been  pending  or  threatened
against the Company,  or affecting any of its property or business  before or by
any court or federal or state commission,  board or other administrative  agency
wherein an  unfavorable  decision,  ruling or finding may  materially  adversely
affect the business,  operations,  prospects or financial condition or income of
the Company,  except as set forth in the Registration  Statement and Prospectus,
(v) no stop  order  shall  have been  issued  under  the Act and no  proceedings
therefor shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission, and (vi) the
Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus  and any  amendments or  supplements
thereto contain all material  statements which are required to be stated therein
in  accordance  with the Act and the  Regulations  and  conform in all  material
respects to the  requirements  of the Act and the  Regulations,  and neither the
Registration  Statement  nor the  Prospectus  nor any  amendment  or  supplement
thereto  contains any untrue  statement of a material fact or omits to state any
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein,  in  light  of the  circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not
misleading.



                                      -30-

<PAGE>




           4.6  DELIVERY  OF  AGREEMENTS.  The  Company  has  delivered  to  the
Underwriter executed copies of the Underwriter's Purchase Option.

           4.7  OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR  UNDERWRITER.  All  proceedings  taken in
connection with the authorization,  issuance or sale of the Securities as herein
contemplated  shall be reasonably  satisfactory in form and substance to you and
to Stursberg & Veith,  counsel to the  Underwriter,  and you shall have received
from such  counsel a favorable  opinion,  dated the Closing  Date and the Option
Closing  Date,  if any,  with  respect to such of these  proceedings  as you may
reasonably  require. On or prior to the Effective Date, the Closing Date and the
Option Closing Date, as the case may be, counsel for the Underwriter  shall have
been furnished such documents,  certificates and opinions as they may reasonably
require  for the  purpose of  enabling  them to review or pass upon the  matters
referred  to in  this  Section  4.7,  or in  order  to  evidence  the  accuracy,
completeness  or  satisfaction  of  any of the  representations,  warranties  or
conditions herein contained.

5.         INDEMNIFICATION.

           5.1       INDEMNIFICATION OF UNDERWRITER.

                      5.1.1 GENERAL.  Subject to the conditions set forth below,
the  Company  agrees  to  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  the  Underwriter,  its
directors,  officers, agents and employees and each person, if any, who controls
the Underwriter  ("controlling  person") within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act,  against any and all loss,  liability,
claim,  damage and expense whatsoever  (including but not limited to any and all
legal or other  expenses  reasonably  incurred in  investigating,  preparing  or
defending  against  any  litigation,  commenced  or  threatened,  or  any  claim
whatsoever)  to which they or any of them may become  subject under the Act, the
Exchange  Act or any other  statute or at common law or  otherwise  or under the
laws of foreign countries,  arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or
alleged  untrue  statement of a material fact  contained in (i) any  Preliminary
Prospectus,  the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus (as from time to time
each may be amended and supplemented);  (ii) in any post-effective  amendment or
amendments or any new registration statement and prospectus in which is included
securities of the Company issued or issuable upon exercise of the  Underwriter's
Purchase  Option;  or  (iii)  any  application  or  other  document  or  written
communication (in this Section 5 collectively called "application")  executed by
the Company or based upon  written  information  furnished by the Company in any
jurisdiction  in order to  qualify  the  Securities  under the  securities  laws
thereof or filed with the Commission, any state securities commission or agency,
Nasdaq or any securities exchange;



                                      -31-

<PAGE>



or the omission or alleged omission  therefrom of a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,  unless such statement
or omission was made in reliance upon, and in strict  conformity  with,  written
information  furnished to the Company with respect to the  Underwriter  by or on
behalf of the Underwriter expressly for use in any Preliminary  Prospectus,  the
Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or
in any application,  as the case may be; PROVIDED,  however,  that the foregoing
indemnity  agreement with respect to any preliminary  prospectus shall not inure
to the benefit of any  Underwriter  from whom the person  asserting such losses,
claims,  damages  or  liabilities  purchased  Public  Securities,  or any person
controlling  such  Underwriter,  if a copy of the Prospectus (as then amended or
supplemented  if the Company shall have  furnished any amendments or supplements
thereto)  was not sent or  given by or on  behalf  of such  Underwriter  to such
person, if required by law so to have been delivered, at or prior to the written
confirmation  of the sale of the Public  Securities  to such person,  and if the
Prospectus  (as so amended or  supplemented)  would have cured the defect giving
rise to such loss,  claim,  damage or liability.  The Company agrees promptly to
notify the  Underwriter  of the  commencement  of any  litigation or proceedings
against the Company or any of its officers,  directors or controlling persons in
connection  with the issue and sale of the Securities or in connection  with the
Registration Statement or Prospectus.

                      5.1.2  PROCEDURE.  If any  action is brought  against  the
Underwriter  or controlling  person in respect of which  indemnity may be sought
against the Company  pursuant to Section 5.1.1,  the Underwriter  shall promptly
notify the Company in writing of the  institution of such action and the Company
shall assume the defense of such action,  including the  employment  and fees of
counsel  (subject  to the  approval  of the  Underwriter)  and payment of actual
expenses.  The Underwriter or controlling  person shall have the right to employ
its or their own  counsel in any such case,  but the fees and  expenses  of such
counsel shall be at the expense of the  Underwriter or such  controlling  person
unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall have been  authorized in writing
by the  Company  in  connection  with the  defense of such  action,  or (ii) the
Company  shall not have  employed  counsel to have charge of the defense of such
action,  or (iii)  such  indemnified  party or  parties  shall  have  reasonably
concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different
from or additional to those  available to the Company (in which case the Company
shall not have the right to direct the  defense of such  action on behalf of the
indemnified  party or parties),  in any of which events the fees and expenses of
not more than one additional  firm of attorneys  selected by the Underwriter and
controlling person, as a single group, shall be





                                      -32-

<PAGE>



borne by the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
if the Underwriter or controlling person shall assume the defense of such action
as provided above,  the Company shall have the right to approve the terms of any
settlement of such action which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

           5.2  INDEMNIFICATION  OF  THE  COMPANY.  The  Underwriter  agrees  to
indemnify  and hold  harmless the Company  against any and all loss,  liability,
claim,  damage and expense described in the foregoing indemnity from the Company
to the Underwriter,  as incurred,  but only with respect to untrue statements or
omissions,  or alleged untrue  statements or omissions  directly relating to the
transactions  effected by the  Underwriter in connection with this offering made
in any Preliminary  Prospectus,  the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any
amendment or supplement  thereto or in any  application in reliance upon, and in
strict  conformity  with,  written  information  furnished  to the Company  with
respect to the Underwriter by or on behalf of the Underwriter  expressly for use
in such Preliminary Prospectus,  the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any
amendment or supplement  thereto or in any such application.  In case any action
shall be brought against the Company or any other person so indemnified based on
any  Preliminary  Prospectus,  the  Registration  Statement or Prospectus or any
amendment  or  supplement  thereto  or an  application,  and in respect of which
indemnity may be sought against the Underwriter,  the Underwriter shall have the
rights and duties given to the Company, and the Company and each other person so
indemnified  shall have the rights and duties  given to the  Underwriter  by the
provisions of Section 5.1.2.

           5.3        CONTRIBUTION.

                      5.3.1  CONTRIBUTION  RIGHTS.  In order to provide for just
and  equitable  contribution  under the Act in any case in which (i) any  person
entitled to indemnification under this Section 5 makes claim for indemnification
pursuant  hereto  but it is  judicially  determined  (by  the  entry  of a final
judgment or decree by a court of competent  jurisdiction  and the  expiration of
time  to  appeal  or  the  denial  of  the  last  right  of  appeal)  that  such
indemnification  may not be enforced in such case  notwithstanding the fact that
this Section 5 provides for  indemnification  in such case, or (ii) contribution
under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise  may be required on the part of any
such person in circumstances  for which  indemnification  is provided under this
Section 5, then,  and in each such case, the Company and the  Underwriter  shall
contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of
the nature  contemplated by said indemnity agreement incurred by the Company and
the  Underwriter,  as incurred,  in such  proportions  that the  Underwriter  is
responsible for that portion represented by the



                                      -33-

<PAGE>



percentage  that the  underwriting  discount  appearing on the cover page of the
Prospectus bears to the initial offering price appearing thereon and the Company
is responsible for the balance; provided, that, no person guilty of a fraudulent
misrepresentation  (within  the  meaning of  Section  11(f) of the Act) shall be
entitled to  contribution  from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of this  Section  5.3, the
Underwriter  shall not be  required  to  contribute  any amount in excess of the
amount by which the total price at which the Public  Securities  underwritten by
it and  distributed  to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount
of any damages  which the  Underwriter  has  otherwise  been  required to pay in
respect of such losses, liabilities,  claims, damages and expenses. For purposes
of this Section,  each director,  officer and employee of the  Underwriter,  and
each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter  within the meaning of Section
15 of the Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Underwriter.

                      5.3.2  CONTRIBUTION  PROCEDURE.  Within fifteen days after
receipt by any party to this Agreement (or its  representative) of notice of the
commencement of any action, suit or proceeding,  such party will, if a claim for
contribution   in  respect   thereof  is  to  be  made  against   another  party
("contributing  party"),  notify  the  contributing  party  of the  commencement
thereof,  but the omission to so notify the contributing  party will not relieve
it from any  liability  which  it may have to any  other  party  other  than for
contribution  hereunder.  In case any such action, suit or proceeding is brought
against  any  party,  and  such  party  notifies  a  contributing  party  or its
representative  of the commencement  thereof within the aforesaid  fifteen days,
the  contributing  party  will be  entitled  to  participate  therein  with  the
notifying party and any other  contributing party similarly  notified.  Any such
contributing  party  shall not be liable to any party  seeking  contribution  on
account of any settlement of any claim,  action or proceeding which was effected
by such party  without  the  written  consent of such  contributing  party.  The
contribution  provisions contained in this Section are intended to supersede, to
the  extent  permitted  by law,  any right to  contribution  under the Act,  the
Exchange Act or otherwise available.

6.         [Reserved]

7.         ADDITIONAL COVENANTS.

           7.1 BOARD  DESIGNEE.  For a period of five years  from the  Effective
Date, the Underwriter  shall have the right to send a  representative  (who need
not be the same  individual  from meeting to meeting) to observe each meeting of
the Board of Directors. The



                                      -34-

<PAGE>



Company agrees to give the  Underwriter  written notice of each such meeting and
to provide  the  Underwriter  with an agenda and minutes of the meeting no later
than it gives such notice and provides such items to the other directors.

           7.2        [Reserved]

           7.3        [Reserved]

           7.4 PRESS  RELEASES.  The Company  will not issue a press  release or
engage in any other publicity until 25 days after the Effective Date without the
Underwriter's prior written consent.

           7.5  FORM S-8 OR ANY  SIMILAR  FORM.  The  Company  shall  not file a
Registration  Statement on Form S-8 (or any similar or  successor  form) for the
registration of shares of Common Stock  underlying stock options for a period of
______  year(s)  from the  Effective  Date  without  the  Underwriter's  written
consent.

           7.6        [Reserved]

           7.7  COMPENSATION AND OTHER  ARRANGEMENTS.  The Company hereby agrees
that for a period of three years from the Effective  Date, all the  compensation
and other  arrangements  between  the Company and its  officers,  directors  and
affiliates  shall be  determined  by a  compensation  committee of the Company's
Board of Directors, a majority of whom are not employed by the Company.

8.  REPRESENTATIONS  AND AGREEMENTS TO SURVIVE  DELIVERY.  Except as the context
otherwise requires, all representations,  warranties and agreements contained in
this Agreement shall be deemed to be representations,  warranties and agreements
at the Closing Dates and such representations,  warranties and agreements of the
Underwriter and Company, including the indemnity agreements contained in Section
5 hereof,  shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any
investigation  made by or on  behalf  of the  Underwriter,  the  Company  or any
controlling  person,  and shall  survive  termination  of this  Agreement or the
issuance and delivery of the Securities to the Underwriter  until the earlier of
the  expiration  of any  applicable  statute  of  limitations  and  the  seventh
anniversary of the later of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, if any,
at which time the representations, warranties and agreements shall terminate and
be of no further force and effect.

9.         EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT AND TERMINATION THEREOF.

           9.1 EFFECTIVE  DATE.  This  Agreement  shall become  effective on the
Effective  Date  at  the  time  that  the  Registration  Statement  is  declared
effective. The time of the initial public offering, for




                                      -35-

<PAGE>



the  purpose  of this  Section  9 shall  mean the time,  after the  Registration
Statement becomes effective,  of the release by you for publication of the first
newspaper  advertisement which is subsequently  published relating to the Public
Securities or the time, after the Registration Statement becomes effective, when
the Public  Securities are first released by you for offering by the Underwriter
or dealers by letter or telegram,  whichever shall first occur.  You may prevent
this Agreement  from becoming  effective  without  liability to any other party,
except as noted below,  by giving the notice  indicated  below in this Section 9
before the time this Agreement becomes effective. The Underwriter agrees to give
the Company notice of the commencement of the offering described herein.

           9.2  TERMINATION.  The Underwriter  shall have the right to terminate
this  Agreement  at any time prior to any Closing  Date,  (i) if any domestic or
international  event or act or occurrence has materially  disrupted,  or in your
opinion will in the immediate  future  materially  disrupt,  general  securities
markets in the United States; or (ii) if trading on the New York Stock Exchange,
the American  Stock Exchange or in the  over-the-counter  market shall have been
suspended,  or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum
ranges for prices for  securities  shall have been fixed,  or maximum ranges for
prices for securities shall have been required on the over-the-counter market by
the NASD or by order of the Commission or any other government  authority having
jurisdiction,  or (iii) if the United States shall have become involved in a war
or major hostilities, or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by a New
York State or federal  authority,  or (v) if a  moratorium  on foreign  exchange
trading has been declared which materially  adversely  impacts the United States
securities  market,  or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a material loss
by fire,  flood,  accident,  hurricane,  earthquake,  theft,  sabotage  or other
calamity  or  malicious  act  which,  whether  or not such loss  shall have been
injured, will, in your opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed with the delivery
of the  Securities,  or (vii) if either David E. Y. Sarna or George Febish shall
no longer  serve the Company in his present  capacity,  or (viii) if the Company
has breached any of its representations, warranties or obligations hereunder, or
(ix) if the  Underwriter  shall have  become  aware  after the date  hereof of a
Material  Adverse  Change,  or such adverse  material  change in general  market
conditions  as in the  Underwriter's  judgment  would make it  impracticable  to
proceed with the offering,  sale and/or delivery of the Securities or to enforce
contracts made by the Underwriter for the sale of the Securities.

           9.3 NOTICE.  If you elect to prevent  this  Agreement  from  becoming
effective  or to  terminate  this  Agreement  as provided in this Section 9, the
Company shall be notified on the same day as





                                      -36-

<PAGE>



such election is made by you by telephone or telecopy, confirmed by letter.

           9.4 EXPENSES.  In the event that this Agreement  shall not be carried
out for any reason,  within the time specified herein or any extensions  thereof
pursuant to the terms herein, the obligations of the Company to pay the expenses
related to the  transactions  contemplated  herein  shall be governed by Section
3.15 hereof.

           9.5 INDEMNIFICATION. Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained
in this Agreement,  any election hereunder or any termination of this Agreement,
and whether or not this  Agreement is otherwise  carried out, the  provisions of
Section 5 shall not be in any way effected by such  election or  termination  or
failure to carry out the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.

10.        MISCELLANEOUS.

           10.1  NOTICES.  All  communications   hereunder,   except  as  herein
otherwise  specifically  provided,  shall be in  writing  and  shall be  mailed,
delivered or telecopied and confirmed

If to the Underwriter:

                               Renaissance Financial Securities Corporation
                               200 Old Country Road
                               Suite 400
                               Mineola, NY  11501
                               Attention:  Todd M. Spehler
                               Fax: (516) 294-0072

Copy to:

                               Stursberg & Veith
                               405 Lexington Avenue
                               Suite 4949
                               New York, NY  10174-4902
                               Attention:  C. Walter Stursberg, Jr., Esq.
                               Fax:  (212) 922-0995

If to the Company:

                               ObjectSoft Corporation
                               Continental Plaza III
                               433 Hackensack Avenue
                               Hackensack, NJ  07601
                               Attention:  Mr. David E. Y. Sarna
                               Fax: (201) 343-0056




                                      -37-

<PAGE>



Copy to:

                               Parker Chapin Flattau & Klimpl, LLP
                               1211 Avenue of the Americas
                               New York, NY  10036
                               Attention:  Melvin Weinberg, Esq.
                               Fax: (212) 704-6288


           10.2 HEADINGS. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose
of convenience of reference and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning
or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.

           10.3  AMENDMENT.  This  Agreement  may only be  amended  by a written
instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.

           10.4  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement  (together  with the  other
agreements and documents being delivered  pursuant to or in connection with this
Agreement)  constitutes the entire  agreement of the parties hereto with respect
to  the  subject  matter  hereof,   and  supersede  all  prior   agreements  and
understandings  of the parties,  oral and  written,  with respect to the subject
matter hereof.

           10.5 BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit
of and shall be binding upon, the  Underwriter,  the Company and the controlling
persons,  directors  and  officers  referred  to in Section 5 hereof,  and their
respective  successors,  legal  representatives and assigns, and no other person
shall have or be construed to have nay legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any  provisions  herein
contained.

           10.6 GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION. This Agreement shall be governed by
and construed and enforced in accordance  with the law of the State of New York,
without  giving  effect to conflicts of law. The Company  hereby agrees that any
action,  proceeding or claim  against it arising out of,  relating in any way to
this  Agreement  shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New
York,  New York County or the  Federal  District  Court of the United  States of
America for the Southern  District of New York, and irrevocably  submits to such
jurisdictions, which jurisdictions shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives
any objection to such exclusive  jurisdiction  and that such courts represent an
inconvenient  forum.  Any such  process or summons to be served upon the Company
may be served by  transmitting  a copy thereof by registered or certified  mail,
return receipt  requested,  postage prepaid,  addressed to it at the address set
forth in Section 10 hereof.  Such mailing shall be deemed  personal  service and
shall be



                                      -38-

<PAGE>



legal and  binding  upon the  Company in any action,  proceeding  or claim.  The
Company  agrees  that the  prevailing  party(ies)  in any such  action  shall be
entitled to recover from the other  party(ies) all of its reasonable  attorneys'
fees and  expenses  relating to such  action or  proceeding  and/or  incurred in
connection with the preparation therefor.

           10.7 EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one
or  more  counterparts,   and  by  the  different  parties  hereto  in  separate
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which
taken together shall  constitute  one and the same  agreement,  and shall become
effective when one or more  counterparts  has been signed by each of the parties
hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto.

           10.8 WAIVER,  ETC. The failure of any of the parties hereto to at any
time  enforce any of the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall not be deemed or
construed  to be a waiver of any such  provision,  nor to in any way  effect the
validity of this  Agreement or any  provision  hereof or the right of any of the
parties hereto to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Agreement.
No  wavier  of  any  breach,  non-compliance  or  non-fulfillment  of any of the
provisions of this  Agreement  shall be effective  unless set forth in a written
instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of
such  waiver is  sought;  and no waiver of any such  breach,  non-compliance  or
non-fulfillment  shall be  construed  or  deemed  to be a waiver of any other or
subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

           If the foregoing  correctly sets forth the understanding  between the
Underwriter and the Company, please so indicate in the





                                      -39-

<PAGE>


space provided below for that purpose,  whereupon this letter shall constitute a
binding agreement between us.

                                          Very truly yours,

                                          OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION


                                          By: _____________________________
                                              Name:   David E. Y. Sarna
                                              Title:  Chairman of the Board



Accepted as of the date first above written.

New York, New York

RENAISSANCE FINANCIAL SECURITIES
  CORPORATION


By: ____________________________
    Name:   Todd M. Spehler
    Title:  President





                                      -40-


                       CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND MERGER

                                     MERGING

                ObjectSoft Corporation, a New Jersey Corporation

                                      INTO

                 ObjectSoft Corporation, a Delaware Corporation


ObjectSoft  Corporation,  a corporation organized and existing under the laws of
the State of New Jersey.

           DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:


           FIRST:  That it was  organized  pursuant to the  provisions  of Title
14A:2-7 of the New Jersey Corporation Act on the 20th day of December, 1990.

           SECOND:  That it owns 100% of the  outstanding  shares of the capital
stock  of  ObjectSoft  Corporation,  a  corporation  organized  pursuant  to the
provisions of the General  Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,  on the 4th
day of January, 1996.

           THIRD: By unanimous written consent dated January 4, 1996, determined
to merge the  corporation  into said ObjectSoft  Corporation,  and did adopt the
following resolutions:

           RESOLVED, that this corporation, ObjectSoft Corporation, a New Jersey
corporation merge itself into ObjectSoft  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation,
assumed  all  of  the  obligations  of  ObjectSoft  Corporation,  a  New  Jersey
corporation.

           FURTHER RESOLVED,  that the terms and conditions of the merger are as
follows:


           Upon  completion  of  the  merger,  the  holders  of  the  shares  of
ObjectSoft,  a New Jersey  corporation,  shall receive an  equivalent  number of
shares of the shares of ObjectSoft,  a Delaware  corporation,  and shall have no
further  claims of any kind or nature;  and all of the shares of  ObjectSoft,  a
Delaware corporation held by ObjectSoft  Corporation,  a New Jersey corporation,
its sole shareholder shall be surrendered and canceled.

           FOURTH:  That this  merger  has been  adopted,  approved,  certified,
executed and acknowledged by the parent corporation.




<PAGE>


           IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  said  ObjectSoft  Corporation,  a  New  Jersey
corporation  has caused  this  Certificate  to be signed by George J. Febish its
President, this 31st day of January, 1996.


                                ObjectSoft Corporation, a New Jersey corporation


                                          By: /s/ George J. Febish
                                             --------------------------
                                             George J. Febish, President















                                       -2-




           PLAN  OF  MERGER  (the  "Plan  of  Merger")   adopted  by  ObjectSoft
Corporation,  a business  corporation  organized  under the laws of the State of
Delaware ( sometimes  hereinafter  referred  to as  "Delaware  ObjectSoft"),  by
resolution  of its Board of  Directors  on  January  4,  1996,  and  adopted  by
ObjectSoft  Corporation,  a business corporation organized under the laws of the
State of New Jersey  (sometimes  hereinafter  referred to as the "Company"),  by
resolution of its Board of Directors on January 4, 1996.

(i) The names of the corporations planning to merge are ObjectSoft  Corporation,
a business  corporation  organized under the laws of the State of Delaware,  and
ObjectSoft  Corporation,  a business corporation organized under the laws of the
State of New  Jersey.  The name of the  surviving  corporation  into  which  the
Company plans to merge is ObjectSoft Corporation

(ii) The Company shall,  pursuant to the  provisions of the New Jersey  Business
Corporation  Act and the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, be merged with and
into  ObjectSoft  Corporation,  which shall be the surviving  corporation at the
effective  time and  date of the  merger  and  which  is  sometimes  hereinafter
referred to as the "surviving corporation", and which shall continue to exist as
said surviving  corporation under its present name pursuant to the provisions of
the Delaware  General Business  Corporation  Law. The separate  existence of the
Company,  which  is  sometimes  hereinafter  referred  to as the  "non-surviving
corporation",  shall  cease at the  effective  time and  date of the  merger  in
accordance with the provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act.

(iii) The  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the surviving  corporation  at the
effective time and date of the merger  including the Certificate of Designation,
Number,  Powers,  Preferences  and Relative,  Participating,  Optional and other
Special Rights and the Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions, of Series A
Preferred Stock and the Certificate of Designation,  Number, Powers, Preferences
and  Relative,  Participating,   Optional  and  other  Special  Rights  and  the
Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions, of Series B Preferred Stock, shall
be the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of said surviving  corporation  and said
Certificate  of  Incorporation  shall  continue  in full force and effect  until
further  amended and changed in the manner  prescribed by the  provisions of the
Delaware General Corporation Law.

(iv) The present bylaws of the surviving  corporation will be the bylaws of said
surviving  corporation and will continue in full force and effect until changed,
altered  or  amended as therein  provided  and in the manner  prescribed  by the
provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

(v) As of the  effective  time and date of the merger and  without any action on
the part of any holder thereof each share of common stock,  $.001 par value,  of
the Company,  issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time and
date of the merger and each share of preferred  stock,  $.001 par value,  of the
Company, issued, outstanding immediately prior to the effective time and date of
the merger,  shall be automatically  converted such that the stockholders  shall
own the same number of shares of common stock of the  Surviving  Corporation  as
previously held in the Company.  As of the effective time and date of the merger
and without any action on the part of any holder thereof each share of preferred
stock, $.001 par value, of the Company


<PAGE>


issued and outstanding  immediately  prior to the effective time and date (other
than the  1,250  shares  of  Company  preferred  stock  issued  in  1995)  shall
automatically be converted into one full share of Delaware ObjectSoft's Series A
Preferred  Stock  $.0001 par value per share and each of the 1,250 shares of the
Company's  preferred stock issued in 1995 shall  automatically be converted into
one full share of  Delaware  ObjectSoft's  Series B Preferred  Stock  $.0001 par
value per share. As of the effective time and date of the merger and without any
action on the part of any holder thereof the outstanding options and warrants to
acquire the  Company's  common  stock  shall  automatically  become  options and
warrants to acquire Delaware ObjectSoft's Common Stock, $.0001 par value, on the
same terms and  conditions.  Each share of capital stock of Delaware  ObjectSoft
issued and outstanding  immediately  prior to the effective time and date of the
merger shall be canceled.

(vi) The Plan of Merger  herein  made and  approved  shall be  submitted  to the
stockholders  of the  Company  for their  approval  or  rejection  in the manner
prescribed by the provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act.

(vii) In the event that the Plan of Merger shall have been approved by the Board
of Directors and the stockholders of the non-surviving  corporation  entitled to
vote  thereon and by the Board of Directors of the  surviving  corporation,  the
vote of the sole stockholder of the Surviving  Corporation not being required as
prescribed  by the  provisions  of the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, the
non-surviving  corporation and the surviving  corporation  hereby stipulate that
they will  cause to be  executed  and filed  and/or  recorded  any  document  or
documents  prescribed by the laws of the States of New Jersey and Delaware,  and
that they will cause to be performed all necessary acts therein and elsewhere to
effectuate the merger.

(viii) The Board of  Directors  and the  proper  officers  of the  non-surviving
corporation  and the Board of Directors and the proper officers of the surviving
corporation, respectively, are hereby authorized and empowered to do any and all
acts and things, and to make, execute,  deliver, file, and/or record any and all
instruments, papers, and documents which shall be or become necessary, proper or
convenient to carry out or put into effect any of the provisions of this Plan of
Merger or of the merger herein provided for.



                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION



           The undersigned,  a natural person,  for the purposes of organizing a
corporation  for conducting the business and promoting the purposes  hereinafter
stated,  under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the laws of the
State of Delaware  (particularly Chapter 1, Title 8 of the Delaware Code and the
acts  amendatory  thereof and  supplemental  thereto,  and as hereafter  further
amended and supplemented,  and known, identified and referred to as the "General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware"), hereby certifies that:

           FIRST:   The  name  of  the  corporation   (hereinafter   called  the
"Corporation") is ObjectSoft Corporation.

           SECOND: The address,  including street,  number,  city and county, of
the registered  office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1050 South
State Street, City of Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19903; and the name of the
registered  agent of the  Corporation in the State of Delaware is Bridge Service
Corp.

           THIRD:  The nature of the  business  and the purposes to be conducted
and promoted by of the Corporation  shall be to conduct any lawful business,  to
promote any lawful purpose and to engage in any lawful act or activity for which
corporations may be organized under the General  Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, as amended and supplemented from time to time.

           FOURTH: The aggregate number of shares of stock which the Corporation
shall have  authority to issue is  25,000,000  shares  divided into two classes;
20,000,000 shares of which shall be designated as Common Stock, $.0001 par value
per share, and 5,000,000 shares of which shall be designated as Preferred Stock,
with  $.0001 par value per  share.  There  shall be no  preemptive  rights  with
respect to any shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

           The  following  is a statement  of the  designations  and the powers,
preferences  and  rights,  and the  relative  participating,  optional  or other
special rights,  and the  qualifications,  limitations  and  restrictions of the
shares of each class:

           1. Except as any provision of law, any provision  herein or elsewhere
in the Certificate of Incorporation may otherwise provide,  each share of Common
Stock of the Corporation  shall have the same rights,  privileges,  interest and
attributes,  and shall be subject to the same limitations,  as every other share
of the Corporation and shall entitle the holder of record of any such issued and
outstanding share to receive an equal proportion of any cash dividends which may
be declared,  set apart or paid, an equal proportion of any distributions of the
authorized but


<PAGE>


unissued shares of the Corporation and/or its treasury shares, if any, which may
be made, an equal proportion of the distribution of any bonds or property of the
Corporation,  including the shares or bonds of other corporations,  which may be
made,  and an equal  proportion  of any  distributions  of the net assets of the
Corporation  (whether  stated  capital  or  surplus)  which may be made upon the
liquidation,  dissolution,  or  winding up of the  affairs  of the  Corporation,
whether  voluntary  or  involuntary;  provided,  that any  distributions  of the
authorized but unissued shares of the Corporation and/or its treasury shares, if
any,  shall be made only in respect of shares of the same class,  and,  provided
further,  that no statement herein contained shall be deemed to limit,  curtail,
or divest the authority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation to make any
proper distributions, including distributions of authorized but unissued shares,
in relation to its treasury shares, if any. Each issued and outstanding share of
Common Stock shall entitle the holder of record thereof to one vote per share.

           2.  Preferred  Stock may be  issued  from time to time in one or more
series,  each of such  series to have such  designations,  relative  rights  and
limitations as may be fixed in the  resolution or resolutions  providing for the
issue of such series  adopted by the Board of  Directors of the  Corporation  as
hereinafter  provided.  Any shares of  Preferred  Stock  which may be  redeemed,
purchased  or acquired by the  Corporation  may be reissued  except as otherwise
provided  herein or by law.  Different  series of  Preferred  Stock shall not be
construed to constitute  different  classes of shares for the purposes of voting
by classes unless expressly provided for in the resolutions creating such series
or required by applicable law.

           Authority is hereby expressly  granted to the Board of Directors from
time to  time to  issue  the  Preferred  Stock  in one or  more  series,  and in
connection  with the creation of any such series,  by resolution or  resolutions
providing  for the issuance of the shares  thereof,  to  determine  and fix such
voting  powers,  full or limited,  or no voting powers,  and such  designations,
preferences and relative  participating,  optional or other special rights,  and
qualifications,   limitations  or  restrictions   thereof   including,   without
limitation,  dividend  rights,  conversion  rights,  redemption  privileges  and
liquidation  preferences,  as shall be stated and expressed in such resolutions,
all to the fullest extent now or hereafter  permitted by the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
the  resolutions  providing  for issuance of any series of  Preferred  Stock may
provide  that such series  shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to the
Preferred Stock of any other series to the extent permitted by law.

           FIFTH: The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.


                                       -2-

<PAGE>


           SIXTH:  The name and the mailing address of the  incorporator  are as
follows:

           Name                                    Mailing Address
           ----                                    ---------------

Elaine S. Moshe, Esq.                    c/o Parker Chapin Flattau & Klimpl, LLP
                                         1211 Avenue of the Americas
                                         New York, New York  10036

           SEVENTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the
Corporation  and  its  creditors  or  any  class  of  them  and/or  between  the
Corporation  and its  stockholders  or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction  within the State of Delaware may, on the  application in a summary
way of the  Corporation  or of any  creditor  or  stockholder  thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the
provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the
creditors  or  class  of  creditors,  and/or  of the  stockholders  or  class of
stockholders  of the  Corporation,  as the case may be, to be  summoned  in such
manner  as  the  said  court  directs.  If a  majority  in  number  representing
three-fourths  in value of the  creditors or class of  creditors,  and/or of the
stockholders or class of stockholders  of the  Corporation,  as the case may be,
agree  to  any  compromise  or  arrangement  and to  any  reorganization  of the
Corporation  as  consequence  of  such  compromise  or  arrangement,   the  said
compromise or arrangement  and the said  reorganization  shall, if sanctioned by
the court to which the said  application  has been  made,  be binding on all the
creditors  or class of  creditors,  and/or on all the  stockholders  or class of
stockholders,  of the  Corporation,  as the  case  may  be,  and  also  on  this
Corporation.

           EIGHTH: The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation is
hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by paragraph (7) of subsection
(b) of Section 102 of the General  Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,  as
the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

           NINTH:  The  Corporation  shall,  to the fullest extent  permitted by
Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same
may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any and all persons
whom the  Corporation  shall have power to indemnify under said Section from and
against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in
or covered by said  Section  145,  and the  indemnification  provided for herein
shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may
be enti tled under any By-law,  agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested
directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person's official capacity and
as to action in another  capacity while holding such office,  and shall continue
as to a person who has ceased to be a  director,  officer,  employee or agent of
the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,  executors,  estate
and  administrators  of such a person.  The  Corporation  shall be  entitled  to
advance expenses  (including,  without limitation,  reasonable  attorneys' fees)
incurred by any such officer or director in advance of the final  disposition of
the applicable action, suit or proceeding to the fullest extent

                                       -3-

<PAGE>


permitted  by  Section  145 of the  General  Corporation  Law  of the  State  of
Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

           TENTH: From time to time any of the provisions of this Certificate of
Incorporation  may  be  amended,  altered  or  repealed,  and  other  provisions
authorized  by the laws of the  State of  Delaware  at the time in force  may be
added or inserted in the manner and at the time prescribed by said laws, and all
rights at any time conferred upon the  stockholders  of the  Corporation by this
Certificate  of  Incorporation  are granted  subject to the  provisions  of this
Article TENTH.

           IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  as sole  incorporator  of the
Corporation has signed this Certificate this 4th day of January, 1996.






                                               /s/ Elaine S. Moshe, Esq.
                                               -------------------------
                                               Elaine S. Moshe, Esq.
                                               Sole Incorporator



                                                                 -4-



                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                       OF
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION


           I, George J. Febish,  being the duly elected  President of OBJECTSOFT
CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation (the  "Corporation"),  do hereby certify as
follows:

           (a) The name of the Corporation is ObjectSoft Corporation.

           (b) The Certificate of Incorporation is amended by the addition of an
ARTICLE ELEVENTH, ARTICLE TWELFTH and ARTICLE THIRTEENTH to read as follows:

           "ELEVENTH:

                      (i) At a Meeting of  Stockholders  in 1996,  the directors
           shall be divided into two classes, with respect to the time that they
           severally  hold office,  as nearly equal in number as possible,  with
           the initial  term of office of the first class of directors to expire
           at the 1997 Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  and the initial term of
           office of the second  class of directors to expire at the 1998 Annual
           Meeting of  Stockholders.  Commencing with the 1996 Annual Meeting of
           Stockholders,  directors  elected to succeed  those  directors  whose
           terms have thereupon expired shall be elected for a term of office to
           expire at the second succeeding Annual Meeting of Stockholders  after
           their  election,  and upon the  election and  qualification  of their
           successors.  If the number of directors  is changed,  any increase or
           decrease shall be apportioned  among the classes so as to maintain or
           attain, if possible,  the equality of the number of directors in each
           class,  but in no case will a  decrease  in the  number of  directors
           shorten the term of any incumbent  director.  If such equality is not
           possible,  the increase or decrease  shall be  apportioned  among the
           classes in such a way that the  difference in the number of directors
           in the classes shall not exceed one.

                      (ii)  Any  vacancies  in the  Board of  Directors  for any
           reason and any newly created directorships resulting by reason of any
           increase in the number of  directors  may be filled only by the Board
           of Directors (unless there are no remaining  directors),  acting by a
           majority of the  remaining  directors  then in office,  although less
           than a quorum,  and any  directors  so chosen shall hold office until
           the next  election  of the class for which such  directors  have been
           chosen and until their successors are elected and qualified.

                      (iii) Any director, or the entire Board of Directors,  may
           be removed  from  office at any time,  but only for cause and only by
           the  affirmative  vote of the  holders  of at least 75% of the voting
           power of all of the shares of capital stock of the

<PAGE>


           Corporation  then  entitled  to vote  generally  in the  election  of
           directors, voting together as a single class.

           TWELFTH:  Any  action  required  or  permitted  to be  taken  by  the
           stockholders  of the  Corporation  must be  effected at a duly called
           annual or special  meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may
           not be  effected  by any  consent in  writing  by such  stockholders.
           Special  meetings of  stockholders  of the  Corporation may be called
           only by (i) the Board of Directors  pursuant to a resolution  adopted
           by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, either upon motion of
           a director or upon written  request by the holders of at least 50% of
           the  voting  power  of  all  the  shares  of  capital  stock  of  the
           Corporation  then  entitled  to vote  generally  in the  election  of
           directors, voting together as a single class or (ii) the president of
           the Corporation.

           THIRTEENTH:   In  addition  to  any   requirements   of  the  General
           Corporation  Law of  Delaware  (and  notwithstanding  the fact that a
           lesser percentage may be specified by the General  Corporation Law of
           Delaware), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the
           voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation
           then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors,  voting
           together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of
           the  Corporation  to amend,  alter,  change,  adopt or repeal Article
           Eleventh, Article Twelfth or Article Thirteenth hereof."

           (c) The Board of Directors of the Corporation has adopted resolutions
by unanimous  written  consent  setting  forth the amendment  herein  contained,
declaring its  advisability and providing that such resolutions be presented for
adoption  by a vote at an annual  meeting by the  holders  of a majority  of the
shares  entitled  to  vote  thereon.  By a vote  at the  annual  meeting  of the
stockholders  of a majority of the  outstanding  shares of the Common  Stock and
Series A Preferred Stock of the Corporation voting together,  such amendment has
been adopted in accordance  with Section 242 of the General  Corporation  Law of
the State of Delaware.

Signed and attested to on __________________, 1996.

(Corporate Seal)





                                                     ---------------------------
                                                     George J. Febish, President

Attest:



- ---------------------------
David E. Y. Sarna, Secretary





                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                            (a Delaware corporation)

                                   ----------


                                    ARTICLE I

                                  STOCKHOLDERS

           1. CERTIFICATES  REPRESENTING STOCK.  Certificates representing stock
in the corporation shall be signed by, or in the name of, the corporation by the
Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or by the President
or a  Vice-President  and by the  Treasurer  or an  Assistant  Treasurer  or the
Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  corporation.  Any  or  all  the
signatures on any such  certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer who
has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall
have  ceased  to be such  officer,  transfer  agent  or  registrar  before  such
certificate is issued,  it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect
as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

           Whenever the  corporation  shall be authorized to issue more than one
class of stock or more than one series of any class of stock,  and  whenever the
corporation  shall  issue any  shares of its stock as  partly  paid  stock,  the
certificates  representing  shares  of any such  class or  series or of any such
partly  paid stock  shall set forth  thereon the  statements  prescribed  by the
General  Corporation  Law of  Delaware  (the  "General  Corporation  Law").  Any
restrictions  on the transfer or registration of transfer of any shares of stock
of any  class  or  series  shall  be  noted  conspicuously  on  the  certificate
representing such shares.

           The   corporation   may   issue  a  new   certificate   of  stock  or
uncertificated  shares  in place of any  certificate  theretofore  issued by it,
alleged to have been lost,  stolen or destroyed,  and the Board of Directors may
require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed  certificate,  or the owner's
legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the
corporation  against  any claim  that may be made  against  it on account of the
alleged loss,  theft or destruction  of any such  certificate or the issuance of
any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

           2.  UNCERTIFICATED  SHARES.  Subject to any conditions imposed by the
General  Corporation  Law, the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide
by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of
the stock of the corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Within a reasonable
time after the issuance or transfer of any uncertificated


<PAGE>


shares,  the corporation  shall send to the registered owner thereof any written
notice prescribed by the General Corporation Law.

           3. FRACTIONAL SHARE INTERESTS.  The corporation may, but shall not be
required  to,  issue  fractions of a share.  If the  corporation  does not issue
fractions of a share,  it shall (1) arrange for the  disposition  of  fractional
interests by those entitled thereto, (2) pay in cash the fair value of fractions
of a share as of the time when those  entitled  to receive  such  fractions  are
determined or (3) issue scrip or warrants in registered form (either represented
by  a  certificate  or   uncertificated)   or  bearer  form  (represented  by  a
certificate)  which  shall  entitle  the holder to receive a full share upon the
surrender of such scrip or warrants  aggregating a full share. A certificate for
a fractional  share or an  uncertificated  fractional  share shall, but scrip or
warrants  shall not unless  otherwise  provided  therein,  entitle the holder to
exercise voting rights,  to receive  dividends thereon and to participate in any
of the  assets  of the  corporation  in the event of  liquidation.  The Board of
Directors  may cause scrip or warrants  to be issued  subject to the  conditions
that they shall become void if not exchanged for  certificates  representing the
full shares or uncertificated full shares before a specified date, or subject to
the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are  exchangeable may
be sold by the corporation and the proceeds  thereof  distributed to the holders
of scrip or  warrants,  or  subject to any other  conditions  which the Board of
Directors may impose.

           4. STOCK TRANSFERS.  Upon compliance with provisions  restricting the
transfer or registration  of transfer of shares of stock,  if any,  transfers or
registration  of transfers of shares of stock of the  corporation  shall be made
only on the stock ledger of the corporation by the registered holder thereof, or
by his attorney  thereunto  authorized  by power of attorney  duly  executed and
filed  with the  Secretary  of the  corporation  or with a  transfer  agent or a
registrar,  if any, and, in the case of shares  represented by certificates,  on
surrender of the certificate or  certificates  for such shares of stock properly
endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon.

           5. RECORD DATE FOR  STOCKHOLDERS.  In order that the  corporation may
determine  the  stockholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of
stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record
date,  which  record date shall not  precede the date upon which the  resolution
fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of  Directors,  and which  record
date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such
meeting.  If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors,  the record date
for  determining  stockholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day
on which notice is given,  or, if notice is waived,  at the close of business on
the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination  of
stockholders  of  record  entitled  to  notice  of or to  vote at a  meeting  of
stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;  provided,  however,
that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent
to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix
a record  date,  which  record  date shall not  precede  the date upon which the
resolution  fixing the record  date is  adopted by the Board of  Directors,  and
which  date  shall  not be more  than ten days  after  the date  upon  which the
resolution  fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of  Directors.  If no
record

                                       -2-

<PAGE>


date has been fixed by the Board of Directors,  the record date for  determining
the  stockholders  enti tled to consent to corporate action in writing without a
meeting,  when no prior  action by the Board of  Directors  is  required  by the
General  Corporation  Law,  shall be the  first  date on which a signed  written
consent  setting  forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to
the  corporation by delivery to its registered  office in the State of Delaware,
its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having
custody  of the  book in which  proceedings  of  meetings  of  stockholders  are
recorded.  Delivery made to the corporation's registered office shall be by hand
or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  If no record date
has been  fixed by the  Board of  Directors  and  prior  action  by the Board of
Directors  is  required  by the  General  Corporation  Law,  the record date for
determining  stockholders  entitled  to consent to  corporate  action in writing
without a  meeting  shall be at the  close of  business  on the day on which the
Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action. In order that
the  corporation may determine the  stockholders  entitled to receive payment of
any  dividend  or  other   distribution  or  allotment  of  any  rights  or  the
stockholders  entitled  to  exercise  any  rights  in  respect  of  any  change,
conversion or exchange of stock,  or for the purpose of any other lawful action,
the Board of  Directors  may fix a record  date,  which  record  date  shall not
precede  the date upon which the  resolution  fixing the record date is adopted,
and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If
no record date is fixed, the record date shall be not more than sixty days prior
to such  action.  If no record date is fixed,  the record  date for  determining
stockholders  for any such purpose  shall be at the close of business on the day
on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

           6. MEANING OF CERTAIN  TERMS.  As used herein in respect of the right
to notice of a meeting of  stockholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or
vote  thereat or to  consent or dissent in writing in lieu of a meeting,  as the
case may be,  the term  "share"  or  "shares"  or "share of stock" or "shares of
stock" or  "stockholder"  or  "stockholders"  refers to an outstanding  share or
shares of stock and to a holder or  holders of record of  outstanding  shares of
stock when the  corporation  is  authorized to issue only one class of shares of
stock,  and said reference is also intended to include any outstanding  share or
shares of stock and any  holder or holders  of record of  outstanding  shares of
stock of any class  upon  which or upon whom the  certificate  of  incorporation
confers  such rights  where there are two or more classes or series of shares of
stock or upon which or upon whom the General Corporation Law confers such rights
notwithstanding  that the certificate of incorporation may provide for more than
one class or series of  shares  of stock,  one or more of which are  limited  or
denied such rights thereunder;  provided, however, that no such right shall vest
in the event of an increase or a decrease in the authorized  number of shares of
stock of any class or series which is otherwise  denied  voting rights under the
provisions of the certificate of  incorporation,  except as any provision of law
may otherwise require.

           7. STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS

               a. TIME.  The annual meeting shall be held on the date and at the
time fixed, from time to time, by the directors, provided, that the first annual
meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the organization of
the corporation, and each successive annual

                                       -3-

<PAGE>


meeting  shall be held on a date within  thirteen  months  after the date of the
preceding annual meeting. A special meeting shall be held on the date and at the
time fixed by the directors.

               b. PLACE.  Annual meetings and special  meetings shall be held at
such place, within or without the State of Delaware,  as the directors may, from
time to time,  fix.  Whenever the  directors  shall fail to fix such place,  the
meeting shall be held at the registered  office of the  corporation in the State
of Delaware.

               c. CALL.  Annual  meetings and special  meetings may be called by
the directors or by any officer instructed by the directors to call the meeting.

               d.  NOTICE OR WAIVER OF NOTICE.  Written  notice of all  meetings
shall be given,  stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and stating the
place  within the city or other  municipality  or community at which the list of
stockholders of the corporation may be examined. The notice of an annual meeting
shall state that the meeting is called for the election of directors and for the
transaction of other  business  which may properly come before the meeting,  and
shall (if any other  action  which could be taken at a special  meeting is to be
taken at such annual  meeting)  state the purpose or  purposes.  The notice of a
special  meeting shall in all instances  state the purpose or purposes for which
the  meeting is called.  The notice of any  meeting  shall also  include,  or be
accompanied by, any additional  statements,  information or documents prescribed
by the General  Corporation  Law.  Except as  otherwise  provided by the General
Corporation Law, a copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given,  personally
or by mail,  not less than ten days nor more than sixty days  before the date of
the meeting,  unless the lapse of the prescribed  period of time shall have been
waived,  and directed to each stockholder at his record address or at such other
address  which he may have  furnished by request in writing to the  Secretary of
the corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited, with
postage thereon prepaid, in the United States Mail. If a meeting is adjourned to
another time, not more than thirty days hence,  and/or to another place,  and if
an  announcement  of the adjourned time and/or place is made at the meeting,  it
shall not be  necessary  to give  notice of the  adjourned  meeting  unless  the
directors,  after adjournment,  fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
Notice  need not be given to any  stockholder  who  submits a written  waiver of
notice  signed by him before or after the time stated  therein.  Attendance of a
stockholder at a meeting of stockholders  shall constitute a waiver of notice of
such meeting,  except when the  stockholder  attends the meeting for the express
purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any
business  because the meeting is not lawfully  called or  convened.  Neither the
business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting
of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

               e.  STOCKHOLDER  LIST.  The  officer  who has charge of the stock
ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every
meeting  of  stockholders,  a complete  list of the  stockholders,  arranged  in
alphabetical  order,  and showing the address of each stockholder and the number
of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to
the  examination  of any  stockholder,  for any purpose  germane to the meeting,
during ordinary  business hours,  for a period of at least ten days prior to the
meeting, either

                                       -4-

<PAGE>


at a place within the city or other  municipality or community where the meeting
is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting,  or,
if not so  specified,  at the place  where the  meeting is to be held.  The list
shall also be  produced  and kept at the place of the  meeting  during the whole
time thereof,  and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. The stock
ledger  shall be the only  evidence as to who are the  stockholders  entitled to
examine the stock ledger,  the list required by this section or the books of the
corporation, or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.

               f. CONDUCT OF MEETING.  Meetings of the stockholders shall be pre
sided over by one of the  following  officers in the order of  seniority  and if
present and acting - the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the
Board, if any, the President, a Vice-President,  or, if none of the foregoing is
in  office  and  present  and  acting,  by  a  chairman  to  be  chosen  by  the
stockholders. The Secretary of the corporation, or, in his absence, an Assistant
Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary
nor an Assistant  Secretary is present the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint
a secretary of the meeting.

               g. PROXY REPRESENTATION.  Every stockholder may authorize another
person or persons to act for him by proxy in all matters in which a  stockholder
is entitled to participate,  whether by waiving notice of any meeting, voting or
participating at a meeting,  or expressing consent or dissent without a meeting.
Every proxy must be signed by the  stockholder  or by his  attorney-in-fact.  No
proxy  shall be voted or acted upon after  three years from its date unless such
proxy provides for a longer  period.  A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable
if it states that it is irrevocable  and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled
with an interest  sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may
be made irrevocable  regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled
is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally.

               h. INSPECTORS. The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but
need not,  appoint one or more  inspectors  of election to act at the meeting or
any adjournment  thereof.  If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed,  the
person  presiding  at the  meeting  may,  but  need  not,  appoint  one or  more
inspectors.  In case any person who may be appointed  as an  inspector  fails to
appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in
advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding  thereat.  Each
inspector,  if any, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take
and sign an oath  faithfully to execute the duties of inspectors at such meeting
with  strict  impartiality  and  according  to  the  best  of his  ability.  The
inspectors,  if any, shall  determine the number of shares of stock  outstanding
and the voting power of each,  the shares of stock  represented  at the meeting,
the  existence  of a quorum and the  validity  and effect of proxies,  and shall
receive  votes,  ballots or consents,  hear and  determine  all  challenges  and
questions  arising in connection with the right to vote,  count and tabulate all
votes, ballots or consents,  determine the result and do such acts as are proper
to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of
the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors,  if any, shall
make a report in writing of any challenge,  question or matter determined by him
or them and execute a certificate of any fact found by him or them.


                                       -5-

<PAGE>


               i. QUORUM. The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of
stock shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders for the transaction
of any business.  The  stockholders  present may adjourn the meeting despite the
absence of a quorum.

               j. VOTING.  Each share of stock shall entitle the holders thereof
to one vote.  Directors  shall be  elected  by a  plurality  of the votes of the
shares  present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to
vote on the election of  directors.  Any other action shall be  authorized  by a
majority of the votes cast except where the General Corporation Law prescribes a
different  percentage of votes and/or a different  exercise of voting power, and
except as may be otherwise  prescribed by the  provisions of the  certificate of
incorporation and these Bylaws. In the election of directors,  and for any other
action, voting need not be by ballot.

           8. STOCKHOLDER  ACTION WITHOUT  MEETINGS.  Any action required by the
General  Corporation Law to be taken at any annual meeting or special meeting of
stockholders,  or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting
of  stockholders,  may be taken  without a  meeting,  without  prior  notice and
without a vote,  if a consent  in  writing,  setting  forth the action so taken,
shall be signed by the  holders of  outstanding  stock  having not less than the
minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action
at a meeting at which all shares  entitled  to vote  thereon  were  present  and
voted.  Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by
less than unanimous  written  consent shall be given to those  stockholders  who
have not consented in writing.  Action taken pursuant to this paragraph shall be
subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                    DIRECTORS

           1.  FUNCTIONS  AND  DEFINITIONS.  The  business  and  affairs  of the
corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors
of the  corporation.  The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the
compensation of the members thereof.  The use of the phrase "whole board" herein
refers to the total  number of  directors  which the  corporation  would have if
there were no vacancies.

           2. QUALIFICATIONS AND NUMBER. A director need not be a stockholder, a
citizen of the United States or a resident of the State of Delaware. The initial
Board of Directors shall consist of three (3) persons.  Thereafter the number of
directors  constituting  the whole board  shall be at least one.  Subject to the
foregoing  limitation  and except for the first Board of Directors,  such number
may be  fixed  from  time  to  time  by  action  of the  stockholders  or of the
directors,  or, if the number is not fixed,  the number shall be one. The number
of directors may be increased or decreased by action of the  stockholders  or of
the directors.


                                       -6-

<PAGE>


           3.  ELECTION  AND TERM.  The first  Board of  Directors,  unless  the
members thereof shall have been named in the certificate of incorporation, shall
be elected by the incorporator or incorporators  and shall hold office until the
first annual meeting of stockholders  and until their successors are elected and
qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign
at any time upon written notice to the  corporation.  Thereafter,  directors who
are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders,  and directors who are elected
in the interim to fill  vacancies  and newly created  directorships,  shall hold
office until the next annual meeting of stockholders  and until their successors
are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.  Except
as the General  Corporation  Law may otherwise  require,  in the interim between
annual meetings of stockholders  or of special  meetings of stockholders  called
for the  election of directors  and/or for the removal of one or more  directors
and  for  the  filling  of  any  vacancy  in  that  connection,   newly  created
directorships  and any vacancies in the Board of Directors,  including  unfilled
vacancies  resulting  from the removal of directors for cause or without  cause,
may be filled  by the vote of a  majority  of the  remaining  directors  then in
office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

           4. MEETINGS.

               a. TIME.  Meetings  shall be held at such time as the Board shall
fix,  except that the first  meeting of a newly  elected  Board shall be held as
soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.

               b. PLACE.  Meetings shall be held at such place within or without
the State of Delaware as shall be fixed by the Board.

               c. CALL. No call shall be required for regular meetings for which
the time and place have been fixed.  Special meetings may be called by or at the
direction of the Chairman of the Board, if any, the  Vice-Chairman of the Board,
if any, the President or a majority of the directors in office.

               d. NOTICE OR ACTUAL OR  CONSTRUCTIVE  WAIVER.  No notice shall be
required  for  regular  meetings  for which the time and place have been  fixed.
Written,  oral or any other mode of notice of the time and place  shall be given
for  special  meetings in  sufficient  time for the  convenient  assembly of the
directors thereat.  Notice need not be given to any director or to any member of
a committee of directors  who submits a written  waiver of notice  signed by him
before or after the time  stated  therein.  Attendance  of any such  person at a
meeting  shall  constitute  a waiver of notice of such  meeting,  except when he
attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting,  at the beginning of the
meeting,  to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened.  Neither the business to be  transacted  at, nor the purpose
of, any regular or special  meeting of the  directors  need be  specified in any
written waiver of notice.

               e.  QUORUM  AND  ACTION.  A  majority  of the whole  Board  shall
constitute a quorum except when a vacancy or vacancies  prevents such  majority,
whereupon a majority  of the  directors  in office  shall  constitute  a quorum,
provided, that such majority shall

                                       -7-

<PAGE>


constitute  at least  one-third of the whole Board.  A majority of the directors
present,  whether or not a quorum is  present,  may adjourn a meeting to another
time and place.  Except as herein  otherwise  provided,  and except as otherwise
provided  by the  General  Corporation  Law,  the  vote of the  majority  of the
directors  present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of
the Board. The quorum and voting provisions herein stated shall not be construed
as  conflicting  with any  provisions of the General  Corporation  Law and these
Bylaws  which  govern a meeting of directors  held to fill  vacancies  and newly
created directorships in the Board or action of disinterested directors.

           Any member or members of the Board of Directors  or of any  committee
designated by the Board,  may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any such
committee,  as the case may be,  by means of  conference  telephone  or  similar
communications  equipment  by means of which all  persons  participating  in the
meeting can hear each other.

               f. CHAIRMAN OF THE MEETING. The Chairman of the Board, if any and
if  present  and  acting,  shall  preside  at  all  meetings.   Otherwise,   the
Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting,  or the President,
if present and acting, or any other director chosen by the Board, shall preside.

           5. REMOVAL OF  DIRECTORS.  Except as may otherwise be provided by the
General  Corporation  Law, any director or the entire Board of Directors  may be
removed,  with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then
entitled to vote at an election of directors.

           6. COMMITTEES.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a
majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to
consist  of one or more of the  directors  of the  corporation.  The  Board  may
designate one or more directors as alternate  members of any committee,  who may
replace any absent or  disqualified  member at any meeting of the committee.  In
the  absence  or  disqualification  of any  member  of  any  such  committee  or
committees,  the  member or  members  thereof  present  at any  meeting  and not
disqualified  from voting,  whether or not he or they  constitute a quorum,  may
unanimously  appoint  another  member  of the Board of  Directors  to act at the
meeting  in the  place of any  such  absent  or  disqualified  member.  Any such
committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and
may exercise powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of
the business and affairs of the corporation  with the exception of any authority
the delegation of which is prohibited by Section 141 of the General  Corporation
Law, and may authorize the seal of the  corporation  to be affixed to all papers
which may require it.

           7. WRITTEN  ACTION.  Any action  required or permitted to be taken at
any  meeting of the Board of  Directors  or any  committee  thereof may be taken
without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee,  as the case may be,
consent  thereto in  writing,  and the  writing or  writings  are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.


                                       -8-

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE III

                                    OFFICERS

               a. The officers of the corporation  shall consist of two Co Chief
Executive Officers, a Chairman, a President, a Secretary,  a Treasurer,  and, if
deemed  necessary,   expedient  or  desirable  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  a
Vice-Chairman  of the  Board,  an  Executive  Vice-President,  one or more other
Vice-Presidents,  one or  more  Assistant  Secretaries,  one or  more  Assistant
Treasurers,  and such other  officers with such titles as the  resolution of the
Board of Directors  choosing  them shall  designate.  Except as may otherwise be
provided in the  resolution  of the Board of Directors  choosing him, no officer
other  than the  Chairman  or  Vice-Chairman  of the  Board,  if any,  need be a
director. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, as the directors
may determine.

               b. OTHER OFFICERS AND AGENTS.  The Board of Directors may appoint
such other  officers and agents as it may deem  advisable,  who shall hold their
offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as
shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

               c. CHAIRMAN.  The chairman,  if one be elected,  shall preside at
all meetings of the  stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors,
and shall have such other power and  authority  and perform such other duties as
may be  prescribed  by these  By-laws or as may be assigned from time to time by
the Board of Directors.

               d. VICE-CHAIRMAN. The vice-chairman, if one be elected, shall, in
the  absence or  disability  of the  chairman,  preside at all  meetings  of the
stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors,  and shall have such
other power and  authority and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by
these  By-laws or as may be assigned from time to time by the Board of Directors
or the chairman.

               e. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.  The chief executive officer,  if one
be  elected,   shall,   in  the  absence  or  disability  of  the  chairman  and
vice-chairman,  preside at all meetings of the  stockholders and at all meetings
of the Board of  Directors,  and shall have general  supervision,  direction and
control  of  the  business  and  affairs  of  the  corporation  subject  to  the
authorization  and control of the Board of Directors,  and shall have such other
power and  authority and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by these
By-laws or as may be assigned from time to time by the Board of Directors.

           In the absence or  disability  of the chief  executive  officer,  the
president,  if  available,  and if the  president  is not  available  the  chief
operating officer, if available, shall have the authority, and shall perform the
duties, of the chief executive officer.

               f. PRESIDENT.  The president  shall, in the absence or disability
of the  chairman,  vice-chairman  and chief  executive  officer,  preside at all
meetings of the stockholders and at all

                                       -9-

<PAGE>


meetings  of the  Board of  Directors,  and  shall  have  such  other  power and
authority and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by these By-laws or
as may be  assigned  from  time to time by the Board of  Directors  or the chief
executive officer.

           In the absence or  disability  of the chief  executive  officer,  the
president, if available, shall have the authority, and shall perform the duties,
of the chief executive officer.

               g. CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER.  The chief operating officer,  if one
be elected,  shall have such power and  authority and perform such duties as may
be  prescribed  by these  By-laws or as may be assigned from time to time by the
Board of Directors.

           In the absence or disability of the  president,  the chief  operating
officer, if available,  shall have the authority,  and shall perform the duties,
of the  president.  In  addition,  in the  absence  or  disability  of the chief
executive officer and the president,  the chief operating officer, if available,
shall have the authority and perform the duties of the chief executive officer.

               h. VICE-PRESIDENT.  Each vice-president shall have such power and
authority  and perform such duties as may be  prescribed  by these By-laws or as
may be  assigned  from  time to time by the  Board  of  Directors  or the  chief
executive officer.

           The Board of Directors may designate one or more vice- presidents, in
such order of priority as shall be specified by the Board of Directors,  to have
the authority,  and to perform the duties, of the chief executive officer in the
absence or  disability  of the chief  executive  officer,  the president and the
chief operating officer;  provided,  however,  that no vice-president shall have
such  authority or perform such duties unless  specifically  designated for that
purpose by the Board of Directors.

               i.  TREASURER.  The  treasurer  shall  have  the  custody  of the
corporate funds and securities, shall keep full and accurate account of receipts
and  disbursements  in books  belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all
moneys and other  valuables in the name and to the credit of the  corporation in
such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

           The treasurer  shall disburse the funds of the  corporation as may be
ordered by the Board of Directors, or the chief executive officer, taking proper
vouchers for such disbursements.  He shall render to the chief executive officer
and Board of Directors  at the regular  meetings of the Board of  Directors,  or
whenever  they may request it, an account of all his  transactions  as treasurer
and of the financial  condition of the corporation.  If required by the Board of
Directors,  he shall give the  corporation a bond for the faithful  discharge of
his duties in such amount and with such surety as the Board of  Directors  shall
prescribe.

               j.  SECRETARY.  The  secretary  shall give, or cause to be given,
notice of all meetings of  stockholders  and  directors,  and all other  notices
required  by law or by these  By-laws,  and in case of his absence or refusal or
neglect so to do, any such notice may be given by any person

                                      -10-

<PAGE>



thereunto directed by the chief executive officer, the president,  the chairman,
the  vice-chairman  or by the Board of  Directors  or  stockholders,  upon whose
requisition the meeting is called as provided in these By-laws.

           The secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the
corporation  and of the  directors  in a book to be kept for that  purpose,  and
shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the chief executive
officer  or the Board of  Directors.  He shall  have  custody of the seal of the
corporation  and shall  affix the same to all  instruments  requiring  it,  when
authorized by the chief executive officer or the Board of Directors,  and attest
the same.

               k.  ASSISTANT  TREASURERS  AND ASSISTANT  SECRETARIES.  Assistant
treasurers,  if any shall be elected,  shall,  in the absence of the  treasurer,
have the authority,  and perform the duties,  of the  treasurer,  and shall have
such  other  power  and  authority  and  perform  such  other  duties  as may be
prescribed by these By-laws or as may be assigned from time to time by the Board
of Directors or the chief executive officer.

           Assistant secretaries, if any shall be elected, shall, in the absence
of the secretary,  have the authority, and perform the duties, of the secretary,
and shall have such other power and  authority  and perform such other duties as
may be  prescribed  by these  By-laws or as may be assigned from time to time by
the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

           1.  CERTIFICATES  OF  STOCK.  Certificates  of  stock,  signed by the
chairman  or vice  chairman  of the  Board  of  Directors,  if they be  elected,
president or  vice-president,  and the treasurer or an assistant  treasurer,  or
secretary  or an  assistant  secretary,  shall  be  issued  to each  stockholder
certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.  Any or all the
signatures may be facsimiles.

           2. LOST CERTIFICATES. A new certificate of stock may be issued in the
place of any certificate theretofore issued by the corporation,  alleged to have
been lost or destroyed, and the directors may, in their discretion,  require the
owner of the lost or destroyed  certificate,  or his legal  representatives,  to
give the  corporation  a bond,  in such sum as they may  direct,  not  exceeding
double the value of the stock,  to indemnify the  corporation  against any claim
that may be made against it on account of the alleged  loss of the  certificate,
or the issuance of the new certificate.

           3. TRANSFER OF SHARES.  The shares of stock of the corporation  shall
be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their
duly authorized  attorneys or legal  representatives,  and upon transfer the old
certificates  shall be surrendered to the corporation by the delivery thereof to
the  person  in  charge  of the stock and transfer books and ledgers, or to such

                                      -11-

<PAGE>


other person as the directors may designate, by whom they shall be canceled, and
new  certificates  shall  thereupon  be issued.  A record  shall be made of each
transfer and whenever a transfer shall be made for collateral security,  and not
absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer.

               a. Unless otherwise provided in the resolution choosing him, each
officer shall be chosen for a term which shall continue until the meeting of the
Board of Directors  following the next annual meeting of stockholders  and until
his successor shall have been chosen and qualified.

               b. All officers of the corporation  shall have such authority and
perform such duties in the management and operation of the  corporation as shall
be  prescribed  in the  resolutions  of the Board of Directors  designating  and
choosing such officers and  prescribing  their  authority and duties,  and shall
have such additional authority and duties as are incident to their office except
to the extent that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith. The Secretary
or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation shall record all of the proceedings
of all meetings and actions in writing of stockholders, directors and committees
of  directors,  and shall  exercise such  additional  authority and perform such
additional  duties as the Board shall assign to him. Any officer may be removed,
with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy in any office may
be filled by the Board of Directors.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                 CORPORATE SEAL

           The  corporate  seal shall be in such form as the Board of  Directors
shall prescribe.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   FISCAL YEAR

           The  fiscal  year of the  corporation  shall be  fixed,  and shall be
subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                               CONTROL OVER BYLAWS

           Subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and the
provisions of the General  Corporation Law, the power to amend, alter, or repeal
these  Bylaws and to adopt new Bylaws may be exercised by the Board of Directors
or by the stockholders.


                                      -12-









                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION,
                             a Delaware corporation,


                  RENAISSANCE FINANCIAL SECURITIES CORPORATION


                                       and


                   CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY





<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section                                                                    Page

1.     Appointment of Warrant Agent...........................................6
2.     Form of Class A Warrant................................................6
3.     Countersignature and Registration......................................7
4.     Transfers and Exchanges................................................8
5.     Exercise of Class A Warrants; Payment of Warrant Solicitation Fee......9
6.     Payment of Taxes......................................................12
7.     Mutilated or Missing Class A Warrants.................................13
8.     Reservation of Common Stock...........................................13
9.     Adjustments of Exercise Price and Number of Securities................14
10.    Fractional Interests..................................................24
11.    Notices to Warrantholders.............................................24
12.    Disposition of Proceeds on Exercise of Class A Warrants...............26
13.    Redemption of Class A Warrants........................................26
14.    Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Warrant Agent............27
15.    Duties of Warrant Agent...............................................28
16.    Change of Warrant Agent...............................................30
17.    Identity of Transfer Agent............................................31
18.    Notices...............................................................32
19.    Supplements and Amendments............................................33
20.    New York Contract.....................................................33
21.    Benefits of this Agreement............................................33
22.    Successors............................................................34




                                        i

<PAGE>



           WARRANT AGREEMENT,  dated as of September ___, 1996, among OBJECTSOFT
CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),  RENAISSANCE  FINANCIAL
SECURITIES CORPORATION  ("Renaissance"),  and CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST
COMPANY, as warrant agent (the "Warrant Agent").

           The  Company  proposes  to issue and sell  through an initial  public
offering (the "IPO") underwritten by certain underwriters (the  "Underwriters"),
of which Renaissance is the representative (the "Representative"),  an aggregate
of ____________ units (the "Units"),  each Unit consisting of one (1) share (the
"Shares") of common stock,  par value $.0001 per share, of the Company  ("Common
Stock"),  and one (1) redeemable Class A Common Stock purchase warrant ("Class A
Warrants")  and,  pursuant  to the  Representative's  overallotment  option (the
"Overallotment Option"), up to an additional _______ Units;

           Each Class A Warrant will entitle the registered  holder thereof (the
"Holder") to purchase one (1) share of Common Stock;
           
           In  connection  with the IPO,  the  Company  proposes  to sell to the
Representative  a Unit  purchase  option (the  "Representative's  Unit  Purchase
Option") to purchase up to _______ Units,  which Units shall be identical to the
Units sold in the IPO,  except that the Class A Warrants  included in such Units
shall not be redeemable;

           The  Company  desires  the  Warrant  Agent  to act on  behalf  of the
Company,  and the  Warrant  Agent is willing so to act, in  connection  with the
issuance, registration, transfer, exchange and exercise of the Class A Warrants;

           THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

           Section 1.  Appointment of Warrant Agent. The Company hereby appoints
the



<PAGE>



Warrant  Agent to act as Warrant  Agent for the Company in  accordance  with the
instructions  hereinafter  set forth in this  Agreement,  and the Warrant  Agent
hereby accepts such appointment.

           Upon  the  execution  of this  Agreement,  certificates  representing
_________  Class A Warrants to  purchase an  aggregate  of  _________  shares of
Common Stock  (subject to  modification  and adjustment as provided in Section 9
hereof) shall be executed by the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent.

           Upon  the  exercise  of  the   Overallotment   Option,   certificates
representing  up to _______  Class A Warrants to purchase up to an  aggregate of
_______  shares of Common  Stock  (subject to  modification  and  adjustment  as
provided in Section 9 hereof)  shall be executed by the Company and delivered to
the Warrant Agent.

           Upon  exercise  of  the  Representative's  Unit  Purchase  Option  as
provided  therein,  certificates  representing up to _______ Class A Warrants to
purchase  up to an  aggregate  of _______  shares of Common  Stock  (subject  to
modification  and  adjustment as provided in Section 9 hereof) shall be executed
by the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent.

           Section 2. Form of Class A Warrant.  The text of the Class A Warrants
and the form of election to purchase  Common  Stock to be printed on the reverse
thereof shall be  substantially  as set forth in Exhibit A attached  hereto (the
provisions of which are hereby  incorporated  herein) . All of the  certificates
for the  Class A  Warrants  may have such  letters,  numbers  or other  marks of
identification  or  designation  and such  legends,  summaries  or  endorsements
printed,  lithographed or engraved  thereon as the Company may deem  appropriate
and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement,  or as may be
required to


                                        2

<PAGE>



comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with
any rule or regulation  of any stock  exchange on which the Class A Warrants may
be listed,  or to conform to usage. Each Class A Warrant shall initially entitle
the  registered  holder  thereof  to  purchase  one share of  Common  Stock at a
purchase  price  of  ______________________________   ($____)  (as  adjusted  as
hereinafter provided,  the "Exercise Price"), at any time during the period (the
"Exercise Period") commencing on _______________  1997, the first anniversary of
the date of the Company's  prospectus (the  "Prospectus")  pursuant to which the
Class A Warrants  are being sold in the IPO) and  expiring at 5:00 p.m. New York
time,  on  ____________,  2001  (the  fifth  anniversary  of  the  date  of  the
Prospectus).  The  Exercise  Price and the  number  of  shares  of Common  Stock
issuable upon  exercise of the Class A Warrants are subject to  adjustment  upon
the  occurrence of certain  events,  all as  hereinafter  provided.  The Class A
Warrants  shall be executed on behalf of the Company by the manual or  facsimile
signature  of the  present  or any future  President  or Vice  President  of the
Company,  and attested to by the manual or facsimile signature of the present or
any future Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company.

           Class A  Warrants  shall be dated as of the date of  issuance  by the
Warrant Agent either upon initial issuance or upon transfer or exchange.

           In the event the  aforesaid  expiration  date of the Class A Warrants
falls on a day that is not a  business  day,  then the  Class A  Warrants  shall
expire  at 5:00 p.m.  New York time on the next  succeeding  business  day.  For
purposes  hereof,  the term  "business  day"  shall  mean any day  other  than a
Saturday,  Sunday or day on which  banking  institutions  in New York City,  New
York, are authorized or obligated by law to be closed.


                                        3

<PAGE>



           Section 3. Countersignature and Registration. The Warrant Agent shall
maintain books for the transfer and  registration of the Class A Warrants.  Upon
the initial issuance of the Class A Warrants,  the Warrant Agent shall issue and
register the Class A Warrants in the names of the  respective  holders  thereof.
The Class A Warrants  shall be  countersigned  manually or by  facsimile  by the
Warrant  Agent (or by any  successor to the Warrant Agent then acting as warrant
agent under this  Agreement)  and shall not be valid for any  purpose  unless so
countersigned.  The Class A Warrants may,  however,  be so  countersigned by the
Warrant  Agent (or by its  successor  as Warrant  Agent) and be delivered by the
Warrant  Agent,  notwithstanding  that the  persons  whose  manual or  facsimile
signatures appear thereon as proper officers of the Company shall have ceased to
be such officers at the time of such countersignature or delivery.

           Section 4. Transfers and Exchanges. The Warrant Agent shall transfer,
from  time to time,  any  outstanding  Class A  Warrants  upon  the  books to be
maintained  by the Warrant Agent for that purpose,  upon  surrender  thereof for
transfer  properly  endorsed or  accompanied  by  appropriate  instructions  for
transfer.  Upon any such transfer,  a new Class A Warrant shall be issued to the
transferee and the surrendered  Class A Warrant shall be canceled by the Warrant
Agent.  Class A Warrants so cancelled shall be delivered by the Warrant Agent to
the Company from time to time upon request. Class A Warrants may be exchanged at
the option of the holder thereof,  when surrendered at the office of the Warrant
Agent,  for another  Class A Warrant,  or other  Class A Warrants  of  different
denominations  of like  tenor and  representing  in the  aggregate  the right to
purchase a like number of shares of Common Stock.  No  certificates  for Class A
Warrants shall be issued except for (i) Class A Warrants initially issued


                                        4

<PAGE>



hereunder in accordance with Section 1 hereof, (ii) Class A Warrants issued upon
any transfer or exchange of Class A Warrants,  (iii) Class A Warrants  issued in
replacement of lost,  stolen,  destroyed or mutilated  certificates  for Class A
Warrants  pursuant  to Section 7 hereof,  and (iv) at the option of the Board of
Directors  of the  Company,  Class A Warrants in such form as may be approved by
its Board of  Directors,  to reflect any  adjustment  or change in the  Exercise
Price or the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  upon exercise of the
Class A Warrants made pursuant to Section 9 hereof.

           Section  5.  Exercise  of  Class  A  Warrants;   Payment  of  Warrant
Solicitation Fee.

           Subject to the provisions of this Agreement,  each registered  holder
of Class A  Warrants  shall  have the right,  at any time  during  the  Exercise
Period,  to exercise such Class A Warrants and purchase the number of fully paid
and  non-assessable  shares of Common  Stock  specified in such Class A Warrants
upon  presentation  and surrender of such Class A Warrants to the Company at the
corporate  office of the Warrant  Agent,  with the exercise  form on the reverse
thereof duly  executed,  and upon payment to the Company of the Exercise  Price,
determined  in  accordance  with the  provisions of Sections 2, 9 and 10 of this
Agreement,  for the  number of shares of Common  Stock in  respect of which such
Class A Warrants are then  exercised.  Payment of such  Exercise  Price shall be
made in cash or by  certified or bank check  payable to the Company.  Subject to
Section 6 hereof,  upon such  surrender  of Class A Warrants  and payment of the
Exercise  Price,  the Warrant  Agent on behalf of the Company  shall cause to be
issued and delivered with all  reasonable  dispatch to or upon the written order
of the  registered  holder of such Class A Warrants and in such name or names as
such  registered  holder may designate,  a certificate or  certificates  for the
number of full shares of Common Stock so


                                        5

<PAGE>



purchased  upon the  exercise  of such Class A  Warrants.  Such  certificate  or
certificates shall be deemed to have been issued and any person so designated to
be named  therein  shall be  deemed  to have  become a holder  of record of such
shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the close of business on the date of
the  surrender  of such Class A Warrants  and payment of the  Exercise  Price as
aforesaid.  The rights of purchase  represented by the Class A Warrants shall be
exercisable  during the  Exercise  Period,  at the  election  of the  registered
holders thereof, either as an entirety or from time to time for a portion of the
shares specified therein and, in the event that any Class A Warrant is exercised
in respect of less than all of the shares of Common Stock  specified  therein at
any time prior to the date of expiration of the Class A Warrants,  a new Class A
Warrant  or Class A  Warrants  will be issued to the  registered  holder for the
remaining  number of shares of Common Stock  specified in the Class A Warrant so
surrendered,   and  the  Warrant  Agent  is  hereby  irrevocably  authorized  to
countersign  and to deliver the  required  new Class A Warrants  pursuant to the
provisions  of this Section and of Section 3 of this  Agreement and the Company,
whenever  requested  by the Warrant  Agent,  will supply the Warrant  Agent with
Class A Warrants duly  executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.  Upon
the  exercise  of any one or more Class A  Warrants,  the  Warrant  Agent  shall
promptly  notify  the  Company  in  writing  of such  fact and of the  number of
securities  delivered upon such exercise and,  subject to the provisions  below,
shall cause all  payments of an amount,  in cash or by check made payable to the
order of the Company,  equal to the  aggregate  Exercise  Price for such Class A
Warrants, less any amounts payable to the Representative, as provided in Section
5(b) hereof, to be deposited promptly in the Company's bank account. The Company
and  Warrant  Agent  shall  determine,  in their sole and  absolute  discretion,
whether a


                                        6

<PAGE>



Class A Warrant  certificate  has been  properly  completed  for exercise by the
registered holder thereof.

           Anything in the foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, no Class A
Warrant will be  exercisable,  and the Company shall not be obligated to deliver
any  securities  pursuant to the exercise of any Class A Warrant,  unless at the
time of  exercise  the  Company  has  filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  a  registration  statement  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933 (the
"Act"),  covering the securities  issuable upon exercise of such Class A Warrant
and such  registration  statement  shall  have been  declared  and shall  remain
effective  and  shall be  current,  and such  shares  have  been  registered  or
qualified  or be  exempt  under  the  securities  laws  of the  state  or  other
jurisdiction of residence of the holder of such Class A Warrant and the exercise
of such  Class A  Warrant  in any such  state or other  jurisdiction  shall  not
otherwise be unlawful.  During the Exercise  Period,  the Company  shall use its
best  efforts  to  have a  current  registration  statement  on  file  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission covering the issuance of the shares of Common
Stock  underlying the Class A Warrants so as to permit the Company to deliver to
each person  exercising a Class A Warrant a prospectus  meeting the requirements
of Section  10(a)(3)  of the Act and  otherwise  complying  therewith,  and will
deliver such  prospectus to each such person.  During the Exercise  Period,  the
Company shall also use its best efforts to effect appropriate  qualifications of
the Common Stock  underlying the Class A Warrants under the laws and regulations
of the  states  and  other  jurisdictions  in which  the  Units  are sold by the
Underwriter  in the IPO in order to comply with  applicable  laws in  connection
with the exercise of the Class A Warrants.

           (a) If at the time of  exercise of any Class A Warrant (i) the market
price of


                                        7

<PAGE>



the Common  Stock is equal to or  greater  than the then  exercise  price of the
Class A Warrant,  (ii) the  exercise of the Class A Warrant is  solicited by the
Representative  at such time as it is a member of the  National  Association  of
Securities  Dealers,  Inc. ("NASD") , (iii) the Class A Warrant is not held in a
discretionary  account, (iv) disclosure of the compensation  arrangement is made
in  documents  provided  to the  holders  of the Class A  Warrants,  and (v) the
solicitation  of the exercise of the Class A Warrant is not in violation of Rule
10b-6  (as such rule or any  successor  rule may be in effect as of such time of
exercise)  promulgated  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  then  the
Representative  shall be entitled to receive from the Company following exercise
of each of the Class A Warrants so  exercised a fee of five  percent (5%) of the
aggregate exercise price of the Class A Warrants so exercised (the "Solicitation
Fee")  The  procedures  for  payment  of the  Solicitation  Fee are set forth in
Section 5(b) below.

           (b) (i)  Within  five (5)  days  after  the  last  day of each  month
commencing  with  __________________,  1996,  the Warrant  Agent will notify the
Representative  of each  Class A Warrant  certificate  which  has been  properly
completed for exercise by holders of Class A Warrants during the last month. The
Warrant  Agent  will  provide  the  Representative  with  such  information,  in
connection  with the  exercise  of each Class A Warrant,  as the  Representative
shall reasonably request.

              (ii) The Company hereby authorizes and instructs the Warrant Agent
to deliver to the Representative the Solicitation Fee, if payable, in respect of
each exercise of Class A Warrants,  promptly  after receipt by the Warrant Agent
from the Company of a check  payable to the order of the  Representative  in the
amount of such  Solicitation  Fee. In the event that an Solicitation Fee is paid
to the Representative with respect to a Class A Warrant which


                                        8

<PAGE>



the  Company or the Warrant  Agent  determines  is not  properly  completed  for
exercise  or in  respect  of which  the  Representative  is not  entitled  to an
Solicitation  Fee, the  Representative  will return such Solicitation Fee to the
Warrant Agent which shall forthwith return such fee to the Company.

           The  Representative  and the Company may at any time during  business
hours examine the records of the Warrant Agent, including its ledger of original
Class A Warrant  certificates  returned  to the Warrant  Agent upon  exercise of
Class A Warrants.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the provisions
of Sections 5 (a) and 5 (b) may not be modified,  amended or deleted without the
prior written consent of the Representative.

           Section 6.  Payment of Taxes.  The Company  will pay any  documentary
stamp taxes  attributable to the initial  issuance of Common Stock issuable upon
the exercise of Class A Warrants;  provided, however, that the Company shall not
be  required  to pay any tax which may be payable  in  respect  of any  transfer
involved in the  issuance or delivery of any  certificates  for shares of Common
Stock in a name other than that of the registered  holder of Class A Warrants in
respect of which such  shares are issued,  and in such case  neither the Company
nor the Warrant Agent shall be required to issue or deliver any  certificate for
shares of Common Stock or any Class A Warrant  until the person  requesting  the
same has paid to the  Company the amount of such tax or has  established  to the
Company's  satisfaction  that  such  tax has  been  paid or that no such  tax is
required to be paid.

           Section 7. Mutilated or Missing Class A Warrants.  In case any of the
Class A Warrants shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company may,
in its discretion,  issue and the Warrant Agent shall countersign and deliver in
exchange and substitution for and upon


                                        9

<PAGE>



cancellation of the mutilated Class A Warrant, or in lieu of and in substitution
for the Class A Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Class A Warrant of like
tenor and representing an equivalent right or interest, but only upon receipt of
evidence  satisfactory to the Company and the Warrant Agent of such loss,  theft
or  destruction  and, in case of a lost,  stolen or  destroyed  Class A Warrant,
indemnity,  if  requested,  also  satisfactory  to  them.  Applicants  for  such
substitute  Class A  Warrants  shall  also  comply  with such  other  reasonable
regulations and pay such reasonable  charges as the Company or the Warrant Agent
may prescribe.

           Section 8. Reservation of Common Stock. There have been reserved, and
the Company shall at all times keep reserved,  out of its  authorized  shares of
Common Stock,  a number of shares of Common Stock  sufficient to provide for the
exercise of the rights of purchase represented by the Class A Warrants,  and the
transfer  agent for the  shares of Common  Stock and every  subsequent  transfer
agent for any shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the exercise of any of the
aforesaid  rights of purchase  are  irrevocably  authorized  and directed at all
times to reserve  such number of  authorized  shares of Common Stock as shall be
required for such  purpose.  The Company  agrees that all shares of Common Stock
issued upon  exercise of the Class A Warrants  shall be, at the time of delivery
of the  certificates  for such  shares  against  payment of the  Exercise  Price
therefor,  validly  issued,  fully  paid and  nonassessable  and  listed  on any
national securities exchange or included in any interdealer  automated quotation
system upon or in which the other  shares of  outstanding  Common Stock are then
listed or included.  The Company will keep a copy of this Agreement on file with
the  transfer  agent for the shares of Common  Stock  (which may be the  Warrant
Agent) and with every  subsequent  transfer agent for any shares of Common Stock
issuable upon the exercise of the rights of


                                       10

<PAGE>



purchase  represented by the Class A Warrants.  The Warrant Agent is irrevocably
authorized  to  requisition  from time to time from such  transfer  agent  stock
certificates  required to honor outstanding  Class A Warrants.  The Company will
supply  such  transfer  agent with duly  executed  stock  certificates  for that
purpose.  All Class A Warrants surrendered in the exercise of the rights thereby
evidenced  shall be  cancelled  by the  Warrant  Agent and shall  thereafter  be
delivered to the Company,  and such cancelled Class A Warrants shall  constitute
sufficient  evidence  of the  number of shares of Common  Stock  which have been
issued upon the  exercise of such Class A Warrants.  Promptly  after the date of
expiration  of the Class A  Warrants,  the Warrant  Agent  shall  certify to the
Company the total  aggregate  amount of Class A Warrants then  outstanding,  and
thereafter no shares of Common Stock shall be subject to  reservation in respect
of such Class A Warrants which shall have expired.

           Section 9. Adjustments of Exercise Price and Number of Securities.

                      (a) Subdivision and Combination. In case the Company shall
at any time after the Closing Date subdivide or combine the  outstanding  shares
of Common Stock, the Exercise Price shall forthwith be proportionately decreased
in the  case  of  subdivision  or  increased  in the  case of  combination.  (b)
Adjustment  in Number of Shares.  Upon each  adjustment  of the  Exercise  Price
pursuant to the provisions of Section 9(a), the number of shares of Common Stock
issuable  upon the  exercise  of the Class A Warrants  shall be  adjusted to the
nearest full whole number by multiplying a number equal to the Exercise Price in
effect  immediately  prior to such  adjustment by the number of shares of Common
Stock issuable upon exercise of the Class A Warrants  immediately  prior to such
adjustment and dividing the product so obtained by the adjusted Exercise Price.


                                                              11

<PAGE>




                      (c) Reclassification,  Consolidation, Merger, etc. In case
of any  reclassification  or change of the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock
(other  than a change in par value to no par value,  or from no par value to par
value,  or as a result of a subdivision or  combination),  or in the case of any
consolidation  of the  Company  with,  or merger of the  Company  into,  another
corporation  (other than a consolidation  or merger which does not result in any
reclassification  or change of the outstanding shares of Common Stock,  except a
change as a result of a subdivision or combination of such shares or a change in
par value,  as  aforesaid),  or in the case of a sale or  conveyance  to another
corporation  of the  property of the Company as an  entirety,  the Holder  shall
thereafter have the right to purchase the kind and number of shares of stock and
other  securities and property  receivable upon such  reclassification,  change,
consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance as if the Holder were the owner of the
shares of Common Stock underlying the Class A Warrants  immediately prior to any
such events at a price equal to the product of (x) the number of shares issuable
upon  exercise  of the Class A  Warrants  and (y) the  Exercise  Price in effect
immediately  prior  to  the  record  date  for  such  reclassification,  change,
consolidation,  merger,  sale or  conveyance as if such Holder had exercised the
Class A Warrant.

                      (d)  Dividends  and Other  Distributions  with  Respect to
Outstanding  Securities.  In the event that the Company  shall at any time after
the Closing Date and prior to the exercise or expiration of all Class A Warrants
declare a dividend (other than a dividend  consisting solely of shares of Common
Stock or a cash  dividend  or  distribution  payable  out of current or retained
earnings) or otherwise distribute to the holders of Common Stock any


                                       12

<PAGE>



monies, assets, property,  rights, evidences of indebtedness,  securities (other
than such a cash  dividend  or  distribution  or dividend  consisting  solely of
shares of Common  Stock),  whether issued by the Company or by another person or
entity,  or any other  thing of value,  the Holders of the  unexercised  Class A
Warrants shall thereafter be entitled, in addition to the shares of Common Stock
or other securities  receivable upon the exercise thereof, to receive,  upon the
exercise of such Class A Warrants,  the same monies,  property,  assets, rights,
evidences  of  indebtedness,  securities  or any other  thing of value that they
would have been entitled to receive at the time of such dividend or distribution
as if the Holders were the owners of the shares of Common Stock  underlying such
Class A Warrants. At the time of any such dividend or distribution,  the Company
shall  make  appropriate  reserves  to  ensure  the  timely  performance  of the
provisions of this Section 9(d).

                      (e)  Notice  in  Event  of  Dissolution.  In  case  of the
dissolution,  liquidation  or  winding-up  of the Company,  all rights under the
Class A Warrants shall terminate on a date fixed by the Company, such date to be
no earlier than ten (10) days prior to the  effectiveness  of such  dissolution,
liquidation  or  winding-up  and not  later  than  five (5)  days  prior to such
effectiveness.  Notice of such  termination of purchase rights shall be given to
Holder of the Class A  Warrants,  as the same  shall  appear on the books of the
Company maintained by the Warrant Agent, by registered mail at least thirty (30)
days prior to such termination date. 

                      (f)  Computations.  The  Company  may  retain  a  firm  of
independent  public  accountants (who may be any such firm regularly employed by
the  Company) to make any  computation  required  under this  Section 9, and any
certificate  setting  forth  such  computation  signed  by such  firm  shall  be
conclusive  evidence  of the  correctness  of any  computation  made  under this
Section 9.


                                       13

<PAGE>



           Section 10.  Fractional  Interests.  The Class A Warrants may only be
exercised to purchase  full shares of Common Stock and the Company  shall not be
required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock on the exercise of Class A
Warrants.  However,  if a Holder  exercises  all Class A Warrants  then owned of
record by him and such  exercise  would  result in the  issuance of a fractional
share,  the  Company  will pay to such  Holder,  in lieu of the  issuance of any
fractional share otherwise issuable, an amount of cash based on the Market Price
on the last trading day prior to the exercise  date. As used herein,  the phrase
"Market  Price"  at any  date  shall be  deemed  to be the  average  of the last
reported sale price,  or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day,
the average of the last reported sale prices for the last three trading days, in
either case as officially reported by the principal securities exchange on which
the Common  Stock is listed or  admitted to trading or as reported in the Nasdaq
SmallCap Market, or, if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on
any national  securities  exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market,  the
closing bid  quotation as furnished by the National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers,  Inc.  through Nasdaq or a similar  organization if Nasdaq is no longer
reporting such  information,  or if the Common Stock is not quoted on Nasdaq, as
determined in good faith by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company,
based on the best information  available to it for the day immediately preceding
such issuance or sale, the day of such issuance or sale and the day  immediately
after such  issuance  or sale.  If the  Common  Stock is listed or  admitted  to
trading on a national securities exchange and also quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap
Market,  the  Market  Price  shall be  determined  as  hereinabove  provided  by
reference to the prices reported in the Nasdaq SmallCap Market; provided that if


                                                              14

<PAGE>



the  Common  Stock is  listed  or  admitted  to  trading  on the New York  Stock
Exchange,  the Market  Price  shall be  determined  as  hereinabove  provided by
reference to the prices reported by such exchange.

           Section 11. Notices to Warrantholders.

                      (a) Upon any  adjustment  of the  Exercise  Price  and the
number of shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of a Class A Warrant,
then and in each such case, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the
Warrant Agent,  which notice shall state the Exercise Price  resulting from such
adjustment  and the  increase  or  decrease,  if any,  in the  number  of shares
purchasable at such price upon the exercise of a Class A Warrant,  setting forth
in  reasonable  detail the method of  calculation  and the facts upon which such
calculation is based.  The Company shall also mail such notice to the Holders of
the Class A Warrants  at their  respective  addresses  appearing  in the Class A
Warrant  register.  Failure to give or mail such notice,  or any defect therein,
shall not affect the validity of the adjustments.

                      (b) In case at any time after the Closing Date:
 
                                 (i) the Company shall pay dividends  payable in
stock upon its Common  Stock or make any  distribution  (other than regular cash
dividends) to the holders of Common Stock; or

                                 (ii) the Company  shall offer for  subscription
pro rata to all of the holders of Common Stock any additional shares of stock of
any class or other rights; or
 
                                 (iii) there shall be any capital reorganization
or  reclassification  of the capital stock of the Company,  or  consolidation or
merger  of the  Company  with,  or sale of  substantially  all of its  assets to
another corporation; or


                                       15

<PAGE>



                                 (iv) there shall be a voluntary or  involuntary
dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company;

           then in any one or more of such cases, the Company shall give written
notice to the  Warrant  Agent and the  Holders  of the Class A  Warrants  in the
manner  set forth in  Section  11(a) of the date on which (A) a record  shall be
taken  for such  dividend,  distribution  or  subscription  rights,  or (B) such
reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,  merger,  sale,  dissolution,
liquidation  or  winding-up  shall take  place,  as the case may be. Such notice
shall also  specify the date as of which the  holders of Common  Stock of record
shall  participate in such dividend,  distribution  or subscription  rights,  or
shall be  entitled  to  exchange  their  Common  Stock for  securities  or other
property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification,  consolidation,
merger, sale,  dissolution,  liquidation or windingup,  as the case may be. Such
notice shall be given at least ten (10) days prior to the action in question and
not less than ten (10) days prior to the record date in respect thereof. Failure
to give such  notice,  or any defect  therein,  shall not affect the legality or
validity of any of the matters set forth in this Section 11(b).

                      (c)  The  Company  shall  cause  copies  of all  financial
statements and reports,  proxy  statements and other  documents that are sent to
its stockholders to be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, on the date of
mailing to such stockholders,  to each Holder of Class A Warrants at his address
appearing  in the  Class  A  Warrant  register  as of the  record  date  for the
determination of the stockholders entitled to such documents.

           Section 12. Disposition of Proceeds on Exercise of Class A Warrants.

                      (a)  The  Warrant  Agent  shall  promptly  forward  to the
Company all monies


                                       16

<PAGE>



received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of shares of Common Stock through
the exercise of these Class A Warrants.
           
           Section 13. Redemption of Class A Warrants.  The Class A Warrants are
redeemable by the Company commencing on the first anniversary of the date of the
Prospectus,  in whole or in part,  on not less  than  thirty  (30)  days'  prior
written  notice at a  redemption  price of $.10 per Class A Warrant  (or earlier
with the prior  consent  of  Renaissance),  provided  the  average  closing  bid
quotation  of the Common  Stock as reported on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market,  if
traded  thereon,  or if not traded  thereon,  the average  closing sale price if
listed on a  national  securities  exchange  (or  other  reporting  system  that
provides last sale prices),  has been at least 130% of the then current Exercise
Price of the Class A  Warrants,  for a period  of 20  consecutive  trading  days
ending  within  15 days  of the  date on  which  the  Company  gives  notice  of
redemption.  Any  redemption  in part  shall  be made  pro  rata to all  Warrant
Holders.  The  redemption  notice  shall be mailed to the Holders of the Class A
Warrants  at  their  respective  addresses  appearing  in the  Class  A  Warrant
register.  Any  such  notice  mailed  in the  manner  provided  herein  shall be
conclusively  presumed to have been duly given in accordance with this Agreement
whether or not the registered  Holder  receives such notice.  No failure to mail
such notice nor any defect  therein or in the mailing  thereof  shall affect the
validity of the proceedings for such redemption except as to a registered Holder
of a Class A Warrant (i) to whom notice was not mailed or (ii) whose  notice was
defective.  An  affidavit  of the Warrant  Agent or the  Secretary  or Assistant
Secretary of the Company that notice of redemption has been mailed shall, in the
absence of fraud,  be prima facie evidence of the facts stated  therein.  In the
event  of a  redemption  prior  to the  first  anniversary  of the  date  of the
Prospectus, the Class A


                                       17

<PAGE>



Warrants  shall  be  exercisable  commencing  on  the  date  of  the  notice  of
redemption.  Holders of the Class A Warrants will have exercise rights until the
close  of  business  on  the  day  immediately  preceding  the  date  fixed  for
redemption.

           Section  14.  Merger or  Consolidation  or Change of Name of  Warrant
Agent.  Any  corporation  or company  which may succeed to the  corporate  trust
business of the Warrant Agent by any merger or  consolidation or otherwise shall
be the successor to the Warrant Agent hereunder  without the execution or filing
of any  paper  or any  further  act on the  part of any of the  parties  hereto;
provided, that such corporation would be eligible for appointment as a successor
Warrant Agent under the provisions of Section 16 of this  Agreement.  In case at
the time such successor to the Warrant Agent shall succeed to the agency created
by this Agreement any of the Class A Warrants shall have been  countersigned but
not  delivered,   any  such  successor  to  the  Warrant  Agent  may  adopt  the
countersignature of the original Warrant Agent and deliver such Class A Warrants
so countersigned.

           In case at any time the name of the  Warrant  Agent  shall be changed
and at such time any of the Class A Warrants shall have been  countersigned  but
not delivered,  the Warrant Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior
name and deliver Class A Warrants so countersigned. In all such cases such Class
A Warrants  shall have the full force  provided  in the Class A Warrants  and in
this Agreement.

           Section 15. Duties of Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent undertakes the
duties and  obligations  imposed by this Agreement upon the following  terms and
conditions,  by all of which the Company and the Holders of Class A Warrants, by
their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

                      (a) The statements of fact and recitals  contained  herein
and in the Class A


                                                              18

<PAGE>



Warrants  shall be taken as  statements  of the Company,  and the Warrant  Agent
assumes no responsibility  for the correctness of any of the same except as such
describe  the  Warrant  Agent or action  taken or to be taken by it. The Warrant
Agent assumes no responsibility  with respect to the distribution of the Class A
Warrants except as herein expressly provided.

                      (b) The  Warrant  Agent shall not be  responsible  for any
failure of the Company to comply with any of the covenants in this  Agreement or
in the Class A Warrants to be complied with by the Company.

                      (c) The Warrant Agent may consult at any time with counsel
satisfactory  to it (who may be counsel for the Company)  and the Warrant  Agent
shall incur no  liability or  responsibility  to the Company or to any Holder of
any Class A Warrant in respect of any action  taken,  suffered  or omitted by it
hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the opinion or the advice of such
counsel.
 
                      (d)  The  Warrant   Agent  shall  incur  no  liability  or
responsibility  to the  Company or to any Holder of any Class A Warrant  for any
action  taken in reliance on any notice,  resolution,  waiver,  consent,  order,
certificate  or other  instrument  believed by it to be genuine and to have been
signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties.
 
                      (e)  The  Company  agrees  to  pay to  the  Warrant  Agent
reasonable  compensation  for all services  rendered by the Warrant Agent in the
execution of this  Agreement,  to reimburse  the Warrant Agent for all expenses,
taxes and  governmental  charges and other charges incurred by the Warrant Agent
in the  execution of this  Agreement and to indemnify the Warrant Agent and save
it harmless  against any and all  liabilities,  including  judgments,  costs and
reasonable counsel fees, for anything done or omitted by the Warrant


                                       19

<PAGE>



Agent in the  execution  of this  Agreement  except as a result  of the  Warrant
Agent's negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.

                      (f) The  Warrant  Agent  shall be under no  obligation  to
institute  any  action,  suit or legal  proceeding  or to take any other  action
likely to involve  expenses unless the Company or one or more Holders of Class A
Warrants shall furnish the Warrant Agent with reasonable  security and indemnity
for any costs and expenses which may be incurred,  but this provision  shall not
affect the power of the Warrant  Agent to take such action as the Warrant  Agent
may consider proper, whether with or without any such security or indemnity. All
rights of action  under this  Agreement or under any of the Class A Warrants may
be enforced by the Warrant  Agent  without the  possession of any of the Class A
Warrants or the production  thereof at any trial or other  proceeding.  Any such
action,  suit or proceeding  instituted by the Warrant Agent shall be brought in
its name as Warrant Agent, and any recovery of judgment shall be for the ratable
benefit of the Holders of the Class A Warrants,  as their respective  rights and
interests may appear.

                      (g)  The  Warrant  Agent  and any  stockholder,  director,
officer,  partner or employee of the Warrant  Agent may buy, sell or deal in any
of the Class A Warrants or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily
interested  in any  transaction  in which  the  Company  may be  interested,  or
contract with or lend money to or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it
were not the Warrant Agent under this  Agreement.  Nothing herein shall preclude
the Warrant  Agent from acting in any other  capacity for the Company or for any
other legal entity.
 
                      (h) The Warrant Agent shall act hereunder  solely as agent
and its duties shall be determined solely by the provisions hereof.


                                       20

<PAGE>




 
                      (i) The Warrant  Agent may execute and exercise any of the
rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself
or by or through its attorneys, agents or employees, and the Warrant Agent shall
not be answerable or accountable for any such attorneys,  agents or employees or
for any loss to the Company resulting from such neglect or misconduct,  provided
reasonable  care had been  exercised in the selection  and continued  employment
thereof.
                     
                      (j) Any request,  direction,  election, order or demand of
the Company shall be sufficiently  evidenced by an instrument signed in the name
of the Company by its  President  or a Vice  President  or its  Secretary  or an
Assistant  Secretary or its  Treasurer or an Assistant  Treasurer  (unless other
evidence  in  respect  thereof  be  herein  specifically  prescribed);  and  any
resolution  of the Board of Directors may be evidenced to the Warrant Agent by a
copy  thereof  certified  by the  Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary  of the
Company.
 
           Section 16. Change of Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent may resign and
be  discharged  from its duties  under this  Agreement  by giving to the Company
notice in writing,  and to the Holders of the Class A Warrants notice by mailing
such notice to the Holders at their respective  addresses appearing on the Class
A Warrant register, of such resignation, specifying a date when such resignation
shall take  effect.  The  Warrant  Agent may be  removed  by like  notice to the
Warrant  Agent from the Company and the like mailing of notice to the Holders of
the Class A Warrants.  If the Warrant  Agent shall resign or be removed or shall
otherwise become  incapable of action,  the Company shall appoint a successor to
the Warrant Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such  appointment  within a
period of thirty (30) days after such


                                       21

<PAGE>



removal  or  after  it has been  notified  in  writing  of such  resignation  or
incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated  Warrant Agent or after the Company
has  received  such notice from a Holder of a Class A Warrant  (who shall,  with
such notice, submit his Class A Warrant for inspection by the Company), then the
Holder of any Class A Warrant may apply to any court of  competent  jurisdiction
for the appointment of a successor to the Warrant Agent.  Any successor  Warrant
Agent,  whether appointed by the Company or by such a court,  shall be a bank or
trust  company,  in good standing,  incorporated  under New York or federal law.
After  appointment,  the  successor  Warrant Agent shall be vested with the same
powers,  rights, duties and responsibility as if it had been originally named as
Warrant  Agent  without  further act or deed and the former  Warrant Agent shall
deliver  and  transfer  to the  successor  Warrant  Agent all  canceled  Class A
Warrants, records and property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and
deliver any further assurance or conveyance necessary for this purpose.  Failure
to file or mail any notice provided for in this Section,  however, or any defect
therein,  shall not affect the  validity  of the  resignation  or removal of the
Warrant Agent or the appointment of the successor Warrant Agent, as the case may
be.
           Section  17.   Identity  of  Transfer   Agent.   Forthwith  upon  the
appointment of any transfer agent (other than Continental Stock Transfer & Trust
Company) for the shares of Common Stock or of any subsequent  transfer agent for
the shares of Common  Stock,  the  Company  will file with the  Warrant  Agent a
statement setting forth the name and address of such transfer agent.


                                       22

<PAGE>



           Section 18.  Notices.  Any notice  pursuant to this  Agreement  to be
given by the Warrant  Agent or the Holder of any Class A Warrant to the Company,
shall  be  sufficiently  given if sent by  first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,
addressed  (until  another is filed in writing by the  Company  with the Warrant
Agent) as follows:

                               ObjectSoft Corporation
                               Continental Plaza - Bldg. 3
                               433 Hackensack Avenue
                               Hackensack, New Jersey 07601
                               Attention: President

                     and a copy thereof to:

                               Parker Chapin Flattau & Klimpl, LLP
                               1211 Avenue of the Americas
                               New York, New York 10036
                               Attention: Melvin Weinberg, Esq.

           Any notice  pursuant to this  Agreement to be given by the Company or
the Holder of any Class A Warrant to the  Warrant  Agent  shall be  sufficiently
given if sent by first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  addressed (until another
address is filed in writing by the Warrant Agent with the Company) as follows:

                               Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
                               2 Broadway
                               New York, New York 10004
                               Attention: Executive Vice President

           Any notice  pursuant  to this  Agreement  to be given by the  Warrant
Agent or the Company to the  Representative  shall be sufficiently given if sent
by first-class mail, postage prepaid,  addressed (until another address is filed
in writing with the Warrant Agent) as follows:



                                       23

<PAGE>



                               Renaissance Financial Securities Corporation
                               200 Old Country Road
                               Mineola, New York 11501
                               Attention: President

                     and a copy thereof to:

                               Stursberg & Veith
                               405 Lexington Avenue
                               New York, New York 10174-4902
                               Attention: C. Walter Stursberg, Esq.

           Section 19.  Supplements and Amendments.  The Company and the Warrant
Agent may from time to time  supplement or amend this Agreement in order to cure
any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision  contained  herein which
may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any
other provisions in regard to matters or questions  arising  hereunder which the
Company and the Warrant  Agent may deem  necessary or desirable  and which shall
not be inconsistent  with the provisions of the Class A Warrants and which shall
not materially adversely affect the interest of the Holders of Class A Warrants;
and in addition  the Company and the  Warrant  Agent may modify,  supplement  or
alter this  Agreement  with the consent in writing of the Holders of the Class A
Warrants  representing  not less than a majority  of the Class A  Warrants  then
outstanding.

           The Warrant Agent shall keep copies of this  Agreement  available for
inspection by Holders of Class A Warrants during normal business hours.

           Section  20.  New York  Contract.  This  Agreement  and each  Class A
Warrant issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of
the State of New York and shall be construed in accordance  with the laws of New
York without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof.


                                       24

<PAGE>



           Section 21.  Benefits of this  Agreement.  Nothing in this  Agreement
shall be construed to give to any person or corporation  other than the Company,
the Warrant Agent and the Holders of the Class A Warrants any legal or equitable
right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the
sole and exclusive benefit of the Company,  the Warrant Agent and the Holders of
the Class A Warrants.

           Section 22.  Successors.  All the  covenants  and  provisions of this
Agreement  by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant  Agent shall bind
and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

           IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have entered into this Agreement on
the date first above written.

                                         OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION


                                         By: ________________________________



                                         CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER &
               `                         TRUST COMPANY


                                         By: ________________________________



                                         RENAISSANCE FINANCIAL SECURITIES
                                         CORPORATION


                                         By: ________________________________



                                       25

<PAGE>




No. W_________________                             VOID AFTER_____________, 2001




CLASS A WARRANTS



                    REDEEMABLE CLASS A WARRANT CERTIFICATE TO
                       PURCHASE ONE SHARE OF COMMON STOCK



                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION



                                                     CUSIP [                   ]

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, FOR VALUE RECEIVED

or registered  assigns (the  "Registered  Holder") is the owner of the number of
Redeemable Class A Warrants (the "Class A Warrants") specified above. Each Class
A Warrant initially  entitles the Registered Holder to purchase,  subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in this Certificate and the Warrant Agreement (as
hereinafter  defined),  one fully paid and nonassessable  share of Common Stock,
par value $.0001 per share (the "Common Stock"),  of ObjectSoft  Corporation,  a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), at any time from ______________, 1997 (the
"Initial  Warrant  Exercise  Date")  , and  prior  to the  Expiration  Date  (as
hereinafter defined) upon the presentation and surrender of this Class A Warrant
Certificate  with the Exercise Form on the reverse hereof duly executed,  at the
corporate office of Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 2 Broadway,  New
York, New York 10004, as Warrant Agent, or its successor (the "Warrant  Agent"),
accompanied by payment of $____,  subject to adjustment (the "Exercise  Price"),
in lawful money of the United  States of America in cash or by certified or bank
check made payable to the Company.

           This Class A Warrant Certificate and each Class A Warrant represented
hereby are issued  pursuant to and are subject in all  respects to the terms and
conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement, dated as of _______________, 1996
(the "Warrant Agreement"),  among the Company,  Renaissance Financial Securities
Corporation ("Renaissance") and the Warrant Agent.



                                       A-1

<PAGE>



           In the event of certain  contingencies  provided  for in the  Warrant
Agreement,  the Exercise  Price and the number of shares of Common Stock subject
to purchase  upon the  exercise of each Class A Warrant  represented  hereby are
subject to modification or adjustment.

           Each Class A Warrant  represented hereby is exercisable at the option
of the Registered  Holder,  but no fractional shares will be issued. In the case
of the exercise of less than all the Class A Warrants  represented  hereby,  the
Company shall cancel this Class A Warrant  Certificate upon the surrender hereof
and shall  execute  and  deliver a new  Class A Warrant  Certificate  or Class A
Warrant  Certificates of like tenor,  which the Warrant Agent shall countersign,
for the balance of such Class A Warrants.

           The term  "Expiration  Date" shall mean 5:00 p.m.  (New York time) on
__________, 2001 [the date which is the fifth anniversary of the Initial Warrant
Exercise Date]; provided, that if such date is not a business day, it shall mean
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the next following  business day. For purposes
hereof, the term "business day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday
or day on which banking  institutions in New York City, New York, are authorized
or obligated by law to be closed.

           The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any securities pursuant
to the exercise of the Class A Warrants represented hereby unless at the time of
exercise the Company has filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission a
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") covering the
securities issuable upon exercise of the Class A Warrants represented hereby and
such  registration  statement has been  declared and shall remain  effective and
shall be current,  and such  securities  have been registered or qualified or be
exempt under the securities laws of the state or other jurisdiction of residence
of the  Registered  Holder and the exercise of the Class A Warrants  represented
hereby in any such state or other jurisdiction shall not otherwise be unlawful.

           This Class A Warrant Certificate is exchangeable,  upon the surrender
hereof by the  Registered  Holder at the corporate  office of the Warrant Agent,
for a new Class A Warrant  Certificate or Class A Warrant  Certificates  of like
tenor  representing an equal aggregate number of Class A Warrants,  each of such
new Class A Warrant Certificates to represent such number of Class A Warrants as
shall be designated  by such  Registered  Holder at the time of such  surrender.
Upon  the  presentment  and  payment  of any  tax or  other  charge  imposed  in
connection  therewith or incident  thereto for  registration of transfer of this
Class A Warrant Certificate at such office, a new Class A Warrant Certificate or
Class A Warrant  Certificates  representing an equal aggregate number of Class A
Warrants will be issued to the transferee in exchange  therefor,  subject to the
limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement.

           Prior to the exercise of any Class A Warrant  represented hereby, the
Registered Holder, as such, shall not be entitled to any rights of a stockholder
of the Company,  including,  without limitation, the right to vote or to receive
dividends  or other  distributions,  and shall not be  entitled  to receive  any
notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided in the


                                       A-2

<PAGE>



Warrant Agreement.

           Subject  to the  provisions  of the  Warrant  Agreement,  the Class A
Warrants represented hereby may be redeemed,  in whole or in part, at the option
of the Company,  at a redemption price of $.10 per Class A Warrant,  at any time
commencing  ________________,  1997 [the  first  anniversary  of the date of the
Prospectus]  (or earlier  with the consent of  Renaissance),  provided  that the
average  closing  bid  quotation  of the Common  Stock as reported on The Nasdaq
SmallCap  Market,  if traded  thereon,  or is not traded  thereon,  the  average
closing  sale price if listed on national  exchange (or other  reporting  system
that provides last sale prices),  shall have for a period of 20 consecutive days
on which such  market is open for trading  ending  within 15 days of the date on
which the Company gives the Notice of Redemption  (as defined  below) equaled or
exceeded 130% of the then current  Exercise  Price.  Notice of  redemption  (the
"Notice of  Redemption")  shall be given by the Company no less than thirty days
before the date fixed for redemption,  all as provided in the Warrant Agreement.
If the date for redemption of the Class A Warrants is prior to _________,  1997,
then, as to the Class A Warrants being redeemed,  the Initial  Warrant  Exercise
Date shall be the date of the Notice of Redemption.  On and after the date fixed
for  redemption,  the Registered  Holder shall have no right with respect to the
Class A  Warrants  represented  hereby  except to  receive  the $.10 per Class A
Warrant upon surrender of this Certificate.

           Under  certain  circumstances  described  in the  Warrant  Agreement,
Renaissance  shall be entitled to receive as a solicitation  fee an aggregate of
five  percent  (5%) of the  Exercise  Price of the Class A Warrants  represented
hereby.

           Prior to due presentment for  registration  of transfer  hereof,  the
Company and the Warrant  Agent may deem and treat the  Registered  Holder as the
absolute  owner  hereof  and  of  each  Class  A  Warrant   represented   hereby
(notwithstanding  any  notations of  ownership or writing  hereon made by anyone
other than a duly  authorized  officer of the Company or the Warrant  Agent) for
all purposes and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary,  except as
provided in the Warrant Agreement.

           This Class A Warrant  Certificate  shall be governed by and construed
in  accordance  with the laws of the  State of New York  without  regard  to the
conflicts of law principles thereof.

           This Class A Warrant Certificate is not valid unless countersigned by
the Warrant Agent.

           IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  has  caused  this Class A Warrant
Certificate to be duly executed, manually or in facsimile by two of its officers
thereunto duly  authorized and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be imprinted
hereon.

           Dated     September  ____, 1996

SEAL                                            OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                                                By: ___________________________
                                                    President


                                       A-3

<PAGE>




                                                By: ___________________________
                                                    Secretary


COUNTERSIGNED:
CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY,
           as Warrant Agent

By: __________________________________
    Authorized Officer



                                       A-4

<PAGE>



                                  EXERCISE FORM


                     To Be Executed by the Registered Holder
                      in order to Exercise Class A Warrant

           The  undersigned  Registered  Holder  hereby  irrevocably  elects  to
exercise  _________  Class  A  Warrants  represented  by this  Class  A  Warrant
Certificate,  and to purchase the securities  issuable upon the exercise of such
Class A Warrants,  and requests that  certificates  for such securities shall be
issued in name of


                          PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY
                           OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

                           --------------------------

                           --------------------------

                           --------------------------
                     (please print or type name and address)

and be delivered to
                           --------------------------

                           --------------------------

                           --------------------------
                     (please print or type name and address)

and if such  number of Class A  Warrants  shall not be all the Class A  Warrants
evidenced  by this  Class A  Warrant  Certificate,  that a new  Class A  Warrant
Certificate  for the balance of such Class A Warrants be  registered in the name
of, and delivered to, the Registered Holder at the address stated below.

                    IMPORTANT: PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

           1.         If the  exercise of this Class A Warrant was  solicited by
                      Renaissance Financial Securities Corporation, please check
                      the following box. |_|

           2.         The exercise of this Class A Warrant was solicited by

                      ----------------------------------------------------------


                                       A-5

<PAGE>




           3.         If the exercise of this Class A Warrant was not solicited,
                      please check the following box. |_|

Dated:     _______________________           X_________________________________

                                             __________________________________

                                             __________________________________
                                                          Address


                                             __________________________________
                                             Social Security or Taxpayer
                                             Identification Number


                                             __________________________________
                                             Signature Guaranteed





                                       A-6

<PAGE>



                                   ASSIGNMENT
                                   ----------


                     To be Executed by the Registered Holder
                       in Order to Assign Class A Warrants

FOR VALUE  RECEIVED,  ____________________________,  hereby  sells,  assigns and
transfers unto

                          PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY
                           OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

                            -------------------------

                            -------------------------

                            -------------------------
                     (please print or type name and address)


________________________  of the Class A  Warrants  represented  by this Class A
Warrant   Certificate,   and  hereby   irrevocably   constitutes   and  appoints
______________________________________   as  its/his/her   attorney-in-fact   to
transfer this Class A Warrant Certificate on the books of the Company, with full
power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:     ______________________                x______________________________
                                                    Signature Guaranteed

THE SIGNATURE TO THE ASSIGNMENT OR THE EXERCISE FORM MUST CORRESPOND TO THE NAME
AS  WRITTEN  UPON  THE  FACE  OF THIS  CLASS  A  WARRANT  CERTIFICATE  IN  EVERY
PARTICULAR,  WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER AND MUST
BE GUARANTEED BY A BANK, BROKER,  DEALER,  CREDIT UNION,  SAVINGS ASSOCIATION OR
OTHER  ENTITY  WHICH IS A MEMBER IN GOOD  STANDING  OF THE  SECURITIES  TRANSFER
AGENTS MEDALLION PROGRAM.




                                       A-7





                             1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                                       of

                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

           1.  PURPOSES  OF THE PLAN.  This stock  option  plan (the  "Plan") is
designed to provide an  incentive  to key  employees  (including  directors  and
officers who are key employees)  and to  consultants  and advisors and directors
who are not employees of ObjectSoft  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  or its  present and future  Subsidiaries  or a Parent (as each such
term is defined in  Paragraph  19),  and to offer an  additional  inducement  in
obtaining  the  services of such  persons.  The Plan  provides  for the grant of
"incentive  stock  options"  ("ISOs")  within the  meaning of Section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  and nonqualified  stock
options  which  do not  qualify  as ISOs  ("NQSOs"),  but the  Company  makes no
representation or warranty,  express or implied,  as to the qualification of any
option as an "incentive stock option" under the Code.

           2. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.  Subject to the provisions of Paragraph
12, the aggregate number of shares of common stock,  $.0001 par value per share,
of the Company  ("Common Stock") for which options may be granted under the Plan
shall not exceed 250,000.  Such shares of Common Stock may, in the discretion of
the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board of Directors"), consist either
in whole or in part of authorized but unissued  shares of Common Stock or shares
of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company.  Subject to the  provisions
of Paragraph  13, any shares of Common Stock  subject to an option which for any
reason expires, is canceled or is terminated unexercised or which ceases for any
reason to be  exercisable  shall  again  become  available  for the  granting of
options  under the Plan.  The Company  shall at all times during the term of the
Plan reserve and keep available such number of shares of Common Stock as will be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

           3.  ADMINISTRATION  OF THE PLAN. The Plan shall be  administered by a
committee of the Board of Directors  consisting  of not less than two  directors
(the  "Committee").  During  such  time as the  Company  has a class  of  equity
securities  registered under Section 12 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
each member of the Committee  shall be (a) a  "disinterested  person" within the
meaning  of Rule  16b-3  promulgated  under  such  act  until  such  time as the
amendments to Rule 16b-3 adopted by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission on
May 30, 1996 in Release No. 34-37260  become  effective with respect to the Plan
(the "New Rule Date") and (b) from and after the New Rule Date, a  "Non-Employee
Director"  within  the  meaning  of Rule 16b-3 (as the same may be in effect and
interpreted from time to time,  "Rule 16b-3").  A majority of the members of the
Committee shall  constitute a quorum,  and the acts of a majority of the members
present at any  meeting at which a quorum is present,  and any acts  approved in
writing by all members without a meeting, shall be the acts of the Committee.

           Subject to the express  provisions of the Plan,  the Committee  shall
have the authority, in its sole discretion, with respect to Employee Options and
Consultant Options (as


<PAGE>



defined in Paragraph  19): to determine  the key  employees who shall be granted
Employee  Options and the consultants who shall be granted  Consultant  Options;
the times when options shall be granted;  whether an Employee Option shall be an
ISO or a NQSO;  the  number  of shares of  Common  Stock to be  subject  to each
option; the term of each option; the date each option shall become  exercisable;
whether an option shall be exercisable in whole, in part or in installments and,
if in  installments,  the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to each
installment,  whether  the  installments  shall be  cumulative,  the  date  each
installment shall become  exercisable and the term of each installment;  whether
to accelerate the date of exercise of any option or installment;  whether shares
of Common Stock may be issued upon the exercise of an option as partly paid and,
if so, the dates when future installments of the exercise price shall become due
and the amounts of such  installments;  the exercise  price of each option;  the
form of payment of the  exercise  price;  whether to restrict  the sale or other
disposition  of the shares of Common  Stock  acquired  upon the  exercise  of an
option and, if so, whether to waive any such restriction; whether to subject the
exercise of all or any portion of an option to the fulfillment of  contingencies
as  specified in the  contract  referred to in  Paragraph  11 (the  "Contract"),
including without limitation, contingencies relating to entering into a covenant
not to compete with the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or a Parent (as defined
in  Paragraph  19),  to  financial  objectives  for  the  Company,  any  of  its
Subsidiaries or a Parent, a division of any of the foregoing,  a product line or
other category,  and/or the period of continued  employment of the optionee with
the Company,  any of its Subsidiaries or a Parent, and to determine whether such
contingencies  have been met;  whether an optionee  is  Disabled  (as defined in
Paragraph  19); and with respect to Employee  Options,  Consultant  Options and,
subject  prior to the New Rule Date to the  limitations  with respect to formula
plans under Rule 16b-3,  Non-Employee  Director Options (as defined in Paragraph
19): the amount, if any,  necessary to satisfy the obligation of the Company,  a
Subsidiary or a Parent to withhold taxes or other amounts; the fair market value
of a share of Common Stock;  to construe the respective  Contracts and the Plan;
with the consent of the optionee, to cancel or modify an option,  provided, that
the modified  provision is permitted to be included in an option  granted  under
the Plan on the date of the  modification,  and further,  provided,  that in the
case of a modification  (within the meaning of Section 424(h) of the Code) of an
ISO,  such option as modified  would be  permitted  to be granted on the date of
such modification  under the terms of the Plan; to prescribe,  amend and rescind
rules and regulations relating to the Plan; from and after the New Rule Date, to
approve any provision  which under Rule 16b-3 requires  approval by the Board of
Directors,  a committee  of  Non-Employee  Directors or the  stockholders  to be
exempt (unless otherwise  specifically  provided herein);  and to make all other
determinations   necessary  or  advisable  for   administering   the  Plan.  Any
controversy  or claim arising out of or relating to the Plan, any option granted
under the Plan or any Contract shall be determined unilaterally by the Committee
in its sole  discretion.  The  determinations  of the  Committee  on the matters
referred to in this Paragraph 3 shall be conclusive and binding on the parties.

           No member or former member of the  Committee  shall be liable for any
action or  determination  made in good  faith  with  respect  to the Plan or any
option  granted  hereunder.  In addition to any other rights of  indemnification
they may have as  directors  or as members or former  members of the  Committee,
each such member and former member shall be indemnified

                                       -2-

<PAGE>



and held  harmless by the  Company  from and  against  any  reasonable  expenses
(including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees) actually and  necessarily  incurred in
connection with the defense, of any claim,  action,  suit,  proceeding or appeal
(collectively,  "Case") to which he is a party by reason of an action or failure
to act under or in connection with the Plan or any option granted hereunder, and
against  all  amounts  paid by him in  settlement  of such Case  (provided  such
settlement is approved by the Company) or paid in  satisfaction of a judgment in
such Case;  provided,  however,  that such member or former  member shall not be
entitled  to  indemnification  (a)  if he did  not  within  60  days  after  the
institution  of such Case offer to the  Company in writing  the  opportunity  to
handle  and defend  the Case at its own  expense,  or (b) to the extend the Case
resulted from his gross negligence or willful misconduct.

           4. ELIGIBILITY;  GRANTS.  The Committee may from time to time, in its
sole  discretion,  consistent  with the  purposes  of the Plan,  grant  Employee
Options  to  key  employees  (including  officers  and  directors  who  are  key
employees)  of, and  Consultant  Options to  consultants  and  advisors  to, the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries or a Parent. Such options granted shall cover
such number of shares of Common Stock as the  Committee  may  determine,  in its
sole discretion;  provided,  however, that [the maximum number of shares subject
to Employee  Options that may be granted to any  individual  during any calendar
year under the Plan (the "162(m)  Maximum") shall not exceed 50,000 shares;  and
further,  provided,  that the aggregate market value (determined at the time the
option is granted in accordance  with Paragraph 5) of the shares of Common Stock
for which any eligible  employee may be granted ISOs under the Plan or any other
plan of the Company,  or of a Parent or a Subsidiary  of the Company,  which are
exercisable  for the first time by such optionee  during any calendar year shall
not exceed  $100,000.  Such  limitation  shall be  applied  by taking  ISOs into
account in the order in which  they were  granted.  Any  option (or the  portion
thereof) granted in excess of such amount shall be treated as a NQSO.

           Every  individual  who,  on  the  date  the  Plan  is  adopted,  is a
Non-Employee Director (as defined in Paragraph 19) shall be granted on such date
a  Non-Employee  Director  Option to  purchase  10,000  shares of Common  Stock.
Thereafter,  on the date an individual first becomes a Non-Employee Director, he
shall be  granted  an option to  purchase  10,000  shares  of Common  Stock.  In
addition,  immediately  following each annual meeting of  stockholders  at which
directors are elected,  every  individual  who, at such time, is a  Non-Employee
Director  (whether or not elected at such meeting) shall be granted at such time
a Non-Employee  Director Option to purchase 5,000 shares of Common Stock. In the
event the remaining shares available for grant under the Plan are not sufficient
to grant the Non-Employee Director Options to each such Non-Employee Director at
any time, the number of shares subject to the  Non-Employee  Director Options to
be granted at such time shall be reduced  proportionately.  The Committee  shall
not have any  discretion  with respect to the  selection of directors to receive
Non-Employee  Director  Options  or the  amount,  the price or the  timing  with
respect thereto.

           5. EXERCISE  PRICE.  The exercise price of the shares of Common Stock
under each  Employee  Option and  Consultant  Option shall be  determined by the
Committee in its

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



sole discretion;  provided, however, that the exercise price of an ISO shall not
be less than the fair market value of the Common Stock subject to such option on
the  date of  grant;  and  further,  provided,  that  if,  at the time an ISO is
granted,  the  optionee  owns (or is deemed to own under  Section  424(d) of the
Code) stock  possessing  more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all
classes of stock of the Company,  of any of its Subsidiaries or of a Parent, the
exercise  price of such ISO shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value
of the Common Stock subject to such ISO on the date of grant. The exercise price
of the shares of Common Stock under each  Non-Employee  Director Option shall be
equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock subject to such option on the
date of grant.

           The fair market  value of a share of Common Stock on any day shall be
(a) if the  principal  market  for the  Common  Stock is a  national  securities
exchange,  the average between the high and low sales prices per share of Common
Stock on such day as reported by such exchange or on a composite tape reflecting
transactions on such exchange,  (b) if the principal market for the Common Stock
is not a national  securities  exchange  and the  Common  Stock is quoted on The
Nasdaq Stock Market  ("Nasdaq"),  and (i) if actual sales price  information  is
available with respect to the Common Stock, the average between the high and low
sales  prices per share of Common  Stock on such day on Nasdaq,  or (ii) if such
information  is not  available,  the average  between the highest bid and lowest
asked  prices  per share of Common  Stock on such day on  Nasdaq,  or (c) if the
principal market for the Common Stock is not a national  securities exchange and
the Common  Stock is not quoted on Nasdaq,  the average  between the highest bid
and lowest asked prices per share of Common Stock on such day as reported on the
OTC Bulletin Board Service or by National  Quotation  Bureau,  Incorporated or a
comparable service; provided,  however, that if clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this
Paragraph are all inapplicable,  or if no trades have been made or no quotes are
available  for such day,  the fair  market  value of the Common  Stock  shall be
determined by the Board by any method  consistent  with  applicable  regulations
adopted by the Treasury Department relating to stock options.  The determination
of the Committee  shall be exclusive in determining the fair market value of the
stock.

           6.  TERM.  The term of each  Employee  Option and  Consultant  Option
granted  pursuant  to the  Plan  shall  be such  term as is  established  by the
Committee, in its sole discretion;  provided, however, that the term of each ISO
granted  pursuant to the Plan shall be for a period not  exceeding 10 years from
the date of grant thereof; and further, provided, that if, at the time an ISO is
granted,  the  optionee  owns (or is deemed to own under  Section  424(d) of the
Code) stock  possessing  more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all
classes of stock of the Company,  of any of its Subsidiaries or of a Parent, the
term of the ISO shall be for a period not exceeding  five years from the date of
grant.  Employee  Options  and  Consultant  Options  shall be subject to earlier
termination  as  hereinafter   provided.   Subject  to  earlier  termination  as
hereinafter provided, each Non-Employee Director Option shall be exercisable for
a term of five years commencing on the date of grant.

           7. EXERCISE.  An option (or any part or installment  thereof), to the
extent then  exercisable,  shall be  exercised by giving  written  notice to the
Company at its principal office

                                       -4-

<PAGE>



(at present 50 East Palisade  Avenue,  Suite 411,  Englewood,  New Jersey 07631)
stating which ISO or NQSO is being exercised, specifying the number of shares of
Common  Stock as to which such  option is being  exercised  and  accompanied  by
payment in full of the aggregate  exercise  price therefor (or the amount due on
exercise if the Contract with respect to an Employee Option permits  installment
payments)  (a) in cash or by  certified  check or (b) in the case of an Employee
Option  or a  Consultant  Option,  if  the  applicable  Contract  permits,  with
previously acquired shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair market value
on the date of exercise (determined in accordance with Paragraph 5) equal to the
aggregate exercise price of all options being exercised, or with any combination
of cash,  certified  check or shares of Common Stock.  The Committee may, in its
sole  discretion,  permit payment of the exercise price of an option by delivery
by the  optionee  of a properly  executed  notice,  together  with a copy of his
irrevocable  instructions  to a broker  acceptable  to the  Committee to deliver
promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan  proceeds  sufficient  to pay
such  exercise  price.  In  connection  therewith,  the  Company  may enter into
agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms.

           A person  entitled to receive  Common  Stock upon the  exercise of an
option shall not have the rights of a stockholder with respect to such shares of
Common Stock until the date of issuance of a stock  certificate  to him for such
shares;  provided,  however,  that until such stock  certificate is issued,  any
optionee  using  previously  acquired  shares of Common  Stock in  payment of an
option  exercise price shall  continue to have the rights of a stockholder  with
respect to such previously acquired shares.

           In no case may a fraction of a share of Common  Stock be purchased or
issued under the Plan.

           8. TERMINATION OF RELATIONSHIP.  Except as may otherwise be expressly
provided  in the  applicable  Contract,  any  holder  of an  Employee  Option or
Consultant  Option  whose   relationship  with  the  Company,   its  Parent  and
Subsidiaries [as an employee, a consultant or an advisor] has terminated for any
reason other than in the case of an individual  optionee his death or Disability
(as defined in Paragraph 19) may exercise such option, to the extent exercisable
on the date of such termination,  at any time within three months after the date
of  termination,  but not  thereafter  and in no event after the date the option
would otherwise have expired;  provided,  however,  that if such relationship is
terminated either (a) for cause, or (b) without the consent of the Company, such
option  shall  terminate  immediately.  Except  as may  otherwise  be  expressly
provided in the applicable  Contract,  Employee  Options and Consultant  Options
granted  under the Plan shall not be affected by any change in the status of the
optionee so long as the optionee continues to be an employee of, or a consultant
or an  advisor  to,  the  Company,  or  any  of  the  Subsidiaries  or a  Parent
(regardless of having  changed from one to the other or having been  transferred
from one corporation to another).

           For the purposes of the Plan,  an  employment  relationship  shall be
deemed to exist between an individual  and a corporation  if, at the time of the
determination,  the individual was an employee of such  corporation for purposes
of Section 422(a) of the Code. As a result, an

                                       -5-

<PAGE>



individual  on  military,  sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence  shall
continue  to be consid  ered an  employee  for  purposes of the Plan during such
leave if the period of the leave does not exceed 90 days, or, if longer, so long
as the  individual's  right to  reemployment  with  the  Company  (or a  related
corporation)  is guaranteed  either by statute or by contract.  If the period of
leave  exceeds  90 days  and  the  individual's  right  to  reemployment  is not
guaranteed  by statute or by  contract,  the  employment  relationship  shall be
deemed to have terminated on the 91st day of such leave.

           The  holder of a  Consultant  Option  whose  consulting  or  advisory
relationship  with the Company (and its Parent and  Subsidiaries) has terminated
for any reason may exercise such option to the extent exercisable on the date of
such  termination,  but not thereafter and in no event after the date the option
would otherwise have expired;  provided,  however, that if such relationship was
terminated either (a) for cause or (b) without the consent of the Company (other
than as a result of the death or  Disability  of the holder or a key employee of
the holder) the option shall terminate immediately.

           Except as  provided  below,  a  Non-Employee  Director  Option may be
exercised  at any time  during its five year  term.  The  Non-Employee  Director
Option  shall not be  affected by the  optionee  ceasing to be a director of the
Company or becoming an employee of the  Company,  any of its  Subsidiaries  or a
Parent; provided, however, that if he is terminated for cause, such option shall
terminate immediately.

           Nothing  in the Plan or in any  option  granted  under the Plan shall
confer  on any  optionee  any  right  to  continue  in the  employ  of,  or as a
consultant or advisor to, the Company,  any of its Subsidiaries or a Parent,  or
as a director  of the  Company,  or  interfere  in any way with any right of the
Company,  any of its  Subsidiaries  or a  Parent  to  terminate  the  optionee's
relation  ship at any time for any reason  whatsoever  without  liability to the
Company, any of its Subsidiaries or a Parent.

           9. DEATH OR  DISABILITY  OF AN OPTIONEE.  Except as may  otherwise be
expressly provided in the applicable Contract,  if an optionee dies (a) while he
is an  employee  of, or  consultant  or  advisor  to,  the  Company,  any of its
Subsidiaries or a Parent,  (b) within three months after the termination of such
relationship  (unless such  termination  was for cause or without the consent of
the  Company)  or  (c)  within  one  year  following  the  termination  of  such
relationship  by reason of his  Disability,  his Employee  Option or  Consultant
Option may be exercised,  to the extent exercisable on the date of his death, by
his Legal  Representative  (as defined in  Paragraph  19) at any time within one
year after death,  but not  thereafter and in no event after the date the option
would otherwise have expired.

           Except as may  otherwise  be  expressly  provided  in the  applicable
Contract,  any optionee whose  relationship  as an employee of, or consultant or
advisor to, the Company, its Parent and Subsidiaries has terminated by reason of
such  optionee's  Disability  may  exercise his  Employee  Option or  Consultant
Option, to the extent exercisable upon the effective date of such

                                       -6-

<PAGE>



termination, at any time within one year after such date, but not thereafter and
in no event after the date the option would otherwise have expired.

           The term of a Non-Employee  Director  Option shall not be affected by
the death or Disability of the optionee.  If an optionee  holding a Non-Employee
Director Option dies during the term of such option, the option may be exercised
at any time during its term by his Legal Representative.

           10.  COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES  LAWS. The Committee may require,  in
its sole  discretion,  as a condition  to the exercise of any option that either
(a) a Registration  Statement  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities  Act"), with respect to the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon
such  exercise  shall be effective  and current at the time of exercise,  or (b)
there  is an  exemption  from  registration  under  the  Securities  Act for the
issuance of the shares of Common Stock upon such exercise.  Nothing herein shall
be construed as requiring the Company to register  shares  subject to any option
under the  Securities  Act or to keep any  Registration  Statement  effective or
current.

           The Committee may require, in its sole discretion,  as a condition to
the exercise of any option that the optionee  execute and deliver to the Company
his representations and warranties, in form, substance and scope satisfactory to
the  Committee,  that (a) the  shares  of  Common  Stock to be  issued  upon the
exercise of the option are being  acquired by the  optionee for his own account,
for investment only and not with a view to the resale or  distribution  thereof,
and (b) any subsequent  resale or distribution of shares of Common Stock by such
optionee will be made only pursuant to (i) a  Registration  Statement  under the
Securities  Act which is  effective  and current  with  respect to the shares of
Common  Stock being sold,  or (ii) a specific  exemption  from the  registration
requirements of the Securities Act, but in claiming such exemption, the optionee
shall prior to any offer of sale or sale of such shares of Common Stock  provide
the Company  with a favorable  written  opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the
Company,  in form,  substance and scope  satisfactory to the Company,  as to the
applicability of such exemption to the proposed sale or distribution.

           In addition,  if at any time the Committee  shall  determine,  in its
sole discretion, that the listing or qualification of the shares of Common Stock
subject  to  such  option  on any  securities  exchange,  Nasdaq  or  under  any
applicable  law,  or the  consent  or  approval  of any  governmental  agency or
regulatory  body,  is necessary or desirable as a condition to, or in connection
with,  the  granting  of an  option  or the  issue of  shares  of  Common  Stock
thereunder,  such  option may not be  exercised  in whole or in part unless such
listing, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained
free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

           11.  STOCK  OPTION  CONTRACTS.  Each option  shall be evidenced by an
appropriate  Contract  which  shall  be duly  executed  by the  Company  and the
optionee, and shall

                                       -7-

<PAGE>



contain such terms,  provisions and conditions not inconsistent  herewith as may
be determined by the Committee.

           12.  ADJUSTMENTS  UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK.  Notwithstanding  any
other  provisions  of the Plan,  in the event of any  change in the  outstanding
Common Stock by reason of a stock  dividend,  recapitalization,  merger in which
the Company is the surviving corporation,  split-up,  combination or exchange of
shares or the like, the aggregate number and kind of shares subject to the Plan,
the aggregate number and kind of shares subject to each  outstanding  option and
the  exercise  price  thereof  shall be  appropriately  adjusted by the Board of
Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive.

           In the event of (a) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or
(b) a  merger  in  which  the  Company  is not the  surviving  corporation  or a
consolidation,  any outstanding options shall terminate upon the earliest of any
such event, unless other provision is made therefor in the transaction.

           13.  AMENDMENTS AND  TERMINATION OF THE PLAN. The Plan was adopted by
the Board of Directors on March 15, 1996.  No ISO may be granted  under the Plan
after March 14, 2006. The Board of Directors,  without  further  approval of the
Company's stockholders,  may at any time suspend or terminate the Plan, in whole
or in  part,  or  amend  it from  time to time in such  respects  as it may deem
advisable,  including,  without limitation, in order that ISOs granted hereunder
meet the  requirements  for "incentive  stock options" under the Code, to comply
with the provisions of Rule 16b-3,  Section 162(m) of the Code, or any change in
applicable  law,  regulations,  rulings  or  interpretations  of  administrative
agencies;  provided,  however,  that no amendment shall be effective without the
requisite  prior or subsequent  stockholder  approval  which would (a) except as
contemplated  in Paragraph 12,  increase the maximum  number of shares of Common
Stock for which options may be granted under the Plan or the 162(m) Maximum, (b)
prior to the New  Rule  Date,  materially  increase  the  benefits  accruing  to
participants  under  the Plan or (c)  change  the  eligibility  requirements  to
receive options hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the New Rule
Date, the provisions  regarding the selection of directors for participation in,
and the amount, the price or the timing of, Non-Employee  Director Options shall
not be amended  more than once  every six  months,  other  than to comport  with
changes in the Code, the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act or the rules
thereunder.  No termination,  suspension or amendment of the Plan shall, without
the  consent  of the  holder of an  existing  and  outstanding  option  affected
thereby,  adversely  affect  his  rights  under  such  option.  The power of the
Committee to construe and administer any options granted under the Plan prior to
the termination or suspension of the Plan nevertheless shall continue after such
termination or during such suspension.

           14.  NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS. No option granted under the Plan
shall  be  transferable  otherwise  than  by will or the  laws  of  descent  and
distribution, and options may be exercised, during the lifetime of the optionee,
only by the optionee or his Legal Representatives. Except to the extent provided
above, options may not be assigned, transferred,

                                       -8-

<PAGE>



pledged,  hypothecated or disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or
otherwise) and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process,
and  any  such  attempted  assignment,   transfer,   pledge,   hypothecation  or
disposition shall be null and void ab initio and of no force or effect.

           15.  WITHHOLDING TAXES. The Company (and/or its Subsidiary or Parent,
as applicable) may withhold (a) cash, (b) subject to any limitations  under Rule
16b-3,  shares  of Common  Stock to be issued  with  respect  thereto  having an
aggregate fair market value on the exercise date  (determined in accordance with
Paragraph 5), or (c) any combination  thereof,  in an amount equal to the amount
which the  Committee  determines  is necessary to satisfy the  obligation of the
Company,  a Subsidiary or a Parent to withhold  Federal,  state and local income
taxes or other amounts incurred by reason of the grant or exercise of an option,
its  disposition,  or the disposition of the underlying  shares of Common Stock.
Alternatively,  the  Company may require the holder to pay to the Company (or to
the  Subsidiary  or Parent)  such amount,  in cash,  promptly  upon demand.  The
Company  shall not be required to issue any shares of Common  Stock  pursuant to
any such option until all required payments have been made. Fair market value of
the shares of Common Stock shall be determined in accordance with Paragraph 5.

           16. LEGENDS; PAYMENT OF EXPENSES. The Company may endorse such legend
or legends upon the certificates for shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise
of an option under the Plan and may issue such "stop  transfer"  instructions to
its  transfer  agent  in  respect  of  such  shares  as it  determines,  in  its
discretion,  to be necessary or appropriate to (a) prevent a violation of, or to
perfect an exemption from, the  registration  requirements of the Securities Act
and any applicable  state  securities  laws, (b) implement the provisions of the
Plan or any agreement  between the Company and the optionee with respect to such
shares of Common Stock, or (c) permit the Company to determine the occurrence of
a  "disqualifying  disposition,"  as described in Section 421(b) of the Code, of
the shares of Common  Stock  issued or  transferred  upon the exercise of an ISO
granted under the Plan.

           The Company shall pay all issuance taxes with respect to the issuance
of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option granted under the Plan,
as well as all fees and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with such
issuance.

           17. USE OF  PROCEEDS.  The cash  proceeds  from the sale of shares of
Common Stock  pursuant to the exercise of options  under the Plan shall be added
to the general funds of the Company and used for such corporate  purposes as the
Board of Directors may determine.

           18.  SUBSTITUTIONS AND ASSUMPTIONS OF OPTIONS OF CERTAIN  CONSTITUENT
CORPORATIONS.  Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding,  the Board
of Directors may, without further approval by the  stockholders,  substitute new
options for prior options of a Constituent  Corporation (as defined in Paragraph
19) or assume the prior options of such Constituent Corporation.

                                       -9-

<PAGE>




           19. DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall
be defined as set forth below:

               (a) Constituent Corporation.  The term "Constituent  Corporation"
shall  mean  any  corporation  which  engages  with  the  Company,  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  or a Parent in a transaction  to which Section  424(a) of the Code
applies (or would apply if the option  assumed or  substituted  were an ISO), or
any Parent or any Subsidiary of such corporation.

               (b) Consultant Option. The term "Consultant  Option" shall mean a
NQSO  granted  pursuant to the Plan to a person who, at the time of grant,  is a
consultant  to the Company or a Subsidiary  of the Company,  and at such time is
neither a common law  employee of the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  nor a
director of the Company.

               (c) Disability.  The term "Disability" shall mean a permanent and
total disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

               (d) Employee  Option.  The term  "Employee  Option" shall mean an
option granted  pursuant to the Plan to an individual who, at the time of grant,
is a key employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

               (e) Legal Representative.  The term "Legal  Representative" shall
mean the executor,  administrator or other person who at the time is entitled by
law to exercise the rights of a deceased or incapacitated  optionee with respect
to an option granted under the Plan.

               (f) Non-Employee Director. The term "Non-Employee Director" shall
mean a person who is a director of the Company, but is not a common law employee
of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or a Parent.

               (g) Non-Employee Director Option. The term "Non-Employee Director
Option"  shall mean a NQSO granted  pursuant to the Plan to a person who, at the
time of the grant, is a Non-Employee Director.

               (h) Parent.  The term "Parent" shall have the same  definition as
"parent corporation" in Section 424(e) of the Code.

               (i)  Subsidiary.  The  term  "Subsidiary"  shall  have  the  same
definition as "subsidiary corporation" in Section 424(f) of the Code.

           20.  GOVERNING LAW;  CONSTRUCTION.  The Plan,  such options as may be
granted hereunder and all related matters shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance  with, the laws of the State of Delaware,  without regard to conflict
of law provisions.


                                      -10-

<PAGE>


           Neither the Plan nor any Contract  shall be construed or  interpreted
with any  presumption  against the Company by reason of the Company  causing the
Plan  or  Contract  to  be  drafted.   Whenever  from  the  context  it  appears
appropriate,  any term stated in either the singular or plural shall include the
singular and plural,  and any term stated in the  masculine,  feminine or neuter
gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter.

           21.   PARTIAL    INVALIDITY.    The    invalidity,    illegality   or
unenforceability  of any provision in the Plan or any Contract  shall not affect
the validity,  legality or enforceability  of any other provision,  all of which
shall be  valid,  legal and  enforceable  to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by
applicable law.

           22. STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.  The Plan shall be subject to approval by a
majority  of the  votes  present  in  person  or by proxy at the next  duly held
meeting of the Company's  stockholders at which a quorum is present.  No options
granted  hereunder may be exercised prior to such approval;  provided,  however,
that the date of grant of any option shall be  determined as if the Plan had not
been subject to such approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Plan is not
approved by a vote of the  stockholders  of the  Company on or before  March 14,
1997, the Plan and any options granted hereunder shall terminate.


                                      -11-





                                     FORM OF

                            CORPORATE PROMISSORY NOTE


$   ,000.00                                                               , 1996


           FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,  the  undersigned,  OBJECTSOFT  CORPORATION,  a
Delaware corporation ("MAKER"),  promises to pay to the order of ("HOLDER"), the
following:

1.0        PRINCIPAL, INTEREST AND PAYMENT
           -------------------------------

           1.1 The principal sum of Dollars and no cents ($ ,000.00), along with
all accrued  interest  as provided in this Note,  which shall be payable in full
upon the occurrence of either of the following events, whichever is sooner:

                      (a)  within  fourteen  (14)  days of  deposit  in  Maker's
corporate account of the net proceeds of an Initial Public Offering in excess of
the principal  amount of all the notes issued pursuant to the Company's  private
placement as described in its Confidential  Placement Memorandum dated March 22,
1996, or

                      (b) no later  than 5:00 p.m.  (eastern  standard  time) on
September 30, 1997.

           1.2 Compound  Interest  Rate.  MAKER  promises to pay interest on the
unpaid principal balance from and including the date of this NOTE  semi-annually
commencing on December 31, 1996. Any unpaid accrued  interest shall be paid when
the principal balance is fully paid. Interest shall be paid at the rate of seven
percent (7%) per annum.

           1.3  Prepayment.  MAKER  shall  have the right to  prepay  all or any
portion of the debt.  Payments  shall be lawful  money of the  United  States of
America.

2.0        DEFAULT
           -------

           Time is of the essence of this NOTE. A default shall occur if:

           2.1  Failure to Make  Payments.  MAKER  fails to make any  payment of
interest or principal under this NOTE on the date due;

           2.2 Bankruptcy.  MAKER is declared  insolvent by a court of competent
jurisdiction,  a  receiver  is  appointed,  and  such  appointment  has not been
dismissed  within sixty (60) days,  to take  possession  of all or a substantial
part of  MAKER's  properties,  MAKER  makes an  assignment  for the  


<PAGE>


benefit of creditors or files a voluntary  petition in  bankruptcy , or MAKER is
the subject of an involuntary petition in bankruptcy.

3.0        REMEDIES
           --------

           3.1 In the event of a default,  HOLDER may declare the entire  unpaid
principal balance of the debt, including interest, payable.

4.0        ATTORNEYS' FEES AND COLLECTION COSTS
           ------------------------------------

           In the event litigation is commenced by one of the parties to enforce
or  interpret a provision  of this NOTE,  or to collect  any  amounts  due,  the
prevailing party in litigation shall be entitled to receive,  in addition to all
other sums and relief,  its reasonable costs and attorneys' fees,  incurred both
at and in preparation for trial and appeal.

5.0        GOVERNING LAW, SEVERABILITY
           ---------------------------

           5.1 Governing Law; Venue. This NOTE has been executed under and shall
be construed and enforced in accordance  with the laws of the State of New York.
Exclusive venue for any legal action taken in connection with the enforcement or
interpretation of this Note shall be in New York County, New York.

           5.2 Severability.  If a provision of this NOTE is found by a court of
competent jurisdiction to be invalid or enforceable as written, then the parties
intend and desire that

                      (a)  the  provision  be  enforceable  to the  full  extent
permitted by law, and

                      (b) the  invalidity or  unenforceability  of the provision
shall not effect the validity and enforceability of the remainder of this NOTE.

6.0        AMENDMENT
           ---------

           6.1 This NOTE may not be amended,  modified  or changed,  nor shall a
provision of this NOTE be deemed waived, except only by an instrument in writing
signed by a party against whom enforcement of a waiver,  amendment,  change,  or
modification is sought.

7.0        WAIVERS
           -------

           7.1       MAKER, without affecting their liability

                      (a) waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand,


                                       -2-

<PAGE>


                      (b) waives notice of protest,  of demand, of nonpayment of
           dishonor and of maturity; and

8.0        BINDING AGREEMENT; NON-ASSIGNMENT

           8.1 This NOTE shall be binding  upon the  successors  and  assigns of
MAKER.  Neither this Note nor any rights  therein shall be assigned to any third
party or entity without the prior written consent of MAKER.

9.0        ACKNOWLEDGMENT

           9.1 IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this NOTE has been  executed as of the date
and year first above written.

                                               OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION


                                               By: _____________________________
                                                      David E.Y. Sarna, Chairman


                                       -3-











                                 FORM OF WARRANT



<PAGE>



                                     FORM OF
             WARRANT AND WARRANT AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK
                                       OF
                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

THESE  SECURITIES AND THE SECURITIES  ISSUABLE UPON THEIR EXERCISE HAVE NOT BEEN
REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED  UNLESS
COVERED BY AN  EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER SAID ACT, A "NO ACTION"
LETTER  FROM  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  WITH  RESPECT  TO SUCH
TRANSFER,  A TRANSFER MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 OF THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION,  OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE
EFFECT THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

           OBJECTSOFT   CORPORATION   (the   "Company")   has  agreed  to  issue
to_____________  ("Holder")  this  warrant to acquire  either (i) if the Company
completes  an initial  public  offering of its  securities  ("IPO") on or before
September 30, 1997,  ______  Thousand  (______)  shares of common stock ("Common
Stock") or other securities offered at seventy (70%) percent of the per share or
other security offering price in the IPO (the "IPO Securities")  exercisable for
three  (3) years  from the date of  issuance,  which  exercise  period  shall be
extended for a period equal to the time that lapses  between  September 30, 1996
and the date of  completion  of the IPO but in no event shall such  extension be
for more than one (1) year (the  "Extension  Date") or (ii) if the Company  does
not complete an IPO on or before  September 30, 1997,  ______ Thousand  (______)
shares of Common Stock at $3.50 per share,  exercisable until September 30, 1999
(the  "Shares")  pursuant  to the terms  provided  in this  Warrant  and Warrant
Agreement.  (This Warrant and Warrant Agreement is hereafter  referred to as the
"Warrant".)

           Accordingly, the Company and the Holder agree as follows:

           1.  Issuance.  The Company  hereby  issues to the Holder the right to
purchase,  subject to the provisions of this Warrant, either (i) ______ Thousand
(______) IPO  Securities,  at a price of seventy  (70%)  percent of the purchase
price of the IPO  Securities  offered  to the  public  pursuant  to the IPO,  as
adjusted in accordance with the terms hereof, at any time during the period from
the date of this Warrant through and including 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on
April _,  1999  unless  extended  to the  Extension  Date (the  "First  Exercise
Period") or (ii) ______ Thousand (______) Shares, at a price of $3.50 per Share,
at any time during the period from and after  September 30, 1997 until September
30, 1999 (the "Second  Exercise  Period") at which time, as the case may be with
respect to whether  this Warrant is  exercisable  for either the purchase of IPO
Securities  or  Shares,  this  Warrant  shall  expire  and  become  void  on the
expiration of the First  Exercise  Period and the Second  Exercise  Period.  The
number of IPO Securities or Shares,  as the case may be, to be received upon the
exercise of this Warrant and the price to be paid for each may be adjusted  from
time to time as


<PAGE>


herein set forth.  The securities  deliverable  pursuant to this Warrant as they
may be adjusted from time to time are herein referred to as "Warrant Securities"
and the exercise price for the  underlying  securities in effect at any time and
as adjusted from time to time is herein referred to as the "Exercise Price".

           2. Exercise of Warrants.  This Warrant may be exercised as a whole or
in part at any time during the Exercise  Period by  presentation  and  surrender
hereof to the Company at its  executive  offices with the Purchase  Form annexed
hereto duly executed and  accompanied by payment of the Exercise  Price. If this
Warrant is exercised in part, the Company will issue to the Holder a new warrant
representing the right of the Holder to purchase the remaining number of Warrant
Securities and otherwise on identical terms hereto.

           3. Reservation of Shares. The Company hereby agrees that at all times
during the term of this  Warrant  there  shall be  reserved  for  issuance  upon
exercise of this  Warrant  such number of shares of its Common Stock as shall be
required  for  issuance  upon  exercise of this  Warrant and the exercise of any
convertible securities issuable upon the exercise hereof.

           4. Assignment or Loss of Warrant.  (a) This Warrant is not assignable
or transferable without the written consent of the Company,  except by operation
of law or as  provided  in (b) below.  Upon  receipt by the  Company of evidence
satisfactory  to it of the  loss,  theft,  destruction  or  mutilation  of  this
Warrant,  and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction)  receipt of reasonably
satisfactory indemnification, and (in the case of mutilation) upon surrender and
cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will execute and deliver a new Warrant
of like tenor and date and any such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant
shall thereupon become void.

           (b) This Warrant shall not be  transferable by Holder other than to a
"Permitted  Transferee"  (as  defined  below),  or a  financial  institution  as
collateral  to secure a pledge from the Holder to the financial  institution  in
connection with a loan from such financial institution to the Holder;  provided,
that any Permitted  Transferee shall be absolutely  prohibited from transferring
all or any  portion of this  Warrant  other than to Holder or another  Permitted
Transferee  of Holder;  and  provided  further,  that if Holder  dies or becomes
incapacitated,   this  Warrant  may  be  exercised  by  Holder's  estate,  legal
representative  or  beneficiary,  as the case may be, subject to all other terms
and conditions contained in this Warrant.

           (c) For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  Permitted  Transferees  shall
include only the members of the  "immediate  family"  (which shall be limited to
his spouse,  children,  parents and siblings) of Holder,  and to trusts for such
person's own benefit and/or for the benefit of members of his immediate  family;
provided,  that such Permitted  Transferees must agree in writing to be bound by
all of the terms of this  Agreement to the same extent as Holder  hereunder,  in
form  acceptable  to  counsel  to the  Company,  including  but not  limited  to
restrictions  on the exercise of this Warrant and on transfers of IPO Securities
or Shares, as the case may be, following exercise of this Warrant, such that any
IPO  Securities or Shares so acquired shall be held subject to the terms of this
Agreement.  IPO Securities or Shares held by any Permitted  Transferee  shall be
aggregated with those held by the Permitted


<PAGE>


Transferee's  transferor in order to determine  the number of IPO  Securities or
Shares subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

           5. Rights of the Holder.  The Holder shall not, by virtue hereof,  be
entitled to any rights of a stockholder in the Company, either at law or equity,
and the rights of the Holder are limited to those  expressed in this Warrant and
are not enforceable against the Company except to the extent set forth herein.

           6. Protection Against Dilution.

           6.1 If at any time  and  from  time to time  the  Company  shall  (i)
declare a  dividend  or make a  distribution  in shares  of Common  Stock,  (ii)
subdivide its outstanding  shares of Common Stock, (iii) combine its outstanding
shares of  Common  Stock or (iv)  otherwise  effect a  recapitalization  of such
character  that the  shares  of Common  Stock  shall be  changed  into or become
exchangeable for a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock,  then the
Exercise Price in effect on the record date of such dividend or  distribution or
the  effective  date  of  such  subdivision,   combination  or  reclassification
(individually an "Event" and  collectively  the "Events") shall be adjusted,  or
further adjusted, to a price (to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying (i)
the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such Event by (ii) a fraction,
the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately  prior to such  Event,  and the  denominator  of which  shall be the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding  immediately after such Event. Upon
each  adjustment in the Exercise Price  resulting  from an Event,  the number of
Warrant  Securities shall be adjusted (to the nearest  one-thousandth  share) by
multiplying  (i) the  number of Warrant  Securities  for which the  Warrant  was
exercisable immediately prior to such Event by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of
which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such Event, and
the denominator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately after
such Event.  Notice of each such adjustment and each such readjustment  shall be
forthwith  mailed to the Holder setting forth such  adjustments or readjustments
and the facts and calculations  thereof in reasonable  detail. Any dividend paid
or  distributed  upon the Common Stock in stock of any other class of securities
convertible  into shares of Common Stock shall be treated as a dividend  paid in
Common  Stock to the extent that shares of Common  Stock are  issuable  upon the
conversion thereof.

           6.2 In  case:  (i) a  distribution  in the  form of  stock  or  other
securities of any other corporation or other entity shall be made or paid by the
Company on, or with  respect to, the then  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock,
(ii) the Company  shall effect a  recapitalization  of such  character  that the
shares of Common Stock will be changed into or become exchangeable for shares of
Common Stock with a different par value or no par value, (iii) the Company (or a
successor  corporation)  shall be  consolidated  or merged with or into  another
corporation or entity or shall 'sell,  lease or convey all or substantially  all
of its assets in exchange for stock or property  (including  cash) with the view
of distributing such stock or property to its shareholders, or (iv) the Board of
Directors of the Company  shall  declare any dividend or other  distribution  in
cash or any  evidence of the  Company's  indebtedness  (other  than  convertible
securities)  with  respect to the shares of Common  Stock,  each IPO Security or
Share,  as the case may be,  issuable  upon  exercise of this  Warrant  shall be
replaced  by, - and/or  shall  include,  as the  case may be,  for the  purposes
hereof, the stock, property,


<PAGE>


cash or evidence of indebtedness  issued or distributed in respect of each share
of Common  Stock upon such  recapitalization,  reclassification,  merger,  sale,
lease,  conveyance or distribution as the Holder would have been entitled to had
the Holder  exercised  this  Warrant  and any  underlying  convertible  security
immediately prior to any such occurrence,  and adequate provision to that effect
shall be made at the time thereof.

           6.3       In case:

           6.3.1 of any classification, reclassification or other reorganization
of the ca ital stock of the Company, consolidation or merger of the Company with
or  into  another  corporation,  or the  sale,  lease  or  conveyance  of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

           6.3.2 of the voluntary or  involuntary  dissolution,  liquidation  or
winding up of the Company; then, and in any such case, the Company shall mail to
the  Holder,  at least 15 days  prior  thereto,  a  notice  stating  the date or
expected  date on which a record is to be taken.  Such notice shall also specify
the date or expected date, if any is to be fixed,  as of which holders of Common
Stock of record  shall be entitled to exchange  their shares of Common Stock for
securities   or   other   property   deliverable   upon   such   classification,
reclassification,    reorganization,    consolidation,    merger,    conveyance,
dissolution,  liquidation,  winding up or any other  appropriate  action, as the
case may be.

           7. Transfer to Comply with the  Securities  Act. This Warrant has not
been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") and has
been issued to the Holder for investment and not with a view to the distribution
of either the Warrant or the Warrant Securities. Neither this Warrant nor any of
the Warrant Securities or any other security issued or issuable upon exercise of
this Warrant may be sold, transferred, pledged or hypothecated in the absence of
an effective  registration  statement under the Act relating to such security or
an opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the  Company  that  registration  is not
required under the Act. Each certificate for the Warrant, the Warrant Securities
and any other  security  issued or issuable  upon exercise of this Warrant shall
contain a legend on the face  thereof,  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to
counsel for the Company, setting forth the restrictions on transfer contained in
this Section.

           8.  Registration  Rights.  (i) If at any  time or  from  time to time
following  the  date  hereof,  the  Company  shall  determine  to  register  any
distribution  of its securities  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,
either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders,  in a
registration  statement  covering  the sale of shares  of Common  Stock or other
securities  to the general  public  pursuant to a public  offering in compliance
with the Act (except with respect to any registration  filed on Form S-4 or such
other form which does not include substantially the same information as would be
included in a registration statement covering the sale of shares of Common Stock
to the general  public) , the Company will:  (a) give to Holder  written  notice
thereof  at  least  30 days  before  the  initial  filing  of such  registration
statement (which shall include a list of the  jurisdictions in which the Company
intends to attempt to qualify such  securities  under the applicable blue sky or
other state  securities  laws);  and (b) include in such  registration  (and any
related  qualification  under  blue sky laws) and in any  underwriting  involved
therein, all the IPO Securities and securities  underlying the IPO Securities or
Shares, as the case may be, specified in a written request,


<PAGE>


made within 30 days after  receipt of such written  notice from the Company,  by
Holder, except as set forth in subparagraphs (ii) or (iii) below.

           (ii) If the distribution is to be  underwritten,  the right of Holder
to  registration  pursuant to this Section 8 shall be conditioned  upon Holder's
participation  in the  underwriting and the inclusion of Holder's IPO Securities
and securities  underlying the IPO securities or Shares,  as the case may be, in
the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  Holder shall (together with the
Company)  enter  into an  underwriting  agreement  in  customary  form  with the
underwriter  or  underwriters  selected  for such  underwriting  by the Company.
Holder shall furnish to the Company such written  information  concerning Holder
and the distribution proposed by Holder as the Company may reasonably request.

           (iii)  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Section 8, if the
underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number
of shares to be underwritten, and such determination is made by such underwriter
in  writing  and in good  faith,  then the  underwriter  may limit the number of
Holder's IPO Securities and securities  underlying the IPO securities or Shares,
as the case may be, to be included in the registration and underwriting,  or may
exclude Holder's IPO Securities and securities  underlying the IPO securities or
Shares entirely from such underwriting, provided that the underwriter limits all
proposed selling shareholders on a pro-rata basis.

           (iv) Holder  agrees that the  underwriter  or the Company  shall each
have the right,  in their sole  discretion,  to prohibit  the sale of all or any
portion of the IPO Securities  and  securities  underlying the IPO Securities or
Shares for a period not to exceed  eighteen  (18)  months  from the closing of a
public  offering of the Company's  securities (the "Lock-up") . All Holder's IPO
Securities  and  securities  underlying  the IPO  Securities  or Shares shall be
included in the  Company's  registration  statement  and the Company  keeps such
registration statement effective as provided in Section 8(iv) below.

           (v) At any time  commencing  one (1) year after the  completion of an
IPO if the Warrants and the IPO Securities and the securities underlying the IPO
Securities  or the  Shares,  as the case may be,  have  not been  included  in a
registration  statement  pursuant to which they may be sold, the Holders of more
than fifty (50%) percent of the Warrants shall have the right (which right is in
addition  to the  registration  rights set forth  elsewhere  in this  Section 8,
exercisable  by written notice to the Company,  to have the Company  prepare and
file with the  Commission,  on one occasion,  a registration  statement and such
other documents,  including a prospectus,  as may be necessary in the opinion of
counsel for the Company,  in order to comply with the  provisions of the Act, so
as to permit a public offering and sale of their respective  Warrant  Securities
(and any underlying  securities)  for one (1) year by such Holders and any other
Holders of the Warrants and/or Warrant  Securities who notify the Company within
ten (10) days after  receiving  notice  from the  Company of such  request.  The
Company covenants and agrees to give written notice of any registration  request
under this Section 8 by any Holder or Holders to all other registered Holders of
the  Warrants and the Warrant  Securities  within ten (10) days from the date of
the receipt of any such registration request.

           (vi) All expenses  incurred in connection  with any  registration  or
qualification  pursuant to this Agreement,  including,  without limitation,  all
registration, filing and qualification fees, printing


<PAGE>


expenses,  fees and  disbursements of counsel for the Company,  and expenses and
fees of any special  audits  incidental  to or required  by. such  registration,
shall be borne by the Company; provided,  however, that the Company in any event
shall not be required to pay the fees of Holder's legal counsel, brokerage fees,
or  underwriters'  discounts or commissions  relating to Holder's IPO Securities
and  securities  underlying  any IPO  Securities  or Shares  (such  legal  fees,
brokerage  fees,  and  underwriters,  discounts  or  commissions  to be borne by
Holder).

           (vii)  In the  case  of each  registration  effected  by the  Company
pursuant to this  Agreement,  the Company will:  (i) keep such  registration  or
qualification pursuant to this Section 8 effective for a period of not less than
one year from the  expiration  of the Lock-Up or until Holder has  completed the
distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever
first occurs,  and (ii) furnish such number of prospectuses  and other documents
incident thereto as Holder from time to time may reasonably request.

           (viii) The  registration  rights  granted to Holder  pursuant to this
Section 8 are assignable  solely to his Estate and his Permitted  Transferees in
connection with a transfer of any Shares to such persons.

           9. Notices.  Any notice or other communication  required or permitted
hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be delivered  personally,  telegraphed,
telexed,  sent by facsimile  transmission  or sent by  certified,  registered or
express mail,  postage  pre-paid.  Any such notice shall be deemed given when so
delivered personally,  telegraphed,  telexed or sent by facsimile  transmission,
or, if mailed, two days after the date of deposit in the United States mails, as
follows:

                    (i)        if to the Company, to:

                               OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION
                               50 East Palisade Avenue
                               Englewood, New Jersey 07631

                               Attention:    David E. Y. Sarna, Chairman

                    (ii)        if to the Holder, to:



Any party may be  notice  given in  accordance  with this  Section  to the other
parties designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.

           10. Supplements and Amendments;  Whole Agreement. This Warrant may be
amended or supplemented or any provision  hereof waived only by an instrument in
writing  signed by the Company and the Holders of more than fifty (50%)  percent
of the Warrants.  Any  amendment or  supplement or waiver  approved by more than
fifty (50%) percent of the Warrants shall be binding on all the Holders thereof.
This Warrant contains the full understanding of the parties hereto with


<PAGE>


respect  to  the   subject   matter   hereof  and   thereof  and  there  are  no
representations,  warranties,  agreements or understandings other than expressly
contained herein and therein.

           11. Governing Law. This Warrant shall be deemed to be a contract made
under the laws of the State of New York and f or all purposes  shall be governed
by and  construed  in  accordance  with the  laws of such  State  applicable  to
contracts to be made and performed entirely within such State.

           12.  Counterparts.  This  Warrant  may be  executed  in any number of
counterparts and each of such  counterparts  shall for all purposes be deemed to
be an original,  and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and
the same instrument.

           13.  Descriptive  Headings.   Descriptive  headings  of  the  several
Sections of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and shall not control
or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

           IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement
as of the __ day of _________, 1996.

                                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION


                                             By: ___________________________
                                                 George J. Febish, President


                                                 ___________________________
                                                           Holder






             WARRANT AND WARRANT AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

                                       OF

                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION


THESE  SECURITIES AND THE SECURITIES  ISSUABLE UPON THEIR EXERCISE HAVE NOT BEEN
REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED  UNLESS
COVERED BY AN  EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER SAID ACT, A "NO ACTION"
LETTER  FROM  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  WITH  RESPECT  TO SUCH
TRANSFER,  A TRANSFER MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 OF THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION,  OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE
EFFECT THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

           OBJECTSOFT  CORPORATION  (the  "Company")  has  agreed  to  issue  to
RENAISSANCE FINANCIAL SECURITIES  CORPORATION ("Holder") this warrant to acquire
either (i) if the Company completes an initial public offering of its securities
("IPO")  on or before  September  30,  1997,  ________________Thousand  (______)
shares  of  common  stock  ("Common  Stock")  or  other  securities  offered  at
ninety-one  (91%) percent of the per share or other  security  offering price in
the IPO (the "IPO  Securities")  exercisable for five (5) years from the date of
issuance, or (ii) if the Company does not complete an IPO on or before September
30, 1997,  _______ Thousand  (______) shares of Common Stock at $4.55 per share,
exercisable for five (5) years from the date of issuance (the "Shares") pursuant
to the terms provided in this Warrant and Warrant  Agreement.  (This Warrant and
Warrant  Agreement  is  hereafter  referred to as the  "Warrant"  .) The Warrant
issued to Renaissance  Financial  Securities  Corporation,  as placement  agent,
pursuant to the Placement Agent Agreement dated as of March 21, 1996 between the
Company  and   Renaissance  is  hereafter   referred  to  as  the  "Warrant"  or
collectively the "Warrants," and all holders of the Warrants  initially issuable
to  Renaissance  as a Holder  are  hereafter  referred  to  collectively  as the
"Holders."

           Accordingly, the Company and the Holder agree as follows:

           1.  Issuance.  The Company  hereby  issues to the Holder the right to
purchase,  subject to the provisions of this Warrant,  either (i) if the Company
completes an IPO on or before September 30, 1997,  _________  Thousand (_______)
IPO Securities,  at a price of ninety-one (91%) percent of the purchase price of
the IPO  Securities  offered to the public  pursuant  to the IPO, as adjusted in
accordance with the terms hereof, at any time during the period from the date of
this Warrant  through and including  5:00 P.M., New York City time, on April 11,
2001 or (ii) if the Company does not complete an IPO on or before  September 30,
1997,  _________ Thousand (______) Shares, at a price of $4.55 per Share, at any
time during the period from and after September 30, 1997 until April 11, 2001 at
which  time,  as the  case  may be with  respect  to  whether  this  Warrant  is
exercisable  for either the purchase of IPO  Securities or Shares,  this Warrant
shall expire and become null and void.  The number of IPO  Securities or Shares,
as the case may be, to be


<PAGE>



received upon the exercise of this Warrant and the price to be paid for each may
be adjusted from time to time as herein set forth.  The  securities  deliverable
pursuant to this  Warrant as they may be  adjusted  from time to time are herein
referred to as "Warrant  Securities"  and the exercise  price for the underlying
securities  in  effect at any time and as  adjusted  from time to time is herein
referred to as the "Exercise  Price".  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary
contained  herein,  in the event this Warrant is exercisable for IPO securities,
if such IPO Securities offered to the public include a warrant or other security
which is redeemable,  such warrant or other security issuable to Holder pursuant
hereto shall not be subject to redemption.

           2. Exercise of Warrants.  This Warrant may be exercised as a whole or
in part at any time during the Exercise  Period by  presentation  and  surrender
hereof to the Company at its  executive  offices with the Purchase  Form annexed
hereto duly executed and  accompanied by payment of the Exercise  Price. If this
Warrant is exercised in part, the Company will issue to the Holder a new warrant
representing the right of the Holder to purchase the remaining number of Warrant
Securities and otherwise on identical terms hereto.

           3. Reservation of Shares. The Company hereby agrees that at all times
during the term of this  Warrant  there  shall be  reserved  for  issuance  upon
exercise of this  Warrant  such number of shares of its Common Stock as shall be
required  for  issuance  upon  exercise of this  warrant and the exercise of any
convertible securities issuable upon the exercise hereof.

           4. Assignment or Loss of Warrant.  (a) This Warrant is not assignable
or transferable without the written consent of the Company,  except by operation
of law or as  provided  in (b) below.  Upon  receipt by the  Company of evidence
satisfactory  to it of the  loss,  theft,  destruction  or  mutilation  of  this
Warrant,  and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction)  receipt of reasonably
satisfactory indemnification, and (in the case of mutilation) upon surrender and
cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will execute and deliver a new Warrant
of like tenor and date and any such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant
shall thereupon become void.

               (b) This Warrant shall not be  transferable  by Holder other than
to a "Permitted  Transferee" (as defined below),  or a financial  institution as
collateral  to secure a pledge from the Holder to the financial  institution  in
connection with a loan from such financial institution to the Holder;  provided,
that any Permitted  Transferee shall be absolutely  prohibited from transferring
all or any  portion of this  Warrant  other than to Holder or another  Permitted
Transferee of Holder; and provided further, that if Holder becomes insolvent, is
liquidated,  dies or becomes  incapacitated,  this  Warrant may be  exercised by
Holder's trustee, estate, other legal representative or beneficiary, as the case
may be, subject to all other terms and conditions contained in this Warrant.

               (c) For purposes of this Agreement,  Permitted  Transferees shall
include employees who are registered  representatives,  officers,  directors and
principal  shareholders  of  Holder,  and to trusts for each such  person's  own
benefit  and/or for the benefit of members of his  immediate  family;  provided,
that such Permitted  Transferees must agree in writing to be bound by all of the
terms  of this  Agreement  to the  same  extent  as  Holder  hereunder,  in form
reasonably acceptable to

                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>



counsel  to the  Company,  including  but not  limited  to  restrictions  on the
exercise of this Warrant and on transfers of IPO  Securities  or Shares,  as the
case may be, following exercise of this Warrant, such that any IPO Securities or
Shares so acquired  shall be held  subject to the terms of this  Agreement.  IPO
Securities or Shares held by any Permitted  Transferee  shall be aggregated with
those held by the  Permitted  Transferee's  transferor in order to determine the
number of IPO Securities or Shares subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

           5. Rights of the Holder.  The Holder shall not, by virtue hereof,  be
entitled to any rights of a stockholder in the Company, either at law or equity,
and the rights of the Holder are limited to those  expressed in this warrant and
are not enforceable against the Company except to the extent set forth herein.

           6. Protection Against Dilution.

               6.1 If at any time and from  time to time the  Company  shall (i)
declare a  dividend  or make a  distribution  in shares  of Common  Stock,  (ii)
subdivide its outstanding  shares of Common Stock, (iii) combine its outstanding
shares of  Common  Stock or (iv)  otherwise  effect a  recapitalization  of such
character  that the  shares  of Common  Stock  shall be  changed  into or become
exchangeable for a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock,  then the
Exercise Price in effect on the record date of such dividend or  distribution or
the  effective  date  of  such  subdivision,   combination  or  reclassification
(individually an "Event" and  collectively  the "Events") shall be adjusted,  or
further adjusted, to a price (to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying (i)
the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such Event by (ii) a fraction,
the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately  prior to such  Event,  and the  denominator  of which  shall be the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such Event. Upon-
each  adjustment in the Exercise Price  resulting  from an Event,  the number of
Warrant  Securities shall be adjusted (to the nearest  one-thousandth  share) by
multiplying  (i) the  number of Warrant  Securities  for which the  Warrant  was
exercisable immediately prior to such Event by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of
which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such Event, and
the denominator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately after
such Event.  Notice of each such adjustment and each such readjustment  shall be
forthwith  mailed to the Holder setting forth such  adjustments or readjustments
and the facts and calculations  thereof in reasonable  detail. Any dividend paid
or  distributed  upon the Common Stock in stock of any other class of securities
convertible  into shares of Common Stock shall be treated as a dividend  paid in
Common  Stock to the extent that shares of Common  Stock are  issuable  upon the
conversion thereof.

               6.2 In  case:  (i) a  distribution  in the form of stock or other
securities of any other corporation or other entity shall be made or-paid by the
Company on, or with  respect to, the then  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock,
(ii) the Company  shall effect a  recapitalization  of such  character  that the
shares of Common Stock will be changed into or become exchangeable for shares of
Common Stock with a different par value or no par value, (iii) the Company (or a
successor  corporation)  shall be  consolidated  or merged with or into  another
corporation or entity or shall sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of
its assets in exchange for stock or property (including cash)


                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>



with the view of  distributing  such stock or property to its  shareholders,  or
(iv) the Board of Directors of the Company  shall  declare any dividend or other
distribution in cash or any evidence of the Company's  indebtedness  (other than
convertible  securities)  with respect to the shares of Common  Stock,  each IPO
Security or Share,  as the case may be,  issuable  upon exercise of this Warrant
shall be replaced by, and/or shall include, as the case may be, for the purposes
hereof,  the  stock,  property,  cash or  evidence  of  indebtedness  issued  or
distributed in respect of each share of Common Stock upon such recapitalization,
reclassification,  merger, sale, lease, conveyance or distribution as the Holder
would  have been  entitled  to had the Holder  exercised  this  Warrant  and any
underlying  convertible security  immediately prior to any such occurrence,  and
adequate provision to that effect shall be made. at the time thereof.

           6.3 In case:

               6.3.1   of  any   classification,   reclassification   or   other
reorganization  of the capital stock of the Company,  consolidation or merger of
the Company with or into another  corporation,  or the sale, lease or conveyance
of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

               6.3.2 of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or
winding up of the Company;

then,  and in any such case,  the Company shall mail to the Holder,  at least 15
days prior thereto, a notice stating the date or expected date on which a record
is to be taken. Such notice shall also specify the date or expected date, if any
is to be fixed,  as of which holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled
to  exchange  their  shares of Common  Stock for  securities  or other  property
deliverable   upon  such   classification,   reclassification,   reorganization,
consolidation,  merger, conveyance, dissolution,  liquidation, winding up or any
other appropriate action, as the case may be.

               7. Transfer to Comply with the  Securities  Act. This Warrant has
not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") and
has  been  issued  to the  Holder  for  investment  and  not  with a view to the
distribution  of either the  Warrant or the  Warrant  Securities.  Neither  this
Warrant  nor any of the  Warrant  Securities  or any  other  security  issued or
issuable  upon  exercise of this  Warrant may be sold,  transferred,  pledged or
hypothecated in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Act
relating to such security or an opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the Company
that  registration  is not  required  under the Act.  Each  certificate  for the
Warrant,  the Warrant  Securities and any other security issued or issuable upon
exercise of this Warrant shall contain a legend on the face thereof, in form and
substance   satisfactory   to  counsel  for  the  Company,   setting  forth  the
restrictions on transfer contained in this Section.

               8.  Registration  Rights.  If at any  time or  from  time to time
following  the  date  hereof,  the  Company  shall  determine  to  register  any
distribution  of its securities  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,
either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders,  in a
registration  statement  covering  the sale of shares  of Common  Stock or other
securities to the


                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>



general public  pursuant to a public offering in compliance with the Act (except
with respect to any registration filed on Form S-4 or such other form which does
not  include  substantially  the same  information  as would  be  included  in a
registration  statement  covering  the sale of  shares  of  Common  Stock to the
general public) , the Company will: (a) give to Holder written notice thereof at
least 30 days before the initial filing of such  registration  statement  (which
shall  include a list of the  jurisdictions  in which  the  Company  intends  to
attempt to qualify such securities  under the applicable blue sky or other state
securities  laws) ; and  (b)  include  in such  registration  (and  any  related
qualification under blue sky laws) and in any underwriting involved therein, all
the IPO Securities and  securities  underlying the IPO Securities or Shares,  as
the case may be,  specified  in a written  request,  made  within 30 days  after
receipt of such written notice from the Company, by Holder,  except as set forth
in subparagraphs (ii) or (iii) below.

               (ii) If the  distribution  is to be  underwritten,  the  right of
Holder to  registration  pursuant to this  Section 8 shall be  conditioned  upon
Holder's  participation  in the  underwriting  and the inclusion of Holder's IPO
Securities and securities  underlying the IPO securities or Shares,  as the case
may  be,  in the  underwriting  to the  extent  provided  herein.  Holder  shall
(together  with the Company) enter into an  underwriting  agreement in customary
form with the underwriter or underwriters  selected for such underwriting by the
Company. Holder shall furnish to the Company such written information concerning
Holder and the  distribution  proposed by Holder as the  Company may  reasonably
request.

               (iii)  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Section 8, if
the underwriter  determines  that marketing  factors require a limitation of the
number of  shares to be  underwritten,  and such  determination  is made by such
underwriter  in writing and in good faith,  then the  underwriter  may limit the
number of Holder's IPO Securities  and securities  underlying the IPO securities
or  Shares,  as  the  case  may  be,  to be  included  in the  registration  and
underwriting,  or may exclude Holder's IPO Securities and securities  underlying
the IPO securities or Shares entirely from such underwriting,  provided that the
underwriter limits all proposed selling shareholders on a pro-rata basis.

               (iv) All Holder's IPO Securities  and  securities  underlying the
IPO  Securities  or  Shares  shall be  included  in the  Company's  registration
statement  for the IPO and the Company  shall keep such  registration  statement
effective as provided in Section 8(v) below.


               (v) At any time  commencing  one (1) year after the completion of
an IPO if the Warrants and the IPO Securities and the securities  underlying the
IPO  Securities  or the Shares,  as the case may be, have not been included in a
registration  statement  pursuant to which they may be sold, the Holders of more
than fifty (50%) percent of the Warrants (i.e. the Warrants  initially  issuable
to  Renaissance,  as  placement  agent)  shall have the right (which right is in
addition to the  registration  rights set forth elsewhere in this Section 8. and
is  distinct  and  separate  from any rights  accorded  to  holders of  warrants
pursuant to the bridge  financing  with respect to which  Renaissance  Financial
Securities  Corporation  is acting as placement  agent),  exercisable by written
notice to the Company,

                                      - 5 -

<PAGE>



to have the Company  prepare and file with the  Commission,  on one occasion,  a
registration statement and such other documents,  including a prospectus, as may
be necessary in the opinion of counsel for the Company,  in order to comply with
the  provisions of the Act, so as to permit a public  offering and sale of their
respective Warrant  Securities (and any underlying  securities) for one (1) year
by such Holders and any other Holders of the Warrants and/or Warrant  Securities
who notify the  Company  within ten (10) days after  receiving  notice  from the
Company of such request. The Company covenants and agrees to give written notice
of any  registration  request  under this Section 8. by any Holder or Holders to
all other registered  Holders of the Warrants and the Warrant  Securities within
ten (10) days from the date of the receipt of any such registration request.

               (vi) All expenses incurred in connection with any registration or
qualification  pursuant to this Agreement,  including,  without limitation,  all
registration,  filing  and  qualification  fees,  printing  expenses,  fees  and
disbursements  of counsel for the Company,  and expenses and fees of any special
audits  incidental  to or required by such  registration,  shall be borne by the
Company; provided,  however, that the Company in any event shall not be required
to pay the fees of Holder's  legal  counsel,  brokerage  fees, or  underwriters,
discounts or  commissions  relating to Holder's IPO  Securities  and  securities
underlying any IP.0  Securities or Shares (such legal fees,  brokerage fees, and
underwriters, discounts or commissions to be borne by Holder).

               (vii) In the case of each  registration  effected  by the Company
pursuant to this  Agreement,  the Company will:  (i) keep such  registration  or
qualification  pursuant to this  Section a.  effective  for a period of not less
than one year from the expiration of any  restriction on the sale of the Warrant
Securities  registered or until Holder has completed the distribution  described
in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever first occurs, and (ii)
furnish such number of  prospectuses  and other  documents  incident  thereto as
Holder from time to time may reasonably request.

               (viii) The registration rights granted to Holder pursuant to this
Section 8. are  assignable to its  Permitted  Transferees  in connection  with a
transfer of any IPO Securities  and securities  underlying any IPO Securities or
Shares, as the case may be, to such persons.

           9. Notices.  Any notice or other communication  required or permitted
hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be delivered  personally,  telegraphed,
telexed,  sent by facsimile  transmission  or sent by  certified,  registered or
express mail,  postage  pre-paid.  Any such notice shall be deemed given when so
delivered personally,  telegraphed,  telexed or sent by facsimile  transmission,
or, if mailed, two days after the date of deposit in the United States mails, as
follows:



<PAGE>



                     (i)   if to the Company, to:

                           OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION
                           50 East Palisade Avenue
                           Englewood, New Jersey 07631
                           Attention: David E. Y. Sarna, Chairman

                     (ii)  if to the Holder, to:
                           RENAISSANCE FINANCIAL SECURITIES CORP.
                           200 Old Country Road
                           Suite 400 Mineola, NY 11501
                           Attention: Todd M. Spehler, President

Any party may be  notice  given in  accordance  with this  Section  to the other
parties designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.

           10. Supplements and Amendments;  Whole Agreement. This Warrant may be
amended or supplemented or any provision  hereof waived only by an instrument in
writing  signed by the Company and the Holders of more than fifty (50%.) percent
of the Warrants.  Any  amendment or supplement or waiver  approved in writing by
the Holders of more than fifty (50%) percent of the Warrants shall be binding on
all Holders.  This Warrant contains the full understanding of the parties hereto
with  respect  to the  subject  matter  hereof  and  thereof  and  there  are no
representations,  warranties,  agreements or understandings other than expressly
contained herein and therein.

           11. Governing Law. This Warrant shall be deemed to be a contract made
under the laws of the State of New York and for all  purposes  shall be governed
by and  construed  in  accordance  with the  laws of such  State  applicable  to
contracts to be made and performed entirely within such State.

           12.  Counterparts.  This  Warrant  may be  executed  in any number of
counterparts and each of such  counterparts  shall for all purposes be deemed to
be an original,  and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and
the same instrument.


                                      - 7 -

<PAGE>



           13.  Descriptive  Headings.   Descriptive  headings  of  the  several
Sections of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and shall not control
or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

           IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement
as of the ____ day of _____, 1996.

                                            OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION


                                            By: ________________________________
                                                   David E. Y. Sarna


                                            RENAISSANCE FINANCIAL SECURITIES
                                              CORPORATION


                                            By: ________________________________
                                                   Todd M. Spehler, President




                                      - 8 -





                      SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND INVESTMENT
                           REPRESENTATION OF INVESTOR





ObjectSoft Company
50 East Palisade Avenue
Englewood, New Jersey 07631


Gentlemen:


           1.  Subject  to the terms and  conditions  hereof,  the  undersigned,
intending to be legally bound,  hereby irrevocably  subscribes for and agrees to
purchase from ObjectSoft  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation (the "Company"),
the number of units ("Units") set forth on the signature page of this Agreement;
each Unit  consisting of one (1) share (the  "Shares") of the common stock,  par
value $.0001 per share (the "Common Stock"),  of the Company and one (1) warrant
(the "Warrants") to purchase  two-thirds (2/3) of a share of Common Stock at any
time  commencing on issuance  until a date that is three years after the date of
issuance, which exercise period shall be extended for a period equal to the time
that  lapses  between  September  30,  1996  and the date of  completion  of the
Company's  initial public offering  ("IPO") of securities (but in no event later
than September 30, 2000).

           2. The undersigned  herewith tenders to the Company the undersigned's
check  representing,  subject to  collection,  100% of the purchase price of the
Units herein subscribed for at the rate of $3.50 per Unit,  payable to the order
of ObjectSoft Corporation.

           3. In order to induce the  Company to accept  the  subscription  made
hereby,  the  undersigned  hereby  represents  and  warrants  to the  Company as
follows:

               (a)  The   undersigned,   if  a  company  or  other  entity,   is
incorporated or organized under the laws of the  jurisdiction  set forth beneath
the signature made on its behalf below and has no present  intention of altering
the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation.

               (b) The undersigned  understands  that the Units being subscribed
for by it will have been issued to it in reliance upon, among other things,  the
representations,   warranties  and  statements  made  by  it  herein,   and  its
acknowledgment  (evidenced  by the execution of this  Agreement)  that the Units
will not have been  registered  under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") and
are being offered and sold under an exemption from registration  provided by the
Act;


<PAGE>




               (c) The Units  hereby  subscribed  for are being  acquired  by it
solely for its own account,  for  investment  purposes  only,  and are not being
purchased  with a view to, or in  connection  with,  any  resale,  distribution,
subdivision  or  fractionalization   thereof;  it  has  no  agreement  or  other
arrangement, formal or informal, with any person to sell, transfer or pledge any
part of the Units  subscribed  for or which  would  guarantee  it any  profit or
prevent any loss with  respect to such Units;  it has no plans to enter into any
such agreement or arrangement;  and,  consequently,  it understands that it must
bear the  economic  risk of the  investment  for an  indefinite  period  of time
because  the Units  cannot be resold or  otherwise  transferred  unless they are
subsequently  registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is
available,  and, in any event,  unless they are  transferred in compliance  with
this  Agreement.  The  undersigned  has been  advised  that the  Company  has no
obligation to cause the Units to be  registered  under the Act or to comply with
any exemption under the Act, including but not limited to that set forth in Rule
144  promulgated  under the Act,  which would permit the Units to be sold by the
undersigned.  The undersigned  understands that it is not anticipated that there
will be any market for resale of the Units,  the Shares or the Warrants and that
it may not be possible for the  undersigned  to liquidate an  investment  in the
Units;

               (d) It understands  that no federal or state agency has passed on
or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Units;

               (e) It  has  such  knowledge  and  experience  in  financial  and
business affairs,  including the business and operations of the Company, that it
is capable of  evaluating  the merits and risks  involved in acquiring the Units
and of making an informed  business  decision,  and is able to bear the economic
risk involved in acquiring the Units, to hold the Units for an indefinite period
of time and to afford a complete loss of its investment;

               (f) The  Company  has  provided  it with a copy of the  following
documents ("Company Documents"): (i) audited financial statements of the Company
for the years ended  December  31,  1995 and  December  31,  1994 and  unaudited
financial  statements  of the Company for the six month  periods  ended June 30,
1996 and 1995; (ii) a draft, dated July 25, 1996, of a Registration Statement on
Form SB-2 ("Draft Form SB-2") for a proposed  IPO of the  Company's  securities,
and (iii) the form of the Warrant and Warrant Agreement to Purchase Common Stock
for the Warrants (the "Warrant Agreement").  The undersigned  represents that it
has reviewed the Company  Documents,  especially  the discussion of risk factors
contained in the Draft Form SB-2.  The  undersigned  understands  that the Draft
Form SB-2 is in  preliminary  form and may be  subject to changes as to form and
substance.  The undersigned  also understands that the results for the six month
period  ended June 30,  1996 may not be  indicative  of the results for the year
ending December 31, 1996. The undersigned  further understands that there can be
no  assurance  that the  proposed IPO will be completed in the near future or at
all and that,  even if completed,  the structure of the IPO, the use of proceeds
and the plan of operation of the Company,  among other things, may substantially
differ from that set forth in the Draft Form SB-2.


                                        2

<PAGE>



               (g) The  undersigned  acknowledges  that the sale of the Units is
part of an offering by the Company (the  "Offering") to "accredited  investors,"
as that term is defined in Regulation D, promulgated  under the Act ("Regulation
D"). It is currently  anticipated that the Offering will comprise  approximately
150,000 Units for an aggregate of $525,000. However, the undersigned understands
that there is no  assurance  that  150,000  Units will be sold,  that the actual
number  of  Units  sold  may be less  than or  greater  than  150,000,  and that
acceptance of the  undersigned's  subscription is not dependent upon any minimum
or  maximum  number  of  Units  being  sold  in the  Offering.  The  undersigned
acknowledges  that the Company will pay the expenses of the Offering,  including
the commissions and fees described in Paragraph 3(r) of this Agreement, and that
of the net  proceeds  of the  Offering,  $125,000  will be  used to  redeem  the
convertible  Series B Preferred  Stock owned by a principal  stockholder  of the
Company (who will also receive  warrants to purchase 20,000 shares of the Common
Stock of the Company at an exercise price of $7.00 per share in connection  with
such redemption),  which stockholder is affiliated with Win Capital Corporation,
the placement  agent for the Offering,  and the balance will be used for working
capital and general purposes,  including a payment of an amount not to exceed an
aggregate of $100,000 for unpaid  salaries owed to two persons who are executive
officers and principal stockholders of the Company;

               (h)  The  Company  has  offered  to  furnish  information  to the
undersigned and has offered to have the Company and persons acting on its behalf
answer questions of the undersigned  concerning the Company.  All such questions
have been answered to the full satisfaction of the undersigned;

               (i) The  undersigned is an "accredited  investor" as that term is
defined  in Rule  501(a)  of  Regulation  D by  reason  of one of the  following
statements  ( The  undersigned  must  initial  at  least  one of  the  following
statements):

        ____    (i) The  undersigned  certifies  that it is a bank as defined in
                section 3(a)(2) of the Act, or any savings and loan  association
                or other  institution  as defined in section  3(a)(8)(A)  of the
                Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity.

        ____    (ii) The undersigned  certifies that it is an insurance  company
                as defined in section 2(13) of the Act.

        ____    (iii)  The  undersigned  certifies  that  it is a  broker/dealer
                registered pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

        ____    (iv) The undersigned  certifies that it is an investment company
                registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or business
                development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of such act.


                                        3

<PAGE>



        ____    (v)  The  undersigned  certifies  that  it is a  Small  Business
                Investment   Company   licensed  by  the  U.S.   Small  Business
                Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business
                Investment Act of 1958.

        ____    (vi) The  undersigned  certifies that it is an employee  benefit
                plan  within the meaning of Title I of the  Employee  Retirement
                Income  Security  Act of  1974  ("ERISA"),  and  either  (i) the
                investment  decision is made by a plan fiduciary,  as defined in
                section 3(21) of ERISA, which is either a bank, savings and loan
                association, insurance company or registered investment adviser,
                (ii) the  employee  benefit  plan has total  assets in excess of
                $5,000,000,   or  (iii)  if  a  self-directed  plan,  investment
                decisions  are made  solely  by  persons  that  are  "accredited
                investors" as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D.

        ____    (vii) The  undersigned  certifies that it is a private  business
                development  company as defined  in  section  202(a)(22)  of the
                Investment Advisors Act of 1940.

        ____    (viii)  The  undersigned  certifies  that it is an  organization
                described in section  501(c)(3) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,
                company,   Massachusetts   or   similar   business   trust,   or
                partnership,  not formed for the  specific  purpose of acquiring
                the Units, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000.

        ____    (ix) The  undersigned  certifies  that  he/she is a director  or
                executive officer of the Company.

        ____    (x) The  undersigned  certifies  that he/she is a natural person
                whose  individual  net worth,  or joint net worth  with  his/her
                spouse,  at the time of his/her  purchase  of the Units  exceeds
                $1,000,000  (inclusive  of  the  value  of  his/her  home,  home
                furnishings and automobiles).

        ____    (xi) The  undersigned  certifies that he/she is a natural person
                who has an  individual  income in excess of  $200,000 in each of
                the two most recent years or joint income with his/her spouse in
                excess of $300,000 in each of those years,  and has a reasonable
                expectation  of reaching  the same  income  level in the current
                year.

        ____    (xii) The  undersigned  certifies  that it is a trust with total
                assets of in excess of  $5,000,000,  not formed for the specific
                purpose of acquiring the Units,  whose purchase is directed by a
                sophisticated  person  as  described  in Rule  506(b)(2)(ii)  of
                Regulation D.

        ____    (xiii) The  undersigned  certifies that it is an entity in which
                all of the equity owners are  "accredited  investors" as defined
                in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D. If the  undersigned  checks this
                item, a separate  Confidential  Purchaser  Questionnaire must be
                completed and signed on behalf of each equity owner.

                                        4

<PAGE>




               (j) The  undersigned  has reviewed the merits of an investment in
the Units  with tax and legal  counsel  and with an  investment  advisor  to the
extent the undersigned deemed advisable;

               (k) The undersigned  understands that the agreements  relating to
compensation  of the executive  officers of the Company and agreements  with the
stockholders  or  affiliates  of the  stockholders  are not the  result of arm's
length negotiations,  and that potential conflicts of interest exist between the
Company, on the one hand, and executive officers and stockholders of the Company
and their respective affiliates, on the other hand;

               (l)  In  making  its   decision  to  purchase  the  Units  herein
subscribed for, the undersigned is not subscribing pursuant hereto for any Units
as a result of or subsequent to (i) any advertisement,  article, notice or other
communication published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast
over  television  or radio;  or (ii) any  seminar  or meeting  whose  attendees,
including the  undersigned,  had been invited as a result of,  subsequent to, or
pursuant to any of the foregoing;

               (m) The  undersigned  is not  acquiring  the Units with a view to
realizing  any benefits  under United  States  federal  income tax laws,  and no
representations have been made to the undersigned that any such benefits will be
available  as  a  result  of  the  undersigned's   acquisition,   ownership,  or
disposition of the Units;

               (n) Each representation and warranty of the undersigned contained
herein and all information  furnished by the undersigned to the Company is true,
correct and complete in all respects;

               (o)  The  undersigned   undertakes  to  (i)  notify  the  Company
immediately of any change in any  representation,  warranty or other information
relating to the undersigned  set forth herein,  and (ii) supply the Company with
such  additional  information  concerning  the  undersigned as the Company deems
necessary or appropriate;

               (p) The undersigned  further  represents and warrants that (i) if
the undersigned is a corporation or other entity, the individual  executing this
Agreement has full power and authority to execute and deliver this  Agreement on
behalf of the  undersigned,  and if the undersigned is a natural person,  he/she
has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, and (ii) the
undersigned has full right and power to perform its obligations  pursuant to the
provisions hereof and to become a stockholder in the Company;

               (q) All  representations and warranties set forth above or in any
other written  statement or document  delivered by the undersigned in connection
with the transactions  contemplated hereby will be true, correct and complete in
all  respects on and as of the date of the issuance of the Units by the Company;
and

                                        5

<PAGE>




               (r) The undersigned has been informed and agrees that Win Capital
Corporation  ("Win  Capital")  will receive the  following as  compensation  for
acting as placement agent in the Offering in June and July 1996 (as the Offering
may be extended by the Company):  (i) a commission equal to ten percent (10%) of
the aggregate  purchase price of the subscriptions  placed by Win Capital in the
Offering and  accepted by the  Company;  (ii) a  non-accountable  allowance  for
expenses  incurred in the Offering  equal to three percent (3%) of the aggregate
purchase  price of the  subscriptions  placed by Win Capital in the Offering and
accepted by the Company; and (iii) placement agent warrants to purchase a number
of Units equal to ten percent (10%) of the  aggregate  number of Units placed by
Win Capital in the Offering and accepted by the Company.

           4. The Company represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

                      (i) This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by
the Company and is a valid and binding agreement of the Company,  enforceable in
accordance with its terms,  except to the extent that the enforceability  hereof
or  thereof  may be  limited  by  (a)  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,
moratorium  or similar laws from time to time in effect and affecting the rights
of creditors  generally,  (b)  limitations  upon the power of the court to grant
specific performance or any other equitable remedy, and (c) a finding by a court
of competent  jurisdiction  that the  indemnification  provisions  herein are in
violation of public  policy.  The Shares and the Warrants  comprising  the Units
(the "Unit  Securities")  to be issued and sold by the Company  pursuant to this
Agreement,  and the shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise of the
Warrants (the "Warrant  Shares") have been duly  authorized and, when issued and
paid for in accordance  with this Agreement will be validly  issued,  fully paid
and,  with  respect to the Shares and the Warrant  Shares,  non-assessable;  the
holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal  liability solely by
reason of being such holders; the Unit Securities and the Warrant Shares are not
and will not be  subject  to the  preemptive  rights of any  stockholder  of the
Company;  and all corporate  action required to be taken for the  authorization,
issuance and sale of the foregoing securities has been duly and validly taken by
the Company.

                      (ii) All issued and outstanding  securities of the Company
have  been  duly   authorized   and  validly  issued  and  are  fully  paid  and
non-assessable;  the holders  thereof have no rights of rescission or preemptive
rights with respect thereto and are not subject to personal  liability solely by
reason of being such holders.

                      (iii) The financial  statements of the Company included in
the Company  Documents fairly present the financial  position and the results of
operations  of the Company at the dates and for the periods to which they apply;
and such financial  statements  have been prepared in conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principals,  consistently  applied  throughout the periods
involved.


                                        6

<PAGE>



                      (iv) The  Company has been duly  organized  and is validly
existing  as a  corporation  in good  standing  under  the laws of its  state of
incorporation. The Company has no subsidiaries. The Company is duly qualified or
licensed and in good standing as a foreign  corporation in each  jurisdiction in
which its  ownership  or  leasing  of any  properties  or the  character  of its
operations  requires  such  qualification  or licensing  and where failure to so
qualify would have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company has all
requisite  corporate  power  and  authority,  and  all  material  and  necessary
authorizations,  approvals,  orders,  licenses,  certificates and permits of and
from all  governmental  regulatory  officials  and  bodies  to own or lease  its
properties and conduct its businesses as described in the Company Documents, and
the Company is doing business in strict compliance with all such authorizations,
approvals,  orders,  licenses,  certificates and permits and all Federal, state,
local and applicable foreign laws, rules and regulations concerning the business
in which it is  engaged,  except  where the  failure so to do business in strict
compliance  would not have a  materially  adverse  impact on the business of the
Company.

                      (v)  There  has been no  material  adverse  change  in the
condition   or,  to  the  best  of  the  Company's   knowledge,   prospects  for
commercialization  of the  Company,  financial  or  otherwise,  from that on the
latest dates as of which such  condition  or  prospects,  respectively,  are set
forth in the Company Documents.

                      (vi) The Company is not in  violation  of its  Articles of
Incorporation or By-Laws.  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
nor the issue and sale of the Units or the Warrant  Shares nor the  consummation
of any of the  transactions  contemplated  herein,  nor  the  compliance  by the
Company with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof,  has conflicted with or
will conflict with, or has resulted in or will result in a breach of, any of the
terms and provisions of, or has  constituted or will constitute a default under,
or has  resulted in or will result in the  creation or  imposition  of any lien,
charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to the
terms of any indenture,  mortgage, deed or trust, note, loan or credit agreement
or any other  agreement or  instrument  evidencing  an  obligation  for borrowed
money, or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company may be bound or
to which any of the property or assets of the Company is subject;  nor will such
action  result  in  any   violation  of  the   provisions  of  the  Articles  of
Incorporation of the By-Laws of the Company.

                      (vii) To the best  knowledge of the  Company,  the Company
Documents  do not contain  any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to
state any material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the
statements  therein,  in light of the circumstances  under which they were made,
not misleading.

           5. Each  certificate  representing  the Unit Securities  owned by the
undersigned shall bear the following legend:

                      "The  _________  evidenced by this  certificate  have been
                      acquired for investment and have not been registered under
                      the Securities

                                        7

<PAGE>



                      Act of  1933  and may not be  offered,  sold or  otherwise
                      transferred,  pledged  or  hypothecated  unless  and until
                      registered under the Securities Act of 1933, or unless, in
                      the opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the  Company,  in
                      form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Company and its
                      counsel,   such   offer,   sale,   transfer,   pledge   or
                      hypothecation is exempt from  registration or is otherwise
                      in  compliance  with  such  Act.  In  addition,  the Units
                      evidenced by this certificate are subject to the provision
                      of an agreement  dated as of  _____________,  1996, by and
                      between the Company and [the  undersigned]  and may not be
                      offered,  sold  or  otherwise   transferred,   pledged  or
                      hypothecated  except in  accordance  therewith.  A copy of
                      said agreement is on file at the offices of the Company."

           6. The undersigned together with the holders of all the Units sold in
the Offering (collectively,  the "Holders"), shall have registration rights with
regard to the Shares and the  Warrant  Shares  (collectively,  the  "Registrable
Securities"), as follows:

                      (i) If at any time or from time to time following the date
hereof,  the Company shall  determine to register any of its securities with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission"),  either  for its own
account or the  account  of a  security  holder or  holders,  in a  registration
statement covering the sale of Common Stock to the general public pursuant to an
public  offering  in  compliance  with  the  Act  (except  with  respect  to any
registration  filed on Form S-8,  Form S-4 or such  other  form  which  does not
include   substantially   the  same  information  as  would  be  included  in  a
registration  statement  covering the sale of Common  Stock to the public),  the
Company will:  (a) give to the Holders  written  notice thereof at least 15 days
before the initial filing of such registration  statement (which shall include a
list of the  jurisdictions  in which the  Company  intends to attempt to qualify
such securities under the applicable blue sky or other state  securities  laws);
and (b) use its best  efforts to include in such  registration  (and any related
qualification under blue sky laws) and in any underwriting involved therein, all
the  Registrable  Securities  specified in a written request made within 15 days
after receipt of such written notice from the Company, by the Holder,  except as
set forth in Paragraph 6 (ii) or 6 (iii) below. The "piggyback  rights" provided
in this  Paragraph  6(i) shall not apply to the initial  public  offering of the
securities of the Company (the "IPO").

                      (ii)  If  the  sale  of   Registrable   Securities   being
registered is an underwritten  offering, the right of the Holder to registration
pursuant  to  this   Paragraph  6  shall  be   conditioned   upon  the  Holder's
participation in the underwriting and the inclusion of the Holder's  Registrable
Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided  herein.  The Holder shall
(together  with the Company) enter into an  underwriting  agreement in customary
form with the underwriter or underwriters  selected for such underwriting by the
Company.  The Holder  shall  furnish to the  Company  such  written  information
concerning  the  Holder  and the  distribution  proposed  by the  holders as the
Company may reasonably request.


                                        8

<PAGE>



                      (iii)   Notwithstanding   any  other   provision  of  this
Paragraph 6, if the underwriter (or the  representative of the underwriters,  as
the case may be) determines  that marketing  factors require a limitation of the
number of Registrable  Securities to be underwritten,  and such determination is
made by such underwriter in writing and in good faith,  then the underwriter may
limit the number of the Holder's  Registrable  Securities  to be included in the
registration and underwriting.

                      (iv)  Holder  agrees that the  underwriter  or the Company
shall  each have the right,  in their sole  discretion,  to  prohibit  the sale,
without  prior  written  consent,  of  all  or any  portion  of the  Registrable
Securities  for a period  not to exceed 12 months  from the  closing of a public
offering of the Company's  securities  (the  "Lock-up").  The provisions of this
Paragraph 6(iv) shall apply to any public offering of the Company's  securities,
regardless of whether any  Registrable  Securities are included in or registered
concurrently  with such offering.  In connection with the IPO, any determination
relating to the Lock-up shall be made by the underwriter of the IPO. The Lock-up
shall be in addition to the  restrictions  on transfer  set forth in the Warrant
Agreement.

                      (v)  All  expenses   incurred  in   connection   with  any
registration or  qualification  pursuant to this Agreement,  including,  without
limitation, all registration,  filing and qualification fees, printing expenses,
fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company,  and expenses and fees of any
special audits incidental to or required by such registration, shall be borne by
the  Company;  provided,  however,  that the  Company in any event  shall not be
required to pay the fees of the  Holder's  legal  counsel,  brokerage  fees,  or
underwriters'   fees,   discounts  or  commissions   relating  to  the  Holder's
Registrable Securities (such legal fees, brokerage fees, and underwriters' fees,
discounts or commissions to be borne by the Holder).

                      (vi) In the case of a registration effected by the Company
pursuant to this  Agreement,  the Company will:  (a) keep such  registration  or
qualification  pursuant to this  Paragraph 6 effective  for a period of not less
than one (1) year from the expiration or termination of the Lock-up or until the
Holders have completed the distribution  described in the registration statement
relating  thereto,  whichever  first  occurs,  and (b)  furnish  such  number of
prospectuses  and other documents  incident  thereto as the Holders from time to
time may reasonably request.

           7. The undersigned understands the meanings and legal consequences of
the  representations  and  warranties  contained in this Agreement and agrees to
indemnify  and hold  harmless the Company and each officer and director from and
against any and all loss,  damage or liability due to or arising out of a breach
of any representation or warranty of the undersigned,  whether contained in this
Agreement or any other subscription  document, or any failure by the undersigned
to fulfill any  covenants or  agreements  set forth herein or therein or arising
out of the  sale  or  distributions  by the  undersigned  of any  Units  or Unit
Securities in violation of the Act or any other  applicable  state securities or
"blue sky" laws.


                                        9

<PAGE>



           8. This  Agreement  shall be binding  upon the  undersigned,  and its
legal representatives, successors, and assigns, and shall not be assignable.

           9. This  Agreement  and the rights  and  obligations  of the  parties
hereto shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance  with, the
laws of the State of New York without giving effect to principles and provisions
thereof relating to conflict or choice of laws.

           10. All pronouns contained herein and any variations thereof shall be
deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the
identify of the parties hereto may require.

           11. This  Agreement  or any term  hereof may not be changed,  waived,
discharged or terminated  except with the written consent of the undersigned and
the Company; provided, however that the provisions of Paragraph 6 may be amended
or waived by Holders  holding  51% in interest  of the  aggregate  number of the
Registrable Securities owned by all the Holders.


                                       10

<PAGE>



           IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has executed and agrees to be
bound by this Subscription Agreement and Investment Representation.



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Print Name



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Print  jurisdiction of organization or incorporation  (for corporations or other
entities)




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Print address



- ---------------------------------------
S.S./Tax I.D. Number



                                        Units
- ---------------------------------------
Insert number of Units subscribed for



$ 
  ---------------------------------------
Insert purchase price ($3.50 per Unit)


Date:            , 1996
     ------------

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED this      day            , 1996:
                            ----     -----------
                            
OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION


By:                            
   ------------------------------------


                                       11






                                     FORM OF
             WARRANT AND WARRANT AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK
                                       OF
                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

THESE  SECURITIES AND THE SECURITIES  ISSUABLE UPON THEIR EXERCISE HAVE NOT BEEN
REGISTERED  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF  1933  (THE  "ACT")  AND  MAY  NOT BE
TRANSFERRED  UNLESS COVERED BY AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER SAID
ACT, A "NO ACTION"  LETTER FROM THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  WITH
RESPECT TO SUCH TRANSFER, A TRANSFER MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 OF THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE
ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

           OBJECTSOFT  CORPORATION  (the  "Company")  has  agreed  to  issue  to
__________________   ("Holder")  this  Warrant  to  acquire   __________________
(______) shares (the "Shares") of the Company's  common stock,  par value $.0001
per share  ("Common  Stock"),  exercisable  for three (3) years from the date of
issuance, which exercise period shall be extended for a period equal to the time
that  lapses  between  September  30,  1996  and the date of  completion  of the
Company's initial public offering of its securities (the "IPO"), but in no event
shall  such  extension  be for more  than one (1) year (the  "Extension  Date"),
pursuant to the terms  provided in this  Warrant  and  Warrant  Agreement.  This
Warrant and Warrant  Agreement is hereafter  referred to as the "Warrant."  This
Warrant is one of a series of  Warrants  issued by the Company in an offering by
the Company  pursuant to Regulation D,  promulgated  under the Act of units (the
"Offering"),  each unit  consisting of one (1) share of Common Stock and one (1)
Warrant to purchase  two-thirds  (2/3) of a share of Common Stock.  The Warrants
contained in such Units are hereinafter  sometimes  collectively  referred to as
the "Unit Warrants."

           Accordingly, the Company and the Holder agree as follows:

           1.  Issuance.  The Company  hereby  issues to the Holder the right to
purchase,  subject  to the  provisions  of  this  Warrant,  _______  ___________
(______)  Shares,  at a  purchase  price of $4.50  per  Share,  as  adjusted  in
accordance with the terms hereof, at any time during the period from the date of
this Warrant  through and including  5:00 P.M., New York City time, on _________
_, 1999 unless  extended to the Extension Date (the "Exercise  Period") at which
time this Warrant shall expire and become void on the expiration of the Exercise
Period.  The number of Shares to be received  upon the  exercise of this Warrant
and the  price to be paid for each may be  adjusted  from time to time as herein
set  forth.  The  Shares  deliverable  pursuant  to this  Warrant as they may be
adjusted from time to time are herein  referred to as "Warrant  Securities"  and
the  exercise  price for the Shares in effect at any time and as  adjusted  from
time to time is herein referred to as the "Exercise Price."



<PAGE>



           2. Exercise of Warrants.  This Warrant may be exercised as a whole or
in part at any time during the Exercise  Period by  presentation  and  surrender
hereof to the Company at its  executive  offices with the Purchase  Form annexed
hereto duly executed and  accompanied by payment of the Exercise  Price. If this
Warrant is exercised in part, the Company will issue to the Holder a new warrant
representing the right of the Holder to purchase the remaining number of Warrant
Securities and otherwise on identical terms hereto.

           3. Reservation of Shares. The Company hereby agrees that at all times
during the term of this  Warrant  there  shall be  reserved  for  issuance  upon
exercise of this  Warrant  such number of shares of its Common Stock as shall be
required for issuance upon exercise of this Warrant.

           4. Assignment or Loss of Warrant.  (a) This Warrant is not assignable
or transferable without the written consent of the Company,  except by operation
of law or as  provided  in (b) below.  Upon  receipt by the  Company of evidence
satisfactory  to it of the  loss,  theft,  destruction  or  mutilation  of  this
Warrant,  and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction)  receipt of reasonably
satisfactory indemnification, and (in the case of mutilation) upon surrender and
cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will execute and deliver a new Warrant
of like tenor and date and any such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant
shall thereupon become void.

           (b) This Warrant shall not be  transferable by Holder other than to a
"Permitted  Transferee"  (as  defined  below),  or a  financial  institution  as
collateral  to secure a pledge from the Holder to the financial  institution  in
connection with a loan from such financial institution to the Holder;  provided,
that any Permitted  Transferee shall be absolutely  prohibited from transferring
all or any  portion of this  Warrant  other than to Holder or another  Permitted
Transferee  of Holder;  and  provided  further,  that if Holder  dies or becomes
incapacitated,   this  Warrant  may  be  exercised  by  Holder's  estate,  legal
representative  or  beneficiary,  as the case may be, subject to all other terms
and conditions contained in this Warrant.

           (c) For purposes of this Warrant, Permitted Transferees shall include
only the  members  of the  "immediate  family"  (which  shall be  limited to his
spouse,  children,  parents  and  siblings)  of  Holder,  and to trusts for such
person's own benefit and/or for the benefit of members of his immediate  family;
provided,  that such Permitted  Transferees must agree in writing to be bound by
all of the terms of this  Agreement to the same extent as Holder  hereunder,  in
form  acceptable  to  counsel  to the  Company,  including  but not  limited  to
restrictions on the exercise of this Warrant and on transfers of Shares,  as the
case may be,  following  exercise  of this  Warrant,  such  that any  Shares  so
acquired  shall be held subject to the terms of this  Agreement.  Shares held by
any Permitted  Transferee  shall be aggregated  with those held by the Permitted
Transferee's  transferor in order to determine  the number of Shares  subject to
the provisions of this Warrant.

           5. Rights of the Holder.  The Holder shall not, by virtue hereof,  be
entitled to any rights of a stockholder in the Company, either at law or equity,
and the rights of the Holder are limited to those  expressed in this Warrant and
are not enforceable against the Company except to the extent set forth herein.

                                       -2-

<PAGE>



           6. Protection Against Dilution.

               (a) If at any time and from  time to time the  Company  shall (i)
declare a  dividend  or make a  distribution  in shares  of Common  Stock,  (ii)
subdivide its outstanding  shares of Common Stock, (iii) combine its outstanding
shares of  Common  Stock or (iv)  otherwise  effect a  recapitalization  of such
character  that the  shares  of Common  Stock  shall be  changed  into or become
exchangeable for a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock,  then the
Exercise Price in effect on the record date of such dividend or  distribution or
the  effective  date  of  such  subdivision,   combination  or  reclassification
(individually an "Event" and  collectively  the "Events") shall be adjusted,  or
further adjusted, to a price (to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying (i)
the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such Event by (ii) a fraction,
the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately  prior to such  Event,  and the  denominator  of which  shall be the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding  immediately after such Event. Upon
each  adjustment in the Exercise Price  resulting  from an Event,  the number of
Warrant  Securities shall be adjusted (to the nearest  one-thousandth  share) by
multiplying  (i) the  number of Warrant  Securities  for which the  Warrant  was
exercisable immediately prior to such Event by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of
which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such Event, and
the denominator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately after
such Event.  Notice of each such adjustment and each such readjustment  shall be
forthwith  mailed to the Holder setting forth such  adjustments or readjustments
and the facts and calculations  thereof in reasonable  detail. Any dividend paid
or  distributed  upon the Common Stock in stock of any other class of securities
convertible  into shares of Common Stock shall be treated as a dividend  paid in
Common  Stock to the extent that shares of Common  Stock are  issuable  upon the
conversion thereof.

               (b) In  case:  (i) a  distribution  in the form of stock or other
securities of any other corporation or other entity shall be made or paid by the
Company on, or with  respect to, the then  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock,
(ii) the Company  shall effect a  recapitalization  of such  character  that the
shares of Common Stock will be changed into or become exchangeable for shares of
Common Stock with a different par value or no par value, (iii) the Company (or a
successor  corporation)  shall be  consolidated  or merged with or into  another
corporation or entity or shall sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of
its assets in exchange for stock or property  (including  cash) with the view of
distributing  such stock or property to its  shareholders,  or (iv) the Board of
Directors of the Company  shall  declare any dividend or other  distribution  in
cash or any  evidence of the  Company's  indebtedness  (other  than  convertible
securities) with respect to the shares of Common Stock, each Share issuable upon
exercise of this  Warrant  shall be replaced by, for the  purposes  hereof,  the
stock,  property,  cash or evidence of  indebtedness  issued or  distributed  in
respect   of  each   share  of  Common   Stock   upon   such   recapitalization,
reclassification,  merger, sale, lease, conveyance or distribution as the Holder
would  have been  entitled  to had the Holder  exercised  this  Warrant  and any
underlying  convertible security  immediately prior to any such occurrence,  and
adequate provision to that effect shall be made at the time thereof.


                                       -3-

<PAGE>



               (c) In case:

                              (i) of  any  classification,  reclassification  or
other  reorganization  of the capital  stock of the  Company,  consolidation  or
merger of the Company with or into another  corporation,  or the sale,  lease or
conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

                              (ii) of the voluntary or involuntary  dissolution,
liquidation or winding up of the Company;

then,  and in any such case,  the Company shall mail to the Holder,  at least 15
days prior thereto, a notice stating the date or expected date on which a record
is to be taken. Such notice shall also specify the date or expected date, if any
is to be fixed,  as of which holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled
to  exchange  their  shares of Common  Stock for  securities  or other  property
deliverable   upon  such   classification,   reclassification,   reorganization,
consolidation,  merger, conveyance, dissolution,  liquidation, winding up or any
other appropriate action, as the case may be.

           7. Transfer to Comply with the  Securities  Act. This Warrant has not
been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") and has been issued
to the Holder for investment and not with a view to the  distribution  of either
the  Warrant or the  Warrant  Securities.  Neither  this  Warrant nor any of the
Warrant  Securities  or any other  security  issued or issuable upon exercise of
this Warrant may be sold, transferred, pledged or hypothecated in the absence of
an effective  registration  statement under the Act relating to such security or
an opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the  Company  that  registration  is not
required under the Act. Each certificate for the Warrant, the Warrant Securities
and any other  security  issued or issuable  upon exercise of this Warrant shall
contain a legend on the face  thereof,  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to
counsel for the Company, setting forth the restrictions on transfer contained in
this Section.

           8. Notices.  Any notice or other communication  required or permitted
hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be delivered  personally,  telegraphed,
telexed,  sent by facsimile  transmission  or sent by  certified,  registered or
express mail,  postage  pre-paid.  Any such notice shall be deemed given when so
delivered personally,  telegraphed,  telexed or sent by facsimile  transmission,
or, if mailed, two days after the date of deposit in the United States mails, as
follows:

               (i)        if to the Company, to:

                          OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION
                          Continental Plaza III
                          433 Hackensack Avenue
                          Hackensack, New Jersey 07601

                          Attention:  David E. Y. Sarna, Chairman


                                       -4-

<PAGE>



               (ii)       if to the Holder, to:




Any party may be  notice  given in  accordance  with this  Section  to the other
parties designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.

           9. Supplements and Amendments;  Whole Agreement.  This Warrant may be
amended or supplemented or any provision  hereof waived only by an instrument in
writing  signed  by the  Company  and the  Holders  of more than 50% of the Unit
Warrants. Any amendment or supplement or waiver approved by more than 50% of the
Unit Warrants shall be binding on all the Holders thereof. This Warrant contains
the full  understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof and thereof and there are no representations,  warranties,  agreements or
understandings other than expressly contained herein and therein.

           10. Governing Law. This Warrant shall be deemed to be a contract made
under the laws of the State of New York and f or all purposes  shall be governed
by and  construed  in  accordance  with the  laws of such  State  applicable  to
contracts to be made and performed entirely within such State.

           11.  Counterparts.  This  Warrant  may be  executed  in any number of
counterparts and each of such  counterparts  shall for all purposes be deemed to
be an original,  and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and
the same instrument.



                                       -5-

<PAGE>



           12.  Descriptive  Headings.   Descriptive  headings  of  the  several
Sections of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and shall not control
or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Warrant as
of the ___day of ______, 1996.

                                          OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION


                                          By: __________________________________
                                                    George J. Febish, President


                                          HOLDER:



                                          ______________________________________
                                                    Print Name



                                          ______________________________________
                                                    Signature



                                       -6-

<PAGE>


                                  PURCHASE FORM
                                  -------------

                          To Be Executed by the Holder
                        in order to Exercise the Warrant

           The  undersigned  Holder  hereby  irrevocably  elects to exercise the
Warrant  represented by this Warrant and Warrant Agreement to purchase _________
securities  issuable  upon the  exercise  of such  Warrant,  and  requests  that
certificates for such securities shall be issued in name of

                          PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY
                           OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

                           --------------------------

                           --------------------------

                           --------------------------
                     (please print or type name and address)

and be delivered to
                           --------------------------

                           --------------------------

                           --------------------------
                     (please print or type name and address)

and if such number of securities  shall not be all the securities  issuable upon
the exercise of the Warrant evidenced by the Warrant and Warrant Agreement, that
a new Warrant and Warrant  Agreement for  representing a Warrant for the balance
of such securities be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the Holder at
the address stated below.


Dated:     _________________           X__________________________________

                                       ___________________________________

                                       ___________________________________
                                                     Address

                                       ___________________________________
                                       Social Security or Taxpayer
                                       Identification Number

                                       -7-





             WARRANT AND WARRANT AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK
                                       OF
                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

THESE  SECURITIES AND THE SECURITIES  ISSUABLE UPON THEIR EXERCISE HAVE NOT BEEN
REGISTERED  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF  1933  (THE  "ACT")  AND  MAY  NOT BE
TRANSFERRED  UNLESS COVERED BY AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER SAID
ACT, A "NO ACTION"  LETTER FROM THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  WITH
RESPECT TO SUCH TRANSFER, A TRANSFER MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 OF THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE
ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

           OBJECTSOFT  CORPORATION  (the  "Company")  has agreed to issue to WIN
CAPITAL  CORPORATION  ("Holder") this Warrant to acquire, at any time commencing
on the date of  issuance  until a date  that is three  years  after  the date of
issuance  and  pursuant  to the  terms  provided  in this  Warrant  and  Warrant
Agreement, __________________ (______) units (the "Units"), each Unit consisting
of one (1) share (the "Shares") of the common stock,  par value $.0001 per share
(the "Common  Stock"),  of the Company and one (1) warrant (the "Unit Warrants")
to purchase  two-thirds  (2/3) of a share of Common Stock at any time commencing
on issuance  until a date that is three years after the date of issuance,  which
exercise  period  shall be extended  for a period  equal to the time that lapses
between  September 30, 1996 and the date of completion of the Company's  initial
public offering  ("IPO") of securities (but in no event later than September 30,
2000).

           Accordingly, the Company and the Holder agree as follows:

           1.  Issuance.  The Company  hereby  issues to the Holder the right to
purchase,  subject  to the  provisions  of  this  Warrant,  _______  ___________
(______) Units, at a purchase price of $4.50 per Unit, as adjusted in accordance
with the terms  hereof,  at any time  during  the  period  from the date of this
Warrant  through and  including  5:00 P.M.,  New York City time, on _________ _,
1999,  at which time this Warrant  shall  expire and become void (the  "Exercise
Period").  The number of Units to be received  upon the exercise of this Warrant
and the  price to be paid for each may be  adjusted  from time to time as herein
set  forth.  The  Units  deliverable  pursuant  to this  Warrant  as they may be
adjusted from time to time are herein  referred to as "Warrant  Securities"  and
the exercise price for the Units in effect at any time and as adjusted from time
to time is herein referred to as the "Exercise Price."

           2. Exercise of Warrants.  This Warrant may be exercised as a whole or
in part at any time during the Exercise  Period by  presentation  and  surrender
hereof to the Company at its  executive  offices with the Purchase  Form annexed
hereto duly executed and accompanied by payment of the


<PAGE>



Exercise  Price. If this Warrant is exercised in part, the Company will issue to
the Holder a new warrant  representing  the right of the Holder to purchase  the
remaining number of Warrant Securities and otherwise on identical terms hereto.

           3. Reservation of Shares. The Company hereby agrees that at all times
during the term of this  Warrant  there  shall be  reserved  for  issuance  upon
exercise of this  Warrant  such number of shares of its Common Stock as shall be
required for issuance upon exercise of this Warrant.

           4. Assignment or Loss of Warrant.  (a) This Warrant is not assignable
or transferable without the written consent of the Company,  except by operation
of law or as  provided  in (b) below.  Upon  receipt by the  Company of evidence
satisfactory  to it of the  loss,  theft,  destruction  or  mutilation  of  this
Warrant,  and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction)  receipt of reasonably
satisfactory indemnification, and (in the case of mutilation) upon surrender and
cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will execute and deliver a new Warrant
of like tenor and date and any such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant
shall thereupon become void.

           (b) This Warrant shall not be  transferable by Holder other than to a
"Permitted  Transferee"  (as  defined  below),  or a  financial  institution  as
collateral  to secure a pledge from the Holder to the financial  institution  in
connection with a loan from such financial institution to the Holder;  provided,
that any Permitted  Transferee shall be absolutely  prohibited from transferring
all or any  portion of this  Warrant  other than to Holder or another  Permitted
Transferee  of Holder;  and  provided  further,  that if Holder  dies or becomes
incapacitated,   this  Warrant  may  be  exercised  by  Holder's  estate,  legal
representative  or  beneficiary,  as the case may be, subject to all other terms
and conditions contained in this Warrant.

           (c) For purposes of this Warrant, Permitted Transferees shall include
only the  members  of the  "immediate  family"  (which  shall be  limited to his
spouse,  children,  parents  and  siblings)  of  Holder,  and to trusts for such
person's own benefit and/or for the benefit of members of his immediate  family;
provided,  that such Permitted  Transferees must agree in writing to be bound by
all of the terms of this  Agreement to the same extent as Holder  hereunder,  in
form  acceptable  to  counsel  to the  Company,  including  but not  limited  to
restrictions  on the exercise of this Warrant and on transfers of Units,  as the
case may be, following exercise of this Warrant, such that any Units so acquired
shall  be held  subject  to the  terms  of  this  Agreement.  Units  held by any
Permitted  Transferee  shall be  aggregated  with  those  held by the  Permitted
Transferee's transferor in order to determine the number of Units subject to the
provisions of this Warrant.

           5. Rights of the Holder.  The Holder shall not, by virtue hereof,  be
entitled to any rights of a stockholder in the Company, either at law or equity,
and the rights of the Holder are limited to those  expressed in this Warrant and
are not enforceable against the Company except to the extent set forth herein.


                                       -2-

<PAGE>




           6. Protection Against Dilution.

               (a) If at any time and from  time to time the  Company  shall (i)
declare a  dividend  or make a  distribution  in shares  of Common  Stock,  (ii)
subdivide its outstanding  shares of Common Stock, (iii) combine its outstanding
shares of  Common  Stock or (iv)  otherwise  effect a  recapitalization  of such
character  that the  shares  of Common  Stock  shall be  changed  into or become
exchangeable for a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock,  then the
Exercise Price in effect on the record date of such dividend or  distribution or
the  effective  date  of  such  subdivision,   combination  or  reclassification
(individually an "Event" and  collectively  the "Events") shall be adjusted,  or
further adjusted, to a price (to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying (i)
the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such Event by (ii) a fraction,
the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately  prior to such  Event,  and the  denominator  of which  shall be the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding  immediately after such Event. Upon
each  adjustment in the Exercise Price  resulting  from an Event,  the number of
Shares  issuable  upon the  exercise  of the Warrant  shall be adjusted  (to the
nearest  one-thousandth share) by multiplying (i) the number of Shares for which
the Warrant was exercisable  immediately prior to such Event by (ii) a fraction,
the numerator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect  immediately  prior
to such  Event,  and the  denominator  of which shall be the  Exercise  Price in
effect  immediately  after such Event.  Notice of each such  adjustment and each
such  readjustment  shall be forthwith  mailed to the Holder  setting forth such
adjustments  or  readjustments  and  the  facts  and  calculations   thereof  in
reasonable  detail.  Any dividend paid or  distributed  upon the Common Stock in
stock of any other class of securities  convertible  into shares of Common Stock
shall be treated as a dividend paid in Common Stock to the extent that shares of
Common Stock are issuable upon the conversion thereof.

               (b) In  case:  (i) a  distribution  in the form of stock or other
securities of any other corporation or other entity shall be made or paid by the
Company on, or with  respect to, the then  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock,
(ii) the Company  shall effect a  recapitalization  of such  character  that the
shares of Common Stock will be changed into or become exchangeable for shares of
Common Stock with a different par value or no par value, (iii) the Company (or a
successor  corporation)  shall be  consolidated  or merged with or into  another
corporation or entity or shall sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of
its assets in exchange for stock or property  (including  cash) with the view of
distributing  such stock or property to its  shareholders,  or (iv) the Board of
Directors of the Company  shall  declare any dividend or other  distribution  in
cash or any  evidence of the  Company's  indebtedness  (other  than  convertible
securities) with respect to the shares of Common Stock, each Share issuable upon
exercise of this  Warrant  shall be replaced by, for the  purposes  hereof,  the
stock,  property,  cash or evidence of  indebtedness  issued or  distributed  in
respect   of  each   share  of  Common   Stock   upon   such   recapitalization,
reclassification,  merger, sale, lease, conveyance or distribution as the Holder
would  have been  entitled  to had the Holder  exercised  this  Warrant  and any
underlying  convertible security  immediately prior to any such occurrence,  and
adequate provision to that effect shall be made at the time thereof.


                                       -3-

<PAGE>



               (c) In case:

                      (i)  of  any  classification,  reclassification  or  other
reorganization  of the capital stock of the Company,  consolidation or merger of
the Company with or into another  corporation,  or the sale, lease or conveyance
of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

                      (ii)  of  the   voluntary  or   involuntary   dissolution,
liquidation or winding up of the Company;

then,  and in any such case,  the Company shall mail to the Holder,  at least 15
days prior thereto, a notice stating the date or expected date on which a record
is to be taken. Such notice shall also specify the date or expected date, if any
is to be fixed,  as of which holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled
to  exchange  their  shares of Common  Stock for  securities  or other  property
deliverable   upon  such   classification,   reclassification,   reorganization,
consolidation,  merger, conveyance, dissolution,  liquidation, winding up or any
other appropriate action, as the case may be.

           7. Transfer to Comply with the  Securities  Act. This Warrant has not
been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") and has been issued
to the Holder for investment and not with a view to the  distribution  of either
the  Warrant or the  Warrant  Securities.  Neither  this  Warrant nor any of the
Warrant  Securities  or any other  security  issued or issuable upon exercise of
this Warrant may be sold, transferred, pledged or hypothecated in the absence of
an effective  registration  statement under the Act relating to such security or
an opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the  Company  that  registration  is not
required under the Act. Each certificate for the Warrant, the Warrant Securities
and any other  security  issued or issuable  upon exercise of this Warrant shall
contain a legend on the face  thereof,  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to
counsel for the Company, setting forth the restrictions on transfer contained in
this Section.

           8. Notices.  Any notice or other communication  required or permitted
hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be delivered  personally,  telegraphed,
telexed,  sent by facsimile  transmission  or sent by  certified,  registered or
express mail,  postage  pre-paid.  Any such notice shall be deemed given when so
delivered personally,  telegraphed,  telexed or sent by facsimile  transmission,
or, if mailed, two days after the date of deposit in the United States mails, as
follows:

               (i)        if to the Company, to:

                          OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION
                          Continental Plaza III
                          433 Hackensack Avenue
                          Hackensack, New Jersey 07601

                          Attention:  David E. Y. Sarna, Chairman


                                       -4-

<PAGE>



               (ii)       if to the Holder, to:

                          Win Capital Corporation
                          26 Ludlam Avenue
                          Bayville, New York 11709

                          Attention: Steven Bayern, President

Any party may be  notice  given in  accordance  with this  Section  to the other
parties designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.

           9. Supplements and Amendments;  Whole Agreement.  This Warrant may be
amended or supplemented or any provision  hereof waived only by an instrument in
writing  signed by the  Company  and the Holders of more than 50% in interest of
the Warrant.  Any amendment or supplement or waiver approved by more than 50% in
interest  of the  Warrant  shall be binding  on all the  Holders  thereof.  This
Warrant  contains the full  understanding  of the parties hereto with respect to
the  subject  matter  hereof  and  thereof  and  there  are no  representations,
warranties,  agreements or understandings  other than expressly contained herein
and therein.

           10. Governing Law. This Warrant shall be deemed to be a contract made
under the laws of the State of New York and f or all purposes  shall be governed
by and  construed  in  accordance  with the  laws of such  State  applicable  to
contracts to be made and performed entirely within such State.

           11.  Counterparts.  This  Warrant  may be  executed  in any number of
counterparts and each of such  counterparts  shall for all purposes be deemed to
be an original,  and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and
the same instrument.


                                       -5-

<PAGE>



           12.  Descriptive  Headings.   Descriptive  headings  of  the  several
Sections of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and shall not control
or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Warrant as
of the ___day of ______, 1996.

                                       OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION


                                       By: _________________________________
                                                 George J. Febish, President


                                       WIN CAPITAL CORPORATION

                                       By: _________________________________
                                                 Steven Bayern, President








                                       -6-

<PAGE>


                                  PURCHASE FORM

                          To Be Executed by the Holder
                        in order to Exercise the Warrant

           The  undersigned  Holder  hereby  irrevocably  elects to exercise the
Warrant  represented by this Warrant and Warrant Agreement to purchase _________
securities  issuable  upon the  exercise  of such  Warrant,  and  requests  that
certificates for such securities shall be issued in name of

                          PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY
                           OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

                           --------------------------

                           --------------------------

                           --------------------------
                     (please print or type name and address)

and be delivered to

                           --------------------------

                           --------------------------

                           --------------------------
                     (please print or type name and address)

and if such number of securities  shall not be all the securities  issuable upon
the exercise of the Warrant evidenced by the Warrant and Warrant Agreement, that
a new Warrant and Warrant  Agreement for  representing a Warrant for the balance
of such securities be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the Holder at
the address stated below.


Dated:  ____________________                    X______________________________

                                                _______________________________

                                                _______________________________
                                                           Address

                                                _______________________________
                                                Social Security or Taxpayer
                                                Identification Number



                                       -7-







                     INTERACTIVE KIOSK DEMONSTRATION PROJECT
                             As of February 5, 1996


                                    CONTRACT

                                     Between

                              THE CITY OF NEW YORK

                                       and

                             ObjectSoft Corporation

                           CAPITAL REGISTRATION NUMBER
                                     9692915

                           EXPENSE REGISTRATION NUMBER
                                     9692923



                                  Submitted By

                          THE DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION
                        TECHNOLOGY AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
                                     (DoITT)


                              (CONTRACTOR DOCUMENT)


<PAGE>



                                    AGREEMENT


           AGREEMENT  made this 11th day of  January,  1996,  by and between The
City of New York (hereinafter referred to as "CITY"),  acting by and through its
Department of Information Technology and Telecommunications  which has an office
at 11 MetroTech  Center,  Third Floor,  Brooklyn,  New York II 201  (hereinafter
referred to as "DoITT"), and ObjectSoft Corporation, a corporation organized and
existing  under the laws of the State of New  Jersey  and having an office at 50
East Palisade Ave., Englewood,  NJ 07631 (hereinafter referred to as "VENDOR" or
"CONTRACTOR").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

           WHEREAS,  CITY desires to purchase and/or lease, have installed.  and
maintained  software and hardware equipment in furtherance of a project to bring
CITY  government  services and  information to its citizenry  through the use of
computerized installations known as Kiosks; and

           WHEREAS,  CITY issued a Request for Information for Kiosk  Technology
(hereinafter referred to as "RFI") dated April 18, 1994; and

           WHEREAS,  VENDOR responded with information and a proposal to provide
a solution consisting of kiosk equipment, services and software; and

           WHEREAS, VENDOR has presented a proposal which has been determined by
CITY to be responsive and  cost-effective  and one which best  addresses  CITY's
needs for conducting a Kiosk Demonstration Project; and

           WHEREAS, CITY published a Notice of Intent to Enter into Negotiations
with VENDOR on March 9, 1995,  pursuant to CITY's  Procurement Policy Board Rule
3-12 entitled  "Demonstration  Projects for Innovative  Products,  Approaches or
Technologies",

           NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and the mutual
promises and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.         TERM.

           1.1.       This   Agreement   shall   become   effective   upon   its
                      registration  by the Office of the Comptroller of The City
                      of New York, a body empowered to register  encumbrances of
                      monies  subsequent  to the  signature of the parties,  and
                      shall  extend  for a period  of Three  Hundred  Sixty-Five
                      (365) calendar days from the date VENDOR has installed and
                      has made  fully  functional  the last of all of the kiosks
                      VENDOR is required to install and operate pursuant to this
                      Agreement.  Written  notification of registration shall be
                      sent to VENDOR by CITY subsequent to the


<PAGE>



                      registration  of this  Agreement,  and  VENDOR  shall send
                      written notification to CITY of the date on which the last
                      of all the kiosks,  identified by location,  was installed
                      and became fully functional.

           1.2.       In  order  to  permit  CITY to  contract  for and  make an
                      orderly  transition  in the  installation  of  permanently
                      functioning   kiosk   facilities   if  the  CITY's   Kiosk
                      Demonstration  Project is successful,  CITY shall have the
                      unilateral right to extend and renew this Agreement for an
                      additional  period  of not less than six (6) nor more than
                      twenty four (24) months upon the same terms and conditions
                      as shall exist at the  termination  of the initial term of
                      this  Agreement,  provided  CITY gives  written  notice to
                      VENDOR  of such  extension  and  renewal  and  the  length
                      thereof at least three (3) months  prior to the end of the
                      initial term of this Agreement.

2.         DEFINITIONS.

           The following terms shall have the following definitions:

           "Agency"  shall be defined as the third party within this  Agreement,
           charged with providing specific services to the public; such services
           as described in Exhibit F to be provided by the VENDOR  through kiosk
           technology.

           "Application  software"  or  "software"  shall be  defined as the all
           inclusive end product displayed to the User.

           "Chargeback"  shall  be  defined  as the cost a  vendor  incurred  to
           perform credit card  authorization and any other fees associated with
           expediting a transaction that has subsequently been cancelled.

           "City" shall be defined as the City of New York, its  departments and
           political subdivisions.

           "Customized  application" or "customized software  application" shall
           be first defined as 1) the subject of  acquisition by the CITY and 2)
           that which is  developed by the VENDOR to provide the  service(s)  as
           specified in Exhibit F.

           "Deinstall"  shall be defined as the disconnection of all cabling and
           wiring associated with previous Kiosk  installation work and vacating
           the Kiosk from the premises.

           "Kiosk"  shall be defined as 1) the subject of a monthly lease by the
           CITY  and 2) a free  standing  interactive  information  input-output
           device,  accessible by the general public,  used to provide  selected
           City services.

           "Full  deployment"  shall be  defined  as the total  number of kiosks
           agreed to in Exhibit A to be installed and made fully functional.

                                       -2-

<PAGE>



           "Full  functionality"  or "fully  functional"  shall be  defined as a
           kiosk offering the complete suite of applications  which provides the
           intended service to the User as detailed in Exhibit F.

           "Inoperable  condition"  shall be defined  as any break,  disconnect,
           fracture or failure which disallows full functionality.

           "Service  process"  shall  be  defined  as the  completion,  or  part
           thereof, of the customized application outcome.

           "User"  shall  be  defined  as the  individual  accessing  a  service
           process.


3.         SUBJECT MATTER OF ACQUISITION.

           3.1.       For the term of this  Agreement  and any renewal  thereof,
                      CITY  agrees to lease from  VENDOR  and  VENDOR  agrees to
                      lease to CITY, install,  manage and provide maintenance to
                      CITY for the kiosk  structures  or  portions  thereof  and
                      kiosk  equipment,   including   accessories  and  supplies
                      therefor, set forth and described in Exhibit A attached to
                      and hereby made a part of this Agreement,  and a telephone
                      assistance "hot line", which said structures and equipment
                      shall  be  installed,  managed  and  maintained  at  kiosk
                      locations.

           3.2.       CITY agrees to pay for the  development of and, in return,
                      receive a nonexclusive,  perpetual, royalty-free CITY-wide
                      site  license  from  VENDOR  to use and  VENDOR  agrees to
                      develop  or  have  developed,  and  grant  to  CITY a non-
                      exclusive, perpetual,  royalty-free CITY-wide site license
                      for,  provide  management and maintenance and install upon
                      completion of the milestone  described in Section  3.2.2.3
                      of this  Agreement and deinstall  kiosks at the conclusion
                      of the lease as  specified  in Section 1. I and 1.2 of the
                      Agreement  and any  extension  and  renewal  thereof,  the
                      customized  applications  software set forth and described
                      in  Exhibit C attached  hereto and hereby  made la part of
                      this  Agreement,   and  VENDOR'S  use  of  the  customized
                      applications   software   for   purposes   of  the   Kiosk
                      Demonstration  Project and thereafter,  and the customized
                      applications  software  capabilities shall be as set forth
                      in Exhibit C and as required  elsewhere  in the  Agreement
                      and  the  Exhibits   thereto.   Upon   completion  of  the
                      customized applications software,  VENDOR shall deliver to
                      CITY a copy of each piece of the  software  developed  and
                      shall thereafter throughout the term of this Agreement and
                      any  extension or renewal  thereof,  VENDOR shall  provide
                      CITY  with  all  fixes  and  updates  of  the   customized
                      applications  software.  VENDOR  agrees,  in addition,  at
                      CITY's  option   exercisable   during  the  term  of  this
                      Agreement and any renewal or extension  thereof,  to grant
                      to  a  designee  or  designees  of  CITY  a  nonexclusive,
                      royalty-free,  CITY-wide site license for a period of five
                      (5) years, which period shall commence

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



                      upon the  date  next  following  the  termination  of this
                      Agreement  and/or any renewal or extension  thereof.  Both
                      the perpetual and five-year term licenses  herein provided
                      for shall permit CITY and its said designee(s) to use said
                      customized  applications  software  in,  on and  with  any
                      number of Kiosks  located within the City of New York that
                      CITY shall desire at any time and from time to time during
                      the license  periods states  herein;  and VENDOR agrees to
                      provide  installation and maintenance  support at its then
                      current  standard  hourly  rates  for  such  support,   as
                      authorized by a valid  purchase  order from the City,  for
                      the customized  applications  software as forth in Exhibit
                      C.

           3.3.       The kiosks,  kiosk  equipment,  including  accessories and
                      supplies, and software provided by VENDOR to CITY pursuant
                      to this  Agreement  shall perform in  accordance  with the
                      specifications  set forth in Exhibit D attached hereto and
                      hereby made a part of this Agreement.

           3.4.       VENDOR shall (i) establish  all  necessary  communications
                      links  between  the  leased  kiosks and the CITY units and
                      agencies participating in the Kiosk Demonstration Project;
                      (ii)  provide   means  for  kiosk  users  to  obtain  CITY
                      products,  information  and  services;  and (iii)  provide
                      technical  consulting  services  and raw  data  and  other
                      reporting  services to CITY in the form or forms requested
                      by CITY to assist CITY in determining such matters as how,
                      for what  purposes,  when and where  people use kiosks for
                      the delivery of CITY services  made  available to them, as
                      more fully  described  in Exhibit E and in Exhibit F, both
                      of which are  attached  hereto and  hereby  made a part of
                      this Agreement.

           3.5.       VENDOR hereby grants an option to CITY or CITY'S  designee
                      for a period of five  years  from the date this  Agreement
                      becomes   effective  as  set  forth  in  Paragraph   1.1.,
                      exercisable  in  CITY's  sole  judgment,   to  purchase  a
                      non-exclusive, non- transferable perpetual site license or
                      licenses  for  the  use of all  of the  software,  however
                      described  or named  (e.g.  toolkit  software,  underlying
                      software, media engine,  operating software),  required to
                      operate the customized  applications software and hardware
                      environment  for which it is  developed  pursuant  to this
                      Agreement,  and VENDOR shall provide software  maintenance
                      services  for such  software  licenses  under  the same or
                      better  terms  and  conditions  and at the  same or  lower
                      price(s) VENDOR charges its other licensees as such terms,
                      conditions  and  prices  shall be in effect at the time or
                      times, if any, that CITY exercises its said option; and if
                      VENDOR is not the proprietor of any or all of the software
                      required to operate  CITY's said  customized  applications
                      software,  then VENDOR shall  facilitate  the licensing by
                      and the  provision  of  maintenance  for CITY  and  CITY's
                      designee(s) under the same terms and conditions such owner
                      offers to all of its other customers.


                                       -4-

<PAGE>



4.         PRICE; PAYMENT SCHEDULE.

           4.1.       CITY will pay VENDOR, pursuant to the terms and conditions
                      of this Agreement,  a total sum of money not to exceed Six
                      Hundred  Sixty One  Thousand  One  Hundred  Dollars and No
                      Cents ($661,100) which sum includes:

                      4.1.1.     The  total  cost  of  monthly  lease  payments,
                                 during the initial term of this  Agreement  for
                                 the kiosk  structures  or portions  thereof and
                                 the kiosk equipment  including  accessories and
                                 supplies thereof referred to in Paragraph 3. 1.
                                 of this Agreement, including the cost of VENDOR
                                 management and maintenance of and for them;

                      4.1.2.     The  purchase  price  of the  customized  kiosk
                                 applications  software referred to in Paragraph
                                 3.2. of this Agreement,  including development,
                                 transportation,       delivery,      unpacking,
                                 installation and  deinstallation  in the leased
                                 kiosk  equipment  in  all  locations,  software
                                 management and maintenance and the licensing of
                                 all  other  software  during  the  term of this
                                 Agreement and including all extensions;

                      4.1.3.     Site preparation and technical facilities work;
                                 kiosk equipment connections to CITYNET,  CITY's
                                 wide area network and all labor and  associated
                                 materials  required  for the  installation  and
                                 deinstallation   of  the   kiosks   and   kiosk
                                 equipment;  equipment and software  testing and
                                 acceptance periods operation;

                      4.1.4.     Installation   and  operation  of  a  telephone
                                 assistance    "hot    line"   in   each   kiosk
                                 installation;  and  data  communications  links
                                 between  the  leased  kiosks and the CITY units
                                 and   agencies   participating   in  the  Kiosk
                                 Demonstration Project where needed;

                      4.1.5.     Technical  consulting  services  in the design,
                                 operation,    presentation,    monitoring   and
                                 tracking  of the Kiosk  Demonstration  Project,
                                 and  the   provision   of  both  raw  data  and
                                 specialized  data  and  information   reporting
                                 services  in the  form  and  types  and for the
                                 purposes  set forth in Exhibits E and F of this
                                 Agreement; and

                      4.1.6.     The option to obtain a perpetual  license(s) or
                                 sublicense(s)  and  maintenance as set forth in
                                 Paragraph 3.5.

           4.2.       Partial  payments to VENDOR of the total sum  described in
                      Paragraph 3. I. shall be made by CITY as follows:

                      4.2.1.     Upon  installation of the last fully functional
                                 kiosk to be installed pursuant

                                       -5-

<PAGE>



                                 to this Agreement, CITY shall pay to Vendor the
                                 sum of Six  Thousand  Eighteen  Dollars  and No
                                 Cents ($6,018.00) per calendar month per Kiosk,
                                 prorated  for any portion  thereof,  during the
                                 term of this  Agreement,  jointly and severally
                                 for each fully  operational  kiosk structure or
                                 portion  thereof  which is a part of the  Kiosk
                                 Demonstration    Project,     including    site
                                 preparation  and  technical   facilities  work,
                                 kiosk  equipment  connections  to  CITYNET(sm),
                                 CITY's  wide  area  network,  establishment  of
                                 communications  links between the leased kiosks
                                 and the CITY units and  agencies  participating
                                 in the  Kiosk  Demonstration  Project,  and all
                                 labor and associated materials required for the
                                 installation of the kiosks and kiosk equipment;
                                 the kiosk equipment,  including accessories and
                                 supplies  therefor  referred to in Paragraph 3.
                                 1. of this Agreement, used in or as part of and
                                 in  connection   with  said  kiosk  or  portion
                                 thereof,  equipment  and  software  testing and
                                 acceptance    periods    operation;    VENDOR's
                                 management  and  maintenance  of and  for  said
                                 kiosk  or  portion  thereof,  installation  and
                                 operation of a telephone  assistance "hot line"
                                 in   each   kiosk    installation;    technical
                                 consulting  services in the design,  operation,
                                 presentation,  monitoring  and  tracking of the
                                 Kiosk Demonstration  project; and the provision
                                 of both  raw  data  and  specialized  data  and
                                 information  reporting services in the form and
                                 types and for the purposes set forth in Exhibit
                                 E and Exhibit F of this Agreement.

                      4.2.2.     Three  Hundred  Thousand  Dollars  and No Cents
                                 ($300,000.00)    for   the   customized   kiosk
                                 applications        software       development,
                                 transportation,    delivery,    unpacking   and
                                 installation  in the leased kiosk  equipment in
                                 all leased locations;  software  management and
                                 maintenance, and the option for a license(s) or
                                 sublicense(s) and software maintenance referred
                                 to in Paragraph 3.5 of this Agreement,  payable
                                 as follows:

                                 4.2.2.1.   FIFTEEN  PER  CENT  (15%) of the sum
                                            set  forth  in   Paragraph   4.2.2.,
                                            above,  upon VENDOR'S  completion of
                                            the Systems  Analysis  and  Detailed
                                            Design,  as  specified in Section 1.
                                            1.2 of Exhibit E, and DoITT's  final
                                            acceptance in writing thereof,

                                 4.2.2.2.   FIFTEEN  PER  CENT  (15%) of the sum
                                            set  forth  in   Paragraph   4.2.2.,
                                            above,   upon   the   last   of  the
                                            following    to   occur:    Software
                                            Acceptance  Test Plan,  as specified
                                            in  Section 1. 1.3 of Exhibit E, for
                                            application   software   performance
                                            accepted  in  writing  by DoITT  AND
                                            VENDOR'S  development of and DoITT's
                                            acceptance  and  sign-off in writing
                                            on all Multimedia  Scripts and Media
                                            Production    Specifications,     as
                                            specified in Section 1. 1.4 of

                                       -6-

<PAGE>



                                            Exhibit   E,   for  the   multimedia
                                            software to be developed and used to
                                            effectuate   this   Agreement.   The
                                            Acceptance  Test  Plan,   Multimedia
                                            Scripts    and   Media    Production
                                            specifications   shall   apply.   to
                                            applications  software delivered as'
                                            part of  "Phase  I" and  "Phase  11"
                                            deliverables.

                                            "Phase   I"   applications:    shall
                                            comprise  a)"Key  to City  Hall"  b)
                                            on-line    access   and   associated
                                            payment for functions provided.  by:
                                            Department   of    Buildings'    BIS
                                            systems,  referred  to in Exhibit P,
                                            Section III, c) Department of Health
                                            applications  pertaining  to General
                                            Department   and  Health   Awareness
                                            Information,   Birth   Certificates,
                                            Death Certificates and Dog Licenses,
                                            all  as   described  in  Exhibit  F,
                                            Section II.

                                            "Phase   II"   applications    shall
                                            comprise:    a)   Help    Assistance
                                            functions  to the "Key to City Hall"
                                            and   b)    Department   of   Health
                                            application   for   Health   Academy
                                            Courses as  described  in Exhibit F,
                                            Section II.

                                 4.2.2.3.   THIRTY PER CENT (30%) of the sum set
                                            forth in  Paragraph  4.2.2.,  above,
                                            upon the  completion  of  Functional
                                            Integration Testing, as specified in
                                            Section 2.1 of Exhibit E, which,  in
                                            the reasonable judgement of DoITT is
                                            acceptable  and  is  so  noticed  in
                                            writing to the VENDOR;

                                 4.2.2.4.   TWENTY-FIVE  (25%)  of the  sum  set
                                            forth in  Paragraph  4.2.2.,  above,
                                            upon     completion    of    Initial
                                            Acceptance Testing of All Kiosks, as
                                            specified  in Section 2.2 of Exhibit
                                            E,  for  Phase  I  applications   as
                                            defined  in  4.2.2.2,  directed  and
                                            accepted in writing by DoITT,  which
                                            testing shall be completed  prior to
                                            the  commencement  of the said Three
                                            Hundred  Sixty-Five (365) day period
                                            referred  to in  Paragraph  1.1.  of
                                            this Agreement; and

                                 4.2.2.5.   FIFTEEN  PER  CENT (I 5%) of the sum
                                            set  forth  in   Paragraph   4.2.2.,
                                            above,   upon   the   last   of  the
                                            following to occur:  completion  and
                                            acceptance  in  writing  by DoITT of
                                            Final Acceptance Testing,  after all
                                            the    Kiosks    have   been   fully
                                            operational  with Phase I  functions
                                            by the User  for a  period  of three
                                            (3)months   and   Final   Acceptance
                                            Testing  after all Kiosks  have been
                                            fully   operational   with  Phase  H
                                            functions  by the  User for a period
                                            of one (1) month.

                                       -7-

<PAGE>




5.         CREDIT CARD USAGE.

           5.1.       VENDOR  shall  provide for payment of services as detailed
                      in  Exhibit E,  Section  8, if any,  at the kiosk by debit
                      card and credit  card.  CITY and VENDOR  agree to take all
                      actions  necessary  to ensure that all legal  requirements
                      are  followed  to enable  payment by debit card and credit
                      card.  In addition,  in the event that payment is accepted
                      by debit card or credit  card then CITY and  VENDOR  agree
                      that (i) the vendor convenience and/or bank transaction or
                      service charge, if any, will be in addition to the cost of
                      the  underlying  transaction  charged by the City; (H) the
                      service  charge,  if any,  will be  paid  directly  by the
                      consumer;   and  (iii)  the  following  language  will  be
                      expressly stated at the kiosk in textual or audio form (or
                      both) for each  transaction.  Any changes to the following
                      shall be approved by DoITT.

                      (AUDIO/TEXT/BOTH)  - YOU HAVE A CHOICE, YOU CAN ORDER (PAY
                      FOR) YOUR  _________  BY (TAKING  SOME ACTION AS HITTING A
                      BUTTON) AND  RECEIVING A FORM TO TAKE HOME,  COMPLETE  AND
                      MAIL IN WITH  YOUR  CHECK OR  MONEY  ORDER TO (NAME OF THE
                      CITY  AGENCY).  THIS  WAY YOU PAY  ONLY  THE  ACTUAL  COST
                      (AMOUNT DUE), PLUS POSTAGE.

                                                  -OR-

                      YOU CAN  ORDER  (PAY FOR) YOUR  __________  BY USING  YOUR
                      (AMEX/VISA/  MASTERCARD)  CREDIT  CARD OR (NAME OF  BANKS)
                      DEBIT CARD FOR THE COST (AMOUNT) OF THE  ___________  PLUS
                      PAYMENT OF AN ADDITIONAL  $___________  KIOSK  CONVENIENCE
                      FEE TO COVER THE COSTS OF PROCESSING. TO PAY BY CARD, JUST
                      PUSH  BUTTON   __________  IN  THE  FORM  AND  FOLLOW  THE
                      INSTRUCTIONS   FOR  PROVIDING   YOUR   CREDIT/DEBIT   CARD
                      INFORMATION.  YOU  WILL  RECEIVE  A COPY OF THE  FORM  YOU
                      COMPLETE,  PLUS A RECEIPT  FOR YOUR CARD USE.  THE COST OF
                      THE TRANSACTION AND THE PROCESSING FEE WILL APPEAR ON YOUR
                      NEXT CREDIT/DEBIT CARD STATEMENT.

           5.2.       This signed  Agreement shall be  authorization to merchant
                      banks and credit card companies that the City has approved
                      the Vendor to act on its behalf in providing  the required
                      financial  services  related to credit and debit cards and
                      electronic money orders, if applicable,  that delivers the
                      appropriate agency service as described in Exhibit F.


                                       -8-

<PAGE>



6.         ADVERTISING AND JOINT TENANCY REVENUE SHARING.

           6.1.       VENDOR  shall  have the  right to  allow  advertising  (i)
                      physically  on the kiosk  machine  itself  or (ii)  screen
                      based as an interruptible  attract loop. In no event shall
                      VENDOR  advertise any substance  which  contains  tobacco,
                      including  but not  limited to  cigarettes,  cigars,  pipe
                      tobacco and chewing  tobacco.  The City shall  approve all
                      advertising prior to display. VENDOR shall pay to CITY 50%
                      of the gross advertising revenues collected by the Vendor.
                      In  addition,  VENDOR  shall  pay to  City  50%  of  gross
                      revenues paid to VENDOR by other tenants on the kiosks. If
                      additional  Kiosks are deployed at Vendor's  expense,  the
                      Vendor shall pay the City 15% of advertising revenue.

           6.2.       VENDOR shall make such  payments to CITY's  Department  of
                      Finance  quarterly,  within  thirty  (30)  days  after the
                      expiration of each calendar quarter, except in the case of
                      the last  payment  which shall be paid within  thirty (30)
                      days after the termination,  cancellation or expiration of
                      this contract.  Each payment shall be based on the quarter
                      immediately  preceding the date of payment. A copy of each
                      payment shall be sent to the Program Manager at DoITT.

7.         LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.

           7.1.       After final acceptance  testing of kiosks, as described in
                      section  2.3  of  Exhibit  E,  liquidated  damages  may be
                      assessed at a rate of $100.00  per day each Kiosk  remains
                      in an inoperable state past the two business days from the
                      time the problem becomes known to the Vendor.

           7.2.       Notwithstanding the foregoing,  no damages may be assessed
                      if  the  cause  of the  Kiosk  inoperability  is in  whole
                      attributable  to the actions of the City or in the case of
                      force majeure.

8.         NON-FUNDING CLAUSE.

           8.1.       Each payment obligation of CITY created by this Agreement,
                      or any  Exhibit  attached  hereto to be  satisfies  in any
                      fiscal year other than the current fiscal year ending June
                      30, 1996, is  conditioned  upon the  availability  of CITY
                      funds which are  appropriated or allocated for the payment
                      of such an obligation.

9.         CHANGE ORDER PROVISIONS.

           9.1.       This  Agreement  may be modified in writing by the parties
                      from  time  to  time  to  provide  for  the  provision  of
                      facilities  and/or the performance of services and/or work
                      (hereinafter singly and collectively referred to as "Extra
                      Work") in addition to those presently stated or implied to
                      be provided and/or performed pursuant to

                                       -9-

<PAGE>



                      the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  or for the
                      omission  of  facilities,   services  or  work  previously
                      provide for, in order to carry out and complete more fully
                      and perfectly this  Agreement.  VENDOR and CITY understand
                      and  agree  that in no event  shall  the cost of any Extra
                      Work  have the  effect  of  increasing  the  total  amount
                      payable by CITY to VENDOR pursuant to this Agreement by an
                      amount  in  excess  of Ten Per Cent  (10%) of the  maximum
                      amount  first  set  forth  in  Paragraph  4.  1.  of  this
                      Agreement,  unless such  additional  cost is authorized by
                      any  governmental  body or  bodies of The City of New York
                      authorized to approve  CITY's  expenditure  of monies.  An
                      order for Extra Work shall designate the method for timely
                      payment  therefor,  and  shall be valid  only if issued in
                      writing  and  signed by the  Commissioner  of DoITT or his
                      duly authorized  representative.  The  Commissioner or his
                      said  representative  and VENDOR shall consult with regard
                      to the amount of time,  facilities  and services  required
                      for  performance of the Extra Work beyond that  stipulated
                      in this  Agreement  for the  completion  of the work to be
                      performed or provided  pursuant to this  Agreement.  Extra
                      Work must be performed by gr under the  supervision of the
                      VENDOR.

10.        GOVERNING LAW; VENUE.

           10.1.      This Agreement  shall be deemed to be executed in the City
                      of New York, State of New York, regardless of the domicile
                      of the Vendor and shall be  governed by and  construed  in
                      accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

11.        INCORPORATION OF APPENDIX A; ORDER OF PRECEDENCE.

           11.1.      "General  Provisions  Governing Contracts for Consultants,
                      Professional and Technical Services" is attached hereto as
                      Appendix A and hereby  incorporated herein and made a part
                      of this Agreement.

           11.2.      In the event  there is a conflict  among and  between  the
                      provisions  of  this  Agreement,   the  Exhibits,   and/or
                      Appendix A, the controlling order shall be as follows: the
                      Agreement;  Appendix A; the Exhibits F, Exhibit C, Exhibit
                      E, Exhibit D, Exhibit A, Exhibit B.

12.        PROJECT MANAGEMENT.

           12.1.      All notices  required or  permitted  under this  Agreement
                      shall be in writing and shall be given,  made or served by
                      mailing the same by Registered or Certified  Mail,  Return
                      Receipt  Requested,  or  delivered  by hand  delivery,  as
                      follows:

                                 (a)  to  VENDOR:   
                                 ObjectSoft   Corp.  
                                 50 East Palisade Ave.,


                                      -10-

<PAGE>



                                 Englewood, NJ 07631
                                 Att:       David Sama

                                 (b) to CITY:
                                 Department of Information Technology and
                                 Telecommunications
                                 11 Metrotech Center
                                 Brooklyn, NY 11201
                                 Att: Douglas Levine
                                 
                      or at such other  address(es) as such parties shall,  from
                      time to time  designate  by  notice  given to the other as
                      hereinabove provided.

           12.2.      Other terms of Project Management are set forth in Exhibit
                      E.

13.        MISCELLANEOUS.

           13.1.      If VENDOR's  performance  under this Agreement,  or of any
                      obligation hereunder,  is interfered with by reason of any
                      circumstances    beyond   VENDOR's   reasonable   control,
                      including, fire, explosion, commercial power failure, acts
                      of God, war, revolution,  ordinance, or requirement of any
                      government  or legal  body,  then the  time  within  which
                      VENDOR  is  required  to  perform  any  other   obligation
                      hereunder,  will be extended one (1) day for each day that
                      VENDOR is unable to  perform  work  under  this  Agreement
                      because of any  circumstance  beyond  VENDOR's  reasonable
                      control as described above.

           13.2.      This  Agreement may be executed  simultaneously  in one or
                      more counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an
                      original, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of
                      this  Agreement  to produce  or account  for more than one
                      such counterpart.


                                      -11-

<PAGE>





October 25, 1995-OBJECTSOFT

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed by their duly authorized  representatives  on the date first written
above.

                                         ObjectSoft Corporation
                                         (VENDOR)
                                         
                                         
                                         By: /s/ David E. Y. Sarna
                                             ------------------------
                                         Title: Chairman
                                         
                                         Date:12/13/95
        
                                         The City of New York
                                         (CITY)
                                         
                                         By: /s/ Suellen Schulman
                                             ------------------------
                                         Agency Chief Contracting Officer,
                                         Department of Information,
                                         Technology and Telecommunications
                                         Date: January 11, 1996

Approved as to Form and
Certified as to Legal Authority:



/s/
- ------------------------
Acting Corporation Counsel


                                      -12-

<PAGE>



STATE OF NEW YORK                         )
                                          )   SS.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK                        )

           On the 11th day of January,  1996 before me  personally  came SUELLEN
SCHULMAN  to me known to be the  Assistant  Commissioner  of the  Department  of
Information  Technology  and  Telecommunications  of the City of New  York,  the
person described as such in and who as such executed the foregoing  AGREEMENT as
Assistant Commissioner for the purposes therein mentioned.


                                          /s/ Eric S. Serlin
                                          ------------------
                                          Notary Public, State of  New York




 STATE OF NEW YORK                        )
                                          )   SS.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK                        )

           On the 13th day of December,  1995 before me personally came DAVID E.
Y. SARNA who being duly sworn, did depose and say that (s)he resides in the City
of  Teaneck,  State of New  Jersey,  that (s)he is the  Chairman  of  ObjectSoft
Corporation,  the  corporation  described in and which  executed  the  foregoing
AGREEMENT, that (s)he knows the seal of said corporation;  that the seal affixed
to the said  instrument is such corporate  seal; that it was so affixed by order
of the Board of  Directors of said  corporation;  and that (s)he signed his name
thereto by like order.

                                          /s/Eric S. Serlin
                                          -----------------
                                            Notary Public, State of  New York




                                      -13-

<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                                                     Page l of 2


                   COMPUTER HARDWARE, SOFTWARE and ACCESSORIES
                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION


       OBJECTSOFT will provide 5 fully  integrated & operational  kiosks each of
which shall consist of the following:

              Kiosk cabinet with  approximate  dimensions of 72" in height,  54"
              wide and 48" deep,

              Pentium PC with P90 processor  and 16MB memory,  I GB disk, 16 bit
              sound card,  double-speed  CD ROM,  Ethernet card,  MiniRouter and
              communications interface,

              4 PPM laser printer with large capacity, 81/2" x 11" 20 lb. paper,

              DEC 2GB hard drive, or equal

              2 dual receipt printers

              17" or larger touch screen monitor,

              Keyboard,

              Credit Card Swipe,

              Microsoft  Windows  95  or  Windows  NT  3.51  or  later.

Server Components Configuration:

              Dual Pentium P90 processor or better, 32 MB memory, and Dual power
              supply and 31/2" floppy drive,

              Extended keyboard, 15" or larger monitor,

              4 page per minute laser printer,

              3GB Disk storage, arranged in a RAID 5 array, SCSI adapter,

              DAT tape backup unit,



<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                                                     Page 2 of 2


              Minimum: double-speed CD ROM,

              System software, Microsoft Windows NT Server, 3.51 or later.

              Microsoft  Back office,  including SQL Server NT, SNA Server,  and
              System Management Server,

              14.4K Modem or better.


Note: All  specifications  subject to change provided,  however,  that no change
shall  interfere  with the  operation  of CITY's  software or the  provision  of
services required.

       OBJECTSOFT  will  provide  the  following   proprietary  and/or  licensed
(third-party) Software:

       Development  Tools,  Object  &  Program  Software,  Multimedia  Authoring
       Software,  Device Drivers,  Multimedia Presentation software, File and/or
       Database software, Management software, Communications software, and Data
       Gathering software.




<PAGE>



EXHIBIT B


                     SITE SELECTION AND LOCATION DESIGNATION


1.0        Decision
DoITT  will work with  participating  Agencies  and the  Vendor  regarding  site
selection.  The  locations  of the kiosks  shall be mutually  agreed upon by all
parties provided,  however, that upon failure to reach an agreement, the Mayor's
Office of the City of New York's decision shall be final.

2.0        Placement Criteria
Kiosk  placements  will be based on user and equipment  security,  foot traffic,
positioning  within  a  location,   site  hours,  facility   maintenance,   site
accessibility to public transportation, and community demographics which suggest
the demand for the government  services to be offered.  Locations  shall conform
with Federal ADA  requirements.  Kiosks will be placed in indoor  locations with
accessible electrical hook ups.

3.0        Location Change
Should it become  necessary  to  relocate a kiosk,  such site  changes  shall be
treated as a change order to the contract.

4.0        Additional Kiosk Deployment
Additional  kiosk  deployment,  over and above the number of kiosks  agreed upon
within this  contract,  shall be done so at the  Vendor's  own expense and risk.
However, site selection shall be subject to the approval of the CITY.



                                        1

<PAGE>


EXHIBIT C
OBJECTSOFT
1

                              THE CITY OF NEW YORK
                                       AND
                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                         CUSTOMIZED APPLICATION SOFTWARE

1. ObjectSoft Corporation (VENDOR) shall design, develop,  customize and produce
software,  together with detailed documentation  therefor,  which offers general
information  regarding The City of New York (CITY) and its  government and which
is to be  entitled  and be the  "KEY TO CITY  HALL(tm)"  software  described  in
Exhibit E to the Agreement  (hereinafter  "Agreement")  to which this exhibit is
Exhibit C, and application  software,  together with the detailed  documentation
therefor,  for CITY'S Department of Buildings (DOB) and for CITY's Department of
Health  (DOH)  applications  and their  components  set forth,  referred  to and
described  in Exhibit F of the  Agreement  there being,  at minimum,  a total of
eight (8) of said  applications,  as follows:  DOB Buildings'  Information,  DOB
Properties'  Maintenance  Composite  Information;  DOH General Information;  DOH
Health   Awareness   Information;   DOH  Birth   Certificate   Information   and
Applications;  DOH  Death  Certificate  Information  and  Applications;  DOH Dog
License Information and Applications; DOH Health Academy Courses Information and
Applications.  (The said KEY TO CITY HALL(tm) software and the said applications
software  are  herein   jointly  and  severally   referred  to  as   "customized
applications software".)

2. All copyrights in and to the work(s) produced hereunder,  including,  without
limitation,  renewal  rights,  if any, shall be owned solely by VENDOR as author
within the  meaning of Title 17 of the United  States  Code  ("Copyright  Act"),
including any amendments thereto.

3. VENDOR shall use the customized applications software in The City of New York
during  the  said  Kiosk  Demonstration  Project  which  is the  subject  of the
Agreement  but  VENDOR  shall  not use  said  software  in The  City of New York
thereafter without the express consent in writing of CITY.

4. The customized  applications  software developed hereunder,  when licensed as
provided in Paragraph  3.2 of the  Agreement,  shall,  as delivered by VENDOR to
CITY and to CITY's  designee(s),  provide the same application  functionality as
set forth  described and defined in the design  specifications  approved by CITY
pursuant  to this  Agreement,  provided,  a) that  the  customized  applications
software  is  installed  in an  environment  which  mirrors the one in which the
customized  applications  software was installed during said Kiosk Demonstration
Project  and 2) that  the  environment  in  which  the  customized  applications
software is installed is identical in hardware and software,  including  version
and  release  levels,  and  installation  options to that used by VENDOR in said
Kiosk Demonstration Project; and provided further, VENDOR shall provide detailed
documentation   regarding  installation  and  script  for  installation  of  the
customized


<PAGE>


EXHIBIT C
OBJECTSOFT
2

applications software, and 3) that the customized  applications software is used
on and with the same hardware and software  configurations used by VENDOR during
the said  Kiosk  Demonstration  Project;  and  VENDOR  shall  provide  technical
assistance, without charge for up to twenty (20) hours to CITY and its designees
for the installation and support of the customized applications software, as and
when requested by CITY and/or CITY's designees.

5. VENDOR shall regard as  confidential  and  proprietary all of the information
communicated  to it by CITY and its agencies and  departments in connection with
the  Agreement  and  agrees  that  such  information  shall at all  times be the
property of CITY.  VENDOR shall not, without CITY's prior written consent at any
time (a) use such  information for any purpose other than in connection with the
Kiosk  Demonstration  Project  which is the  subject  of said  Agreement  or (b)
disclose any portion of such information to third parties.  Upon the termination
of the  Agreement  VENDOR shall comply in fall with the  provisions of Paragraph
II.E. of said Exhibit F of said Agreement regarding Department of Buildings CITY
information and Paragraph II.G. regarding Department of Health CITY information.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  informational  shall not be  regarded  as
confidential  or  proprietary  if it was  previously  known to the  VENDOR or is
placed into or becomes part of the public domain.

6. VENDOR  warrants and  represents  that no material  contributed  by it or its
employees to the  customized  applications  software  produced  hereunder  shall
infringe,  without limitation,  any copyright,  trademark,  rights of privacy or
rights of publicity.

7.  Each CITY  Department  application  shall  contain  interactive  programming
capabilities  which,  at kiosk user  request,  effects the display or query,  as
appropriate,  and printing of Department information stored locally in databases
on the kiosk computer system or which is located on the  Department's or DoITT's
computer mainframe and is accessed through CITY's CITYNET (sm) network.

8. In all  applications and in the KEY TO CITYHALL(tm)  software,  CITY indicia,
such as the CITY Seal,  shall be the first  display  which  appears on a monitor
screen,  together with the ownership  legend referred to in Paragraphs II.D. and
II.F regarding DOB and DOH applications, respectively, of said Exhibit F to said
Agreement  and both shall again be invoked on the last  screen  after kiosk user
completion of a session.

9.  Immediately  following  application  invocation,   the  screen  shall  offer
assistance to the kiosk user regarding  locations of other kiosks being operated
by all vendors  partaking in the said Kiosk  Demonstration  Project and the CITY
agency and department services being offered thereon.

10. Immediately upon session termination, the screen shall query and permit user
response  to  questions  regarding  both  ease of use and  effectiveness  of the
service offering(s).


<PAGE>


EXHIBIT C
OBJECTSOFT
3


11.  In  order  to  facilitate  ordinary  system  recovery  and  restart,   each
application developed shall have a restart capability.

12. The customized  applications  software is further  defined  as(a)application
source and object  code that is not part of  VENDOR's  proprietary  or  licensed
software (b) any multimedia not part of a proprietary  toolset and consisting of
bit streams including,  but not limited to video, audio, and graphics,  together
with the script and  subsequent  code, if any, that  initiates the visual and/or
audio  production of media on the kiosks,  except that such  software  shall not
include:  CITY's  information  as  that  term is  defined  in  Exhibit  F to the
Agreement,  CITY's  graphics,  CITY's  database  information  (whether  provided
electronically,  on diskette or in hard copy), and CITY's seal and other indicia
of The City of New York,  all of which are  provided  to VENDOR for  purposes of
effectuating the said Kiosk  Demonstration  Project,  whether any or all of such
information,  graphics or indicia are edited or not by VENDOR, and including all
modifications generated or derived from any one or all of them.

13.  VENDOR  warrants  that  all of the  applications  software  and  the KEY TO
CITYHALL(tm)  software  shall be free of defects in  material,  workmanship  and
content  and shall  meet  CITY's  specifications  set forth in  writing  in said
Agreement including all Exhibits thereto. Contractor shall not be liable for any
incidental, special or consequential damages of any nature whatsoever.

14.  VENDOR  shall have the right to use the  customized  applications  software
developed  hereunder  in VENDOR's  kiosks used for the said Kiosk  Demonstration
Project,  for a term  coexistent  and  co-terminus  with the  Agreement  and any
renewal or extension  thereof,  but not  thereafter  within The City of New York
without the express consent in writing of CITY.

15. CITY hereby grants a non-exclusive,  non-transferable,  royalty-free license
to VENDOR to use CITY's  trademark  "KEY TO CITY  HALL"  during the term of said
Kiosk  Demonstration  Project in connection with VENDOR's  software  application
used in  VENDOR'S  kiosks  used  in said  Kiosks  Demonstration  Project,  which
application  offers  general  information  regarding  CITY  and its  government;
provided  however,  that the following  statement and CITY indicia,  such as the
CITY Seal,  shall appear in the first display which appears on a monitor  screen
when the application is invoked:  "'KEY TO CITY HALL' is a trademark of The City
of New York".



<PAGE>


EXHIBIT D
Page 1 of 4






                           KIOSK HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE
                 GENERAL PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS.

1          KIOSK CONFIGURATION
           1.1       Structural Requirements
           The Kiosk must be  constructed  of highly  durable and wear resistant
           material,  capable of sustained use in an indoor public  environment.
           The Kiosk shall, to the best extent possible, be constructed to deter
           and  discourage  theft  vandalism such as insertions and spillage and
           facilitate  in the cleaning of  graffiti.  The front of the Kiosk may
           have an electronic  sign capable of attracting  the eye at a distance
           and which can  continuously  scroll/flash/roll  a series of  messages
           that are  remotely  programmable.  There shall be a visual  indicator
           displayed  on each Kiosk  identifying  it as a New York City  service
           provider. Such emblem shall be provided by DoITT.

           All Kiosks will incorporate  real time diagnostics for  self-test-and
           fault isolation for all critical  hardware  components  required.  As
           listed in  Exhibit A, the Kiosks  shall have a touch  screen  display
           presenting video segments,  text and graphics and which also shall be
           constructed  to  deter  and  discourage   vandalism  (e.g.  graffiti,
           insertions,  spillage,  etc.) Each Kiosk shall include a sound system
           for audio playback  segments,  a card reader to expedite  transaction
           processing, when appropriate,  and a method of printing both hardcopy
           documents and, if applicable, receipts.

           1.2       ADA Compliance
           All  Kiosks  shall  be  in  compliance   with  the   Americans   with
           Disabilities  Act  of  1990  for  height  and  reach  and  any  other
           compliance  requirements  not noted within this  agreement  which are
           applicable  to the Kiosks and their useage.  If a User's  impairments
           are such that Kiosk interaction is virtually impossible,  there shall
           be a clear  indication  as to how the  User  may  apply  for  help in
           obtaining  the  information  sought on the Kiosk.  Kiosks should have
           easy to use  mechanisms  for  adjustment  of sound  volume  level and
           text/icon clarity if and where appropriate and feasible.

2          KIOSK APPLICATION SOFTWARE DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE

           2.1       General Description
           The Vendor will implement  application software in a turnkey fashion,
           so that it appears to the client as a  transparent  component  of the
           Kiosk system. The software shall be easily


<PAGE>


EXHIBIT D
Page 2 of 4






           understood  and  quickly  grasped  by  people  who have  little or no
           familiarity  with  computers.  It must  incorporate a user navigation
           capability  such  that a person  unfamiliar  with the  Kiosk can find
           information and programs without prior training. The design will make
           use of icons or  photograph  "on"  buttons,  as well as form  filling
           techniques,   to  effect  the  automatic  entry  of  system  provided
           information into the Agency application forms presented.

           The   Vendor   is  highly   encouraged   to   handle   color   vision
           deficiencies/color blindness in terms of the color schemes developed.
           The  screen  should be  capable of  adjustment  by a color  deficient
           person in order to  maintain  visual  clarity.  The use of color as a
           determining  factor in a User's selection of services shall be backed
           up by a second form of selection  identifier (such as audio or icons)
           to confirm choices.

           The software shall provide Spanish translations,  pursuant to Section
           1. 1.5 in Exhibit E, except for those  prompts that are obtained from
           existing on-line database services. The software will provide for the
           integration  of  full-motion   digital  video,   animation  or  video
           animation  effects  accompanied by digital audio  synchronized into a
           presentation.

           The  software  will  provide  capability  to  develop  scripts  as  a
           front-end to each host application  and, at a minimum,  must maintain
           the same security  that exists for the  transaction  applications  in
           their native system environment. The system must insure that the User
           can access only the target  application  requested by the User and no
           other.  Most  importantly,  the software  shall  facilitate  the easy
           integration of additional agencies' applications.

           2.2       Application Types
           Multimedia  application   development  shall  be  performed  for  the
           following five categories, as appropriate,  including but not limited
           to, the parameters associated with each as detailed below:

                     2.2.1     Attract Loop
                     The Vendor  shall  develop  an  attract  loop to run at all
                     times  when the  user is not  interacting  with  the  Kiosk
                     application.  This  will  include  a two  dimensional  logo
                     defined  and  implemented  by the  Vendor and  approved  by
                     DoITT.



<PAGE>


EXHIBIT D
Page 3 of 4




                     2.2.2     Informational Applications
                     These provide  information to the User concerning an Agency
                     Application  without  requiring  the  User  to  supply  any
                     information.  Print  facilities will be provided to support
                     form and document preparation/generation as well as receipt
                     generation.

                     2.2.3     Query Applications
                     In query applications the User will interact with the Kiosk
                     and may be required  to supply  information  on-line.  Some
                     examples  of  how  information  is  provided  by  the  user
                     include:  responses to questions through alpha-numeric data
                     entry or through single or multiple  selections in response
                     to multiple choice options. Such applications must have the
                     capability  to  collect  data  and make it  available  to a
                     remote host. The  application  may 'involve PC transactions
                     where  files  are  updated  on a daily  basis  by the  host
                     system. There are no on-line transactions to the host.

                     2.2.4   On-Line Applications Without Financial Transactions
                     These  applications  involve  on-line  transactions  with a
                     host.  The  User  must  supply  information  as part of the
                     application.  In this  case,  a print  facility  is usually
                     necessary and will be provided.

                     2.2.5     On-Line Applications With Financial Transactions
                     These applications,  if applicable to the Vendor as per the
                     Agreement  involve on-line  transactions  with a host where
                     the end-user  executes a transaction with a debit or credit
                     card or an  electronic  money order.  Once again the client
                     must  supply  information  as  part of the  transaction.  A
                     receipt printer is necessary here and will be provided.  It
                     is  assumed  that a debit or  credit  card will be used for
                     each transaction and the response time will be minimized by
                     the Vendor up to the time interval for card approval  (from
                     time data  credit/debit  card is entered to time  financial
                     transaction is approved or rejected).  All time directly or
                     indirectly under Vendor control should be minimized.

           2.3       Search Facilities
           Efficient  information  searching  techniques for the User of a Kiosk
           will-be among the most critical items  developed and employed in each
           Kiosk  service  application.  Lengthy  searches must be eliminated by
           whatever methods are deemed necessary,  to prevent the development of
           long lines and customer dissatisfaction.



<PAGE>


EXHIBIT D
Page 4 of 4




                     2.3.1     Agency Searches and/or People Searches
                     The number of steps in all  searches  should be  minimized.
                     Agency  searches and/or people searches may best be handled
                     by  developing  very  clear   high-level  City  and  Agency
                     hierarchical  diagrams  and maps for  these  two  important
                     areas.

                     2.3.2     Map Searches
                     Maps  should  be  developed  that  are  close  to  language
                     independent. With such maps, any user will either get their
                     questions  answered  or  receive  suggestions  for  further
                     inquiry  that  can  be  handled  either  at  the  Kiosk  or
                     elsewhere (to be  specifically  indicated at the completion
                     of a Kiosk  session.) The general search through a City map
                     should be reduced to at most three steps.

           2.4       ACCESS AND RESPONSE TIME

                     2.4.1     Response Times
                     Wherever a Vendor is in full control of a transaction,  the
                     time to effect the response  should not exceed two seconds.
                     Remote  queries and  financial  transactions  should take a
                     maximum of ten seconds beyond the response time provided by
                     the City's computers to the Kiosk server.

                     2.4.2 Fast Pathing
                     Fast  pathing is for those who,  through the use of a Kiosk
                     brochure or from previous  Kiosk  experience,  already know
                     what Kiosk  service  they  want.  All  Kiosks  should  have
                     provisions  for users to  "fast-path"  to  topics  they are
                     already  familiar  with.  This  should  be  based  on  both
                     language  keywords and universally  recognizable  icons, as
                     well as location codes  provided-in the context of a "Where
                     Am I?"  question  accompanied  by a  "You  Are  Here"  flag
                     supplied in Kiosk  response on prior screens  viewed by the
                     user during a Kiosk session operation.

                     2.4.3     Minimizing Kiosk Customers Line Lengths
                     Each Vendor shall actively  address the issue of long lines
                     of customers waiting for Kiosk services.  Each Vendor shall
                     also  address  the amount of time a customer  spends on any
                     one interactive session before they must relinquish control
                     to the next person in line.



<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT E

                                  SCOPE OF WORK


1.         SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT

           1.1.      Vendor Implementation Plan

                     1.1.1.    Project Schedule Plan
                     Within a week from contract registration,  the Vendor shall
                     submit  to the  Project  Manager  a  schedule  of when  all
                     deliverables,  up to the time of  deployment  of the  first
                     kiosk, shall be submitted for review.

                     1.1.2.    Systems Analysis and Detailed Design
                     The Vendor shall produce a document  specifying the flow of
                     information  and control  between the kiosk and the server,
                     if  applicable,  and any  external  systems  of the City or
                     other party that facilitates each of the agency application
                     functions  described in Exhibit F. This document shall also
                     specify the applications and the associated  communications
                     subsystem designs  necessary to support the functions.  The
                     document  will  indicate  how data on the kiosk's hard disk
                     can be updated,  how the kiosk  hardware  subsystems can be
                     monitored  remotely from a central site, and how the kiosks
                     can perform  transactions  against data on host  computers.
                     DoITT shall review this  document and the Vendor shall make
                     any   necessary    revisions.    This-deliverable    is   a
                     pre-requisite to payment as described in Section 4.2.2.1 of
                     the Agreement.

                     Thereafter  the Vendor's  technical  staff shall  configure
                     software to support PC host  communications as needed.  The
                     Vendor's  technical  staff shall write  custom  programs to
                     implement any applications  portions of the system that are
                     outside  the  capabilities  of  the  multi-media  authoring
                     software.  They  shall  also  develop  Software  to support
                     credit card applications, if applicable.

                     1.1.3.    Software Acceptance Plan
                     The  Vendor  shall  produce a software  acceptance  testing
                     document.  This document shall provide a testing  procedure
                     for each  software  component  of the system and offer test
                     cases for each of the application functions, including "Key
                     to City Hall" as described in Section 6 of this Exhibit. It
                     shall also  describe  how all software  components  will be
                     integrated and test procedures for the integrated software.
                     DoITT shall  review this  document in its  entirety and the
                     Vendor shall make all  required  revisions.  These  testing
                     procedures and  associated  test scripts shall serve as the
                     basis  for the  satisfactory  completion  of a)  Functional
                     Integration  Testing and  associated  payment  milestone as
                     described  in  Section   4.2.2.3  of  the   Agreement,   b)
                     Acceptance  Testing of all kiosks and associated  milestone
                     payment

                                     1 of 8

<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT E

                     as described  in Section  4.2.2.4 of the  Agreement  and c)
                     Final  Acceptance  Testing  and  the  associated  milestone
                     payment as described in Section 4.2.2.5 of the Agreement.

                     1.1.4.    Multimedia Scripts and Media Production
                     Upon approval of the Analysis and Detailed Design Document,
                     the Vendor shall begin to develop the  required  multimedia
                     scripts.  These  scripts will indicate in detail the video,
                     audio,  graphics,  and the text content of the  application
                     programs as well as the branching logic associated with the
                     User's selections.  Concurrent with script development, the
                     Vendor   shall   design   the   production   specifications
                     associated  with the specific media cited in the multimedia
                     scripts  and  also  provide  sample  graphic  screens,  all
                     subject  to  DoITT's  evaluation  and  approval.  The media
                     production  specifications  shall  indicate where the media
                     comprises the Vendor's preexisting materials or whether the
                     media was provided  directly or indirectly by the City. The
                     multimedia  scripts,  production  media and graphic screens
                     that DoITT approves shall be used as a basis for developing
                     graphics in the corresponding  application programs.  These
                     deliverables are  pre-requisites for the achievement of the
                     milestone  and  associated  payment as described in Section
                     4.2.2.2 of the Agreement.

                     1.1.5.    Translation, Audio/Video
                     After the script has been adopted,  all  translations  into
                     Spanish will be made. The Agency shall be  responsible  for
                     translation  whether providing these services to the Vendor
                     or providing a translated  script.  Multimedia  development
                     will then take place. The video and. audio portions will be
                     edited, digitized, and integrated into the program.

2.         ACCEPTANCE

           2.1.      Functional Integration Testing
           Prior to installment in the kiosk,  all software  developed  shall go
           through  a  period  of  functional   integration  testing  to  ensure
           conformance  with the  Software  Acceptance  Plan as developed by the
           Vendor  pursuant to Section 1. 1.3 of this  Exhibit.  The  successful
           completion of  functional  integration  testing and DoITT's  approval
           comprises  completion of milestone  three and effects the  associated
           payment as detailed in Section 4.2.2.3 of the Agreement.

           2.2.      Initial Acceptance Testing of all Kiosks
           As each  kiosk is  deployed,  complete  with  developed  and  working
           software  as approved in the  functional  integration  test the kiosk
           shall be evaluated  and tested by DoITT for full  functionality.  The
           successful  completion of this testing  effects payment as defined in
           Section  4.2.2.4 of the  Agreement.  Upon  acceptance by DoITT of all
           kiosks contracted


                                     2 of 8

<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT E

           for, the demonstration period of 365 days shall begin.

           2.3.      Final Acceptance Testing
           Upon  full  deployment,  the  Vendor  shall  have  installed  on  the
           designated sites (see Exhibit B) the number of kiosks  contracted for
           as fully  functional.  Each kiosk shall be capable of  providing  the
           services as specified in Exhibit F.

           For a period of three months from the date of acceptance as specified
           in 2.2 above,  DoITT  shall  review  the  operation  of the  Vendor's
           kiosks. This period will be used to monitor and evaluate kiosk useage
           and to possibly modify User navigation  paths in order to reduce User
           session  time.  This  final  testing  phase is  pre-requisite  to the
           Payment Schedule as defined in Section 4.2.2.5 of The Agreement.

           All  applicable  source  code,  object code,  multimedia  scripts and
           documentation  being  purchased or licensed,  as  applicable  per the
           Agreement,  by the City are to be delivered to the City in electronic
           form  (diskettes or tapes) at the time of final  deployment and again
           within thirty (30) days of any changes to same throughout the term of
           this agreement.

3.         STATISTICAL ANALYSIS REQUIREMENTS
DoITT shall  measure  performance  level of the  demonstration  project  through
analysis of  statistical  data provided by the Vendor.  The Vendor shall provide
data as  described  in Sections  3.1,  3.2 and 3.3  pertaining  to each  service
process  initiated by the User.  There should be no  unreported  time  intervals
regarding  any kiosk  usage.  Vendor  shall  provide  service  process data on a
diskette  submitted  to the DoITT every  Tuesday for  information  gathered  the
previous  week or DoITT may have on-line  access to the Vendor's  kiosk  service
process  database.  All data  must be  delivered  undiluted  from  its  original
collection content. The data format must be either in ASCH or SQL format.

           3.1.      Kiosk Service Process Statistics
           Each kiosk service process shall have (as applicable)  data items and
           associated   sub-items   (denoted   in   3.1.1  -   3.1.7)   captured
           electronically  and stored on a database to be  provided  (on-line or
           physically  forwarded  on a weekly  basis) to DoITT  for  statistical
           evaluation.

                     3.1.1.    Service Process Number
                     A specific  number that DoITT will  provide  unique to each
                     service process.

                     3.1.2.    Service Process Number Subtype
                     (reserved for certain General Information service
                     processes)

                     3.1.3.    Service Process Status
                     The outcome status of a service process interaction
                     1 -OK

                                     3 of 8

<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT E

                     2 - timed out (user did not  respond  within x seconds) 
                     3 - user exited (explicitly ended service process session) 
                     4 - system error 
                     5 - application error  
                     6 - financial transaction denied

                     3.1.4.    Language Used
                     E - English
                     S - Spanish

                     3.1.5.    Service Process Date/Time Stamps
                     (to the nearest tenth of a second)

                               3.1.5.1.       Service process initiation
                               When service process interaction is initiated.

                               3.1.5.2.       Service process execution request
                               When user action initiates  execution of  service
                               process request

                               3.1.5.3.       Service process completion
                               When execution of service process is completed
                               (i.e., when response/screen display completes)

                     3.1.6.    Kiosk Location
                     A  unique  identifier  for  each  kiosk  location.  It will
                     comprise eight  characters,  concatenating the borough (MH,
                     BK, BX, QU,  SI),  area  location  (two  characters),  site
                     number (1 character - defaults to '1') and a unique  Vendor
                     ID.  Example:  QUFH2VEN - kiosk #2 in Forest Hills,  Queens
                     for vendor "VEN".

                     3.1.7.    Financial Transaction Information (if applicable
                     as per the Agreement) Dollar amounts to be stored as text 
                     in format $xx,xx.xx

                               3.1.7.1.             Type of payment mechanism
                               C - credit card
                               D - debit card
                               M - electronic money order (if applicable)

                               3.1.7.2.             Transaction base cost
                               Amount that City charges for transaction and will
                               be credited to appropriate City account.

                               3.1.7.3.             Bank surcharge

                                     4 of 8

<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT E

                               Total  charges  incurred by Vendor from  merchant
                               bank, authorizer, financial processor, etc.

                               3.1.7.4.             Vendor convenience fee
                               Amount received by Vendor to process transaction.

                               3.1.7.5.             User transaction charge
                               Actual amount charged to User

                     3.1.8.  Survey  Upon  Completion  of User's  Final  Service
                     Process  At the end of each  service  process,  if the User
                     does  not  desire  to  initiate  any   additional   service
                     processes,  then the  system  will  ask the User if  he/she
                     wishes to  answer  the  first or both  parts of an  on-line
                     questionnaire.   The  first  part   comprises   (3.1.8.1  -
                     3.1.8.5).  The second part comprises (3.1.8.6 3.1.8.8).  At
                     any time within the  questionnaire,  a User will be able to
                     skip over a question  or exit the  questionnaire  through a
                     pre-specified key touch.

                               3.1.8.1.        "Did the kiosk save you a trip or
                                                a phone call?" ('Y/N').

                               3.1.8.2.        "Has this kiosk helped to service
                                               your request?" ('Y/N').

                               3.1.8.3.        "Would you recommend using the 
                                               kiosk to family or friends?" 
                                               ('Y/N').

                               3.1.8.4.        "Do you plan to use the kiosks
                                               again?" ('Y/N')

                               3.1.8.5.        "How would you rate the kiosk 
                                               performance ("Poor", "Fair",
                                               "Good", Very Good", "Excellent")

                               3.1.8.6.        "How did you find out about the
                                               kiosks?" ("Brochure", "Newspaper/
                                               Magazine","Friend/Family", 
                                               "Passing By", "TV/Radio")

                               3.1.8.7.        "Did you find the Kiosk easy to
                                               use?" ('Y/N')

                               3.1.8.8.        "Did someone assist you to use
                                               the kiosk?" ('Y/N')

                               3.1.8.9.        "Did the kiosk give you a quick
                                               response?" ('Y/N')

                               3.1.8.10.       "What service improvements or 
                                               additions would you like to
                                               see?" ( User can enter up to two 
                                               lines of text).

                                     5 of 8

<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT E


           3.2.      Phone Use
           Pursuant  to Section 7 in this  Exhibit,  all kiosk phone  usage,  if
           applicable as specified in The  Agreement,  should be logged and time
           stamped and produced in hard copy upon request.

4.         PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Throughout the project, the Vendor will perform periodic internal reviews of its
project progress.  These reviews will be valuable in detecting and resolving any
problems  early in the process.  Findings from these reviews will be reported to
DoITT as part of the normal review and status update process.

DoITT reserves the right to conduct  informal timely review meetings  concerning
Vendor and Agency  progress  with respect to each of the kiosks being  developed
for City  deployment.  The nature of these reviews will  typically be one-to-one
between DoITT's human factors  specialist,  an Agency technical  representative,
and a Vendor  designer,  developer or  implementor  of Vendor kiosk  technology.
These reviews may be attended by the Agency  designated  representative  only if
deemed  necessary  by the  parties  involved in such  meetings  and shall not be
mandatory on the Agencies involved.

           4.1.      Bi-Weekly Meetings
           The Vendor  shall meet with DoITT on a  bi-weekly  basis and  provide
           DoITT with the information  outlined above.  Information gathered and
           presented will be used to:

           * Measure and evaluate project progress against  established  project
           work plans 
           * Note and  resolve  deviations  from  project  schedule
           * Report potential  bottlenecks 
           * Produce useful project status reports
           * Provide for effective and timely project change control

           4.2.      Project Change Control Procedure
           Subject to paragraph 8 of the Agreement a formal, written process for
           managing change is necessary. All changes to the initial statement of
           work must be  investigated  and their impact  evaluated  before being
           approved  or  disapproved.  A  rigorous,   effective  change  control
           procedure  is necessary  to reduce risk and the  resulting  impact on
           project  costs  and  duration.  It  must  describe  the  change,  the
           rationale  for the change,  and the effect the change win have on the
           project, the pricing,  and the schedule.  Changes requested by either
           the City or any Kiosk Vendor regarding  project scope,  deliverables,
           schedule, or any other matter will be accompanied by a project change
           request.  The  designated  project  manager of the  change-requesting
           party will review the proposed change and determine whether to submit
           the  request to the other  party.  The  project  manager of the other
           party will  review  the  proposed  change  and either  approve it for
           further evaluation or reject it.

                                     6 of 8

<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT E

           Such  further   evaluation   will   determine  the  effect  that  the
           implementation  of the project  change request will have. For a given
           change,  written  change  authorization  must  then be signed by both
           parties to authorize implementation of the investigated change.

5.         SYSTEM AND FACILITY MAINTENANCE
           5.1.      System Maintenance
           The Vendor shall be  responsible  for  providing  maintenance  on the
           system's software, hardware, accessories, when appropriate.  Software
           maintenance shall be performed on the kiosk systems as needed. If the
           kiosk  becomes  inoperable,  the Vendor  shall  assess and assure the
           kiosk is fully functional  within two business days from the time the
           problem becomes known to the Vendor. For each business day beyond the
           repair time  deadline of two business  days,  the City may assess the
           Vendor  liquidated  damages  in the amount of $100 per  business  day
           until a fully functional kiosk is in place.

           5.2.      Custodial Maintenance
           The  Vendor  shall  also  be  responsible  for  providing   custodial
           maintenance  which includes cleaning the exterior and interior of the
           kiosk,  clearing  paper  jams,  refilling  the  printer  with  paper,
           performing  preventative  maintenance and providing waste receptacles
           for paper disposal.

6.         THE "KEY TO CITY HALL" APPLICATION
The  Vendor  shall  develop  a  general  "Key to City  Hall"  application.  This
application shall provide the User with, at minimum, an Introduction to the City
by the Mayor and easy access to specific  information  concerning  elected  City
Officials,  Government  Offices and their  locations  (including  all Boroughs),
navigable map access to the City (Street,  Subway,  Bus) and an easily navigated
map/index of City agencies and their  services  (which  features  current Agency
services  offered on the kiosk and a prominently  displayed  note that this is a
kiosk involved in a demonstration project). The application shall make available
at all times a direct path to primary kiosk Agency services.

7.         USER ASSISTANCE TELEPHONE - "HOT-LINE"
If  applicable  pursuant to the  Agreement,  the Vendor shall provide each kiosk
with a telephone to enable a User to report any malfunction,  whether  software,
hardware,  mechanical  or electrical in nature,  to a Vendor  representative  at
their central site. The phone shall be clearly labeled and either  automatically
dial the Vendor site or provide  the  telephone  number to the User.  Ms service
shall be provided during normal business  hours. If Kiosk  availability  extends
beyond normal business hours the Vendor shall notify the  unavailability of User
assistance  through a sign  placed  near the  phone.  The  Vendor  shall log the
problem and  immediately  proceed to diagnose  and correct the problem such that
full  service is restored to the kiosk.  The  problem log will be  presented  to
DoITT on a monthly basis as well as on an as needed basis.

8.         FINANCIAL TRANSACTION CAPABILITY

                                     7 of 8

<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT E

If applicable,  pursuant to the Agreement,  the Vendor shall have the ability to
process  credit and debit card payments and  electronic  money orders.  The full
cost of the  transaction  shall be paid by the User.  Within a week of  contract
registration,  the Vendor shall provide DoITT with the bank's  surcharge  amount
and the Vendor's  convenience fee  (collectively  referred to as the transaction
service charge).

           8.1.      Authorization and Settlement
           The Vendor shall  provide  electronic  authorization  with a response
           time of no more than fifteen (15)  seconds.  The  settlement of funds
           shall occur through data capture  methods that involve a simultaneous
           authorization  and capture of funds. As  authorization  is occurring,
           the funds in the. User's account will be held,  awaiting  transfer to
           the appropriate City bank account.

           8.2.      Deposit
           Depository  services  shall  be  provided  only  by  banks  that  are
           designated by the New York City Banking Commission.  The Vendor shall
           deposit  collected  funds into the City's  bank  account  (details of
           which shall be provided to the Vendor by DoITT), on the day following
           the transaction date.

           8.3.      Chargebacks
           In the  event of a  cancelled  transaction,  the  City  shall be held
           harmless against all chargebacks.

           8.4.      Database
           If applicable  within the Agreement  pursuant to providing  financial
           transaction   capability,   the  Vendor  shall  maintain  a  database
           containing the following data elements: Card type; card company; card
           number;  card expiration data;  cardholder name;  dollar amount paid;
           date and time paid;  agency paid; site ;  authorization  number;  and
           unique agency generated  transaction  identifer.  The database, to be
           maintained  for a year  from  the last  transaction,  will be used to
           facilitate  research  required to process  payment  claims and answer
           inquiries made by cardholders. The Vendor shall furnish DoITT and the
           Department of Finance with on-line access to this database.

           8.5.      Reporting
           The Vendor shall provide DoITT no later than five days  following the
           close of every month, three hardcopy sets of a financial  transaction
           activity  report  to  include,  but not  limited  to,  the  following
           information:  the cardholder  name,  dollar amount paid, a listing of
           transaction surcharge fees, and declined authorizations.


                                     8 of 8

<PAGE>


EXHIBIT F                                                            Page 1 of 5

                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                      AGENCY-SPECIFIC SERVICE REQUIREMENTS
                      NEW YORK CITY DEPARTMENT OF BUILDINGS



I.         New York City Department of Buildings (DOB) CITY Information

           A. DOB will  provide  CITY  Information  directly to VENDOR's  kiosks
users through real-time access to DOB's Buildings  Information System located on
DoITT's  computer  mainframe  in  ADABAS/NATURAL   format,  which  provides  the
following, continuously updated information:

              1.   Information   by  building   address   regarding   status  of
applications and items needed to close a construction,  repair or reconstruction
job,  permits  granted,  complaints and description of all work performed in the
past five years.

              2. A composite of Department  of City  Planning and  Department of
Finance  information and requirements  regarding  property work and maintenance,
including  matters  relating to electrical  inspections and permit,  license and
insurance requirements.

           B. DOB will provide VENDOR with  sufficient  CITY  information,  in a
format to be agreed to  between  DOB and  VENDOR,  to enable  VENDOR to  prepare
front-end,  pass-through  application  software to lead a kiosk user swiftly and
accurately to real-time access to DOB's said System.

II.        ObjectSoft Corporation (VENDOR) Use of DOB CITY Information

           A. VENDOR shall prepare front-end, pass-through application software,
as set forth in Exhibit C to the  Agreement to which this is Exhibit F, for each
of the types of information  being  directly  accessed as set forth in Paragraph
I.A. of this Exhibit F regarding DOB CITY information.

           B. The front-end,  pass-through  application software being developed
shall have the  capability  of 1)  displaying  or evoking the display on each of
VENDOR's  kiosk color  monitors of a narrative  description  of the  information
referred to in Paragraph I.A.,  above; and 2) causing the printing out, by means
of a laser printer,  on 8.5" x 11" paper,  such of the said information as users
of VENDOR's kiosk desire.

           C. The front-end,  pass-through  application  software shall bear, on
the  frontispiece,  in the  lower  left  hand  corner,  the  month  and year the
application was developed; such date shall be


<PAGE>


EXHIBIT F                                                            Page 2 of 5

updated whenever the application software is rewritten, if ever.

           D. Each application shall in its initial display on vendors monitors,
show the  corporate  seal of The City of New York followed by an asterisk and at
the bottom of the  screen in letters  three-eighths  inch  (3/8") in height,  an
asterisk followed by the following  ownership legend: "THE CORPORATE SEAL OF THE
CITY OF NEW YORK - used within the permission of The City of New York."

           E. On or before  termination of the Agreement to which this Exhibit F
is an  exhibit,  VENDOR  shall turn over to and  certify in writing  that it has
turned over to DoITT all copies of the CITY  information,  licensed  application
software,  including  program codes,  documentation,  manuals and  enhancements,
provided to or developed  by VENDOR  pursuant to this Exhibit F and Exhibit C of
said  Agreement;  and VENDOR shall  certify in writing  further that it does not
retain any copies of such application software,  materials,  enhancements and/or
CITY information.

           F. VENDOR will access DOB's system in terminal  emulation  mode,  and
shall  have no direct  access to CITY  databases,  nor shall  VENDOR  make or be
required to make any modifications to CITY application software.




<PAGE>


EXHIBIT F                                                            Page 3 of 5

                             OBJECTSOFT CORPORATION

                      AGENCY-SPECIFIC SERVICE REQUIREMENTS
                       NEW YORK CITY DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH


I.         New York City Department of Health (DOH) Information

           A.        DOH will provide CITY information to VENDOR as follows:

                      1. General  Department  and Health  Awareness  information
will be provided electronically in "HTML" or "Word" format, as well as in video,
graphics, and other formats where appropriate.

                      2. Birth Certificate  general  information and application
form will be provided  electronically  in "WordPerfect" or "Word" format;  Birth
Certificate  information  regarding a tentative  match to a  particular  persons
certificate  will be provided  to the kiosk  resident  program  (which will then
provide  an-appropriate  response to the user); this access will be accomplished
through  real time access to DoITT's  Vital  Records  System  located on DoITT's
computer mainframe.

                      3. Death Certificate  general  information and application
form will be provided  electronically  in "WordPerfect" or "Word' format;  Death
Certificate  information  regarding  existence on file of a particular  person's
certificate will be provided directly to VENDOR's kiosks users through real-time
access to DOH's Vital Records System located on DoITT's computer mainframe.

                      4.  Dog   License   application   form  will  be  provided
electronically in "WordPerfect"  format; Dog License general information will be
provided directly to VENDOR's kiosks users.

                      5.  Health  Academy  Courses  information  in the  form of
course requirements and fees, and an application form for requesting  schedules,
will be provided electronically in HTML on "Word" format.

II.        ObjectSoft Corporation (VENDOR) Use of DOH CITY Information

           A. VENDOR shall prepare application software, as set forth in Exhibit
C to the  Agreement to which this is Exhibit F, for each of the DOH programs and
services  referred to and set forth in Paragraph  I.A.  this Exhibit F regarding
DOH CITY information.

           B. Each piece of application software prepared to provide DOH General
Department


<PAGE>


EXHIBIT F                                                            Page 4 of 5

and Health Awareness  information shall have the capability of: 1) displaying on
each of  VENDOR's  kiosk  color  monitors  a  narrative  description  as well as
appropriate  graphics  and video of each  discrete  piece of  information  being
provided  to kiosk  users;  and 2)  printing  out,  by means of a receipt  laser
printer,  on either  receipt  size or 8.5" X 11" paper,  as  appropriate  to the
material  being printed and at the option of VENDOR,  such  referral  slips from
General  Department  information and Health  Awareness  information as a user of
VENDOR's kiosk shall desire.

           C. Each piece of application  software  prepared to provide Birth and
Death  Certificate  information,  respectively,  and the respective  application
forms for obtaining each, shall have the capability of: 1) querying  information
in Birth and Death Certificate Vital Records, respectively, located on the DoITT
computer  mainframe;  2) displaying  query  responses,  general  information and
application forms for certificates on each of VENDOR's kiosk color monitors;  3)
permitting  on-line  completion'  of  application  forms  for  Birth  and  Death
Certificates;  4) permitting on-line transmittal of a completed application form
to DOH; 5) responding to prompts for payment by means of credit and debit cards,
and card  acceptance;  and 6) printing  out  receipt  size credit and debit card
receipts following card usage and copies by means of a laser printer,  on 8.5" x
11" paper, of application forms for Birth and Death Certificates which have been
or need to be completed.

           D. Each piece of application software prepared to provide Dog License
and Health Academy Courses schedules and requirements information, respectively,
and the respective application forms for obtaining or renewing a Dog License and
making application for taking specific Academy Courses shall have the capability
of: 1) displaying  Health Academy course  requirements and fees, and application
forms for new and  renewal  Dog  Licenses  and Health  Academy  enrollments;  2)
permitting  on-line  completion  of  application  forms for new and  renewal Dog
Licenses and for Health  Academy  course(s)  enrollment;  3) permitting  on-line
transmittal of a completed application form to DOH; 4) responding to prompts for
payment by means of credit and debit cards, and card acceptance; and 5) printing
out receipt size credit and debit card receipts  following card usage and copies
by means of a laser printer,  on 8.5" x 11" paper, of applications forms for Dog
Licenses and License renewals,  Health Academy Courses  schedules,  requirements
and course enrollment applications.

           E.  Each   application   displayed   and  all  course   descriptions,
eligibility  requirements,   application  forms,  and  DOH  general  and  health
awareness  information  printed shall bear,  in the lower left hand corner,  the
month and year the  application  was  developed  and such date  shall be updated
whenever the information to be displayed and/or printed is updated.

           F.  Each  application  shall  in  its  initial  display  on  vendor's
monitors,  show  the  corporate  seal of The  City of New  York  followed  by an
asterisk and at the bottom of the screen in letters  three-eights inch (3/8") in
height, an asterisk followed by the following  ownership legend:  "THE CORPORATE
SEAL OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK - used  within  the  permission  of The City of New
York."


<PAGE>


EXHIBIT F                                                            Page 5 of 5

           G. On or before  termination of the Agreement to which this Exhibit F
is an  exhibit,  VENDOR  shall turn over to and  certify in writing  that it has
turned over to DoITT all copies of the CITY information,  licensed  applications
software,  including  program codes,  documentation,  manuals and  enhancements,
provided to or developed  by VENDOR  pursuant to this Exhibit F and Exhibit C of
said  Agreement;  and VENDOR shall  certify in writing  further that it does not
retain any copies of such applications  software,  materials enhancements and/or
CITY information.

           H. VENDOR will access DOH's systems in terminal  emulation  mode, and
shall  have no direct  access to CITY  databases,  nor shall  VENDOR  make or be
required to make any modifications to CITY application software.




<PAGE>







                                   APPENDIX A


General  Provisions  Governing  Contracts  for  Consultants,   Professional  and
Technical Services



                      -------------------------------------



                              Not included herewith








                         RICHARD EISNER & COMPANY, LLP
                                   Letterhead




                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


           We consent to the  inclusion in this  registration  statement on Form
SB-2 of our report dated March 2, 1996 (with respect to Note M August 15, 1996),
on the financial  statements of ObjectSoft  Corporation  as at December 31, 1995
and for the two years then ended.  We also consent to the  reference to our firm
under the captions "Selected Financial Data" and "Experts."




/s/ Richard A. Eisner & Company, LLP

Richard A. Eisner & Company, LLP

Florham Park, New Jersey
August 19, 1996




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission